LVL Handbook

LVL Handbook
EUROPE
LVL_Kansi_epaper.indd 225 5.9.2019 13:27:53

LVL Handbook
EUROPE
LVL_alkusivut.indd 1 5.9.2019 9:33:22

Publisher Federation of the Finnish Woodworking Industries
Snellmaninkatu 13
00170 Helsinki
Finland
https://woodworkingindustries.fi/
Layout Faktor Oy
Printed by Punamusta, Finland 2019
Paper LumiPress Silk by Stora Enso 115 g/m2
Cover LumiPress Silk by Stora Enso 250 g/m2
ISBN 978-952-94-2346-0 (nid.)

ISBN 978-952-94-2347-7 (EPUB)
Copyright Federation of the Finnish Woodworking Industries

Foreword
The use of wood is rapidly increasing in construction. Wood based systems are
the solution for urban construction due to speed, light weight and environmental
benefits. Wooden products enable increased prefabrication. This again means
increased output, faster payback, high quality, and minimized disturbance. The
use of laminated veneer lumber (LVL) has steadily been growing since the 1970’s.
The initial driver for the development of LVL has been the good efficiency of the
used wood material. Low waste of material and uniform quality improves the
overall material and time efficiency especially in industrial applications and off-
site production of construction elements.
This European LVL Handbook serves as a guide for architects, structural
engineers, technical wholesalers, off-site element manufacturers, contractors,
carpenters and other construction professionals, and as an educational resource.
The handbook has been prepared by the Federation of the Finnish Woodworking
Industries during 2018-19.
The book has been divided into two main parts. Sections 1 to 3 provide
general introduction to LVL. Section 1 introduces laminated veneer lumber
(LVL) as a construction material, including its production, sustainability and
basic properties; Section 2 describes the applications of LVL in various buildings
and structures; and Section 3 provides instructions for purchasing, transport,
storage, handling, protection and disposal of LVL. Sections 4 to 9 are intended
primarily for designers and provide more detailed information about structural
design, fire safety, durability and building physics, including structural calculation
examples.
The handbook was written by Jouni Hakkarainen, Leading Expert, Wooden
Structures, Eurofins Expert Services Oy, excluding Section 1.5 Sustainable
building product LVL (Lauri Linkosalmi, Stora Enso Wood Products Oy, Anu
Huovinen, Metsä Wood, Sirje Vares, VTT, Tarja Häkkinen, VTT and Jouni
Hakkarainen) and Section 1.6 Production of LVL (Marika Veikkola, Raute Oyj).
The structural drawings were prepared by Tero Lahtela, Engineering Office
Lahtela Oy and Jouni Hakkarainen.
The project was financed by Metsä Wood (Metsäliitto Cooperative), Stora
Enso Wood Products Oy and Raute Oyj.
Espoo, 4 September 2019
Authors
European LVL Handbook 3

Contents
Foreword�� 3
Contents �� 4
1. LVL as a construction material�� 8
1.1 Introduction�� 9
1.1.1.....LVL-P beams and columns - all veneers in the length direction�� 10
1.1.2.....LVL-C with cross-bonded veneers for robust structural panels�� 11
1.2 Where can you use LVL�� 12
1.3 Architect and structural designer appraisals of LVL�� 16
1.4 History, volumes and raw materials of LVL�� 18
1.4.1.....History of the globally used engineered wood product LVL�� 18
1.4.2.....Material efficiency�� 20
1.4.3.....Wood species used in LVL�� 21
1.4.4.....Durable and inert gluing of LVL�� 21
1.5 Sustainable building with LVL�� 21
1.5.1.....Traceable raw material and sustainable sources�� 21
1.5.2.....Sustainable over the life cycle�� 22
1.5.3.....Global warming impact of LVL�� 24
1.5.4.....Global warming impact of buildings�� 25
1.6 Production of LVL�� 26
1.6.1.....Logs to blocks�� 26
1.6.2.....Blocks to veneer�� 27
1.6.3.....Drying and grading the veneer�� 28
1.6.4.....Layup and hot pressing�� 31
1.6.5.....Finishing�� 32
1.6.6.....Production summary�� 32
1.7 Further processing�� 34
1.7.1.....Sanded surfaces: optical or calibration sanding�� 34
1.7.2.....Special cutting�� 34
1.7.3.....CNC Machining�� 34
1.7.4.....Edge profiling�� 36
1.7.5.....Surface treatments�� 36
1.7.6.....Multiple-glued members, GLVL�� 37
1.7.7.....Combined structures�� 38
1.8 LVL sizes and layups�� 39
1.9 Tolerances�� 41
1.10 CE marking and certification of LVL products�� 42
1.11 Design tools�� 43
1.12 Basic properties of LVL�� 45
1.12.1..Strength and stiffness properties�� 45
1.12.2..Building physics properties�� 45
1.12.3..Emissions and product safety�� 46
1.12.4..Acoustics�� 46
1.12.5..Fire safety�� 46
1.12.6..Structures for seismic areas�� 46
1.12.7..Visual properties of LVL surface�� 47
1.12.8..Surface coating of LVL�� 48
1.13 Joints between LVL panels�� 49
2. LVL structures in floors, walls, roofs and in special applications�� 50
2.1 General�� 51
2.2 Floor structures�� 51
2.2.1 Beam & joist floors�� 51
2.2.2.....Main beams for floors�� 56
4 LVL Handbook Europe

CONTENTS
2.2.3.....Rim boards and rim beams�� 58

2.2.4.....Panel structures�� 59
2.2.5.....Multiple-glued beams, GLVL�� 61
2.2.6.....Stressed-skin panels: rib panels, box panels or
..............open box panels�� 61
2.2.7.....Renovation applications�� 65
2.3 Roof structures�� 66
2.3.1.....Beam & rafter roofs�� 66
2.3.2.....Ridge beams�� 70
2.3.3.....Purlins�� 71
2.3.4.....Roof elements�� 73
2.3.5.....Roof panels�� 76
2.3.6.....Bracing panels�� 82
2.3.7.....Large LVL I-beams and box beams�� 82
2.3.8.....Roof renovation applications�� 83
2.4 Wall structures�� 84
2.4.1.....Studs for timber frame walls�� 84
2.4.2.....Multiple-glued GLVL columns�� 86
2.4.3.....Lintels�� 87
2.4.4.....Integrated rim beams�� 88
2.4.5.....Ledger beams supports for floors or canopies�� 91
2.4.6.....Sole plates, bottom cords, top cords and top binders�� 92
2.4.7.....Window frame boards�� 92
2.4.8.....Bracing panels�� 92
2.4.9.....LVL-C panel walls�� 96
2.5 Special structures�� 98
2.5.1.....Trusses and portal frames�� 98
2.5.2.....Doors and windows�� 101
2.5.3.....Reinforcement of old structures�� 102
2.5.4.....Stair cases�� 102
2.5.5.....Lift shafts of multi-storey buildings�� 103
2.5.6.....Extension of multi-storey buildings�� 103
2.5.7.....Bent and curved structures�� 104
2.5.8.....Bridges�� 106
2.5.9.....Other applications�� 107
3. Purchasing, transport, handling and storage of LVL�� 108
3.1 Purchasing LVL�� 109
3.2 Transport, handling and storing of LVL�� 109
3.3 Protecting the structure during construction�� 110
3.4 Handling after use of LVL�� 111
4. Structural design of LVL structures�� 112
4.1 Basis of structural design�� 113
4.1.1.....Actions (Loads)�� 113
4.1.2.....Consequence class, reliability class and factor KFI�� 114
4.1.3.....Load duration�� 115
4.1.4.....Service classes�� 115
4.1.5.....Partial safety factor of material γM and modification
..............factors kmod and kdef�� 115
4.1.6.....Design resistance and stiffness�� 116
4.2 Structural properties of LVL and strength classes�� 116
4.2.1.....Strength classes for LVL-P without crossband veneers�� 118
4.2.2.....Strength classes for LVL-C with crossband veneers�� 118
LVL Handbook Europe 5

CONTENTS
4.3
LVL design according to Eurocode 5�� 120
4.3.1.....Bending�� 120
4.3.2.....Shear�� 121
4.3.3.....Tension parallel to the grain�� 122
4.3.4.....Tension perpendicular to the grain�� 122
4.3.5.....Compression parallel to the grain�� 122
4.3.6.....Compression perpendicular to the grain�� 123
4.3.7.....Bending stress at an angle to the grain�� 126
4.3.8.....Tension stress at an angle to the grain�� 126
4.3.9.....Stability of LVL members�� 127
4.3.10..Notches�� 130
4.3.11..Tapered beams�� 132
4.3.12..Holes�� 134
4.3.13..Serviceability limit state design: Deflections�� 136
4.3.14..Serviceability limit state design: Floor vibrations�� 137
4.4 Combined cross sections�� 138
4.4.1.....Theory�� 138
4.4.2.....Beams and columns�� 140
4.4.3.....Multiple-glued GLVL panels�� 141
4.4.4.....Rib slabs and box slabs�� 141
5. Structural design of connections�� 142
5.1 Design of LVL connections according to Eurocode 5�� 143
5.2 Fastener spacing and edge and end distances�� 144
5.3 Wood failure modes of connections�� 149
5.3.1.....Risk of splitting due to connection forces at an angle
..............to the grain of face veneers�� 149
5.3.2.....Effective number of fasteners to prevent splitting
..............or row shear�� 150
5.3.3.....Block shear and plug shear failure modes at multiple
..............dowel-type steel-to-timber connections�� 151
5.4 Nailed connections�� 152
5.5 Screwed connections�� 153
5.5.1.....Laterally loaded screws in LVL�� 153
5.5.2.....Axially loaded screws�� 154
5.5.3.....Inclined screw connections�� 154
5.6 Bolted and doweled connections�� 156
5.7 Fastening LVL panels to frames�� 156
5.8 Special cases�� 156
6. Performance of LVL in fire�� 158
6.1 Wood and fire�� 159
6.2 Reaction to fire�� 159
6.3 Fire protection ability, K-classes of coverings�� 162
6.4 Fire resistance of LVL structures�� 162
6.4.1.....Fire resistance design process�� 162
6.4.2.....Charring rates of LVL�� 162
6.4.3.....Design of unprotected beams and panels�� 163
6.4.4.....LVL-C panel as a protection against fire exposure�� 165
6.4.5.....Summary of LVL-C panels for fire protection�� 165
6.5 Fire resistance design of floor & wall structures with cavities�� 166
7. Durability�� 168
7.1 Service life of wooden buildings and LVL structures�� 169
7.2 Durability classifications of structural LVL products�� 169

CONTENTS
7.2.1.....Durability of adhesive bonding strength of structural LVL�� 169

7.2.2.....Biological durability of softwood LVL�� 169
7.2.3.....Structural LVL’s suitability for different use classes and
..............service classes�� 169
7.2.4.....Discussion of durability class definitions�� 170
7.3 Structural wood protection�� 170
7.3.1.....Resistance against temporary moisture exposure
..............of structural LVL products�� 170
7.3.2.....Resistance against UV radiation�� 170
7.3.3.....Chemical durability�� 170
7.4 Chemical wood protection�� 171
7.4.1.....Surface treatment�� 171
7.4.2.....Pressure impregnation�� 171
8. Building physics�� 172
8.1 LVL and moisture�� 173
8.1.1.....Moisture content of LVL�� 173
8.1.2.....Measuring the moisture content�� 173
8.1.3.....Dimensional changes due to moisture�� 175
8.1.4.....Water vapour resistance�� 176
8.2 Thermal properties of LVL�� 176
8.2.1.....Influence of temperature on the mechanical
..............properties of LVL�� 176
8.2.2.....Thermal conductivity of LVL products�� 176
8.2.3.....Temperature deformations�� 176
8.2.4.....Heat combustion and specific heat capacity�� 176
8.2.5.....Ignition temperature of LVL�� 177
8.3 Airtightness�� 177
9. Calculation examples of LVL structures�� 178
9.1 LVL 48P joist floor�� 179
9.2 Lintel over a window opening�� 184
9.3 Double LVL 48 P ridge beam for roof�� 188
9.4 Roof purlin�� 191
9.5 Wall stud�� 195
9.6 Axially loaded screw connection at the edge face�� 198
9.7 Inclined screw connection�� 200
9.8 Laterally loaded nail connection�� 203
9.9 Hole in LVL beam�� 206
9.10 Bracing of a stud wall�� 209
9.11 Main beam of roof structure in 30min fire exposure�� 211
10. References�� 214
Disclaimer�� 222
Notes�� 223

1. LVL as a construction material
Stora Enso
Figure 1.1 Wooden multi-storey building, Wood City, Helsinki, Finland.
LVL_01.indd 8 5.9.2019 9:10:19

1. LVL AS A CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL
1.1 INTRODUCTION
Laminated veneer lumber (LVL) is an engineered wood product • Easy to drill, cut, fasten and fit, only standard wood working
used in a diverse range of building and bridge construction tools needed.
applications. LVL beams, columns and panels have become • Precision-engineered and easily tailored.
established as essential components in modern timber • Can be produced to exact dimensions, minimizing cross cut-
construction due to their numerous advantages, versatility ting and sawing waste.
and proven structural performance. This handbook describes • Wide range of sizes: product dimensions not limited by raw
the state of the art of LVL from properties and applications to material size.
production and design methods. • Light and highly portable.
LVL is made of 3 mm thick veneers bonded together with • Dry from factory, moisture content 8-10% ensured minimal
weather-resistant phenolic adhesive. This means that the di- shrinkage in situ.
mensions of the final LVL product are not limited by the di- • Easily combined with other construction products.
mensions of the raw material, and even small-diameter logs can • Off-site production reduces construction time.
be used to produce large LVL beams and panels. When veneer • Entirely traceable, renewable, recyclable wood from certi-
logs are peeled to produce veneer, any natural defects in the fied sources.
wood, such as knots, are dispersed as small fragments across • Environmentally friendly carbon store: 1 m3 LVL contains
the veneer. This, together with the lamination effect, eliminates stored carbon equivalent to 789 kg CO2.
the impact of defects and results in exceptionally homogeneous • Production cost is higher than sawn timber, but less mate-
material properties. Although the production costs of LVL, like rial is needed to meet design specifications when building
all engineered wood products, are higher compared to sawn with LVL 1, 2.
timber, with LVL the same constructions can be designed with
smaller dimensions and LVL can also be used for applications
where suitable sawn timber sizes are not available.
The low deviation of LVL’s high strength and stiffness
means that these properties can be fully utilized as character-
istic values in structural design. In addition, due to the lack of
sizeable defects, the strength to weight ratio of LVL is extremely
high – LVL is twice as strong as steel in proportion to weight.
Due to its laminated structure, LVL is also dimensionally sta-
ble and free of warps, splinters and splits. LVL also comes dry
from the factory, eliminating the risk of shrinkage on site or in
the ready building, as long as the LVL members are protected
against weather exposure.
LVL is manufactured to exact dimensions, minimizing
cross cutting and sawing waste. The resulting low material
waste and uniform quality of LVL improve overall material
and time efficiency, especially in industrial applications and
off-site production of construction elements. LVL is easy to
drill, cut, fasten and fit – only standard wood working tools are
needed. LVL components are also highly portable due to their
light weight. LVL can also be easily combined with other wood
products and construction materials.
LVL is produced entirely from traceable, renewable, recy-
clable wood. It is a natural material from certified sources. LVL
also serves as a carbon store in buildings: 1 m3 of LVL contains
stored carbon equivalent to 789 kg of CO2, making it an envi-
ronmentally friendly choice 1, 2, 3.
Features and Benefits

• Twice as strong as steel in proportion to weight.
• Dimensionally stable, no twists, splinters or splits due to
laminated structure.
• Homogeneous material properties.
• Uniform quality and dimensions of the end product; key ad-
vantage in industrial applications. Figure 1.2 LVL roof rafters.
LVL_01.indd 9 5.9.2019 9:10:21

Stora Enso
1.1.1 LVL-P beams and columns

– all veneers in the length direction
LVL-P is made of 3 mm veneers laid in the same direction
and bonded with weather- and boil-resistant phenolic adhe-
sive. This structure enhances the material’s strength proper-
ties that have significantly small deviation. LVL-P members
can be used both as horizontal beams and vertical posts in
various applications in construction systems. Erection and in-
stallation can be carried out without heavy machinery, even in
confined spaces.
LVL-P beams are produced from the highest strength
grade veneers to optimized beam dimensions and a height-to-
thickness ratio that provides good material efficiency. LVL-P
beams have an excellent strength-to-weight ratio allowing long
spans with minimal deflection.
LVL 01, Table 1.1 • KORJATTU 3.9. LVL-P studs are perfect for load-bearing or non-load-
Figure 1.3 LVL-P beams. bearing structures in external and internal walls. LVL-P studs
are easy to install, screw, drill, nail and cut. LVL studs are pro-
duced from lighter grade veneers, but their dimensional accu-
racy, structural strength and rigidity, straightness, and lack of
twisting make them ideal for wall structures 1, 2.
Table 1.1. Applications of LVL-P.
Beams Features and benefits

• Headers, main beams, ridge beams • Strong and rigid: long spans with minimal deflection
• Lintels • Straight and dimensionally stable, does not warp or twist:
• Floor joists improves construction quality; ideal for walls, also high
constructions
• Roof rafters
• Dry from factory: minimal shrinkage in situ
• Purlins
• Customized product dimensions, with minimum waste:
• Trusses
Applications in a wide variety of building types; savings in
• Frames material costs and time
• Components for roof and floor elements • Great workability: easy to install, staple, nail, drill and cut
• Sole and top plate without special tools
• Beam reinforcements • Excellent strength-to-weight ratio: Light structures
• Light: easy to handle and lift manually or with light cranes
Studs
• Can be used with any panel material: suitable for a wide
• Wall studs for internal walls variety of structures
• Wall studs for external walls • Easy to combine with other structures and materials in a wide
• Load-bearing and non-load-bearing-applications range of building types
Industrial applications
• Support structures and moulds for concrete formwork
• Scaffolding
• Door- and window frames
• Furniture components
• Packaging industry
LVL_01.indd 10 5.9.2019 9:10:24

1.1.2 LVL-C with cross-bonded veneers

Metsä Wood
for robust structural panels

LVL-C panel is a cross-bonded panel product with approxi-
mately 20% of the veneers glued in a crosswise direction. This
enhances the transverse strength and stiffness and the con-
nection ductility of the panel. It is dimensionally stable, as the
cross veneers prevent shrinkage and swelling in the event of
moisture changes in the panel width direction. LVL-C panels
or beams can be used as both horizontal and vertical bearers
in numerous construction applications. It is designed for use as
a large-dimension load-bearing panel, as well as for structural
bracing and stabilizing. LVL-C panel is an ideal component for
floor, wall and roof elements, roof and wall panels, and pre-fab-
ricated houses. The panels can be cut to tailored sizes and spe-
LVL 01, Table 1.2 cial shapes for modern timber structures 1, 2.
Figure 1.4 LVL-C roof panels. Figure 1.5 LVL-C panels.
Table 1.2. Applications for LVL-C.
Panel applications Features and benefits

• Large panel product for roof, floor and wall constructions • Strong and rigid: long spans with minimal deflection
• Roof overhangs • Large dimensions: applications in a wide variety of building
• Pre-fabricated roof, floor and wall elements and modules types
• Stresses-skin panel elements • Installation efficiency: large panel for floors, roofs and walls
covers vast areas much faster than normal size wood-based
• Door panels
panels reducing the amount of lifting required on the
construction site.
• High and thin beams: energy efficient constructions
• Straight and dimensionally stable; does not warp or twist:
improves construction quality
• Dry from factory: minimal shrinkage in constructions
• Customized product dimensions and shapes with minimum
waste: applications in a wide variety of building types; savings
Other applications in material costs and time on construction site
• Rim boards • Excellent strength-to-weight ratio: light structures
• High rafter beams • Great workability: easy to install, staple, nail, drill and cut
• High lintels and header beams without special tools
• Frames and truss members • Ductility of connections: improved safety
• Reinforcement of old structures • Strong and rigid in edgewise compression perpendicular
to grain direction: better building quality with minimal
• Curved components, free-form beams and panels deformation, suitable for narrow supports
(CNC machining)
• Not sensitive to cracking under tension perpendicular to grain
• Concrete formwork stressed structures: safe connections
• Bracing of different size buildings, regardless of frame
material: applications in a wide variety of building types; large
window openings possible.
LVL_01.indd 11 5.9.2019 9:10:27

1.2 WHERE CAN YOU USE LVL

Figures 1.6-1.10 present a number of applications for LVL in
low-rise buildings, multi-storey buildings, hall constructions,
and some special applications.
Other common applications of LVL include scaffold
planks for construction sites, concrete form work support
beams, door panels, door and window frame components, and
wooden I-joist flanges.
1. LVL-P load-bearing wall stud: straight and 4. LVL-P floor joist: strong and rigid. 8. LVL-P/C sole plate: fits stud dimensions,
precise dimensions. 5. LVL-P roof rafter (or LVL-C when height- thin members reduce settling.
2. LVL-C rim board: dimensionally stable, thickness ratio is high): space for thermal 9. LVL-P lintel over garage door opening:
minimal settling. insulation of low-energy buildings. large openings possible.
3. LVL-C bracing panel: narrow, but robust 6. Double LVL-P ridge beam: strong and 10. LVL-P lintel in wall to carry roof loads:
panel next to large openings in walls rigid. straight and rigid.
when there is no space for large panel 7. LVL-C roof panel: fast installation, fewer 11. LVL-P ledger beam for canopy: straight
fields. joints, roof overhangs without additional and rigid, easy details.
supports.
Figure 1.6 Applications of LVL in a timber frame house.
LVL_01.indd 12 5.9.2019 9:10:29

1. LVL-C panel structure of volumetric 5. LVL-P roof beams/elements: space 10. LVL-C panel structures for balcony walls
bathroom module: light structure, short for thermal insulation of low energy (separate cladding needed): simple and
construction time on site. buildings, long lengths available. rigid structure.
2. LVL ribbed slab intermediate floor 6. LVL-C balcony floor slab: simple structure. 11. LVL-C panel structures for lift shafts: panel
elements: long spans with suitable floor 7. LVL-C corridor floor slab for limited spans: sizes available for full building height or
thickness. simple structure. storey-high elements. Acts as a part of
3. LVL-P wall studs (small dimensions the bracing system of the building.
8. LVL-C rim beams / Lintels: straight and
for non-load-bearing walls, larger rigid structure, simple geometry of 12. LVL-C roofing panels: large sizes, fast
dimensions for load-bearing walls): element joints. installation, fewer joints
straight and precise dimensions.
9. LVL-C mezzanine floor slab for loft spaces:
4. LVL-C bracing panel: stable and rigid minimal structural depth, better use of
building. room height.
Figure 1.7 Applications of LVL in a wooden multi-storey building.
LVL_01.indd 13 5.9.2019 9:10:31

1. LVL wall elements: fast installation ->

short construction time on site
2. LVL roof elements: long lengths
available for multiple span elements,
fast installation -> short construction
time on site. Glued box slab elements
for long spans.
Figure 1.8 LVL applications in hall constructions. LVL elements can be used together with any type of main frame, e.g. precast concrete beams,
steel trusses or glulam beams.
LVL_01.indd 14 5.9.2019 9:10:35

1. LVL king post or queen post roof 6. LVL-P purlins, multiple span: long
trusses: impressive appearance. lengths available.
2. LVL columns: fit together with LVL roof 7. LVL-C bracing panels for roofs: simple
trusses. and robust.
3. LVL-P and LVL-C portal frames: large 8. LVL-P studs for high walls: straight and
clear height. precise.
4. LVL lintels for door and window 9. LVL-P horizontal beams for walls: large
openings: strong and rigid. spacing between main frames.
5. LVL-P purlins, single-span: strong and 10. LVL-C bracing panels for walls: simple
rigid. and robust structure.
Figure 1.9 LVL applications in hall constructions.
LVL_01.indd 15 5.9.2019 9:10:36

Figure 1.10 Renovation applications, left: LVL floor beam reinforcement, right: attic frames for room in roof space with LVL reinforced roof trusses.
1.3 ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL

Stora Enso
DESIGNER APPRAISALS OF LVL
Architect’s view of LVL,

Mika Ukkonen, Finland
From the designer’s point of view, wooden constructions give

a different opportunity to create recognizable and distinctive
architecture that is produced naturally, drawing on the natural
structural properties of wood. I have worked as the principal
designer and architectural designer for several residential mul-
ti-storey wooden building projects delivering 242 apartments
to date. I have also designed around 300 apartments for ar-
chitectural competitions and our office currently has approx-
imately 200 apartments under design for new wooden mul-
ti-storey buildings. As a construction material wood is ideal for
versatile urban design and provides possibilities for a modern
life cycle approach to living.
Wood is the only 100% renewable construction material
and the use of wood slows climate change. Wooden load-bear-
ing structures create pleasant environments, healthy indoor air
and comfortable acoustics. The high prefabrication rate of off-
site production enables fast construction times on the building
site. As a construction material, wood provides excellent op-
portunities for flexible modifications of the layout of a building
during its whole life cycle.
The structural system in our projects is based on large
timber frame panel elements. Each project involves product
Figure 1.11 Off-site produced wooden volumetric elements, development of various building components, which gives
BoKloK, Vantaa, Finland. us the ability to optimize the best solutions and architecture
LVL_01.indd 16 5.9.2019 9:10:40

for each case. For example, we have replaced concrete eleva- get a lot of feedback on the technical feasibility, assembly and
tor shafts with LVL-C panel structures and built intermediate cost efficiency of the structures in practice.
floors from offsite-produced LVL elements with 7-metre spans. We use LVL in all kinds of applications, such as the renova-
Floor elements have been developed so that the required mass tion and reinforcement of existing wooden floors, where slim
for acoustics is realized with dry screed panels pre-installed on cross-section LVL reinforcement brings structural enhance-
the elements already in the factory. This has further increased ment to existing joist structures. We also often use ribbed panel
the prefabrication rate and minimized the amount of site work and box panel structures to achieve light and long-spanning
needed. floors. In cross-laminated timber buildings, we use LVL lintels
where small cross-sections with high loadbearing capacity are
Structural engineer’s view of LVL, required. Occasionally, we use LVL-C panels for walls or floors
Wenzel von Fragstein, Germany without separate stud or joist structures. Long overhangs from
thin structural panels are commonly desired for front roofs,
As structural designers focusing on wooden buildings, we de- and LVL-C panels can be used to achieve them as they have
sign entire wood and wood-hybrid constructions. From sin- better strength properties than most other structural panels.
gle-family houses to wooden multi-storey buildings and in- Their high strength is a result of their glued veneer structure,
dustrial hall constructions, our activities cover the whole range which eliminates the influence of individual defects, such as
of wooden buildings. Renovation of churches and historical knots. LVL-C with cross veneers has significantly higher re-
building as well as church towers of new buildings have al- sistance to splitting than solid wood, so by choosing LVL-C for
so been part of our project portfolio. We typically prepare the members that have high tension perpendicular to grain stress-
work specifications and production drawings for manufacture es, separate reinforcements can be avoided.
all the way down to the steering files for CNC machining. Be- LVL enriches the product range of wood-based materials
ing involved in the whole construction process in this way, we significantly.
Puuinfo
Figure 1.12 Honkasuo multi-storey houses, Helsinki, Finland.
LVL_01.indd 17 5.9.2019 9:10:42

1.4 HISTORY, VOLUMES AND RAW

MATERIALS OF LVL
1.4.1 History of the globally used

engineered wood product LVL
Parallel oriented plywood products have been used in the fur- production line in Europe. Metsäliitto went on to develop its
niture industry since the beginning of the 20th century. The own manufacturing concept, which was further developed by
history of LVL in its present form dates back to 1970s North another Finnish company, Raute Oyj, which is today the lead-
America and the research and development of veneer-based ing LVL machinery supplier worldwide. LVL production has
wooden beams by Peter Koch and the USDA Forest Products since grown continuously and today LVL is manufactured in
Laboratory. The first commercial solution for manufacturing ten countries on four continents with a total production capac-
LVL was created by Al Troutner of the company Trus-Joist ity of around 4 million cubic metres per year across 30 loca-
(Weyerhaeuser). In 1975, Finnish company Metsäliiton Teol- tions. In addition, a number of small plants produce LVL that
lisuus Oy (Metsä Wood) developed the first commercial LVL does not meet the requirements of structural LVL 4.
Figure 1.13 LVL-P beam and LVL-C panels.
LVL_01.indd 18 5.9.2019 9:10:44

Table 1.3. Global LVL production. Active manufacturers of structural LVL produce about 3.9 million cubic metres per year 4, 5.
Europe North America Asia & Oceania

Capacity Capacity Capacity
Manufacturer Mills Manufacturer Mills Manufacturer Mills
1000 m3/year 1000 m3/year 1000 m3/year
Metsä Wood 2 300 Boise Cascade 3 890 JNL 2 140
Carter Holt
Steico 1 160 Weyerhaeuser 4 530 1 100
Harvey
Lousiana
Stora Enso 1 100 2 260 Nelson Pine 1 100
Pacific
Pacific
MLT 1 100 1 220 First plywood 1 100
Woodtech
Pollmeier 1 80 Roseburg 1 200 Wesbeam 1 60
Forex Amos
LVL Ugra 1 40 1 140 Keyteck 1 60
Inc.
Murphy 1 120 Shin Yang 1 20
West Fraser 1 90
LVL 01, Figure 1.11
RedBuilt 1 70
Global LVL 1 20
Total 7 780 16 2540 8 580
Raute Oyj
GLOBAL LVL PRODUCTION
4,5
4,0
3,5
3,0
Million m3 / year
2,5
2,0
1,5
1,0
0,5
0,0
1965 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010 2015 F2020
Figure 1.14 Development of structural LVL production volume globally 1965 – 2020 5 .
LVL_01.indd 19 5.9.2019 9:10:45

Raute Oyj
STRUCTURAL LVL PRODUCTION BY MARKET

3,0
2,5
Australia
2,0
Million m3 / year
Japan
1,5
New Zealand
1,0
Europe
0,5 North America
0,0
2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017
Figure 1.15 Structural LVL production volume by market 2011 – 2017 5 .
1.4.2 Material efficiency

LVL
The 01,driver
initial Figure 1.13
for the development of LVL has been the high can be varied by adjusting production process parameters. In a
efficiency of wood raw material use. Firstly, the dimensions of modern production process about 2,5 m3 of logs (over bark) are
the final product are not limited by the dimensions of the raw needed to yield 1m3 of ready LVL product, which is efficient
material – even small-diameter logs can be used to produce compared to other wood products intended for load-bearing
long LVL beams. Secondly, the veneer structure of LVL prod- structures. In addition, the end product yield of LVL consists
ucts eliminates the impact of natural defects, such as knots, almost exclusively of the desired product grades and sizes, un-
resulting in a homogeneous material with excellent structural like sawn timber production, which produces a mixture of
properties. This means that logs that are not good enough for heartwood and sideboards. 1 m3 of dried sawn timber needs
sawing can be suitable raw material for LVL. Thirdly, products about 2,0 m3 logs (over bark); the corresponding value for glu-
can be manufactured to exact dimensions minimizing mate- lam and cross-laminated timber (CLT) is 2,6-2,8m3.
rial waste in cross cutting and sawing, and product features
END PRODUCT, BY-PRODUCTS AND LOSSES: LVL WEIGHT DISTRIBUTION

SHARES OF TOTAL LOG VOLUME (%)
Glue 6 %
LVL
Moisture
10 %
By-products
and losses
0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% Wood fibers

84 %
LVL Bark Green chips Core
Dry chips & saw dust Drying shrinkage loss Compression loss
Figure 1.16 Left: Distribution of wood material in LVL production. 2,5 m3 of logs (over bark) is needed to produce 1m3 of LVL. Right: Weight
distribution of wood fibres, glue and moisture in ready LVL product 5 .
LVL_01.indd 20 5.9.2019 9:10:45

1.4.3 Wood species used in LVL 1.5 SUSTAINABLE BUILDING WITH LVL
LVL is commonly produced from softwood and, in Europe,
spruce and pine are typically used. Spruce has the best strength 1.5.1 Traceable raw material
to weight ratio, and its low resin content is also advantageous
with respect to the production process. Pine veneer, on the oth- and sustainable sources
er hand, has higher density, which gives the product slight- Sustainable forest management and use of forest products play
ly higher mechanical properties. Some LVL manufacturers in a key role in the mitigation of global warming and contribute
Europe also use the hardwood species beech and birch. The to achieving climate policy objectives. Forest climate mitiga-
mechanical properties of hardwood LVL are higher due to the tion options include reducing greenhouse gas emissions from
higher density. However, higher density introduces additional deforestation and forest degradation, enhancing the carbon se-
machining requirements, such as possible predrilling for screw questration rate in existing and new forests, providing wood
connections. The surface of hardwood LVL is also more sensi- residues as a substitute for fossil fuels, and replacing non-re-
tive to mould growth in humid conditions. newable and energy-intensive materials with wood products,
North American LVL manufacturers use different pine particularly in the building sector.
species, Douglas fir, western hemlock, yellow poplar and red
maple. In Australia LVL is produced from different pine species Due diligence on the origin of wood
and karri (eucalyptus). In Japan, LVL is produced from larch Due diligence systems differentiate wood and wood products
and Japanese cedar (sugi). Other species that have the required from many other building materials by verifying the origin of
mechanical and gluability properties may also be used. the wood raw material. The European Union Timber Regula-
tion (No 995/2010) was enacted to ensure that all wood placed
1.4.4 Durable and inert gluing of LVL on the European market from internal or external sources is
covered by a due diligence system for verifying the legal origin
In structural LVL the veneers are bonded together with weath- of wood 6. The objective is to prohibit any product that con-
er- and boil-resistant phenol formaldehyde (PF) adhesive, tains wood raw material harvested in violation of national or
which is cured in the hot pressing process. Curing converts international laws from entering the EU market. The regulation
the adhesive to a high temperature resistant inert polymer that covers all wood and wood products, such as round wood, solid
does not dissolve or react with other materials in the surround- wood, engineered wood, pulp, paper and board.
ing environment. LVL also fulfils the most stringent formal- The EU Timber Regulation covers the entire wood val-
dehyde emission requirements, with emissions 3 times lower ue chain. An ‘operator’ who first places a wood product on
than the limit value of the E1 classification tested according to the European market is obliged to prove the legality of the
standard EN 717-1. The dry solids content of adhesive in LVL wood to a national EU Timber Regulation authority. A Due
is approximately 30 kg/m3, i.e. about 6% by weight. Diligence system is applied for this purpose, including access
to information on wood sources, risk assessment, and mit-
igation of risks. Chain of Custody systems (e.g. PEFC™ and
FSC®) can be third-party certified according to Due Diligence
requirements.
Promoting sustainable,
certified forest management
European LVL producers are well positioned in forest certifi-
cation as European forests owners have been active in apply-
ing forest certification schemes (most commonly PEFC™ and
FSC®). Forest certification schemes provide third-party ver-
ification of sustainable forest management practices and the
chain of custody from forest to product. They include require-
ments for sustained harvesting and forest regeneration prac-
tices, biodiversity protection, multiple and recreational uses of
forests, social sustainability, training of employees, and occu-
pational safety.
In order for a wood product to PEFC™ or FSC® labelled,
it must contain at least 70% wood raw material from certified
forests. When non-certified wood is used in the production of
certified goods, the wood must originate from forests covered
by an appropriate due diligence system.
LVL_01.indd 21 5.9.2019 9:10:45

1.5.2 Sustainable over the life cycle Environmental performance of buildings and
Wood products offer renewable and sustainable solutions for building products
construction. Wood as a renewable material has a lower glob- The European standard series ‘Sustainability of Construction
al warming impact compared to alternative, non-renewable Works’ (CEN/TC 350) guides the assessment of the sustaina-
building materials. The infinite carbon cycle between the at- bility of buildings and building products. The standard series
mosphere, growing trees and wood products distinguishes re- aims to enhance the supply and demand of products and build-
newable wood from non-renewable materials. ings that have as low environmental impact as possible. Envi-
Life cycle assessment (LCA) is a holistic approach for as- ronmental assessment of a building is based on the life cycle
sessing environmental impacts throughout a product’s or sys- approach, in which each of the different stages of the building’s
tem’s life cycle, from extraction of raw materials to disposal of life cycle are included and assessed (Figure 1.17).
the product. The principles of LCA have been internationally At the product and service level, the environmental
agreed and standardized with the ISO 14040 and ISO 14044 product declaration (EPD) applies the life cycle assessment
standards, which enables third-party verification of life cycle approach and presents quantified environmental information
LVL 01, Table
calculations. 1.4.A • muokattu
LCA compiles and evaluates the inputs, outputs over a product’s life cycle. EPDs enable comparison between
and potential environmental impacts of a product or system different products with the same functional purpose at the
throughout its life cycle. LCA helps manufacturers to identi- building level. In the case of LVL, the comparison is most ap-
fy opportunities to improve the environmental and climate propriately done at the structure type level, e.g. structures with
performance of a product and to inform customers and stake- the same load carrying capacity and stiffness. The EN 15804
holders. LCA includes four steps; defining of the goal and standard provides product category rules (PCR) for an envi-
scope, inventory of material and energy flows, assessment of ronmental product declaration for any construction product
impacts, and interpretation of results. or construction service (Table 1.4). Biogenic carbon content
Table 1.4. Life cycle stages of building environmental assessment based on EN 15978.
Life cycle stages Module
A1 Raw material supply

Product stage A2 Transport
A3 Manufacturing
A4 Transport
Construction process stage
A5 Construction installation process
B1 Use
B2 Maintenance
Building B3 Repair
life cycle
information Use stage B4 Replacement
B5 Refurbishment
B6 Operational energy use
B7 Operational water use
C1 De-construction, demolition
C2 Transport
End of life stage
C3 Waste processing
C4 Disposal
Additional
information
outside the
Potential benefits and loads D Reuse, recovery, recycling potential
system boundary
LVL_01.indd 22 5.9.2019 9:10:45

calculation rules are provided in the EN 16485 standard. tal performance of new and existing buildings. The environ-
The most used environmental indicator of EPDs is global mental performance of wooden buildings derives from their
warming potential (GWP), also known as carbon footprint. light weight (compared to other building materials), energy
The GWP reflects the amount of greenhouse gas emissions in efficiency of materials and buildings, life-time carbon storage
each stage of a product’s life cycle and is mainly the outcome of in wood, and their renewable and sustainable origin. Wood-
fossil fuel use in the raw material supply stage and energy use en buildings typically achieve the same service time as other
in the production stage (A1–3). buildings, typically 50–100 years. Up to 100 years or longer
At the building level, the EN 15978 standard provides sys- service time is achievable with proper design and optimized
tematic calculation rules for the assessment of the environmen- maintenance.
Figure 1.17 Life cycle approach of building product assessment.
LVL_01.indd 23 5.9.2019 9:10:46

USE OF RENEWABLE AND NON-RENEWABLE

1.5.3 Global Warming impact of LVL PRIMARY ENERGY IN PRODUCTION STAGE
In the manufacture of LVL, a large share of renewable energy

is used (see Figure 1.18), resulting in lower fossil greenhouse
gas emissions and global warming potential compared to oth-
er building materials. In addition, LVL stores biogenic carbon,
which constitutes about one half of the dry weight of the wood.
The biogenic carbon remains in the LVL throughout its lifetime
until it is released back to the atmosphere to be absorbed by the 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
next generation of growing trees. Energy consumption [MJ/m³]

The global warming potential of LVL when used in a
load-bearing structure of a building has been determined by Renewable energy, PERE Non-renewable energy, PENRE
LVL producers as follows:
• Raw materials extraction and energy use are similar in dif- Figure 1.18 Primary energy (renewable and non-renewable) use in
ferent production units, but different energy mixes are used the manufacturing stage (A1–A3) of LVL 3 ,7, 8.
depending on the unit and country. Energy mix affects the
greenhouse gas emissions of the production stage (modules Biogenic Global Warming Potential is the sum of stored bio-
A1–3). Biogenic carbon content is given separately. genic carbon in the production stage and release of biogenic
• Construction stage (A4–5) covers transportation to the Cen- carbon in the end of life stage. The sum is close to zero for the
LVL 01,
tral European market Figure
and 1.16
normal • MUOKATTU
construction works. 28.8. whole life cycle.
• Use stage (B1–7) is considered negligible. Consolidated results for fossil global warming potential
• End of life stage C1–4 scenarios consider utilization of LVL show that the production stage (A1–3) constitutes 90% of the
as a source of energy. result (Figure 1.19). The construction stage (A4–5) constitutes
• Module D, other benefits, originate mainly from the bio-en- 10%, and end of life stage (C1–4) constitutes 2.5% of the fossil
ergy substitution effect, compared to typical local energy GWP. In module D the GWP benefits are shown as the amount
mix, when LVL is used for bioenergy at end of life. of fossil fuels substituted by biomass energy.
GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL (GWP) OF LVL (kg CO2 equiv./m3)
GWP fossil GWP biogenic GWP benefits
1000
800
600
400
200
-200
-400
-600
-800
-1000
A1-A3 A4-A5 B1-B7 C1-C4 Total D
Product stage Construction Use stage End of life (module D Loads and benefits
stage not included) beyond system
boundary
Figure 1.19. Example global warming potential of different life cycle stages 3, 7, 8.
LVL_01.indd 24 5.9.2019 9:10:46

1.5.4 Global
LVL 01, Tablewarming
1.4. B impact of buildings
The life cycle of a building covers all life cycle stages from ‘cra- building type (a 4-storey residential building) 9, 10. The assess-
dle to grave’ as well as, optionally, also the benefits and loads ment was done according to the EN 15978 standard, with the
beyond the building’s life cycle. These life cycles stages are specific assumptions presented in Table 1.5.
presented as modules A1–C4 + D (Figure 1.17). The environ- The global warming potential of the whole life cycle and
mental performance of a wood-frame building, and a con- beyond is 798 kg CO2e/m2 for a wood-frame building and
crete-frame building were assessed based on a generic Finnish 1022 kg CO2e/m2 for a concrete-frame building (Figure 1.20).
Table 1.5. Scenarios of a wooden frame building and a concrete frame building 9, 10.
Concrete-frame Wood-frame
4-storey residential building, gross floor area

4-storey residential building, gross floor area
1922 bm2, first floor concrete structure,
1922 bm2, concrete structure, wooden roof
other floors wood structures, all technical
System boundary structure, all technical installation included
installation included (HVAC, piping, electricity),
(HVAC, piping, electricity), energy supply based
energy supply based on average Finnish heat
on average Finnish heat and electricity
and electricity
Reference period 50 years 50 years
Windows replaced once, external cladding

Service life Windows replaced once
(wood) painting every 10th year
Concrete: crushing and recycling for ground Concrete: crushing and recycling for ground
End of life construction construction
Wood: chipping and energy recovery Wood: chipping and energy recovery
Concrete: carbonization Concrete: carbonization

Benefits and loads beyond system
Wood: bioenergy carbon emissions compared Wood: bioenergy carbon emissions compared
boundary (module D)
to natural gas emissions to natural gas emissions
Figure 1.20. Global warming potential (GWP) of a wood-frame building vs. a concrete-frame building 10.
LVL_01.indd 25 5.9.2019 9:10:47

1.6 PRODUCTION OF LVL

The LVL production process is subject to strict quality stand- to blocks. On the peeling line, the veneer block is turned to
ards and audited by inspectors to ensure the final product is produce a veneer mat. The green veneer is clipped to size and
safe to use and meets the specified end use requirements. LVL then dried, graded and composed when necessary. Glue is then
is made by gluing and layering wood veneers to produce a ho- applied on the top side of each veneer and the veneers are stag-
mogenous wood panel. The process distributes any natural de- gered to form a LVL billet. In hot-pressing, the glue cures and
fects in the wood raw material evenly throughout the product, binds the veneers together. Finally, the formed LVL panel is
eliminating any individual points of weakness. The following edge trimmed or cut to size (e.g. to a specific beam width) be-
simplified production diagram illustrates the LVL production fore stacking and packaging.
process inside the mill. For every cubic metre of LVL about 2,5 m3 of logs (meas-
Veneer logs are delivered from the forest to the mill at a ured over bark) are processed, which is a similar raw material
specified length. The logs are debarked, conditioned, and cut yield to plywood production. The LVL production process thus
delivers more by-products than final product. None of these
by-products go to waste. They are sold and used in pulp, fibre-
board and other wood-based products, for energy production,
and for decorative purposes. Glue residues are reused inside
the mill.
1.6.1 Logs to blocks

To maintain high raw material quality, veneer logs are trans-
ported to the LVL mill immediately after harvesting. At the mill
site, the log piles are sprayed with water to avoid drying and
cracking and attack by pests.
Figure 1.21. Composition of LVL, from veneer mat to cut-to-size
panel.
LVL 01, Figure 1.20
Figure 1.22. The LVL production process.
PRODUCT AND BY-PRODUCTS SHARE FROM LOG VOLUME
LVL
Green chips
Bark
Drying shrinkage
Veneer handling
Sawing dust
Core
Compression
0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 30% 35% 40%
Figure1.23. Log use distribution by volume: LVL and by-products Figure1.24. Harvesting of logs.
(incl. shrinkage and compression losses).
LVL_01.indd 26 5.9.2019 9:10:52

The logs are cut to the required peeler block lengths on an

automatic saw line and transferred to the debarker. The debark-
er removes the bark down to the cambium so that the blocks
are free of bark. During debarking, damage to the peeler block
surface is carefully avoided, as the most valuable veneer qual-
ities are obtained from the outermost layers of the wood dur-
ing peeling.
The conditioning increases the internal temperature of the
blocks and makes the wood softer for peeling. In northern win-
ter conditions the logs are thawed by soaking them in covered
and heated conditioning chambers.
1.6.2 Blocks to veneer Figure1.26. XY centring device with laser scanning
A jack-ladder lifts the blocks one by one to the charger for XY

centering. The block charger plays a key role in optimizing raw
material utilization and the value of the veneer yield. To recov-
er the maximum amount of veneer from the block, the block
is optimally aligned between the lathe spindles using high pre-
cision laser measurement.
In the lathe, the peeler block is rotated between the spin-
dles at a constant speed while the knife carriage moves toward
the block core. For LVL production, the typical nominal thick-
ness for softwood veneer is 3 mm. According to EN14374, the
maximum thickness of veneers in structural LVL is 6 mm. The
veneer is peeled through the gap between the peeler knife and
the overhead nose bar. The knife gap is smaller than the veneer
thickness to ensure sufficient compression and high-quality
veneer.
Figure1.27. Peeling method
Figure 1.25. Peeler blocks being lifted from a conditioning chamber.
LVL_01.indd 27 5.9.2019 9:10:54

Figure 1.28. Peeling line, from block centring (left) to veneer mat clipping and stacking (right).
A colour camera technique is used to recognize and ana- vary widely, from 30% to over 150%. Sorting of veneers accord-
lyse even the smallest details on the veneer mat, such as knots, ing to moisture content enhances the efficiency of drying and
holes, splits, bark and rot. Based on this camera analysis, the attainment of the desired final moisture content.
system optimizes the points at which the mat is to be cut. The
mat is then clipped into sheets. Defects such as splits, fishtails 1.6.3 Drying and grading the veneer
and large holes are cut out according to predefined parameters.
The clipped veneers are stacked in different bins according The aim of the drying process is to dry the green veneers to a
to their size and moisture content. Softwood is typically sorted moisture content suitable for gluing. Too high veneer moisture
into two or three moisture grades as the moisture content can hampers gluing and generates steam during hot pressing.
Figure1.29. Drying line.
LVL_01.indd 28 5.9.2019 9:10:56

Figure 1.30. VDA camera image for visual defect analysis. Figure 1.31. Dryer infeed.
Figure1.32. Stacker bins. Figure1.33. Composed veneer.
Figure1.34. Storage of dried and graded veneers.
LVL_01.indd 29 5.9.2019 9:11:02

The target moisture content is below 5%. Automatic regulation veneer are also carried out based on radio frequency analysis
maintains the speed, temperature and humidity inside the dry- and ultrasonic propagation time.
er at an optimal level. The energy required to dry the veneer Veneer pieces of different sizes – i.e. ‘randoms’ – can be
can be produced from the mill’s own by-products. composed into veneer sheets of required width. Composed ve-
A fully automatic machine vision system analyses veneer neers are used as core veneers. The aim is to increase veneer
defects, such as knots, splits, breakages, micro-splits, decay, yield by maximizing the use of peeled material. Randoms can
resin pockets and discolouration, at process speed. The image be collected from peeling line and broken veneers from the
data is analysed in milliseconds and used to stack the veneers drying line. Veneer can be composed green or dry. At the com-
into different bins at the stacker. The dried veneer is measured poser, the randoms are glued or taped together to form full-size
for moisture content to ensure the target moisture has been veneer sheets for LVL production.
achieved. Density measurement and strength grading of the
Figure1.35. Composing principle.
Figure1.36. Green veneer composing line.
LVL_01.indd 30 5.9.2019 9:11:04

1.6.4 Layup and hot pressing

Glue is mixed on site from resin, hardener and water. In the
manufacture of LVL, phenol formaldehyde resins are mainly
used at approximately 30 kg dry weight per cubic metre of LVL.
Veneer of the required length and proper bonding are
achieved by scarfing a bevel at both ends of the veneer. The
scarfed veneers are fed to the layup line, glued on one side, and
then laid in a staggered configuration (see Fig. 1.40) to form a
continuous billet of LVL. The veneers are normally fed parallel
to the grain direction, although some veneers are laid cross-
wise in certain products. LVL is typically assembled from an
odd number of plies. Special structures can also be produced
to meet specific end use requirements.
Layup starts at the layup table where the veneers are
laid with a staggered edge spacing of approximately 120 mm
(see Fig.19). The resulting staggered jointing maximizes the
strength properties of the LVL.
Figure1.37. Scarfed veneer end.
Figure 1.38 Layup line principle.
Figure1.39. Liquid extruder gluing (LEG): glue is applied to the top Figure1.40. Staggered layup ahead of the pre-press.
of the veneer as it passes on the belt conveyor.
LVL_01.indd 31 5.9.2019 9:11:06

Hot pressing is typically continuous to allow for variation resistant. With phenolic resins the pressing time ranges from
in product lengths. The maximum LVL length (18-25 m) is 15 to 90 minutes depending on the thickness of the product.
limited either by the mill building or by delivery by road to the Long pressing times and high pressures cause the wood fibres
customer. Hot pressing must ensure that all glue lines reach to compress, resulting in higher product density.
the proper curing temperature. Once cured, the glue becomes
resistant to melting and water insoluble, i.e. highly weather 1.6.5 Finishing
The LVL panels are normally cut to size according to the width
and length specifications of the customer. Additionally, the
LVL can be sanded or otherwise treated. Some manufacturers
use portal-type sawing units that enable inclined, diagonal or
chamfered cuts.
Finally, appropriate packaging protects the finished panels
against soiling, moisture and handling damage, keeping them
straight and easy to store and handle throughout the delivery
chain from mill to customer.
1.6.6 Production summary

The homogenous structure of LVL together with production
process optimization enable a wide range of structures and
products to be cut to size with virtually no raw material loss-
es. The veneer peeling system ensures that the best properties
of the veneer log are used with maximum efficiency. Produc-
tion volumes have increased globally and availability is im-
proving as new manufacturers emerge in the market. Demand
for LVL is continuing to rise as residential construction and
awareness of the environmental friendliness of wood products
are increasing. More detailed production descriptions can be
found in the Wood-based Panel Industry publication released
by Finnish Woodworking Engineers' Association 2018 4.
Figure1.41. Pre-pressing: the billet is cold pressed to spread the

glue evenly between the veneers.
Figure1.42. Hot press. Figure1.43. Feeding LVL billets into

3-level hot press.
LVL_01.indd 32 5.9.2019 9:11:10

Figure1.44. Sawing and packaging line.
Figure1.45. LVL packages.
LVL_01.indd 33 5.9.2019 9:11:11

1.7 FURTHER PROCESSING
LVL manufacturers offer further processing of their products 1.7.2 Special cutting
according to customer specifications as value-added services.
This is done either directly at the mill or by subcontractors LVL panels or beams can be sawn to special shapes or sawn di-
equipped with special machinery for LVL processing. The val- agonally to produce tapered beams or columns. Manufacturers
ue-added services save time and minimize waste for the cus- may also have special cutting tolerances for tailored products,
tomer and on the building site. e.g. of industrial customers.
1.7.1 Sanded surfaces: optical or

calibration sanding
Standard LVL is delivered unsanded. It can, however, be sand-
ed with two alternative specifications. The visual appearance
of LVL can be improved by optical sanding, which cleans and
smoothens the surface by removing dark glue stains and equal- Figure 1.47. Principle of diagonal sawing of LVL panel to produce
single-tapered column and rafter members of portal frames.
izing local colour differences of the veneers. Optical sanding
can be carried out on one or both sides and reduces the thick-
ness of the product by approximately 2 mm (1 mm per sur-
face). In visible applications it must be noted that on the front 1.7.3 CNC Machining
face of the LVL member the scarf-joints of the surface veneers
are glued with colourless glue, but on the bottom side the scarf- CNC machining enables drillings, holes, notches and end slop-
joint glue line is dark brown, similar to the glue lines between ing of beams. The machining requires a geometry file of the
veneers 11. members from the customer, e.g. a DWG drawing at 1:1 scale
Another sanding treatment that can be performed is cali- drawn with closed lines for each different type of member to
bration sanding for thickness calibration, which is carried out be machined.
on both sides of the LVL. Calibration sanding reduces the
thickness of the product by approximately 3 mm (1.5 mm per
surface) and the thickness tolerance after calibration is ± 0.5
mm. Unless a non-transparent coating is used on the surfaces,
calibration sanding is not recommended for visible applica-
tions because it can sand through the surface veneers revealing
the dark glue line, especially in thicker products.
The nominal sanded dimensions of the product must be
used in structural design calculations.
Metsä Wood
1 2 3
Figure 1.46. Appearance of LVL veneer surface 1. Unsanded face

side. 2. Optical sanded face side. 3. Calibration sanding revealing
the dark glue line.
Figure 1.48. Holes in LVL panels.
LVL_01.indd 34 5.9.2019 9:11:24

Metsä Wood
Figure 1.49. LVL-P roof beam cut to special shape.
Stora Enso
Figure 1.50. Hole in an LVL beam.
LVL_01.indd 35 5.9.2019 9:11:26

1.7.4 Edge profiling

Edges of LVL panels can be profiled with easing, half lap,
tongue & groove (T&G) or groove & groove (G&G) profiles.
Long edges can be profiled on a milling cutter line, and profil-
ing of all edges can be done on a 5-axis CNC machine.
1.7.5 Surface treatments

LVL manufacturers provide different kind of surface treat-
ments for their products:
• Moisture protection provides improved resistance against
temporary weather exposure during storage, transport and
on the building site.
• Treatment against mould reduces the risk of mould growth
and blue stain and is recommended for use in service class 2
conditions, e.g. in roof structures of attics and shelters.
• Fire retardant treatments improve the reaction to fire clas-
sification of LVL members from D to C or B class, enabling
a wider range of applications. Except for certain paints, fire
retardant treatments can be used only in service class 1 con-
ditions.
• LVL surface can be painted with fully pigmented non-trans-
parent paints or stained with translucent stain or varnish.
Figure 1.51. Edge profile alternatives for LVL components.

Metsä Wood
Figure 1.52. Edge profiled LVL-C panels.
LVL_01.indd 36 5.9.2019 9:11:29

1.7.6 Multiple-glued members, GLVL

Hot press gluing of LVL is feasible up to max. 75 mm product
thickness, but larger thicknesses can be produced by multiple
gluing of LVL laminas to produce GLVL. Multiple-glued GLVL
members can achieve glulam beam dimensions. Wide panels
can also be multiple-glued. Maximum thickness is limited in
practice to around 500 mm by the capacity of saw units and
Metsä Wood
lifting devices. PU, MUF and PRF adhesives that do not need
hot pressing and that are approved for load-bearing structures
can be used for multiple gluing of GLVL.
Figure 1.53. Moisture protection treatment WeatherGuard®, Metsä

Wood.
Stora Enso
Metsä Wood
Figure 1.54. Moisture protection treatment of LVL-P beams by Stora Figure 1.55. Multiple-glued GLVL beams and panels.
Enso.
LVL_01.indd 37 5.9.2019 9:11:32

1.7.7 Combined structures

Structural elements can be produced by combining LVL mem-
bers to form stressed-skin panels, box slabs, I-beams, box
beams or built-up trusses.
Figure 1.56. Stressed-skin panels, large I-beams and box beams from LVL.
Metsä Wood
Figure 1.57: Manufacture of structurally glued LVL roof elements.
LVL_01.indd 38 5.9.2019 9:11:34

1.8 LVL SIZES AND LAYUPS

LVL is produced in a continuous layup process from 3 mm ve- The thickness to height ratio of LVL-P standard beams is
neers. This process optimally produces fairly thin, but wide and limited to 1:8 to ensure dimensional stability in normal build-
long beams, panels and studs cut from 1200-2500 mm wide bil- ing site humidity conditions. Weather exposure on one side of
lets. Maximum lengths range from 18-25 m depending on the a beam may lead to cupping of higher beams. Table 1.7 shows
production line. Due to the continuous process, the length can the standard sizes of LVL-P available from several manufactur-
LVL 01, Table 1.5
be individually specified for each billet. The minimum length ers; these sizes are thus usually available in the shortest delivery
is however limited to 2000 mm due to handling in the produc- times. LVL is easy to cut, so custom sizes are possible on sepa-
tion process, so shorter components need to be cut separately. rate request, making it an attractive option for many building
Standard widths are defined to minimize waste and to comple- systems. A more slender beam thickness to height ratio can
ment the dimensions of other building structures. The stand- be used if moisture conditions are controlled throughout the
ard layups and product thicknesses are shown in Table 1.6. whole production chain, e.g. in off-site production of wooden
roof elements for hall constructions.
Table 1.6. Nominal product thicknesses and layups of LVL-P and LVL-C.
Number of cross
Thickness [mm] Number of veneers Layup of LVL-P Layup of LVL-C
veneers in LVL-C
24 8 IIIIIIII II-II-II 2
27 9 IIIIIIIII II-III-II 2
30 10 IIIIIIIIII II-IIII-II 2
33 11 IIIIIIIIIII II-IIIII-II 2
39 13 IIIIIIIIIIIII II-III-III-II 3
42 14 IIIIIIIIIIIIII -
LVL 01, Table
45 1.6 15 IIIIIIIIIIIIIII II-IIII-IIII-II 3
48 16 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII -
51 17 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII II-IIIII-IIIII-II 3
57 19 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII II-III-IIIII-III-II 4
63 21 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII II-III-III-III-III-II 5
69 23 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII II-IIII-III-III-IIII-II 5
75 25 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII II-IIII-IIII-IIII-IIII-II 5
Table 1.7. Standard sizes of LVL-P beams.
Beam Beam height [mm]

thickness [mm]
200 220 225 240 260 300 360 400 450 500 600
27
33
39
42
45
48
51
57
63
69
75
LVL_01.indd 39 5.9.2019 9:11:34

For structures that are sensitive to dimensional changes walls are 39x66 and 39x92 in lengths of 2550 mm, 2700 mm,
due to changing humidity conditions, LVL-C is the most suit- 3000 mm, 3600 mm and 6000 mm.
able choice. No pre-cambering: Because LVL members are cut from
LVL-C beams and panels are usually produced according straight billets, beams cannot be pre-cambered in normal pro-
LVL
to 01, Table
customer 1.7 and their sizes are thus not stand-
specifications duction and pre-cambering should therefore not be included
ardized. The beam heights given in Table 1.6, however, ensure in the design.
efficient use of material. Other common widths are 900 mm, Larger thicknesses are available as multiple-glued GLVL
1200 mm, 1800 mm and 2500 mm, although the maximum beams and panels. While standard sizes ensure the most effi-
panel width depends on the production line. cient material use, custom sizes of GLVL are also available from
Standard sizes for LVL-P studs are smaller than beams. GLVL suppliers for project-specific needs, but the availability
Thickness is typically 39 and 45 mm and the width is normally shall to be checked case by case.
limited to 200 mm. Standard stud sizes for non-load-bearing
Table 1.8. Standard sizes of multiple-glued GLVL beams and panels. GLVL can be manufactured from LVL-P or LVL-C laminas.
Thickness Beam height or panel width [mm]

[mm]
200 220 225 240 260 300 360 450 600 900 1800 (2500)
84 P/C P/C P/C P/C P/C P/C P/C P/C P/C C C C
90 P P P P P P P P P
120 P/C P/C P/C P/C P/C P/C P/C P/C P/C P/C C C
Metsä Wood
1.58 LVL-C panel. Figure 1.59 LVL-P wall studs.
LVL_01.indd 40 5.9.2019 9:11:39

Stora Enso
Figure 1.60. Straight and accurate LVL-P beams.

LVL 01, Table 1.8 • KORJATTU 29.8.
1.9 TOLERANCES
The tolerances of LVL members are defined in FprEN
14374:2018 and depend on the member sizes. The tolerance
values are shown in Table 1.9 and the dimension definitions
in Figure 1.61.
Table 1.9. Maximum deviations from nominal sizes and nominal angles for LVL, unsanded and not pressure treatment (FprEN 14374:2018).
Nominal sizes Maximum deviations

t ≤ 27 mm ± 1 mm
Thickness t 27 mm < t ≤ 57 mm ± 2 mm
t > 57 mm ± 3 mm
b ≤ 300 mm ± 2 mm
Width b 300 mm < b ≤ 600 mm ± 3 mm
b > 600 mm ± 0.5%
l≤5m ± 5 mm
Length l 5 m < l ≤ 20 m ± 0,1%
l > 20 m ± 20 mm
Maximum deviation α of the right angles of the cross section, see Figure 1.61 1:50 (approx. 1,1°)
Figure 1.61. Dimensions of LVL. b = width (H=height), l = length, t = thickness. Arrow shows the grain direction of the surface veneer.
Bottom: Example of the angle α deviation from the right angle of a cross section of LVL.
LVL_01_epaper.indd 41 20.9.2019 11:19:07

1.10 CE MARKING AND CERTIFICATION

OF LVL PRODUCTS
Structural LVL has its own harmonized European Standard, To fulfil the requirements of AVCP System 1, LVL manufac-
EN 14374, which provides the basis for mandatory CE mark- turers must carry out:
ing and Declaration of Performance (DoP) of LVL products. • Testing or assessment of essential characteristics relevant for
Structural elements e.g. stressed skin panels made of LVL can the intended uses which are declared (modulus of elasticity,
be CE marked based on supplier specific European Technical bending strength, compression strength, tension strength,
Assessments (ETA). release of formaldehyde and durability)
As a glued engineered wood product for load-bearing ap- • Factory production control
plications, structural LVL has high requirements for assess- • Further testing of samples taken at the manufacturing plant
ment and verification of constancy of performance (AVCP). by the manufacturer in accordance with the prescribed test
European Commission decision 97/176/EC defines AVCP Sys- plan
tem 1 for structural LVL and the requirements of the AVCP • Declaration of performance (DoP) of the LVL products
System 1 are defined in the construction product regulations • CE marking of the LVL products
(CPR) of the European Union (Regulation (EU) 305/2011, An-
nex V amended by Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) Requirements for building products are set at the national level.
No 568/2014). In the AVCP System 1 a notified product certi- DoPs and CE marking provide harmonized means of showing
fication body decides on the issuing, restriction, suspension or compliance with these requirements with respect to the prop-
withdrawal of the certificate of constancy of performance of the erties included within the scope of the harmonized product
construction product on the basis of the outcome of the follow- standards. Based on these properties the structural LVL prod-
ing assessments and verifications carried out by that body 12: ucts can be designed in accordance with the Eurocode design
• An assessment of the performance of the construction prod- standards system for load-bearing structures.
uct carried out on the basis of testing (including sampling)
to determine the bonding strength (glue bond quality) and Note: LVL products treated against fire and biological attack can-
reaction to fire of the product. not be CE marked according to EN 14374:2004, since the treat-
• Initial inspection of the manufacturing plant and of factory ments are currently not included in the scope of the standard.
production control
• Continuing surveillance, assessment and evaluation of fac- LVL products may also have other voluntary certificates for
tory production control covering e.g. the essential strength properties that are not included in the CE marking and DoPs,
characteristics. such as building physics properties, emissions, or certain na-
tionally required design parameters. Examples of such certif-
icates are the Eurofins Product Certificate, the M1 emission
certificate in Finland, and Allgemeine Bauartgenehmigung in
Germany.
Metsä Wood
Stora Enso Wood
Figure 1.62. Left: Example of CE-mark label in LVL package, right: Example of CE-mark label in LVL product.
LVL_01.indd 42 5.9.2019 9:11:52

1.11 DESIGN TOOLS

LVL structures are designed with similar computer-aided de-
sign tools to other load-bearing construction materials. Some
structural calculation programs that support Eurocode compli-
ant design also include LVL product libraries, but usually the
user needs to enter the LVL product-specific properties into the
software database. Examples of structural calculation software
are Autodesk Robot Structural Analysis, Dlubal RF Timber,
Frilo HO11+ and Mitek Roofcon/Trusscon. Some of their de-
sign results, e.g. support reaction capacity, however need to be
verified manually as they do not include all of the LVL-specific
parameters for EN 1995 (Eurocode 5). The definition of LVL
strength classes in product standard EN 14374 will guide soft-
ware development in the future. LVL manufacturers are also
specifying the properties of their product brands individually
and also providing tailored calculation software, such as Finn-
wood® and Calculatis®.
For basic structural drawings 2D design tools such as Au-
todesk AutoCad are commonly used. More detailed LVL com-
ponent information can be utilized with 3D building infor-
mation modelling (BIM). In addition to the planning phase
of the project, BIM supports the whole building process from
cost and construction management to facility operation and
the whole life cycle of the building. LVL suppliers have created
BIM libraries of LVL components for the Autodesk Revit, Ar-
chicad, Vertex BD, HSB Cad, Cad Works and Trimble Sketch-
Up design software environments, among others. The librar-
ies are distributed, for example, via manufacturers’ websites or
portal program tools such as ProdLib 13, 14.
Design software can create steering files for CNC ma-
chines used for cutting LVL components (CAM) to improve
the efficiency of the whole manufacturing process. HSBCad
and Vertex BD software’s, for instance, have a strong position in
integrated chain support, from design to off-site manufacture.
The IFC file transfer formats 2x3 and ifc4 support some
basic properties of engineered wood products and the next
generation formats will take these better into account. For
example, due to the orthotropic properties of the products it
is important to be able to accurately define their orientation
(lengthwise, edgewise, flatwise parallel to surface veneer and
Figure 1.63. Design software for LVL structures: Calculatis by
Stora Enso, Finnwood by Metsä Wood and portal of BIM objects by flat across the surface veneer) in the IFC objects.
ProdLib.
LVL_01.indd 43 5.9.2019 9:11:54

1.12 BASIC PROPERTIES OF LVL

1.12.1 Strength and stiffness properties
LVL has homogeneous material properties, firstly, due to the The extent of these dimensional changes depends on the
breakdown and uniform distribution of natural defects, such grain direction and the product type. Table 1.10. shows an ex-
as knots, in the product and, secondly, due to the effect of lami- ample dimensional change for a 3% increase in moisture con-
nation, which further eliminates their impact. Strength grading tent. LVL-C undergoes a much smaller change in beam height
of the veneers also reduces variation within each strength class because the cross veneers efficiently prevent movement in the
of the product. This results in strength levels that are close to height direction.
defect-free wood for the highest LVL grades and, due to low Untreated wood surfaces are hygroscopic, meaning that
variation, the characteristic 5% fractal values used in structural they absorb moisture from humid air and release moisture to
design are also high. the surrounding air when the RH is low. This moisture buffer-
LVL-P has the highest strength and stiffness properties ing phenomenon may be useful for improving the indoor air
parallel to grain. LVL-C has about 20% lower values parallel to quality of buildings.
grain due to its cross-bonded veneers, but is stronger and stiff-
er perpendicular to the grain direction of the surface veneer, Thermal properties
properties which can be utilized in panel structures. Table 1.11 LVL has a thermal conductivity λ of about 0,13 W/mK depend-
presents the basic mechanical properties of the typical strength ing on its density and moisture content, and a specific heat ca-
classes of LVL. pacity cp of 1600 J/(kg K) according to EN ISO 10456.
The variation in bending strength and stiffness properties Thermal expansion of LVL is negligible and its dimensions
for LVL is typically less than 10% compared to 12-20% for glu- remain stable during temperature changes. Therefore, temper-
lam and plywood and 15-30% for structural timber. Therefore, ature variation does not need to be considered in structural
the characteristic 5% fractile values of non-LVL materials for design, unlike swelling and shrinkage due to moisture changes.
structural design are significantly lower 16. Table 1.12 compares For further information on building physics, see Chap-
the basic mechanical properties of some common structural ter 8.
wood products.
For more information on the mechanical properties of
LVL, see Section 4.2.
1.12.2 Building physics properties

Moisture
LVL products are delivered from the factory at a moisture

LVL 01,
content Table
(MC) 1.11 which is close to the MC of service
of 8-10%,
class 1 end uses. This significantly reduces initial dimensional
changes due to moisture in structures if the members are
protected against weather exposure. LVL swells when its
moisture content increases and shrinks when its moisture
content decreases 18.
Figure 1.64. Dimensional changes due to increased moisture

content.
Table 1.10. Example dimensional changes due to a 3% increase in moisture content (MC) %.
Dimension after +3%

Product type Direction Original dimension Difference
increase in MC
Length l [mm] 5000 5001,5 +1,5 mm
LVL-P Thickness t [mm] 57 57,5 +0,5 mm
Height h [mm] 260 262,6 +2,6 mm
Length l [mm] 5000 5001,5 +1,5 mm
LVL-C Thickness t [mm] 57 57,5 +0,5 mm
Height h [mm] 260 260,3 +0,3 mm
LVL_01_epaper.indd 44 5.9.2019 14:27:18

LVL 01, Table 1.9
Table 1.11. Basic mechanical properties of common LVL strength classes.
LVL 48 P LVL 32 P LVL 36 C LVL 25 C

Typical use Beam Stud Panel Panel
Characteristic strength values, N/mm2

Bending strength edgewise, h = 300 mm fm,0,edge,k 44 27 32 20
Bending strength flatwise fm,0,flat,k 48 32 36 25
Bending strength flatwise perpendicular to grain fm,90,flat,k - - 8 -
Compression parallel to grain fc,0,k 29 21 21 15
Compression perpendicular to grain edgewise fc,90,edge,k 6 4 9 8
Tension parallel to grain ft,0,k 35 22 22 15
Shear edgewise parallel to grain fv,edge,0,k 4,2 3,2 4,5 3,6
Shear flatwise parallel to grain fv,flat,0,k 2,3 2,0 1,3 1,1
Size effect parameter s, [-] 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15
Mean stiffness values, N/mm2

Modulus of elasticity parallel to grain E0,mean 13800 9600 10500 7200
LVL 01,ofTable
Modulus 1.10
elasticity perpendicular to grain in
Em,90,mean - - 2000 -
flatwise bending
Shear modulus edgewise G0,edge,mean 600 500 600 500
Density, kg/m3
Mean value ρmean 510 440 510 440
Characteristic value ρk 480 410 480 410
Table 1.12. Basic mechanical properties of common structural wood products.
Sawn timber C18 Glulam GL24h Spruce plywood

(EN 338:2016) (EN 14080:2013) 21 mm 17
Typical use Beam / stud Beam Panel
Characteristic strength values, N/mm2
Bending strength fm,0,k 18 24 20,6
Bending strength flatwise perpendicular to grain fm,90,flat,k - - 12,8
Compression perpendicular to grain fc,90,k 2,2 2,5 -
Shear parallel to grain fv,k 3,4 3,5 3,5
Mean stiffness values, N/mm2

Modulus of elasticity parallel to grain E0,mean 9000 11500 8230
Modulus of elasticity perpendicular to grain
Em,90,mean - - 3770
in bending
Density, kg/m3
Mean value ρmean 380 420 460
Characteristic value ρk 320 385 400
LVL_01_epaper.indd 45 5.9.2019 14:27:18

1.12.3 Emissions and product safety are needed to keep the impact sound level at low frequencies
low enough.
Phenolic adhesives that are cured at high temperature and Despite the challenges of low frequencies, real-life feed-
wood raw material both contain small quantities of free for- back from people living in well-designed wooden multi-storey
maldehyde. In Europe, the formaldehyde emissions of LVL buildings has been positive. The buildings are considered silent
products are tested according to the standards EN 717-1 and the room acoustics of wooden buildings is usually regard-
(chamber method) or EN ISO 12460-3 (gas analysis method). ed to be comfortable. One reason for this is that the surfaces of
The Class E1 requirement according to EN 14374 correspond- timber elements are less dense compared to steel or concrete,
ing to ≤ 0,1 ppm (EN 717-1) can be easily achieved with LVL which is beneficial for sound absorption.
products. LVL manufacturers commonly report significantly Robust perforated LVL panels can be used together with
lower formaldehyde emission levels of ≤ 0,03 ppm, and this mineral wool insulation installed in cavities behind the panels
limit stated in the voluntary certification of some construction for sound absorption, e.g., in sport halls and schools. The good
product associations to demonstrate the low emissions of their impact resistance of these panels is also advantageous, e.g., in
products. For example, the German Qualitätsgemeinschaft walls of halls for ball games.
Deutscher Fertigbau (QDF) für Holzwerkstoffe QDF-Positiv-
liste criteria states a formaldehyde limit of ≤ 0,03 ppm. 1.12.5 Fire safety
For volatile organic compounds (VOC) a European clas-
sification is currently under preparation, but for the present When wood burns, a layer of char forms on the wood surface.
different classification systems are used in different countries This char layer serves as protective thermal insulation, inhibit-
either voluntarily or based on legislation. For example, in Fin- ing further burning of the remaining wood cross section. This
land, LVL products are certified to show that they fulfil the M1 makes the behaviour of wooden structures in fire predictable
emission classification requirements of the Finnish Building and their resistance to fire can be calculated based on the char-
Information Foundation RTS for building materials. The M1 ring rates defined in EN 1995-1-2 (Eurocode 5). The one-di-
classification criteria set limit values for total volatile organic mensional charring rate β0 of LVL is 0,65 mm/min, and the
compounds (TVOC), formaldehyde, ammonia, carcinogens notional charring rate βn for beams and columns is 0,70 mm/
and sensory evaluation 19. min when the characteristic density is ≥ 480 kg/m3.
After curing at high temperature, the adhesive bond be- As LVL cross sections are typically thin, with a product
tween the LVL veneers becomes an inert polymer that does not thickness of max. 75 mm, they usually require additional pro-
dissolve or react with other materials in the surrounding envi- tection to achieve the required fire resistance. This is usually
ronment. It is safe and non-hazardous to humans and animals. achieved with gypsum plasterboard panelling directly onto the
Standard LVL products do not contain more than 0,1% LVL members, or onto LVL frame structures with cavities that
of any of the Substances of Very High Concern (SVHC) listed are left empty or filled with mineral wool insulation. Eurocode
in the Candidate List of the European Chemicals Agency, as 5 provides instructions for calculating resistance to fire.
these substances are not intentionally added to the products 20. The risk of flame spread is controlled by reaction to fire
Manufacturers continuously monitor the Candidate List for class classifications of construction products. The class for un-
updates. treated LVL is D-s2,d0, which is the same as solid wood, where
LVL does not contain anything classified as hazardous D is the combustibility class, s is smoke production and d is
waste, and has the following waste code in the consolidated burning droplets. The classification may be improved with fire
European Waste Catalogue: retardant treatments up to class B-s1,d0 for some structures,
- 17 02 01 Wood (Construction and Demolition Wastes) mainly in indoor applications.
After use at the end of its life cycle, LVL can be utilized e.g. For more information about fire safety, please see Chap-
for bioenergy production 3. ter 6.
1.12.4 Acoustics 1.12.6 Structures for seismic areas

LVL members can be used in timber frame structures in sim- LVL structures can be used in seismic areas. Unless special as-
ilar ways to other wood members to achieve the required sessments are made, LVL structures are intended to be used
sound insulation levels. Sound insulation of timber structures subject to static or quasi-static actions. In seismic areas the be-
is usually good at high and middle frequencies if the struc- haviour factor of LVL panels used for the design is limited to
tures have careful detailing so that they are airtight. Howev- non-dissipative or low-dissipative structures (q ≤1,5), defined
er, timber structures are light, which makes it challenging to according to Eurocode 8 (EN 1998-1:2004 clauses 1.5.2 and
design adequate sound insulation structures against low fre- 8.1.3 b) and to applicable national rules on construction work.
quency sounds. Therefore, layered structures are necessary for LVL structures have low weight which reduces the design
airborne sound insulation of intermediate walls between apart- loads in seismic design. LVL-C panels are available in large siz-
ments. In floor structures additional mass and resilient layers es, so they can be used as robust panel bracing components to
LVL_01.indd 46 5.9.2019 9:11:55

resist seismic loads. LVL-C members, in particular, are not sen- some stains of adhesive from the production process. Some
sitive to cracking or brittle failures of connections, so they can manufacturers provide higher grade face veneers on special
yield and absorb more energy. Full utilization of these proper- request.
ties and use of LVL in higher dissipative classes for structures On the front side of the product a light-coloured mela-
in seismic design requires testing in cyclic loading according mine adhesive is used for scarf-jointing the surface veneers.
to EN 12512 for combinations of LVL panels and dowel type On the reverse side the scarf-joints are glued with the same
connections. dark brown phenol resin adhesive used in the glue lines be-
tween veneers. The distance between scarf-joints is usually 1.9
1.12.7 Visual properties of LVL surface m or 2.5 m depending on the production process. When LVL
members are used in visible applications, the designer specifies
Softwood LVL is produced from peeled conifer softwood which side of the member is the visible surface. This must also
veneers. An inherent characteristic of conifer wood is that be taken into consideration especially when the LVL is to be
branches are located in star-like clusters along the stem (knot cut into special shapes.
ringlets) and therefore there may be frequent knots in a peeled Standard LVL is delivered unsanded. It can, however, be
veneer. sanded to improve the visual appearance of the LVL surface by
LVL is mainly used as a structural load-bearing product so-called optical sanding which cleans and smoothens the sur-
for non-visible applications. Therefore, the sorting of veneers face by removing any dark glue stains and equalizing any local
in production is based mainly on the strength properties of the colour differences of the veneers. Another alternative sanding
veneers, not on their visual properties. During peeling, small treatment is calibration sanding, which can be carried out to
peeling cracks are formed in the veneer. These cracks may be- achieve more precise thickness tolerances for, e.g., LVL door
come visible due to swelling or shrinkage caused by moisture components. Unless some non-transparent coating is used on
variations or sanding. In addition, the scarf-joints of face ve- the surfaces, the calibrated sanding is not recommended for
neers can sometimes overlap, leaving the joint slightly open. visible applications, because it can sand through the surface
Due to moisture variations this may also occur later on the sur- veneers revealing the dark glue line especially in the thicker
face of sanded products. Other possible surface defects include range of the products 11. For more information on sanding
resin pockets, bark, and splits. Unsanded surfaces may have specifications, see subsection 1.7.1.
Metsä Wood
Figure 1.65: Appearance of LVL veneer surfaces

1. Unsanded front side, close image 2. Optical
sanded front side, close image 3. Unsanded
reverse side with dark scarf-joint glue line, close
image 4. Optical sanded reverse side with dark
scarf-joint glue line, close image 5. Unsanded
front side, general view 6. Optical sanded
front side, general view 7. Calibration sanding
revealing the dark glue line 11.
1 2 3 4
5 6 6
LVL_01.indd 47 5.9.2019 9:11:56

Stora Enso
Figure 1.66. Coated surfaces of LVL beams.
1.12.8 Surface coating of LVL exposure to sunlight; the colour and darkness of the coating;
and the level of exposure to moisture. General guidelines for
LVL can be painted with fully pigmented non-transparent coating LVL:
paints or stained with translucent stain or varnish. Due to • Apply the coating as soon as possible to prevent the effects
peeling cracks, the surface of LVL is more demanding to paint of UV radiation on the wood surface. If needed, sand the
than, e.g., solid wood. The cracks occur in the face veneers as surface prior to coating.
a result of contraction and swelling of the product. In indoor • Fill any voids, such as fallen knots, with substitute wood
conditions these cracks are not usually problematic, but in ap- compound.
plications exposed to weather, a pigmented covering paint is • Choose a primer with blue stain and mould protection.
required to protect the LVL. If the moisture nevertheless pen- • Round the edges of the member slightly to ensure adher-
etrates the LVL member, for example at the penetration points ence of an adequate thickness of coating also on the edg-
of connectors, at the edges or other similar areas, a thick paint es. Edge coating is especially important for all veneer-based
coating will tend to flake. This is especially evident on large wood products.
continuous surfaces. If surface cracks are not problematic for • Apply the coating agent to an adequate thickness. Apply the
the application in question, a light non-film-forming surface coating agent in at least two layers to ensure proper drying
treatment can be a suitable alternative. This may require more of the layers.
frequent maintenance, but the maintenance treatment is eas-
ier to perform. In all cases of coating LVL the application should be discussed
The durability of the coating depends on various factors: in detail with the coating agent manufacturer to ensure the
the base material and how it has been prepared; the level of suitability of the product for the application 21.
LVL_01.indd 48 5.9.2019 9:11:59

1.13 JOINTS BETWEEN LVL PANELS

Structurally supported or self-supported joints may be used for Where other structural features allow, a simple solution for a
the
LVLconnections
01, Figure of LVL-C
1.58 panels. The load-bearing capacity self-supporting joint is to use straight-edged panels and fas-
depends on the project and must be verified case-specifically, ten a wooden or steel batten on or under them. Otherwise,
including the connector diameter, minimum insertion depths, the edges of the panels require machining. A common type
spacing, and edge distances. For connector positioning, the of machined joint is a half-lap connection where part of the
acting force direction is parallel to the joint as a default. panel thickness is machined to create matching pairs of edges.
Figure 1.67 illustrates the principles of panel jointing. In A separate batten can be placed on the half-lap edges as a sur-
structurally supported panel joints, the panel edges are usually face spline or as an interior spline when the edges are grooved
straight and the force acting parallel to the joint is transferred to a tongue profile. Suitable nail and screw sizes are defined in
through the load-bearing structure from one panel to the next. Section 4.7.
Structurally supported joint Self-supported joints
Figure 1.67. Structurally supported joint and self-supporting joints of LVL-C panels.
LVL_01.indd 49 5.9.2019 9:11:59

2. LVL structures in floors, walls, roofs
and in special applications
Stora Enso
Figure 2.1 Aika stage, Aalto University, Finland.
LVL_02.indd 50 5.9.2019 9:16:38

2. LVL STRUCTURES IN FLOORS, WALLS, ROOFS AND IN SPECIAL APPLICATIONS
2.1 GENERAL 2.2 FLOOR STRUCTURES

LVL is available in a large variety of standard stock sizes, as LVL offers numerous alternatives for creating floor structures,
well as in user-defined cross sections. Tall and slim beams and from traditional joist floors to stressed-skin panels and massive
studs are useful, for example, for reducing heat loss through floor panels. LVL-P joists have precise dimensions and good
wall, floor and roof structures, while optimized cross section modulus of elasticity, which are important for a robust and
improve material efficiency and high bending stiffness mini- convenient floor. Stressed-skin panels can achieve the longest
mizes deflection. Long LVL beams are well suited as headers spans, and massive LVL panels minimize the height of the floor
and multi-span purlins in roof constructions. LVL can be eas- structure. Straight, precise and dry LVL-P joists are ideally suit-
ily combined with other structures with standard connection ed for off-site production of floor elements.
parts and simple joint details. LVL material values and design
methods are carefully tested to provide reliable information 2.2.1 Beam & joist floors
for designer to specify robust load-bearing wooden structures.
LVL-P has the highest bending strength and stiffness In wooden joist floors the serviceability design of deflections
properties and is therefore the standard choice for beam struc- and human-induced vibration from walking are usually the
tures. However, sometimes structural details can cause local most important design tasks. Wooden joists are strong, so
stresses, such as connection forces at an angle to the grain, and, the strength design is rarely an issue if the supports are wide
in such cases, LVL-C with its reinforcing cross-bonded veneers enough. LVL joists are ideal for timber frame floors as they are
is the preferred product. LVL-C has better stiffness, resistance rigid and straight with accurate dimensions. They are supplied
and dimensional stability in the cross direction and is therefore at a moisture content close to that of the ready building, which
recommended for members mainly loaded in the cross direc- reduces deformation and creaking.
tion, such as rim boards.
Eurofins
Figure 2.2. LVL-P joist floor structures. Figure 2.3. Joist hanger connections of floor joists.
LVL_02.indd 51 5.9.2019 9:16:40

LVL joist floors can be built on a wooden, steel or concrete blockings to a transverse tension flange board installed under
frame or walls. The 1:8 width to depth ratio of rigid LVL-P the floor joists, see Figure 2.6.
joists is ideally suited to the structural depths of floor con- Multi-span structures reduce deflection and enable longer
structions even with long spans. The recommended minimum maximum span lengths compared to single-span structures.
width of supports and LVL floor joists is 45 mm in order to However, if the floor joists are continuous between separate
provide proper support for decking panels. rooms more conservative span lengths are recommended as
Floor elements can be prefabricated off-site. This saves people are more sensitive to vibrations originating from spaces
time on the construction site, reduces waste, and improves external to the space that they are occupying.
quality as the elements can be made in dry factory conditions. Floor vibration is controlled in the design based on: 1)
An element floor usually has a slightly higher material con- deflection under point 1kN load when the lowest natural fre-
sumption as the edge joists that seal the elements at the sides quency f1 is higher than 8-9 Hz depending on country-specific
form double joists in the completed floor structure. design rules and 2) acceleration when f1 is 4,5-8 Hz. It is rec-
Floor deflections and vibrations are not only dependent on ommended to design joist floors to f1 > 8 Hz, because achiev-
the floor joists themselves, but on the decking on the joists and ing the requirements of the acceleration criterion requires the
on the blockings installed for transverse bracing perpendicular addition of considerable extra weight to the structure. For more
to the span of the floor. Due to the rigidity of typical decking information on floor vibration design, see subsection 4.3.7.
panels, a joist spacing of c/c 400 mm is recommended. The Residential floors within apartments can be light, with-
spacing should not exceed 600 mm to avoid excessive deflec- out acoustic or fire resistance requirements, in which case de-
tion of the panels in the perpendicular direction to the joists. flection under 1kN point load is the governing requirement.
It is also recommended to glue the decking panels to the joists Intermediate floors between apartments require protective
with polyurethane adhesive for best results. Depending on the cladding underneath the floor and extra mass on the top of
gluing conditions (on-site or off-site) and country-specific re- the floor, which usually make the fundamental natural fre-
quirements, at least half of the advantage of the composite ef- quency f1 > 8-9 Hz the most critical requirement. Figures 2.7
fect of gluing can be utilized in structural calculations. and 2.8 gives the maximum span lengths for different joist
Blockings between the joists reduce deflection under point sizes. Span lengths up to ~6 m can be achieved with normal
loads, but they need to be fixed well to the joists to give the floor thicknesses, but with the biggest joists over 8 m spans
desired transverse stiffness and to avoid creaking in the long are possible.
term. The best improvement can be achieved by fixing the
1. Floor joist
2. Rim board
3. Blockings at the centre of a span
4. Blockings at support
5. Trimmer beam
6. Staircase opening, trimmer connection
7. Joist hanger connection
Figure 2.4. LVL-P joist floor members and details.
LVL_02.indd 52 5.9.2019 9:16:41

Figure 2.5. LVL joist floor with decking from offsite produced elements.
Figure 2.6. Transverse blocking and tension board below the floor joists for reducing deflection under point load and improved performance
against floor vibration. Two blocking lines at 1m spacing at the centre of the span are recommended for L>4m span length. 1. Decking panel,
2. Floor joists, 3. Transverse tension board (C18, min 22x100) under the joists fixed with 2,8x75 nails to the joists and blockings. 4. Blocking.
LVL_02.indd 53 5.9.2019 9:16:42

LVL 48 P JOIST FOR RESIDENTAL FLOOR
63x500 9,0
7,1
51x400 7,5
5,4
45x360 6,9
4,8
75x300 6,8
Floor joist size
4,6
45x300 6,0
4,2
45x260 5,1
3,5
4,8 Advanced
45x240 3,3
75x200 4,7 Basic
LVL 02, Figure 2.7 3,2
45x200 4,0
2,9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Maximum span length [m]
Figure 2.7. Maximum span lengths of LVL 48 P floor joists for predesign of residential floors. 2,0 kN/m2 live load, 0,3 kN/m2 partition load and
0,6 kN/m2 self-weight. The basic option has c/c400 mm joist spacing, 22 mm chipboard decking without gluing and no transverse bracings. The
advanced option has transverse bracing, glued deck panel and 45x45 c/c 400mm cross batten underneath the joists. Lowest natural frequency
f1 > 8 Hz and maximum deflection under 1kN point load is 0,5 - 0,8 mm depending on the span length (FI NA requirement for EN1995-1-1).
LVL 48 P JOISTS FOR COMPARTMENT FLOOR
63x500 7,9
7,5
51x400 6,6
6,2
45x360 6,1
5,7
75x300 5,9
Floor joist size
5,6
45x300 5,6
5,0
45x260 4,6
4,4
4,2 Advanced
45x240 4,2
75x200 4,2 Basic
4,1
45x200 3,7
3,5
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Figure 2.8. Maximum span lengths of LVL 48 P floor joists for predesign of compartment floors. 2,0 kN/m2 live load, 0,3 kN/m2 partition load
and 1,6 kN/m2 self-weight including a 50 mm screed in addition to the LVL members. The basic option has c/c400 mm joist spacing, 22 mm
chipboard decking without gluing and no transverse bracings. In advanced option has transverse bracing, glued decking and 45x45 mm c/c
400 mm cross batten underneath the joists. Lowest natural frequency f1 > 8 Hz and maximum deflection under 1kN point load is 0,5 - 0,8 mm
depending on the span length (FI NA requirement for EN1995-1-1).
LVL_02.indd 54 5.9.2019 9:16:43

Open source wood, Metsä Wood

GROUND FLOOR
INTERMEDIATE FLOOR
COMPARTMENT FLOOR
Figure 2.9. LVL joist floor structures for ground floors, intermediate floors and compartment floors.
LVL_02.indd 55 5.9.2019 9:16:45

2.2.2 Main beams for floors

LVL-P members are used as supporting beams for multiple Nailing, screwing or bolting patterns are required to ensure sta-
span joist floors, headers over openings and trimmers around bility, especially when the beams are side loaded. At minimum,
e.g. staircase openings. The supporting beams can be under the the plies are nailed together in 2 rows at c/c 300 mm. Loading
joists or the joists are connected to the sides of the supporting from only one side is allowed for beams with a maximum of
beams with e.g., joist hangers or diagonal screwing. 3 members. Top-loaded beams or beams equally loaded from
To save structural height while retaining adequate both faces may have at maximum 4 members. LVL suppli-
load-bearing capacity, multiple-member LVL beams are used. ers provide connector-specific capacity tables for side-loaded
beams.
Figure 2.10. Instructions for nailing and screwing patterns for multiple-member LVL beams.
LVL_02.indd 56 5.9.2019 9:16:47

LVL 48 P main beams h = 360 - 600mm for floors
50
2. LVL STRUCTURES IN FLOORS, WALLS, ROOFS AND IN45x360
SPECIAL APPLICATIONS
45
51x400
40 63x500
Characterastic load [kN/m]
35 50 75x600
45x360
2x45x360
30 45
51x400
2x51x400
25 40 63x500
20 35 75x600
15 30 2x45x360
2x51x400
10 25
5 20
0 15
2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 4,5 5,0 5,5 6,0 6,5 7,0
10 Maximum span length [m]
5
0
2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 4,5 5,0 5,5 6,0 6,5 7,0

40
45x200
35 45x240
45x260
30 45x300
40
75x200
45x200
25
35 75x300
45x240
20 2x45x200
45x260
30 2x45x240
45x300
15 2x45x260
75x200
25
2x45x300
75x300
10
20 2x45x200
5 2x45x240
15 2x45x260
0 2x45x300
10
1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 4,5
5
Figure 2.11. Span and capacity table of LVL 48 P main beams for predesign of floor structures. Calculations according to EN 1995-1-
1:2004+A1:2008 0 and its Finnish National Annex. The permanent load is 20% of the characteristic load kN/m2. The service class is 1 or 2 and
the consequences class is CC2. The rafter has lateral torsional buckling supports on the top surface with spacing ≤ 600 mm and the loads are
1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0
located at the lateral torsional buckling supports. The support length shall be calculated separately. The initial deflection winst ≤ L/400 and net
4,5
final deflection wnet,fin ≤ L/300. γM = 1.2. The table does not replace project-specific structural design. Double beams are calculated as separate
beams in lateral torsional buckling.
57
Floor main beams
LVL Handbook Europe
8,0
LVL_02.indd 57 7,5 5.9.2019 9:16:47
2.2.3 Rim boards and rim beams

Rim boards and rim beams are used in the walls around the prevents the risk of compression cracks in plasterboard walls or
timber frame floors and, depending on the structural system, facade rendering and enhances building envelope airtightness.
they may have several different load-bearing functions. Rim In partition walls between apartments rim boards must be
boards work as edge binders preventing the joists from tilting, designed for adequate resistance to fire to prevent fire spread
and as load transfer members for the timber floor assemblies in wall or floor cavities. A 30 mm rim board can serve as a fire
by carrying the line loads from the walls above the floor level separating component to meet the integrity E and insulation I
to the supporting walls below the floor level. Continuous rim performance criteria for 30 minutes for the structure.
beams are required for floor panel diaphragms to absorb the Rim beams may also be designed in more robust dimen-
tensile forces from the floor planes. sions to act at the same time as lintels to carry loads, e.g., above
LVL-C products are supplied dry in long lengths and they door or window openings. In such cases, bending strength and
have good resistance, stiffness and dimensional stability in the stiffness are important. In some structural systems rim boards
floor joist height direction, which makes them an ideal prod- work as secondary load transfer routes to prevent dispropor-
uct for rim boards. LVL-C settlements are minimal, which tionate collapse if, e.g., a part of the wall structure is destroyed.
A B
Figure 2.12. Rim boards and rim beams in different structural solutions of timer frame structures A) Rim board as egde binder and transferring
loads from upper walls; B) Rim beams acting at the same time as a lintel over a window opening; C) Rim beam in compartment wall connection;
D) Rim beam integrated in exterior wall element; E) Rim beam integrated to compartment wall element.
LVL_02.indd 58 5.9.2019 9:16:48

2.2.4 Panel structures

Robust LVL-C decking panels can be used on floor joists to uti-
lize the diaphragm action of timber frame floors. The stiffness
of LVL-C panels fulfils the deflection requirements of decking
with large joist spacing. Large panels are fast and easy to install
with a crane. They are also a straightforward structural design
solution as fewer joints are needed between the panels and the
substructure.
LVL-C panels can be used as a simple floor structure for
up to 2.6 m single spans, which is an attractive option for, e.g.,
corridor floors or loft apartment mezzanine floors, where the
space height limits the height of the floor structure. Multi-
ple-glued GLVL-C panels can be used for over 4 m long spans, A
see Figure 2.17.
Stora Enso
Figure 2.14. Robust LVL-C floor panels can be used for bracing and
enable larger spacing between floor joists (A). Thicker LVL-C panels
can be used as floor slabs (B).
Stora Enso
Figure 2.13. Installation of a multiple-glued GLVL-C floor element. Figure 2.15. Installation of LVL floor elements.
LVL_02.indd 59 5.9.2019 9:16:52

1. Corridor floor panel

2. Mezzanine floor in a loft apartment
3. Balcony floor panel
4. Balcony ceiling panel
5. Roof decking
6. Top panel of stressed-skin panels.
7. Wall bracing panel
LVL 02, Figure 2.15

LVL 02, Figure 2.15
Figure 2.16. LVL-C panel applications in a multi-storey building.

LVL 36 C PANEL FLOOR
LVL 36 C PANEL FLOOR
75 2,6
75
69 2,4 2,6
[mm]
69
63 2,1 2,4
[mm]
thickness
63
57 1,9 2,1
thickness
57
51 1,7 1,9
Panel
51
45 1,5 1,7
Panel
45
39 1,3 1,5
39 1,3
0,0 0,5 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 4,5
0,0 0,5 1,0 1,5 2,0
Maximum 2,5 [m]3,0
span length 3,5 4,0 4,5
MULTIPLE-GLUED GLVL 36 C PANEL FLOOR

MULTIPLE-GLUED GLVL 36 C PANEL FLOOR
144 4,5
144 4,2 4,5
[mm]
133
[mm]
133
120 3,9 4,2
thickness
120 3,9
thickness
108 3,5
108
96 3,2 3,5
Panel
96
84 2,9 3,2
Panel
84 2,9
0,0 0,5 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 4,5
0,0
1,5 0,5
Maximum 2,0 1,0 2,5 [m]3,0
span length 3,5 4,0 4,5
Maximum
Figure 2.17. Span table of LVL 36 C and multiple-glued GLVL span
36 C panel [m]
length of floors supported from the ends. Calculations are
for predesign
according to EN 1995-1-1:2004+A1:2008 and its Finnish National Annex including floor vibrations. Permanent load is 0.4 kN/m² + panel’s
own weight, imposed load is 2.0 kN/m² (category A). Service class is 1 or 2 and consequences class CC2. The support length is ≥ 45 mm.
Instantaneous deflection winst ≤ L/400 and net final deflection wnet,fin ≤ L/300. γM = 1,2. Double span structures may have 0,1 – 0,3 m longer
maximum span lengths. Lowest natural frequency f1 > 8 Hz and maximum deflection under 1kN point load is 0,5 - 0,8 mm depending on the
span length.
LVL_02.indd 60 5.9.2019 9:16:53

2.2.5 Multiple-glued beams, GLVL

For longer spans or higher loads on main beams, larger cross
sections of multiple-glued GLVL can be used. Beam heights
can be tailored for the projects case-specifically, but for opti-
mized material efficiency, standard LVL beam heights or 5-10
mm smaller heights are recommended. The beam thicknesses
are multiple thicknesses of sanded LVL laminas (e.g. 2 x 42 mm
= 84 mm). Massive multiple-glued GLVL cross sections have
the advantage that they are not sensitive to cracking in dry con-
ditions. However, when they are used in visible applications,
the sanding and face veneer specifications must be separately
agreed with the supplier to achieve clean veneer surfaces.
• Recommended beam thicknesses: 84, 96, 90, 108, 120, 133 Figure 2.18. Multiple-glued GLVL beams.
and 144 mm
• Recommended beam heights: 200, 225, 240, 260, 300, 360,
450 and 600 mm high LVL-P ribs. Compared to typical LVL joist floor dimen-
sions this can save ~100 mm in floor height or enable ~1 metre
2.2.6 Stressed-skin panels: rib panels, box longer spans. Other alternatives include a box slab where an-
other LVL-C panel is glued to the bottom of the element, or an
panels or open box panels open box element where LVL-P flanges are glued in the flatwise
Rib panels are efficient structures for long span floors or for direction under the ribs. With typical dimensions these options
cases where the floor height is limited. They utilize the com- can save another 100 mm in floor height or add an extra metre
posite action of the panels and the ribs achieve by mechanical to the maximum span length compared to T-sections, see Fig-
connections or glued joints. Glue joints are recommended as ure 2.23. However, due to the high stiffness of box slabs the bot-
they are much stiffer and more efficient but, as they constitute tom panel emits sounds easier through the structure, making
structural gluing, their manufacturing requirements are higher. it difficult to fulfil the acoustic requirements of compartment
The simplest alternative is a T-cross section where a 25-37 mm floors between apartments. Therefore, an open box structure is
thick LVL-C panel is structurally glued onto 200-400 mm recommended for compartment floors.
Rib slab
(T- section)
Box slab
Open box slab
Figure 2.19. LVL rib slab, box slab and open box slab for floor constructions.
LVL_02.indd 61 5.9.2019 9:16:54

Metsä Wood
LVL 02, Figure 2.19.A
Figure 2.20. LVL open box slabs of intermediate floor constructions Figure 2.21. Installation of an LVL open box slab element.
in multi-storey buildings.
LVL RIB SLAB FLOORS
475 7,2
T-section with 25 mm LVL 36 C top slab and
Height of rib slab [mm]
425 6,7 51 x 200-450 mm LVL 48 P ribs in 612 mm spacing.

LVL 02, Figure
385 2.19.B 6,3
325 5,7
285 5,2
250 4,7
225 4,2
0,0 1,0 2,0 3,0 4,0 5,0 6,0 7,0 8,0 9,0
LVL OPEN BOX SLAB FLOORS
Open box section with 25 mm LVL 36 C top

518 8,6
Height of open box slab [mm]
slab, 45 x 200-450 mm LVL 48 P ribs in 612 mm

468 8,1 spacing and 43x300 mm sanded LVL 48 P bottom
flange.
428 7,7
368 7,1
328 6,6
293 6,2
268 6,0
0,0 1,0 2,0 3,0 4,0 5,0 6,0 7,0 8,0 9,0
Figure 2.22. Span table of LVL rib slab and open box slabs for predesign of compartment floors. Loads: 2,0 kN/m2 imposed load, 0,3 kN/m2
partition load and 1,6 kN/m2 self-weight including 50mm screed in addition to the LVL members. Transverse bracings are according to Figure
2.5. Lowest natural frequency f1 > 8 Hz and maximum deflection under 1kN point load is 0,5 - 0,8 mm depending on the span length (Finnish
National Annex requirements for EN1995-1-1).
LVL_02.indd 62 5.9.2019 9:16:57

LVL 02, Figure 2.20
ADVANTAGES COMPARED TO JOIST FLOOR:
Joist floor Rib slab floor Open box or box slab floor
1 metre longer span with 2 metre longer span with

the same floor height the same floor height
100 mm smaller height of the 200 mm smaller height of the

structure with the same span length structure with the same span length
Figure 2.23. Benefits of rib slab, open box and box slab structures compared to joist floors. Savings in floor height or longer spans.
LVL_02.indd 63 5.9.2019 9:16:57

Stressed-skin panels can be supported from the bottom as however, that top slab supported elements may have slightly
with normal joist floors. Another alternative is top slab sup- smaller maximum spans or may need thicker top panels and
port where the LVL-C panels are longer than the ribs which higher ribs to ensure adequate capacity of the support con-
are anchored to the top panel with screws, and only the canti- nection.
lever parts of the top panels are on the supports. This detailing Stressed-skin panels can be CE marked based on the Euro-
facilitates site installation of the floor elements and simplifies pean Technical Assessment (ETA) of the element supplier 22, 23.
the geometry of the supporting wall elements. It must be noted,
Figure 2.24. A) Top slab support detail of LVL rib slab or open box slab floor structure on exterior wall and intermediate wall. B) Rib slab or
open box slab floor structure supported from the bottom on exterior wall and intermediate wall. Alternative A) has simpler geometry of the
wall elements and less wood loaded perpendicular to grain.
LVL_02.indd 64 5.9.2019 9:16:59

2.2.7 Renovation applications

In renovation, old floors can be reinforced with LVL without
increasing the loading of old supporting structures significant-
ly. LVL-P joists can be fixed to the sides of old joists. This is
practical because LVL beams are light to lift and fit into the cav-
ities between the joists. Another alternative is to install LVL-C
panels on top of old joists. This method provides a rigid struc-
ture and can be used to improve the overall bracing of a build-
ing. Structural gluing in on-site conditions is demanding, but
gluing can be used to reduce deflections. Another connection
method is inclined screwing, which gives good stiffness to the
connections between old and new components.
Figure 2.25. LVL-P joist fixed on one side or both sides of old
timber beams as reinforcements.
Figure 2.26. A) LVL-P reinforcement members connected with inclined screws to the sides of an existing joists, B) LVL-C panel reinforcement
connected with inclined screws on the top of an existing joists.
LVL_02.indd 65 5.9.2019 9:17:01

2.3 ROOF STRUCTURES

Tall and slim LVL-P beams are ideally suited for thermally ef- Ends of the rafters can be notched at the roof overhang
ficient roof structures. LVL-P rafters provide long span lengths section. This can be done on site with normal woodworking
and simple detailing for pitched or ridge roofs in residential tools, or for faster installation the rafters can be ordered from
buildings. Multiple span LVL-P purlins in hall constructions the supplier with ends ready machined.
can be installed on site or as components of roof elements pro-
Metsä Wood
duced offsite. Large and robust LVL-C roof panels are fast to
install, they work effectively in diaphragms, and they make it
possible to create roof overhang eaves that have a light appear-
ance without supporting beams.
2.3.1 Beam & rafter roofs

LVL-P roof rafters are available in a wide range of sizes for dif-
ferent span lengths of pitched or ridge roofs. Energy efficiency
requirements for roof structures set the minimum U-value at
0.09-0.15 W/mK depending on the country. With convention-
al mineral wool or wood fibre insulation this means that the
insulation thickness needs to be ~250-450 mm. To provide ad-
equate ventilation space between the insulation and roof cov-
ering in cold roofs, the rafters should be at least 100 mm taller
or a separate batten structure is needed. In some countries a
warm roof without a ventilation gap is the preferred solution
depending on the climate and building physics design. LVL-P
rafters provide an easy solution with minimum cold bridging.
The rafters have good load-bearing capacity and stiffness, ena-
bling wide rafter spacing, e.g. c/c 1200 mm.
Figure 2.28. LVL-P rafters in a ridge roof structure.
Metsä Wood
Figure 2.27. LVL-P rafters in a mono-pitch roof structure.
LVL_02.indd 66 5.9.2019 9:17:05

Figure 2.29. A) Ridge roof with LVL-P rafters, B) Pitched roof with multiple span LVL-P rafters, C) End section of LVL rafter structure, D) Side
section of LVL rafter structure.
LVL_02.indd 67 5.9.2019 9:17:07

LVL 02, Figure
2. LVL STRUCTURES 2.26. WALLS, ROOFS AND IN SPECIAL APPLICATIONS
IN FLOORS,
LVL 48 P ROOF RAFTERS, SNOW LOAD sk=0,65 kN/m2
75x600 Calculations according to

EN 1995-1-1:2004+A1:2008 and its
63x500 Finnish National Annex. Roof slope is 1:3.
Permanent load is 0.9 kN/m², snow load
51x400 on the ground sk is 0,65, 1,5 or 2.75 kN/m²
(snow load at roof level = 0,8 x sk) and wind
45x360
load = 0,2 kN/m2. Service class 1 or 2 and
45x300 consequences class CC2. Rafters have lateral
c/c 600 torsional buckling supports on the top
45x260 surface at ≤ 900 mm spacing and the loads
c/c 900 are located at the lateral torsional buckling
45x240 supports. Rafters must be supported for
c/c 1200
the buckling at the midspan. The support
45x200
length shall be calculated separately. Net
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 final deflection wnet,fin ≤ L/200. γM = 1.2.
This table does not replace project-specific
Maximum span length [m] structural design.
75x600
63x500
51x400
45x360
45x300
c/c 600
45x260
c/c 900
45x240
c/c 1200
45x200
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
75x600
63x500
51x400
45x360
45x300
c/c 600
45x260
c/c 900
45x240
c/c 1200
45x200
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 16
Figure 2.30. Span table of single-span roof rafters at c/c 600, 900 and 1200 mm spacing for predesign. The spans lengths are given as
horizontal projections between the centres of supports, not the inclined length of a rafter.
LVL_02.indd 68 5.9.2019 9:17:07

Metsä Wood
Figure 2.31. Notched rafter end at the front roof overhang.
Figure 2.32. Connections of roof rafters at supports. Notch details to be verified in structural design.
LVL_02.indd 69 5.9.2019 9:17:09

LVL 48 P Ridge beams h = 360 - 600mm for roofs

60
45x360
55
51x400
50 2.3.2 Ridge beams
63x500
45
75x600
40 LVL-P beams can be used as load-bearing main beams of
2x45x360
35 ridge roofs. As LVL beams are slim, LVL ridge beams are nor-
2x51x400
30
mally multiple-member
2x63x500 beams. Rafters can be supported on
25
the ridge beam or they can be connected to the sides of the
2x75x600
20
15 ridge beam with, e.g., joist hangers. Section 2.2.2 and Figure
10 2.10. have instructions for the nailing and screwing patterns
5 of multiple-member LVL beams. In the case of side connec-
0 tions, nailing or screwing between the LVL plies must be ver-
2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 4,5 5,0 5,5 6,0 6,5 7,0 case-specifically.
ified 7,5 8,0
Figure 2.33. LVL-P ridge beam. Due to the height/thickness ratio
recommendations, LVL ridge beams are usually multiple-member
beams.
LVL 48 P ridge beams h = 200 - 300mm for roofs

40
45x200
35 45x240
45x260
30 Calculations according to EN
45x300
1995-1-1:2004+A1:2008 and
25 75x200 its Finnish National Annex.
75x300 Permanent load is 20% of the
20 2x45x200 total characteristic load, the
15 2x45x240 remainder is snow load. Wind
2x45x260 load not included. Service class
10 2x45x300 1 or 2; consequences class
CC2. Beam has lateral torsional
5 buckling supports on the top
0 surface at ≤ 1200 mm spacing
2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 4,5 and the loads are located at
the lateral torsional buckling
(LTB) supports. Double beams
are analysed as separate beams
in LTB. Support length shall be
calculated separately. Net final
LVL 48 P Ridge beams h = 360 - 600mm for roofs deflection wnet,fin ≤ L/300. γM = 1,2
60 Does not replace project-specific
45x360
55 structural design.
51x400
50
Floor main beams
load [kN/m]
63x500
45
8,0 75x600
40
7,5 2x45x360
35
7,0 2x51x400
30
6,5
Characterastic
2x63x500
25
6,0
2x75x600
length [m]
5,5
20
5,0
15
4,5
10
Span
4,0
3,5 5
3,0 0
2,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 4,5 5,0 5,5 6,0 6,5 7,0 7,5 8,0
2,0 Maximum span length [m]
1,5
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Characteristic load [kN/m]
Figure 2.34. Capacity
45x200 table45x260
45x240 [kN/m] 45x300
of single-span
45x360 LVL 48 P ridge
51x400 63x500beams for predesign.
75x200 75x300 75x600

LVL 48 P ridge beams h = 200 - 300mm for roofs
40
45x200
35 45x240
45x260
kN/m]
LVL_02.indd 70 30 5.9.2019 9:17:09

45x300
2.3.3 Purlins
In hall constructions LVL-P purlins are suitable secondary
structures for wooden or other main frames. Since LVL is avail-
able in long lengths, multiple span purlins are structurally effi-
cient and fast to install. However, purlins often also act as sup-
ports against lateral torsional buckling of the main frames or
beams setting capacity requirements for connection detailing.
Therefore single-span purlins supported with hangers from the
sides of rafter beams are recommended for 3-pin frames.
With the exception of flat roofs, purlins are biaxially load-
ed. As LVL purlins are thin, they need to be side supported in
the weaker direction.
Figure 2.35. Single-span and multiple span purlins for hall construction.
LVL_02.indd 71 5.9.2019 9:17:12

Figure 2.36. Support details of purlins installed vertically or perpendicular to the roof surface.
Figure 2.37. LVL purlins installed perpendicular to roof surface. Bracing beams are needed in purlin width directions. A) Steel sheeting transfers
lateral torsional buckling support forces to the bracing beam B) Wooden batten side supports at the mid span transfer loads perpendicular to
the span to bracing beams.
LVL_02.indd 72 5.9.2019 9:17:15

2.3.4 Roof elements

LVL purlins can be combined with off-site produced roof el- decking panels and water proof membrane the elements are
ements that are fast to install on site on all kinds of hall con- delivered as a single complete package. Secondary beams and
struction main frames. An installation speed of 1000 m2 per battens may be made of LVL or solid wood depending on the
day for a ready roof is commonly achieved. The maximum di- choice of manufacturer. Roof overhangs may also be integrated
mensions of the elements depend on transportation limits, but with the edge elements. The roof elements are typically venti-
2.5 m x 20-25 m sizes are commonly used as a 3- or 4-span lated (cold roof) with a U-value of 0.07-0.15 W/mK and fire re-
structure. For finishing of interior and exterior surfaces, gyp- sistance class R(EI) 15-60 depending on the local requirements
sum board ceiling panels, vapour barrier, thermal insulation, and customer specifications.
Metsä Wood
Figure 2.38. Roof elements with LVL purlins for hall construction can be used on any type of main frame.
LVL_02.indd 73 5.9.2019 9:17:17

Lapwall, Metsä Wood
Figure 2.39. Cross section and detailing of roof elements with LVL purlins.
Metsä Wood
Figure 2.40. Installation of roof elements with LVL purlins. Metsä Fibre pulp terminal, Vuosaari, Helsinki, Finland; Karisma, Lahti, Finland;
Skanssi, Turku, Finland.
LVL_02.indd 74 5.9.2019 9:17:24

Stressed skin rib panels and box panels The ceiling panel thickness depends on the fire resistance
For long-span roof elements, the composite action of glued requirements. Depending on the reaction to fire requirements
stressed-skin panels can be utilized between LVL-P ribs and of the project, LVL-C bottom flange panels can be left visible or
LVL-C panels. Rib panels can be used, e.g., for non-heated covered with gypsum board. A great advantage of box elements
shelters, and insulated box elements for hall constructions. De- is that suspension installations, such as ventilation channels,
pending on the snow loads and height of the elements, span can be freely fixed with screws anywhere on the ceiling sur-
lengths can be 10-20 metres. face because the LVL-C panels provide a solid base for axially
The structure is simpler than elements with purlins as no loaded connections.
secondary beams or battens are needed. However, if the rib An LVL box element roof can be realized as a cold roof or
spacing is large, up to 1250 mm, the top panel must be thick- warm roof solution, but the building physics design needs to
er because the main direction of the LVL-C is along the ribs, be done separately based on the project-specific indoor and
and the panels need to transfer the snow load to the ribs in the outdoor conditions. Stressed-skin panels can be CE marked
secondary direction. based on the ETA assessments of the element suppliers 22, 23.
Lapwall, Metsä Wood

Figure 2.41. LVL box panel element.
LVL_02.indd 75 5.9.2019 9:17:25

2.3.5 Roof panels

LVL-C panels are suitable for load-bearing panel structures in panels against mould growth when used in unheated spaces.
roofs. Thicker panels allow longer spans between supports, and From large, robust LVL-C it is possible to build roof over-
LVL-C forms a durable base for waterproof roofing. As most hangs that have a very light appearance because no other
of the veneers are parallel to the surface veneer direction, the load-bearing support structure is needed even in corner over-
capacity of the panels is better in the main direction, enabling hangs. Information on suitable panel thicknesses and spans
longer maximum spans. Sometimes, however, it is more prac- when the panel has an overhang in only one direction (parallel
tical to install the panels so that they are supported from their or perpendicular to grain of the surface veneer) is given in Fig-
long edges. The charts in Figures 2.42. and 2.44. provide in- ure 2.50. If the panel is used as an overhang in both the parallel
formation on suitable panel thicknesses for different spans in and perpendicular direction to also provide a corner overhang,
LVL 02, Figure
preliminary design,2.40.A
and sections 1.13 and 5.7 give information the maximum span length LC must be in accordance with Fig-
on joints and connections. It is recommended to treat LVL-C ure 2.51. in both directions.
LVL 36 C ROOFING PANEL, SINGLE SPAN PARALLEL LVL 36 C ROOFING PANEL, SINGLE SPAN PARALLEL
TO GRAIN, SURFACE STRUCTURE 0,20 kN/m2 TO GRAIN, SURFACE STRUCTURE 0,60 kN/m2
75 75
69 69
63 63
Panel thickness [mm]
57 57
51 51
45 45
39 39
33 sk = 0,65 kN/m2 33 sk = 0,65 kN/m2
27 sk = 1,5 kN/m2 27 sk = 1,5 kN/m2

sk = 2,75 kN/m2 sk = 2,75 kN/m2
24 24
0,0 0,5 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 4,5 5,0 0,0 0,5 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 4,5 5,0
Maximum span length [m] Maximum span length [m]
LVL 36 C ROOFING PANEL, MULTIPLE SPAN PARALLEL LVL 36 C ROOFING PANEL, MULTIPLE SPAN PARALLEL
75 75
69 69
63 63
57 57
51 51
45 45
39 39
33 sk = 0,65 kN/m2 33 sk = 0,65 kN/m2
27 sk = 1,5 kN/m2 27 sk = 1,5 kN/m2

sk = 2,75 kN/m2 sk = 2,75 kN/m2
24 24
0,0 0,5 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 4,5 5,0 0,0 0,5 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 4,5 5,0
Figure 2.42. Span tables of LVL-C roof panels for predesign. Span length perpendicular to grain of surface veneers. Calculations according
to EN 1995-1-1:2004+A1:2008 and its Finnish National Annex. Service class 2, Loads: g2 = own weight of surface structure, sk = snow load at
ground level; 0,8∙x sk = snow load at roof level. Wind load wk = 0,4kN/m2, maintenance load qH = 0,4 kN/m2. Point loads are not taken into
account. Deflection limit wnet,fin ≤ L/100.
LVL_02.indd 76 5.9.2019 9:17:26

Figure 2.43. LVL-C roof panel orientations. Left: single span and multiple span parallel to grain of surface veneers. Right: single span and
multiple span perpendicular to grain of surface veneers.
LVL 02, Figure 2.40.B
LVL 36 C ROOFING PANEL, SINGLE SPAN PERPENDICULAR LVL 36 C ROOFING PANEL, SINGLE SPAN PERPENDICULAR
75 75
69 69
63 63
57 57
51 51
45 45
39 39
33 sk = 0,65 kN/m2 33 sk = 0,65 kN/m2
27 sk = 1,5 kN/m2 27 sk = 1,5 kN/m2

sk = 2,75 kN/m2 sk = 2,75 kN/m2
24 24
0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2
LVL 36 C ROOFING PANEL, MULTIPLE SPAN PERPENDICULAR LVL 36 C ROOFING PANEL, MULTIPLE SPAN PERPENDICULAR
45 45
39 39
33 33
sk = 0,65 kN/m2 sk = 0,65 kN/m2
27 sk = 1,5 kN/m2 27 sk = 1,5 kN/m2
24 sk = 2,75 kN/m2 24 sk = 2,75 kN/m2
0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2
Figure 2.44. Span tables of multiple span LVL-C roof panels for predesign. Left: span length parallel to grain of surface veneers, Right: span
length perpendicular to grain of surface veneer. Calculations according to EN 1995-1-1:2004+A1:2008 and its Finnish National Annex. Service
class 2, Loads: g2 = own weight of surface structure, sk = snow load at ground level; 0,8∙x sk = snow load at roof level. Wind load wk = 0,4kN/m2,
maintenance load qH = 0,4 kN/m2. Point loads are not taken into account. Deflection limit wnet,fin ≤ L/100.
LVL_02.indd 77 5.9.2019 9:17:26

Metsä Wood
Metsä Wood
Figure 2.45. Installation of LVL-C roof panels. Figure 2.46. LVL-C roof panels.
Metsä Wood
Figure 2.47. Eaves and roof overhangs from LVL-C panels. Figure 2.48. Surface treated eave panel.
LVL_02.indd 78 5.9.2019 9:17:29

Figure 2.49. LVL-C roof panel overhang eaves.
LVL_02.indd 79 5.9.2019 9:17:30

LVL 02, Figure 2.43
LVL 36 C ROOF OVERHANG PANEL, SPAN PARALLEL LVL 36 C ROOF OVERHANG PANEL, SPAN PERPENDICULAR
TO GRAIN OF SURFACE VENEERS, TO GRAIN OF SURFACE VENEERS,
SURFACE STRUCTURE 0,20 kN/m2 SURFACE STRUCTURE 0,20 kN/m2
75 75
69 69
63

63
57
57
51
51
45
45
39
39 sk = 0,65 kN/m2
33 sk = 0,65 kN/m2
27 sk = 1,5 kN/m2 33 sk = 1,5 kN/m2
sk = 2,75 kN/m2 sk = 2,75 kN/m2
24 27
0,0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0 1,1 1,2 1,3 1,4 1,5 1,6 1,7 1,8 0,0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0 1,1 1,2 1,3 1,4 1,5 1,6 1,7 1,8
Maximum span length L c [m] Maximum span length L c [m]
LVL 36 C ROOF OVERHANG PANEL, SPAN PARALLEL LVL 36 C ROOF OVERHANG PANEL, SPAN PERPENDICULAR
TO GRAIN OF SURFACE VENEERS, TO GRAIN OF SURFACE VENEERS,
SURFACE STRUCTURE 0,60 kN/m2 SURFACE STRUCTURE 0,60 kN/m2
75 75
69 69
63
63
57
57
51
51
45
45
39
39
33 sk = 0,65 kN/m2 sk = 0,65 kN/m2
27 sk = 1,5 kN/m2 33 sk = 1,5 kN/m2
sk = 2,75 kN/m2 sk = 2,75 kN/m2
24 27
0,0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0 1,1 1,2 1,3 1,4 1,5 1,6 1,7 1,8 0,0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0 1,1 1,2 1,3 1,4 1,5 1,6 1,7 1,8
Maximum span length L c [m] Maximum span length L c [m]
Figure 2.50. Span tables of LVL-C roof overhang panels for predesign. Left: Span length parallel to grain of surface veneers Right: Span length
perpendicular to grain of surface veneer. Calculations according to EN 1995-1-1:2004+A1:2008 and its Finnish National Annex. Service class 2,
Loads: own weight of surface structure 0,20 or 0,60 kN/m2, sk = snow load on ground level 0,65, 1,5 or 2,75 kN/m2 and snow load on roof level
= 0,8∙x sk. Wind load wk = 0,4kN/m2; maintenance load qH = 0,4 kN/m2. Point loads are not taken into account. Deflection limit wnet,fin ≤ LC/100.
LVL_02.indd 80 5.9.2019 9:17:30

LVL 02, Figure 2.45
LVL 36 C ROOF PANEL, CORNER OVERHANG, SURFACE STRUCTURE 0,20 kN/m2
75
69
63
57
Calculations according to
51 EN 1995-1-1:2004+A1:2008 and
its Finnish National Annex. Service
45 class 2, Loads: own weight of
surface structure 0,20 or
39 sk = 0,65 kN/m2
0,60 kN/m2, sk = snow load on
33 sk = 1,5 kN/m2 ground level 0,65, 1,5 or 2,75 kN/m2
sk = 2,75 kN/m2 and snow load on roof level
27 = 0,8∙x sk. Wind load
wk = 0,4kN/m2; maintenance load
0,0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9
qH = 0,4 kN/m2. Point loads are not
Maximum span length L c [m] taken into account. Deflection limit
at the corner overhang
wnet,fin ≤ (√2∙LC)/100.
LVL 36 C ROOF PANEL, CORNER OVERHANG, SURFACE STRUCTURE 0,60 kN/m2
75
69
63
57
51
45
39 sk = 0,65 kN/m2
33 sk = 1,5 kN/m2
27
sk = 2,75 kN/m2
0,0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9
Maximum span length L c [m]
Figure 2.51. Span tables of LVL-C roof corner overhang panels for predesign. Span length LC is the same parallel and perpendicular to grain of
the surface veneer.
LVL_02.indd 81 5.9.2019 9:17:31

2.3.6 Bracing panels

Bracing is needed to transfer horizontal loads, like wind loads, box beams. The advantage of these LVL beams is that they are
from the building frame to the foundations. When panel brac- not sensitive to cracking in dry or changing moisture condi-
ing is used, additional diagonals or other bracing systems tions. The beam heights can also be tailored project-specifically.
are usually not necessary and the structure becomes simpler. The beams have LVL-C webs and LVL-P flange components.
LVL-C panels are ideal for bracing in various types of buildings Recommended beam heights are 900, 1200, 1800 or 2500 mm.
as they are easy to fasten to most materials and LVL-C panels I-joists have the best material efficiency, but if the fire resist-
are available in large sizes. Frame spacing can be large without ance requirement is higher than R15, box beams are required.
risk of bracing panel buckling. Horizontal bracing panels trans-
fer horizontal loads to the vertical wall bracing panels which, in
turn, transfer the forces downwards. If the edges of the panels
are not fully supported, the resistance against lateral torsional
buckling of the compressed edge must be verified as a beam.
Fastening the panels to the frame structures is essential for the
capacity of the bracing. Preliminary design values for panel
fastenings are presented in Section 5.7.
In roofs and walls of conventional buildings, LVL-C pan-
els can also be utilized as a water vapour and air barrier on
the interior side of the structure, so no separate barrier layer
is needed. The fire behaviour of LVL-C is highly predictable,
which makes it a suitable bracing panel also with respect to
fire design 24.
2.3.7 Large LVL I-beams and box beams

LVL can be used for the main beams of roof structures in large Figure 2.53. Large LVL I-beams and box beams for main beams of
buildings when they are structurally glued to larger I-beams or roofs.
Figure 2.52. Panel bracing of roof structure.
LVL_02.indd 82 5.9.2019 9:17:31

Metsä Wood
2.3.8 Roof renovation applications
In the renovation of residential buildings, nail plate truss roof
structures can be converted to room-in-the-roof attics by re-
inforcing or replacing the top and bottom cords with LVL-P
beams and removing the truss diagonals. LVL-C or plywood
connection plates are nailed or screwed to the corners to build
a new rigid frame structure. The economical span range for the
solution is 8-10 m depending on snow loads and thermal insu-
lation requirements. It is recommended to leave at least a 100
mm ventilation gap between the thermal insulation and roof
covering. The building physics design must, however, be done
project-specifically based on national requirements.
Figure 2.54. Large LVL I-beams as main beams of a warehouse roof

structure at Herttoniemi, Helsinki, Finland.
Metsä Wood
Figure 2.55. Conversion of nail plate truss structure to room-in-roof attic. Top and bottom cords have been reinforced with LVL-P beams and
truss diagonals removed. LVL-C or plywood is used for the frame corner connections.
LVL_02.indd 83 5.9.2019 9:17:32

2.4 WALL STRUCTURES 2.4.1 Studs for timber frame walls

LVL is used as straight, dimensionally precise vertical studs Straight studs with accurate dimensions are essential for tim-
in timber frame walls. Small dimension studs can be used ber frame walls. LVL-P studs create a straight and even base
for non-load-bearing walls, long lengths for high walls, and for good quality wall panelling without extra skimming work
GLVL columns to support large constructions. Horizontal LVL in the finishing phase. As in vertical structures the highest
members: rim boards, lintels, headers, top cords, ledger beams strength properties are usually not required, LVL 32P is a suit-
and sole plates transfer loads from upper walls, floors and the able choice and is available in sizes and lengths tailored for stud
roof to the load-bearing studs. Robust LVL-C panels brace the applications. It is easy to cut and fasten without special tools.
buildings where loads are high or where space for the bracing This makes construction work faster and reduces waste. The
system is limited, e.g. due to large door and window openings. smallest cross sections are ideal for non-load-bearing interior
walls as the smaller stud sizes allow more space in the rooms.
Larger sizes can be used e.g. in tall load-bearing walls when the
Metsä Wood
required lengths of other stud types are not available 25. In the
lowest floors of timber frame multi-storey buildings, where the
loads are the largest, the LVL 48 P stud is an ideal option as it
has twice the compression strength of C24 solid wood. Howev-
er, compression perpendicular to the grain of a sole plate under
the studs may set a limit for the minimum stud size.
For the dimensioning of non-load-bearing interior walls,
it is recommended to check their resistance and deformation
based a 0,5 kN/m horizontal rail load at a height of 1 m. When
stud spacing is 600mm and instantaneous deformation is lim-
ited to H/200, the standard stud size 39x66mm is suitable for
a maximum 2500mm high walls and the size 45x66 suites for
3000mm high walls 25. Chapter 4 provides further information
on the dimensioning of LVL studs in load-bearing walls.
As the building physics properties of LVL-P studs are simi-
lar to solid wood, the acoustic and thermal properties specified
for timber frame walls are valid also for structures with LVL-P
studs with similar dimensions and detailing.
Figure 2.56. Installation of plasterboards to LVL-P wall studs.
Stora Enso, Koukkuniemi, Finland
Figure 2.57. LVL-P studs for non-load-bearing interior walls.
LVL_02.indd 84 5.9.2019 9:17:37

Metsä Wood
Figure 2.58. LVL-P studs for tall load-bearing exterior walls.
LVL_02.indd 85 5.9.2019 9:17:39

Metsä Wood
Figure 2.60. Multiple-glued GLVL columns for beam and post

structures.
2.4.2 Multiple-glued GLVL columns

Multiple-glued GLVL can be used in larger cross sections for
load-bearing columns in post and beam structures. They are
glued together from several LVL-P or, in some cases, LVL-C
laminas. The column cross sections can be tailored project-spe-
cifically, but for optimized material efficiency the standard
widths or 5-10 mm smaller widths are recommended. Column
thicknesses are derived from multiple sanded LVL laminas.
• Recommended column thicknesses: 84, 90, 96, 108, 120, 133
and 144 mm
• Recommended column widths: 200, 225, 240, 260, 300, 360,
450 and 600 mm
Massive multiple-glued GLVL columns are possible for

heavy-duty structures up to glulam beam dimensions. The
maximum width is usually 400 mm, but the thickness can be
up to 2000 mm. In visible applications, massive multiple-glued
GLVL cross sections have the advantage that they are not sensi-
tive to cracking in dry conditions. However, for visible applica-
tions the sanding and lamina specifications must be separately
agreed with the supplier to ensure clean veneer surfaces.
Figure 2.59. Multiple-glued GLVL beam and post structures. Pro Nemus, Äänekoski, Finland.
LVL_02.indd 86 5.9.2019 9:17:44

2.4.3 Lintels
Lintels are one of the most common applications of LVL due to
its ideal dimensions and good strength and stiffness properties.
LVL’s good shear strength also means slim cross sections can
be used as lintels for window openings. This improves the en-
ergy efficiency of timber frame wall structures as there is more
space for thermal insulation and the cold bridging effect can
be reduced. For large openings, e.g. of garage doors and car-
ports, rigid LVL-P lintels reduce deflection and enable longer
span lengths.
Figure 2.61. Left: Straight and stiff LVL lintel for long-span garage door opening in timber frame wall; the straight, slim member has minimal
deflection. Right: Lintel for window opening inside the timber-frame wall. Key benefit is larger adaptability of opening positioning with fewer
load-bearing columns and more space for thermal insulation to improve the energy efficiency of the building envelope.
LVL_02.indd 87 5.9.2019 9:17:44

2x51x400
Characterastic load
35
30 2x63x500
2x75x600
25
20
15
10
5
2. LVL STRUCTURES
0 IN FLOORS, WALLS, ROOFS AND IN SPECIAL APPLICATIONS
2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 4,5 5,0 5,5 6,0 6,5 7,0
LVL 48 P lintel beams h = 200 - 300mm

40 45x200 Calculations according to
35 45x240 EN 1995-1-1:2004+A1:2008 and its
45x260 Finnish National Annex. Permanent
30 45x300 load is 25% of the total characteristic

25
75x200 load, the rest is snow load. Wind load
75x300 not accounted for. Service class 1 or
20 2x45x200 2; consequences class CC2. The beam
15
2x45x240 has lateral torsional buckling (LTB)
2x45x260 supports on the top surface at
10 2x45x300 ≤ 600 mm spacing. Double beams are
analysed as separate beams for LTB.
5
The support length is to be calculated
0 separately. Net final deflection
1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 4,5 wnet,fin ≤ L/300. γM = 1,2 Note: Glass
Maximum span length [m] openings may require a more strict
deflection limit.
Does not replace project-specific
LVL 48 P lintel beams h = 360 - 600mm structural design.
60 45x360
55 Floor main beams 51x400
50 63x500
Span length [m] load [kN/m]
8,0
45 75x600
7,5
40
7,0 2x45x360
6,5
35 2x51x400
6,0
30 2x63x500
Characterastic
5,5 2x75x600
25
5,0
20
4,5
15
4,0
3,5
10
3,0
5
2,5
2,0 0
1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 4,5 5,0 5,5 6,0 6,5 7,0
0 10 20 30 Maximum
40 span
50 length60
[m] 70 80 90
Characteristic load [kN/m]
45x200 45x240 45x260
Figure 2.62. Capacities [kN/m] of45x300 45x360
single-span 51x400
LVL 63x500
48 P lintel 75x200
beams 75x300 75x600
for predesign.
LVL 48 P lintel beams h = 200 - 300mm
40 45x200
45x240
35 2.4.4 Integrated rim beams
Metsä Wood
45x260
30
Integrated45x300
rim beams of timber frame walls are an essential and
75x200
25 common 75x300
application for LVL-P in Europe. They are installed
20 on top of 2x45x200
notched wall studs and carry the loads from the roof
15
or other structures
2x45x240 above to the studs. Since the integrated rim
beams transfer the loads, the floor joist, roof rafter or roof truss
2x45x260
10 spacing can be independent of the wall stud locations. Inte-
2x45x300
5 grated rim beams simplify the structure so that separate lin-

0
tels are not required except for the largest openings. In off-site
1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0production 4,5integrated rim beams are installed integrally in the
Maximum span length [m] wall elements.
As LVL is available in long lengths, builders often use the
dimensionally accurate and straight LVL-P members to align
and brace the wall frame when they are assembled and to en-
sure that the overall dimensions of the building are correct.
Floor main beams
Similar to lintels, LVL integrated rim beams improve the build-
8,0
7,5 ing physics detailing by reducing cold bridging compared to
7,0 massive beams, as there is more space for thermal insulation.
6,5
6,0
Figure 2.63. Integrated rim beam in timber LVL integrated rim beams are typically 45-51 mm thick and
Span length [m]
5,5 frame wall structure. 200-300 mm high.

5,0
4,5
4,0
88 LVL Handbook3,5
Europe
3,0
2,5
2,0
1,5
LVL_02.indd 88 5.9.2019 9:17:45
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Figure 2.64. LVL-P integrated rim beam for timber frame wall structures. The bracing and load-bearing beam fits the thickness of timber-frame
walls. Key benefit: More possibilities for opening positioning with fewer load-bearing columns.
LVL 48 P rim beams h = 200 - 300mm

40 Calculations according to
45x200 EN 1995-1-1:2004+A1:2008 and its
35 45x240 Finnish National Annex. Permanent
30 45x260 load is 25% of total characteristic load,

45x300 the remainder is snow load. Wind load
25
75x200 not accounted for. Service class 1 or 2;
20 consequences class CC2. The beam has
75x300
lateral torsional buckling supports on
15 the top surface at ≤ 600 mm spacing.
10 Support length to be calculated
separately. Net final deflection
5 wnet,fin ≤ L/300. γM = 1,2 Does not
0 replace project-specific structural
1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 design.
Figure 2.65. Capacities [kN/m] of single-span LVL 48 P integrated rim beams for predesign.
LVL_02.indd 89 5.9.2019 9:17:45

1. Integrated rim
beam notched
to the wall studs
transferring loads
from roof structures
to the load-bearing
studs.
2. Rim beam edge 1. Ledger beam

binder of the floor supports the
joists prevent them floor structure
from tilting and when wall studs
transfer loads from are more than
the upper structures one storey high.
to the studs below.
Acts at the same time
as a lintel, carrying
the loads above a
window opening.
3. Lintel carrying
loads above a
window opening.
Figure 2.66. Different alternatives of rim beams, lintels and ledger beams in wall structures.
LVL_02.indd 90 5.9.2019 9:17:46

2.4.5 Ledger beam supports for floors or

canopies
In a timber frame wall of a balloon construction where the walls
are higher than one storey, the floor structures are connected
to the walls with a ledger beam which is either fixed to the wall
stud with nail or screw connections or sits in notches in the
wall studs. Similarly, canopies for, e.g., entrances can be fixed
to the exterior wall frames with ledger beams. They should be
at least 45 mm thick to provide adequate bearing length for the
joists, or 39 mm thick if the joists are connected with hangers.
The beam height depends on the stud spacing and the number
of nails or screws needed for the connections. The bending
moment from the ledger beam supported structure must be
taken into account in the stud design.
Figure 2.67. Ledger beam supporting a canopy. Can be fixed to the timber frame wall studs with nail or screw connections or notched in to the
studs.
LVL_02.indd 91 5.9.2019 9:17:46

2.4.6 Sole plates, bottom cords, top cords

and top binders
LVL-P or LVL-C boards function flatwise as sole plates, bot-
tom cords under wall studs, and top cords or top binders above
studs in timber frame walls. The members can be designed to
thinner thicknesses than solid wood, e.g. 45 mm, as they are
dimensionally stable and not sensitive to twisting or crack-
ing. Smaller thickness reduces settlement of the frame in the
perpendicular to grain direction. LVL sole plate and bottom
cord sizes also make good combinations with I-studs in timber
frame walls. For the best wall bracing performance it is recom-
mended to connect the hold-down anchors to the wall studs.
LVL-C sole plates can be extended beyond the edge of the
concrete foundation slab to create a drip edge. This helps to in-
sulate the foundation, e.g. rendering panels, and to avoid cold
bridges.
As compression perpendicular to the grain is lower flat-
wise compared to an edgewise orientation, an LVL product
with higher strength made from pine veneer can be supplied
for this application to help reduce the cross-section sizes of
highly loaded studs, e.g. next to windows.
The need for treatment against insects or decay is to be
verified according to national requirements. However, if a bi-
tumen felt strip is installed between the sole plate and the con-
crete foundation service class 1 conditions are met for the sole
plate and chemical treatment is usually not mandatory.
2.4.7 Window frame boards

Long and straight LVL-C boards offer a practical solution for
the installation of window elements or other cladding elements
in concrete buildings. The boards are extended beyond the
concrete frame to create a flat and aligned surface for the fa-
cade and to compensate the tolerances of the main frame. This
saves time and labour costs and improves the building quality.
Wedge anchors can be used for the connections. Board sizes
Figure 2.68. Sole plates from LVL. Thin plates reduce settling
depend on the structure of the facade, in the example of Figure
perpendicular to grain and reduce cold bridges. Left: LVL-C sole 2.69. the size is 39x260 mm.
plates may be extended beyond the edge of foundation to reduce
cold bridges in the structure. It is recommended to connect the
anchoring hold-downs to the studs.
2.4.8 Bracing panels
Robust LVL-C panels are suitable for panel bracing of timber
frame walls and beam & post structures when high capacity is
required or there is only limited space for the bracing structure,
e.g. due to large window openings.
Panel bracing simplifies the structure, as trusses or diago-
nal bars are usually not necessary. LVL-C panels up to 75 mm
thickness allow large frame spacing without risk of buckling
the bracing panel.
In timber frame walls the LVL-C panels are screwed or
nailed to the studs and to sole and top binders which togeth-
er form the diaphragm. The thickest panels or multiple-glued
elements can act as bracing columns when they are anchored
to the foundations.
LVL_02.indd 92 5.9.2019 9:17:47

Metsä Wood
Figure 2.69. LVL-C boards for installing window and cladding elements in concrete buildings. The boards may be a visual element of the
architectural detailing.
LVL-C is available in panel widths up to 2500 mm. Wide transfer of horizontal forces to adjacent sections. Anchoring
panels reduce the number of joints to be nailed or screwed, of robust diaphragms can be critical, especially if the sections
thus reducing installation work. LVL-C panels also provide an are narrow. Small fastener spacings increase the capacity of the
ideal solution for higher than normal wall heights. Tables 2.1 bracing. 75-150 mm is a suitable spacing for nailing and 100-
and 2.2 show the capacities of 1.2 m and 2.4 m wide single pan- 200 mm for screwing at the panel edges. At the centre studs of
el sections installed in wooden frames calculated according to the panels the fastener spacing can be doubled without reduc-
method A of Eurocode 5, subsection 9.2.4. Multiple sections ing the bracing capacity. The capacities are based on the panel,
are summed together to get the total capacity of a wall. Sections nail and stud combinations specified in Section 5.7.
with openings are not taken into consideration, except for the
Figure 2.70. Principle of panel bracing to carry horizontal force Fd.
LVL_02.indd 93 5.9.2019 9:17:48

Metsä Wood
Figure 2.71. Multiple-glued GLVL-C bracing column. Figure 2.72. LVL-C bracing panels.
LVL 02, Table 2.1
Figure 2.73. Robust LVL-C bracing panel integrated into the wall structure.
Table 2.1. Characteristic racking load capacity Fi,V,Rk [kN] of LVL 36C panels nailed to LVL 48 P frame for predesign. The height of the LVL 36 C
panel is 3,0 m. The distance between the frame studs should not be more than the panel width.
LVL 36 C PANELS NAILED TO LVL 48 P FRAME Panel width

1200 mm 2400 mm
Nail spacing at panel edges [mm] 150 100 75 150 100 75
Nail spacing at centre studs [mm] 300 200 150 300 200 150
Panel thickness [mm] Nail size d x Lmin [mm] Racking load capacity Fi,V,Rk [kN] of wall panel
24 2,1x50 3,6 5,4 7,2 8,9 13 17
27 2,5x60 4,8 7,2 9,5 11,5 17 23
33 2,8x70 5,7 8,6 11,5 14 21 28
45 3,1x90 6,8 10 13 17 25 34
LVL_02.indd 94 5.9.2019 9:17:52

LVL 02, Table 2.2
Table 2.2. Characteristic racking load capacity Fi,V,Rk [kN] of LVL 36C panels nailed to C24 frame for predesign. The height of the LVL 36 C panel is
3,0 m. The distance between the frame studs should not be more than the panel width.
LVL 36 C PANELS NAILED TO C 24 FRAME Panel width

1200 mm 2400 mm
Nail spacing at panel edges [mm] 150 100 75 150 100 75
Nail spacing at centre studs [mm] 300 200 150 300 200 150
Panel thickness [mm] Nail size d x Lmin [mm] Racking load capacity Fi,V,Rk [kN] of wall panel
24 2,1x50 3,3 4,9 6,6 8,2 12 16
27 2,5x60 4,4 6,6 8,8 10,5 16 21
33 2,8x70 5,3 7,9 10,5 13 19 26
45 3,1x90 6,2 9,4 12 15 23 31
Metsä Wood
Figure 2.74. A wall diaphragm made with 27 mm LVL 36C panels, 15 mm plywood panels and 9 mm plasterboard panels have equal capacity.
LVL-C panels are the best solution where space for bracing is limited; however, the increased anchoring force needs to be taken into account in
connection detailing 24.
LVL_02.indd 95 5.9.2019 9:17:53

2.4.9 LVL-C panel walls

In addition to panel bracing, LVL-C panels can be used in walls
for carrying vertical loads as a combined structure together
with timber frame studs. When multiple-glued to provide
more robust GLVL panel thicknesses or if the LVL-C panels are
part of a glued sandwich structure with rigid insulation, they
may form the main load-bearing structure. LVL-C panels may
contribute to providing EI or K class fire protection for walls.
For the required panel thicknesses, see the tables in Sections
6.3 and 6.4.
Stora Enso
Figure 2.75. Multiple-glued GLVL-C panel walls.
LVL_02.indd 96 5.9.2019 9:17:59

Horizontal section Vertical section
Figure 2.76. LVL-C panels as load-bearing structure together with LVL-P wall studs.
Horizontal section Vertical section
Figure 2.77. LVL-C panels as load-bearing structure of sandwich wall element structure.
LVL_02.indd 97 5.9.2019 9:18:00

2.5 SPECIAL STRUCTURES

The strength, stiffness, light weight, precise dimensions, large of a pedestrian bridge can be realized from just two LVL-C
range of sizes, free forms of LVL-C members and easy machin- panels saving considerable site work and achieving a simple
ing of LVL are advantages that can be utilized in many special and robust bracing solution. In other applications LVL-P is
structures. LVL cords give extra capacity to nail plate trusses used, e.g., as safe, proof-loaded scaffold planks and stiff flange
when longer resistance to fire is required. Visually impressive members of wooden I-joists for floor systems.
LVL trusses or portal frames can enable longer spans or maxi-
mize the interior height of a hall. Door panels and frames gain 2.5.1 Trusses and portal frames
form stability and improved burglar safety from LVL compo-
nents. Complex geometry and ambitious architectural designs LVL-P bottom chords provide advantages for nail plate trusses,
can be realized with free-form LVL-C members that can be cut and the LVL-P thicknesses (42 mm in Scandinavia) match the
to shape as required. LVL can be used to reinforce critical parts solid wood members used in them. In attic trusses, the slim
of old structures and light engineered LVL wood structures en- and tall LVL-P bottom chords give the rigidity needed to fulfil
able facilitated extensions of existing buildings. The entire deck the vibration design requirements of floor constructions.
Keminmaan puurakenne
Figure 2.78. LVL-P bottom chord for nail plate trusses for attic floors and R30 fire resistant roof structures.
Figure 2.79. LVL-P bottom chord provides stiffness as a floor member of an attic truss.
LVL_02.indd 98 5.9.2019 9:18:01

Metsä Wood
Metsä Wood
Figure 2.80. Left: LVL queen post trusses, Fupicsa production hall, Spain. Right: King post trusses, Manese Wassström, Tammisaari, Finland.
Stora Enso
In roof structures that have higher resistance to fire re-
quirements than the nail plate trusses can achieve, an LVL-P
bottom chord can be designed to carry the loads in the case
of fire as a beam, allowing the rest of the frame to be designed
to normal temperature requirements. Sides are protected with
stone wool insulation and the top edge is supported against
lateral torsional buckling.
When roof trusses are left visible, LVL-P king post or
queen post trusses with dowel type connections are an aes-
thetically pleasing solution. They are the most competitive op-
tion for 15-22 metre spans in cases where double-tapered solid
beams are uneconomical due to the roof slope and where the Figure 2.81. LVL roof trusses. Ydalir, France.
fire resistance requirement is R15. With larger trusses, e.g. for
sports halls, LVL can be used for all truss components, as di-
agonals combined with glulam chords, or in hybrid structures
with steel members. wards the pin points: the ridge and foundations. 3-pin frames
A 3-pin frame structure is a good solution when the interi- are the most competitive when the capacity of a single LVL-P
or height of a hall needs to be maximized. The built-up column rafter is adequate for the loads. In areas with high wind loads a
part of the frame has two LVL-C panels which are screwed and small roof angle is preferable and in areas with high snow load
glued together with wooden battens to form a box structure. a larger roof angle is preferable. The economical span range is
The intermediate battens are shorter than the LVL-C panels 10-30 m 19.
which creates a space for the rafter part of the 3-pin frame to
sit in. The battens should therefore have the same width as the
rafter. The rafter part of the 3-pin frame is a single LVL-P beam,
box beam or a glulam beam. The moment-rigid corner is a tim-
ber-to-timber connection made with bolt, screw or dowel cir-
cle without separate steel parts. The size and number of fasten-
ers in the corner connection depend on the size of the hall and
the loads. The crosswise veneers in LVL-C panels provide good
connection strength and prevent the risk of corner cracking 24.
To optimize material use, it is recommended to choose
Figure 2.82. Principle of diagonal sawing of LVL panels to produce
column panel and rafter sizes that fit the LVL panel width when single-tapered column and rafter members for 3-pin frames. The
they are diagonally cut as a single taper. The wider end is at dimensions should be chosen so that the full panel width can be
the moment-rigid corner connection and the narrower end to- used.
LVL_02.indd 99 5.9.2019 9:18:04

Parthenay, France, Stora Enso
Siuntio, Finland, Metsä Wood
Figure 2.83. 3-pin portal frame structures for hall constructions with moment-resistant bolt circle corner connection.
LVL_02.indd 100 5.9.2019 9:18:07

2.5.2 Doors and windows

Small dimension LVL-P battens can be used to ensure the
straightness and stability of door and window frames. LVL-C
panels can form the core panels of fire and safety doors. LVL
suppliers can provide special tolerances to ensure that the LVL
components are suited to the production processes of the door
and window industry.
Open source wood, Metsä Wood

A
Figure 2.84. A) LVL-C core panel of fire and safety doors, B) LVL-P battens to ensure the straightness of door and window frames.
LVL_02.indd 101 5.9.2019 9:18:08

2.5.3 Reinforcement of old structures

Old wooden structures can be reinforced by screwing or
nailing LVL-C panels to their sides in areas subjected to high
shear forces or tension perpendicular to the grain. The method
is useful for notches, holes in beams, and for glulam beams
with large cracks. Old joist floors can be reinforced by fastening
LVL-P beams to the side or no top of them. Inclined screw
connections have good stiffness and provide efficient joint
action between the old joists and LVL-P reinforcement. In some
cases the reinforcements can be glued to the old structures,
but to fully utilize the advantages of rigid structural gluing the
requirements for gluing conditions and quality control of the
process must be met.
2.5.4 Stair cases

Large LVL-C panels can be used for the load-bearing structure
of staircases, forming at the same time an architecturally inter- Figure 2.85. Reinforcing structures with LVL-C panels. Glulam
beams with notches, holes, prevention of drying cracks.
esting railing element. In smaller sizes, LVL boards are used
as stair stringers which are covered with decorative panelling.
Metsä Wood
Figure 2.86. Staircase of LVL-C.
LVL_02.indd 102 5.9.2019 9:18:09

2.5.5 Lift shafts of multi-storey buildings

In wooden multi-storey buildings LVL-C panel structures can
be used for lift shafts where they can also act as a part of the
bracing system of the building. Panel sizes are suited for full
building height or storey-high elements and the lifts structures
can be installed to the shafts with conventional laterally loaded
screw connections.
2.5.6 Extension of multi-storey buildings

With the ever increasing population shift to urban areas, an in-
teresting possibility for creating additional housing is to build
extensions on the roofs of existing buildings. To achieve this,
the new structures must be light enough so that the existing
structures can carry the load. Robust, but light LVL structures
provide the ideal solution.
Metsä Wood
Figure 2.87. Light wooden extension floor to an existing multi- Figure 2.89. LVL-C panel structures for lift shafts. Panel sizes are
storey building from volumetric elements. Poissy, France. suited for full building height or storey-high elements.
Figure 2.88. Tammelan Kruunu, Lisa Voigtländer & Sung Bok Song, 1st prize in ’City Above the City’ architectural design competition, Metsä
Wood 26.
LVL_02.indd 103 5.9.2019 9:18:10

2.5.7 Bent and curved structures

LVL boards and panels can be bent in the flatwise direction to As the cross veneers of LVL-C reinforce the product in the
form curved structures when the bending and shear stress is panel width direction, it can be cut to various shapes and used
taken into account in the design. Unless otherwise specified in as the load-bearing structure of ambitious architectural designs
more detail, LVL-P boards and LVL-C panels can be bent in or to create unique interiors. When production series are small
the grain direction of the surface veneer according to the fol- and unique, CNC machining the shapes from panels is an eco-
lowing specifications: nomical solution. In structural design, strength properties at
• Radius of curvature R ≥ 450 x panel thickness an angle to the grain must be taken into account according to
• Bending only in the grain direction of the surface veneer the instructions given in subsections 4.3.6-7 or according to
• Unless otherwise specified more in detail, LVL-C panels can the LVL supplier’s instructions.
also be bent flatwise perpendicular to the grain direction of
the surface veneer according to the following specifications:
• Radius of curvature R perpendicular to surface veneer grain
direction ≥ 350 x panel thickness
• Bending only perpendicular to the grain direction of sur-
face veneer
Figure 2.90. LVL panels bent flatwise in parallel to grain direction (left) and perpendicular to grain direction (right).
LVL_02.indd 104 5.9.2019 9:18:12

Metsä Wood
Figure 2.91. LVL-C arches for the roof structure of a windmill, UK. The structure consists of several curved members.
LVL_02.indd 105 5.9.2019 9:18:16

2.5.8 Bridges
Robust LVL-C panels can be used as pedestrian bridge decks
supported on, e.g., glulam main beams. A 75 mm thick panel
has the required resistance against maintenance vehicle wheel
point loads and the bracing design of the bridge is straightfor-
ward using the solid panels. LVL-C panels allow up to 1.8 m
spacing of main beams and secondary beams or, if the main
beam spacing is small, secondary beams are not needed. On-
ly two panels are needed for a typical 3.6 m bridge width. The
deck needs a protective layer against water ingress on the top
side, but impregnation against decay is not needed.
Figure 2.93. LVL-C deck parallel to the span of glulam beams of a

pedestrian bridge.
Eurofins
Figure 2.92. 75mm LVL-C deck on a pedestrian bridge. Matinpuro Espoo, Finland.
LVL_02.indd 106 5.9.2019 9:18:18

2.5.9 Other applications

LVL-P is an essential component of the common engineered LVL-P is commonly used as scaffolding planks, e.g. in the
wood product, the I-joist. As LVL-P has a high and consist- US and Middle East. They are proof loaded to ensure reliable
ent E-modulus and is available in long lengths, it is well suited and safe working on the construction site. LVL-P planks have
as flange stock material for the production process of I-joists a good working life and are light to carry and easy to install.
for floor structures. I-joists are usually sold as a complete sys- One advantage of LVL scaffold planks is their high fire safety,
tem containing the specific design and detailing for individual as there is no risk of sparks if a metal member hits a plank,
building projects and are CE marked according to the supplier’s making them ideal for applications such as oil refineries and
ETA assessment. Typical I-joist heights are 200-400 mm and shipyards.
flange widths 38-96 mm. In low-energy housing I-joists and
studs are used also in exterior wall and roof structures.
Metsä Wood
Figure 2.94. Wooden I-joist with LVL flanges.
Metsä Wood
Figure 2.95. Scaffolding planks from LVL-P.
LVL_02.indd 107 5.9.2019 9:18:27

3. Purchasing, transport, handling
and storage of LVL
Stora Enso
Figure 3.1. Handling of LVL beams
LVL_03.indd 108 5.9.2019 9:21:59

3. PURCHASIG, TRANSPORT, HANDLING AND STORAGE OF LVL
Metsä Wood
Figure 3.2. Loading LVL packages with an overhead crane for truck
transport.
3.1 PURCHASING LVL 3.2 TRANSPORT, HANDLING AND

Standard sizes of LVL-P beams and studs are readily availa- STORING OF LVL
ble from local wholesalers or distributors’ stocks, and in some LVL products – as with all engineered wood products – must
countries LVL-C panels are also stocked. Larger quantities and be handled and stored properly and carefully to protect them
special specifications are produced to order. LVL manufactur- from damage and dirt. Incorrect handling and storage may
ers have their own sales offices or agencies in most European damage or blemish the surfaces, edges or corners or reduce
countries. the dimensional stability of the product.
The following information should be specified in a quotation
request and order specification for LVL: Transport
• Name of customer Exposure to moisture, e.g. from rain or splashing, must be
• Delivery address avoided during transportation and storage of the product. If
• Requested week of delivery to customer moving the product with a forklift truck, wide enough forks
• Invoicing address and VAT number of customer must be used to avoid damage. When lifting several packs at a
• Product type (LVL-P or LVL-C and the grade) time, the distance between forks must be wide enough to en-
• Cross section dimensions (thickness x width) sure safe lifting. Surface-treated products should be delivered
• Length direct to site without additional unnecessary off-loading dur-
• Number of pieces of each product type and size ing delivery 2, 27.
• Surface: unsanded, sanded and/or calibration
• Special tolerances, if non-standard
• Product labelling: with CE-mark stamp on each product or
without stamping
Stora Enso
• Machining drawing reference, if relevant
• Packaging:
• Package size: max. weight or package height
• Wrapping: LVL supplier will propose a suitable wrapping
type, but customer specific requirements are taken into
consideration
• Required certification (PEFC or FSC on request)
• Terms of delivery:
• Road, rail or ship
• For rail transport: if there are several delivery addresses
for the same load, a loading order is required
• Availability of special surface qualities to be verified sepa-
rately. As a default, all products have the same visual grade.
An individual production instruction is prepared for each or-

der at the mill. Any additional information needed is obtained Figure 3.3. Use wide enough forks when moving LVL packages
from the customer before production. with forklift to avoid damage.
LVL_03.indd 109 5.9.2019 9:22:06

Stora Enso
Figure 3.4. Storage of LVL packages
Stora Enso
Storage
LVL products must be stored under cover. When storing the
products temporarily on site, a solid, straight and dry platform
should be used. The height of ground bearers (skids) must be
at least 30 cm. To avoid twisting or cracking of the product,
the bearers between packs must be aligned vertically with the
ground bears. Bearers must be of a suitable size and number
and spread evenly.
The plastic wrapping of each pack must be cut open from
underneath to enable air circulation and moisture to evaporate
from the bundles. If the products are stored on site for longer
than one week, the bundles must be covered with an additional
protective covering. The condition of the product and the pro-
tective cover should be monitored regularly during storage 2, 27.
Figure 3.5. Handling of LVL beams
Handling and processing
LVL product packs can be unloaded on site with either a fork-
lift or a crane. When unloading with a forklift, follow the in-
structions given in the ‘Transport’ section. When unloading by
crane, approved webbing slings in proper condition and of the 3.3 PROTECTING THE STRUCTURE
appropriate strength class must be used. Do not use chains or
wires. If unloading is done manually, open the pack and carry DURING CONSTRUCTION
the products one-by-one. When cutting the banding, beware LVL structures must be protected on construction site to avoid
of the band ends. LVL products should not be dragged, pushed dimensional changes and surface mould due to exposure to
or dropped. moisture. Exposure to rain, splashing, and wetting from water
LVL is a light-weight material and is easy to shape, which convection from other structures must be avoided. In addition,
means notable time and cost savings in construction. LVL the designer must ensure in the detailed design that no water
products can be processed with conventional wood working pockets can form on the product in situ.
and power tools. There is no need for separate specialist tools. The product may be exposed to weather for a short period
Surface-treated products should be unloaded individually. If during installation. During the erection of the building, struc-
needed, a cellular plastic padding that does not stain, should tural LVL products and elements, which are structurally glued
be used under the webbing slings 2, 27. from LVL components, have good resistance to temporary ex-
LVL_03.indd 110 5.9.2019 9:22:12

Stora Enso
Figure 3.6. LVL structures can be processed with conventional wood working and power tools.
posure to water without damage or decay, provided that it is is at least 850°C; the combustion air and gases are well mixed;
ensured that the products can afterwards dry to the desired the retention time of the combustion gases in the furnace is
moisture content before the structures are closed. The integrity over two seconds; and the residual oxygen content of the flue
of the adhesive bonds is maintained according to the designat- gases is over 6%. In these combustion conditions the flue gases
ed service class throughout the expected life of the structure 28. are identical to the gases produced in burning untreated wood.
Further information on durability is presented in Chapter 7. LVL has a gross heating value of 19.4 MJ/kg
Composting requires the panels to be chipped and the long
composting process should also be taken into consideration.
3.4 HANDLING AFTER USE OF LVL The products can also be taken to landfill, although LVL de-
After use, LVL products are to be disposed of according to na- grades very slowly 3.
tional regulations and directives. In general, LVL products can LVL does not contain anything classified as hazardous waste
be reused or recycled as the preferred handling options; alter- and has the following waste code under the consolidated Eu-
natively, they can be composted or burned for energy recovery. ropean Waste Catalogue:
LVL can be safely burned when the combustion temperature - 17 02 01 Wood (Construction and Demolition Wastes)
LVL_03.indd 111 5.9.2019 9:22:31

4. Structural design of LVL structures
Metsä Wood
Figure 1.1 LVL roof structure, K-Rajamarket, Utsjoki, Finland.
LVL_04.indd 112 5.9.2019 9:45:41

4. STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF LVL STRUCTURES
The structural design of LVL structures is similar in purpose design in practice, but they can be used for code calibration
and principle to any load-bearing wood-based structure: to when the requirements are defined for building regulations and
verify that the structure fulfils its strength, serviceability and in comparison between different construction materials. They
other structural requirements. The basis of limit state design also have an important role e.g. in verification of the safety level
is to verify, based on the partial safety coefficient method, that of simplified design methods, such as the partial safety factor
the design value of an action Ed is smaller than the design val- method used in Eurocodes 29, 30.
ue of the resistance Rd of a section, structural member or con- The primary purpose of the design rules for load-bearing
nection: structures is to prevent failures that can lead to the risk of hu-
man injury and to ensure buildings function properly accord-
Ed ≤ Rd ing to their intended use.
Building codes such as the Eurocodes provide approved
where verification methods for verifying that the requirements are
Ed is the design value of the effect of actions such as internal fulfilled. They also present the loads and loading combinations
force, moment or a vector representing several internal that the structures must resist. The Eurocodes have common
forces or moments parts that are applied in all countries in connection with na-
Rd is the design value of the corresponding resistance. tional annexes. The annexes specify country-specific safety fac-
tors and parameters that take into consideration climate and
geology specific conditions. In addition, national choices are
4.1 BASIS OF STRUCTURAL DESIGN made in some alternative verification methods or adjustment
The Eurocode design system has been used for this purpose factors within them.
in Europe since 2010 with country-specific adjustment factors The general design requirements according to the Euroc-
that are defined in national annexes. For timber construction odes are 29, 30:
the important parts of the Eurocode system are: • Choice of structural system, structural design and construc-
tion work must be done by sufficiently qualified and experi-
EN 1990 Eurocode 0 Basis of structural design enced persons.
EN 1991 Eurocode 1 Actions on structures • Work must be supervised adequately and quality assurance
EN 1993 Eurocode 3 Design of steel structures implemented throughout the construction process from de-
EN 1995 Eurocode 5 Design of timber structures sign offices and factories to workshops and building sites.
• Structures must be made of construction materials and prod-
Eurocodes are limit state design codes that have two main limit ucts defined in the Eurocodes or their harmonized standards
states: Ultimate limit state (ULS) and serviceability limit state or in other harmonized technical specifications.
(SLS). In ultimate limit state (ULS) design the requirement is • Buildings must be adequately and regularly maintained
to verify that a structure has adequate safety against failure dur- throughout their design working life.
ing its whole designed service life. What is regarded adequate • Buildings must be used for the purpose for which they have
is defined in the relevant building regulations. Serviceability been designed
limit state (SLS) design evaluates whether the structure is fit
for purpose. In most cases, the building regulations do not de- The next generation of Eurocodes is currently under develop-
fine exact limit values for this evaluation. They provide recom- ment and scheduled to be ready for use after some years.
mendations for the maximum level of deformation and, e.g.,
human-induced floor vibration, but it is ultimately up to the 4.1.1 Actions (Loads)
contractor and the client to agree what is acceptable.
The risk of structural failure is depending on the proba- Actions are loads that cause, e.g., bending moment, shear and
bility that the expected actions are exceeded and the probabil- axial stresses and deformation of the structures. The determin-
ity that resistance of the structure is lower than calculated in ing actions and their combinations for each structure are evalu-
ULS design. Normally it can be presumed that the actions and ated based on the type, magnitude and duration of the action at
the resistance of a structure are random variables. When their the most unfavourable locations of the structure. Different load
distribution functions are known, it is possible to calculate the combinations are determined as load cases. The load combina-
risk of failure by the methods of probability theories. These tions consist of the main loads combined with reduced values
methods, however are usually too complicated for structural of other loads that may be acting at the same time. Reduction
LVL_04.indd 113 5.9.2019 9:45:41

Table 4.1. Load-duration classes and examples of loads 31.
Order of accumulated
Load-duration class Examples of loading Notes
duration of characteristic load
Permanent More than 10 years • Self-weight
• Permanently installed machinery
• Compartment walls in some
countries
Long-term 6 months – 10 years • Long-term storage
Medium-term 1 week – 6 months • Medium-term imposed floor load Snow in Finland

• Snow
Short-term Less than one week • Short-term snow Snow in several countries
• Wind Wind in several countries
• Staircase loads
• Imposed point loads
• Service maintenance loads on roofs
Instantaneous • Instantaneous wind Wind in Finland

• Accidental load
in load is defined by multiplying the characteristic value of a The values of γG and γQ are set in national annexes, but in com-
load Qk by factor ψ0, ψ1 or ψ2 depending on the case: mon ULS design cases for unfavourable actions γG = 1,15 - 1,35
• Characteristic combination (ψ0Qk) is used for verification of and γQ = 1,5 - 1,6. In SLS design γG and γQ are 1,0.
ultimate limit states and for irreversible (permanent) defor-
mations of a structure in serviceability limit states 4.1.2 Consequence class, reliability class
• Frequent combination (ψ1Qk) is used for verification of ulti-
mate limit states involving accidental actions and for verifi- and factor KFI
cation of reversible deformations of a structure in servicea- For the purpose of reliability differentiation, consequences
bility limit states classes (CC1-CC3) may be established by considering the con-
• Quasi-permanent combination (ψ2Qk) is used for verifica- sequences of a failure or malfunction of the structure. Class
tion of ultimate limit states involving accidental actions and CC1 is used for low consequence for loss of human life or when
for verification of reversible serviceability limit states. Qua- economic, social or environmental consequences are small or
si-permanent values are also used for the calculation of long- negligible. For example, agricultural buildings and storage
term effects. houses may belong to class CC1. CC2 is a normal class with a
medium consequence level and is used as a default class for res-
Factor ψ2 can be concluded as a factor that converts short-term idential and office buildings. CC3 is used for buildings where
loads to permanent loads which have a similar long-term influ- the consequences of failure are high such as concert halls or
ence in the calculation of creep deformations. similar monumental structures.
Loads are defined in EN 1991 and the load combinations The requirements for different consequence classes are set
in EN 1990. The rules in these standards define how permanent in the associated reliability classes RC1-RC3. They include re-
actions and variable actions shall be taken into consideration in quirements for the level of reliability index β, the supervision
load combinations. The general equation of load combination of design and execution of the structures and resistance prop-
in the ultimate limit state is: erties of materials and products. In partial safety factor design
Ed=∑j≥1γG,j ∙ Gk,j + γQ,1Q k,1 +∑i≥1γQ,i ∙ ψ0,i ∙ Qk,i the reliability classes are taken into account by the KFI factor
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d = ∑j≥1 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾G,j ∙ 𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺k,j + 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾Q,1 𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄k,1 + ∑i≥1 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾Q,i ∙ 𝜓𝜓𝜓𝜓0,i ∙ 𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄k,i
(4.1) (4.1) of KFI are given in national annexes, but
for actions. The values
where according to the default values of EN1990, in RC1 the actions
γG,j = partial safety factor for permanent actions j; in equation (4.1) of the ULS are multiplied by KFI = 0,9, in RC2
Gk,j = characteristic value of permanent load j; by KFI = 1,0 and in RC3 by KFI = 1,1. KFI is not used in SLS.
γQ,1 = partial safety factor for decisive variable action 1;
Qk,1 = characteristic value of decisive variable load 1;
γQ,i = partial safety factor for variable action i;
Qk,I = characteristic value of variable load i; and
ψ0,i = reduction factor in load combination for variable action i.
LVL_04.indd 114 5.9.2019 9:45:42

4.1.3 Load duration • Service class 2 (SC2) is characterized by a moisture con-

tent of the materials corresponding to a temperature of 20
In the Eurocodes, load-duration classes are characterized by °C and the relative humidity of the surrounding air only
the effect of a constant load acting for a certain period of time exceeding 85% for a few weeks per year. This corresponds
in the life of the structure. For a variable action, the appropri- typically to ventilated outdoor conditions under a roof pro-
ate class is determined on the basis of an estimate of the typical tecting from direct weather exposure. In service class 2 the
variation of the load with time, see Table 4.1. average moisture content of softwood LVL is usually be-
tween 10 and 16%. The MC of most softwoods will not ex-
4.1.4 Service classes ceed 20% in SC2.
• Service class 3 (SC3) is characterized by climatic conditions
Moisture content and changing humidity conditions have a sig- leading to higher moisture contents than in service class 2.
nificant influence on the strength and stiffness properties of This corresponds typically to conditions where the structures
LVL as well as on other wood-based materials. In Eurocode 5 are under direct weather exposure, high humidity or direct
this is taken into account by defining 3 service classes: contact with water. LVL cannot be used in service class 3
• Service class 1 (SC1) is characterized by a moisture content without preservative treatment against decay.
of the materials corresponding to a temperature of 20 °C and
the relative humidity of the surrounding air only exceeding Standard EN 335 defines use classes with respect to durability.
65% for a few weeks per year. This corresponds typically to These correspond to the service classes of Eurocode 5 with the
heated indoor air conditions. In service class 1 the average exception of service class 3, which is divided into sub-classes
moisture content (MC) of softwood LVL is usually between UC3.1, 3.2, 4 and 5, which describe the conditions more pre-
6 and 10%. The MC of most solid woods is in those condi- cisely.
tions typically a couple of % higher, but will not exceed 12%. When choosing the service class for the design, in addition
The manufacturing process of LVL keeps the product dryer to the moisture content of the wood material, special atten-
because the veneers are dried at high temperature to less than tion must be paid to cyclic changes in the moisture conditions,
5% MC, which alters the wood cell structure making the ma- which may have a more significant effect on timber construc-
terial less moisture absorbent. tions than higher constant humidity conditions. In service class
1 special attention must be paid to the risk of cracking of tim-
ber structures.
4.1.5 Partial safety factor of material γM and

modification factors kmod and kdef
The partial safety factor γM of different materials are defined
in the National annex of Eurocode 5. For LVL it is typically
γM =1,2 - 1.3.
kmod is a modification factor taking into account the effect
of the duration of load and moisture content. In Eurocode 5
the same values of kmod are used for all mechanical properties
of LVL in service class 1 and 2. However, experimental studies
have shown that the compression strength fc,0,k is lower in SC2
than in SC1. This is taken into consideration in the strength
classes by defining a 20% lower strength value of fc,0,k for SC2 15.
If a load combination consists of actions belonging to dif-
ferent load-duration classes a kmod value that corresponds to
the action with the shortest duration should be chosen. For
example, for a combination of dead load and a short-term load,
a value of kmod corresponding to the short-term load should
be used.
In serviceability limit state design the influence of creep
is dependent on the service class and the duration class of the
loads. ψ0 and ψ2 factors for the quasi-permanent value of the
action take this into account in load combinations. The defor-
Figure 4.2. Examples of service class 1 (SC1), 2 (SC2) and 3 (SC3)
conditions in wooden structures. Note: Assignment of structures
mation factors kdef take into account the service classes. For
to service classes are given in the National Annex to Eurocode 5 for characteristic combination of actions, the final deflection in-
each country. cluding creep is calculated using equation (4.2).
LVL_04.indd 115 5.9.2019 9:45:42

LVL 04, Table 4.3

Table 4.2. Values of kmod for LVL (the same values are used for structural timber, glulam and CLT and plywood).
Service class Permanent Long-term Medium-term Short-term Instantaneous
1 0,60 0,70 0,80 0,90 1,10

2 0,60 0,70 0,80 0,90 1,10
3 0,50 0,55 0,65 0,70 0,90
Table 4.3. Values of kdef for different LVL types in different service classes.
Product type Service class 1 Service class 2 Service class 3
LVL-P 0,60 0,80 2,00

LVL-C in edgewise loading 0,60 0,80 2,00
LVL-C in flatwise loading 0,80 1,00 2,50
ufin= uinst,G(1+kdef) + uinst,Q,1(1+ψ2,1 ∙ kdef) + uinst,Q,i(ψ0,i+ψ2,i ∙ kdef)

𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢fin = 𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢inst,G (1 + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘def ) + 𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢inst,Q,1 �1 + 𝜓𝜓𝜓𝜓2,1 ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘def � + 𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢inst,Q,i �𝜓𝜓𝜓𝜓0,i + (4.2)
(4.2) 𝜓𝜓𝜓𝜓2,i ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘def � (4.2)
𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 = 𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢
fin (1 + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ) + 𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢
inst,G def inst,Q,1 �1 + 𝜓𝜓𝜓𝜓 ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 � + 𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢
2,1 def inst,Q,i 0,i 2,i �𝜓𝜓𝜓𝜓 + 𝜓𝜓𝜓𝜓 ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 �
def (4.2)
where
ufin is the final deflection including creep deformation;
uinst,G is the instantaneous deflection due to permanent Mean values for stiffness properties are used in SLS design
actions; and are determined for short-term loading in service class 1
uinst,Q,1 is the instantaneous deflection due to the leading conditions. The influence of creep deformation is taken into
variable action; and account by the kdef factor. Characteristic 5% stiffness values are
uinst,Q,i is the instantaneous deflection due to accompanying used for stability calculation in ULS design.
variable actions.
4.2 STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES OF LVL
LVL-C has a higher kdef value when the loading causes defor-
mation in the flatwise direction due to rolling shear deforma- AND STRENGTH CLASSES
tion of the cross veneers similar to plywood. When LVL-C pan- The mechanical properties of structural LVL are determined
el is used as a component of stressed-skin panels, the kdef value according to the harmonized product standard EN 14374. The
in the longitudinal direction of the element is the same as for properties are assessed and their constancy of performance
LVL-P, because the loading causes mainly axial stresses on the verified according to the AVPC system 1 of the EU construc-
panel. tion product regulations. LVL suppliers declare their individ-
ual product properties in their Declaration of Performance
4.1.6 Design resistance and stiffness (DoPs).
In the future EN 14374 LVL product categories will be
Design resistance in ULS design is determined from the design introduced but in the meanwhile LVL industry has decided
values of the strength properties by modifying the character- to launch them as LVL strength classes. Information about
istic properties with partial safety factor γM and modification the strength classes can be found from the Laminated Veneer
factor kmod. Lumber (LVL) bulletin: New European strength classes 15,
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 FprEN 14374 Annex B, and these are described in the following
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod
f_d=(k_mod∙f_k)/γ_M
k
∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 (4.3) (EC5 2.17) (4.3) (EC5
subsections 2.17)
4.2.1 and 4.2.2.
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓d = mod 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M k (4.3) (EC5 2.17)
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾
M
The bending and axial strength and stiffness properties of
LVL-C with crossband veneers having different layups (i.e. ve-
where neer orientation) may be calculated from one set of tests ac-
fk is the characteristic 5% value of a strength property; cording to FprEN 14374 Annex A by applying layup factors
kmod is the modification factor that takes into account the according to Annex C for thickness ranges specified in Annex
duration of load and service class, see Table 4.2; and A. LVL-C properties are defined with the assumption that the
γM is the partial safety factor of the material. cross veneers are zero layers.
LVL_04.indd 116 5.9.2019 9:45:42

Table 4.4. Symbols for strengths, moduli of elasticity and shear moduli in different directions of LVL 15
fm,0,edge, s and Em,0,edge fm,90,edge, Em,90, edge and fv,90,edge fm,0,flat, sflat,m and Em,0,flat
fm,90,flat and Em,90,flat ft,0 and Et,0 ft,90,edge
ft,90,flat fc,0, and Ec,0 fc,90,edge and Ec,90,edge
ft,90,flat and Em,90,flat fv,0,edge and G0,edge fv,0,flat, sflat,v and G0,flat
ft,90,flat and G90,flat
LVL_04.indd 117 5.9.2019 9:45:47

4.2.1 Strength classes for LVL-P without 4.2.2 Strength classes for LVL-C with
LVL 04, Table
crossband 4.5
veneers crossband veneers
For structural LVL made of spruce or pine the most relevant For structural LVL made of spruce or pine the most relevant
class is LVL 48 P for beam applications. LVL 32 P is suitable for class is LVL 36 C for load-bearing panels. LVL 25 C is suita-
stud applications where mechanical property requirements are ble for panel applications where mechanical property require-
lower. LVL 80 P is made from beech hardwood. The symbols of ments are lighter. LVL 70 C and LVL 75 C are made from beech
properties related to different directions of LVL are described hardwood. The symbols of properties related to different direc-
in Table 4.4. tions of LVL are described in Table 4.4.
Table 4.5. Strength classes for structural LVL-P without crossband veneers 15.
Strenght class
Property a Symbol Unit LVL 32 P LVL 35 P LVL 48 P LVL 50 P LVL 80 P

Edgewise, parallel to grain (depth 300 mm) fm,0,edge,k N/mm² 27 30 44 46 75
Bending
Flatwise, parallel to grain fm,0,flat,k N/mm² 32 35 48 50 80
strength
Size effect parameter s - 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15
Tension Parallel to grain (length 3 000 mm) ft,0,k N/mm² 22 22 35 36 60

strength Perpendicular to grain, edgewise ft,90,edge,k N/mm² 0,5 0,5 0,8 0,9 1,5
Parallel to grain for service class 1 26 30 35 42 69
fc,0,k N/mm²
For service class 2 according to EN 1995-1-1 b
21 25 29 35 57
Compression
Perpendicular to grain, edgewise fc,90,edge,k N/mm² 4 6 6 8,5 14
strength
Perpendicular to grain, flatwise (except pine) fc,90,flat,k N/mm² 0,8 2,2 2,2 3,5 12
Perpendicular to grain, flatwise, pine fc,90,flat,k,pine N/mm² MDV c 3,3 3,3 3,5 –
d
Shear Edgewise parallel to grain fv,0,edge,k N/mm² 3,2 3,2 4,2 4,8 8
strength Flatwise, parallel to grain fv,0,flat,k N/mm² 2,0 2,3 2,3 3,2 8
Parallel to grain E0,mean e
N/mm² 9 600 12 000 13 800 15 200 16 800
Modulus of Parallel to grain E0,k f N/mm² 8 000 10 000 11 600 12 600 14 900
elasticity Perpendicular to grain, edgewise Ec,90,edge,mean g
N/mm² MDV c
MDV c
430 430 470
Perpendicular to grain, edgewise Ec,90,edge,k h N/mm² MDV c MDV c 350 350 400
Edgewise, parallel to grain G0,edge,mean N/mm² 500 i
500 i
600 650 760
Shear Edgewise, parallel to grain G0,edge,k N/mm² 300 i

350 i
400 450 630
modulus Flatwise, parallel to grain G0,flat,mean N/mm² 320 i 380 i 380 600 850
Flatwise, parallel to grain G0,flat,k N/mm² 240 i
270 i
270 400 760
ρmean kg/m³ 440 510 510 580 800
Density
ρk kg/m³ 410 480 480 550 730
a
Additional strength, stiffness and density properties not covered by the classes given in this Table may be declared as individual values
b
Value may also be applied in Service Class 1 as a conservative value
c
Property is not expressed as strength class but rather as individual manufacturer´s declared value (MDV)
d
Class not produced from pine
e
Covering Em,0,edge,mean, Et,0,mean, Em,0,flat,mean, and Ec,0,mean
f
Covering Em,0,edge,k, Et,0,k, Em,0,flat,k, and Ec,0,k
g
Also covering Et,90,edge, mean
h
Also covering Et,90,edge,k
i
Property need not be tested if all other properties meet the minimum values for the strength class
LVL_04.indd 118 5.9.2019 9:45:47

LVL 04, Table 4.6
Table 4.6. Strength classes for structural LVL-C with crossband veneers 15.
Strenght class
Property a Symbol Unit LVL 22 C LVL 25 C LVL 32 C LVL 36 C LVL 70 C LVL 75 C
Edgewise, parallel to grain

fm,0,edge,k N/mm² 19 20 28 32 54 60
(depth 300 mm)
Bending
Flatwise, parallel to grain fm,0,flat,k N/mm² 22 25 32 36 70 75
strength
Size effect parameter s - 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15
Flatwise, perpendicular to grain fm,90,flat,k N/mm² MDV c MDV c 7 8 32 20
Parallel to grain
ft,0,k N/mm² 14 15 18 22 45 51
(length 3 000 mm)
Tension
strength
Perpendicular to grain,
ft,90,edge,k N/mm² 4 4 5 5 16 8
edgewise
Parallel to grain for service

18 18 18 26 54 64
class 1
fc,0,k N/mm²
For service class 2 according to
15 15 15 21 45 53
EN 1995-1-1 b
Compression Perpendicular to grain,

fc,90,edge,k N/mm² 8 8 9 9 45 23
strength edgewise
fc,90,flat,k N/mm² 1,0 1,0 2,2 2,2 16 16
flatwise (except pine)
fc,90,flat,k,pine N/mm² MDV c MDV c 3,5 3,5 –
d
–
d
flatwise, pine
Edgewise parallel to grain fv,0,edge,k N/mm² 3,6 3,6 4,5 4,5 7,8 7,8
Shear
Flatwise, parallel to grain fv,0,flat,k N/mm² 1,1 1,1 1,3 1,3 3,8 3,8
strength
Flatwise, perpendicular to grain fv,90,flat,k N/mm² MDV c MDV c 0,6 0,6 MDV c MDV c
Parallel to grain, edgewise E0,edge,mean e N/mm² 6 700 7 200 10 000 10 500 11 800 13200
Parallel to grain, edgewise E0,edge,k f N/mm² 5 500 6 000 8 300 8 800 10 900 12200
Modulus of Perpendicular to grain, edgewise E90,edge,mean g

N/mm² MDV c
MDV c
2 400 2 400 MDV c
MDV c
elasticity Perpendicular to grain, edgewise E90,edge,k h N/mm² MDV c MDV c 2 000 2 000 MDV c MDV c
Perpendicular to grain, flatwise Em,90,flat,mean N/mm² MDV c
MDV c
1 200 2 000 MDV c
MDV c
Perpendicular to grain, flatwise Em,90,flat,k N/mm² MDV c MDV c 1 000 1 700 MDV c MDV c
Edgewise, parallel to grain G0,edge,mean N/mm² 500 i
500 i
600 600 820 820
Edgewise, parallel to grain G0,edge,k N/mm² 300 i 300 i 400 400 660 660
Shear Flatwise, parallel to grain G0,flat,mean N/mm² 70 i 70 i 80 120 430 430

modulus Flatwise, parallel to grain G0,flat,k N/mm² 55 i
55 i
60 100 380 380
Flatwise, perpendicular to grain G90,flat,mean N/mm² MDV c MDV c 22 22 MDV c MDV c
Flatwise, perpendicular to grain G90,flat,k N/mm² MDV c MDV c 16 16 MDV c MDV c
ρmean kg/m³ 440 440 510 510 800 800
Density
ρk kg/m³ 410 410 480 480 730 730
a
Additional strength, stiffness and density properties not covered by the classes may be declared as individual values
b
Value may also be applied in Service Class 1 as a conservative value
c
Property is not expressed as strength class but rather as individual manufacturer´s declared value (MDV)
d
Class not produced from pine
e
Covering Em,0,edge,mean, Et,0,mean, Em,0,flat,mean, and Ec,0,mean
f
Covering Em,0,edge,k, Et,0,k, Em,0,flat,k, and Ec,0,k
g
Covering Em,90,edge,mean, Et,90,edge,mean and Ec,90,edge,mean
h
Covering Em,90,edge,k, Et,90,edge,k and Ec,90,edge,k
i
Property need not be tested if all other properties meet the minimum values for the strength class
LVL_04.indd 119 5.9.2019 9:45:47

4.3 LVL DESIGN ACCORDING TO

EUROCODE 5
In EN 1995-1-1 (Eurocode 5) the structural design calculations
are made in the ultimate limit state (ULS) for bending moment,
shear, tension and compression resistance, stability, connec-
tions, and stress concentrations in notches, holes and tapered
beams. Serviceability limit state (SLS) design calculations are
made for deformations and floor vibrations. The following sub-
sections provide instructions on these design calculations with
remarks regarding LVL-specific properties. The equations in
this Section have individual numbers and when an equation is
in the same form in Eurocode 5, it is marked with EC5 and the
equation reference number there, e.g., (EC5 6.11). Figure 4.3. Member axes of LVL. X is in the grain direction of the
surface veneers, Z is in the edgewise direction and Y in the flatwise
direction.
4.3.1 Bending
The following expressions shall be satisfied:
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
σ_(m,y,d)/f_(m,y,d)
+ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m m,z,d ≤ 1+k_m (4.4) (EC5 6.11) (4.4) (EC5 6.11)
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 m,z,d
k_m
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m σ_(m,y,d)/f_(m,y,d)
+ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,z,d ≤ 1 +σ_( (4.5) (EC5 6.12) (4.5) (EC5 6.12)
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d m,z,d
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘where
m 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,z,d ≤ 1 (4.5) (EC5 6.12)
m,y,d m,z,d
σm,y,d and σm,z,d are the design bending stresses about the
principal axes as shown in Figure 4.2;
fm,y,d and fm,z,d are the corresponding design bending
strengths. In addition to kmod and γM, for
LVL in edgewise bending the design value
is dependent on the member height h. That
is taken into consideration by factor kh
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = �300�𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ≤ 1,1 which is defined as (4.6) (EC5 3.3)
h ℎ
300 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘k_h=(300/h)^s≤1,1
h = � ℎ � ≤ 1,1
(4.6) (EC5 3.3) (4.6) (EC5 3.3)
where
h is the member height in bending
s is the size effect parameter. For LVL-P and LVL-C strength
classes it is 0,15, but manufacturer-defined values are
also possible
Note: Multiple-glued GLVL products are subject to manufac-

turer-specific rules for size effect in flatwise bending in flatwise Figure 4.4. Edgewise and flatwise bending orientations of LVL.
bending (reference size and size effect parameter sflat,m).
The value of the factor km should be taken as follows LVL:

for rectangular sections: km = 0,7 Due to the cross veneers, LVL-C panels have a bending strength
for other cross sections: km = 1,0 flatwise perpendicular to the grain fm,90,flat,k that is about 20% of
the value along the grain. In the edgewise direction, fm,90,edge,k,
Note: The factor km makes allowance for re-distribution of the strength is not defined in the DoPs of the product, but it
stresses and the effect of inhomogeneities of the material in the may be calculated using the instructions provided with man-
cross-section. ufacturer’s technical information. Bending strength fm,90,flat,k
and fm,90,edge,k of LVL-P are negligible and cannot be utilized
in structural design.
d ≤
LVL_04.indd 𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏120 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v, d (4.7) (EC5 6.13) 5.9.2019 9:45:49
4.3.2 Shear
For shear with a stress component parallel to the grain, see
Figure 4.5(a, b, d and e), and for shear with both stress compo-
nents perpendicular to the grain, see Figure 4.4(c and f), the
following expression shall be satisfied:
A D
τ𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏dd ≤≤fv,d
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
v, d (4.7) (EC5 6.13) (4.7) (EC5 6.13)
d ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v, d
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏where (4.7) (EC5 6.13)
τd is the design shear stress;
fv,d is the design shear strength for the actual condition.
LVL is not sensitive to cracking and therefore the factor kcr

=1,0. This means that the full member width b can be used in B E
equation (4.8) of an effective width bef of the member in the
verification
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏ef = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘cr ∙ 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏of shear resistance of members in bending. (4.8) (EC5 6.13a)
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏
befef ==kcr𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘cr∙b∙ 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 (4.8) (EC5 6.13a) (4.8) (EC5 6.13a)
At supports, the contribution to the total shear force of

a concentrated load F acting on the top side of the beam and F
C
within a distance h or hef from the edge of the support may
be disregarded, see Figure 4.5. For beams with a notch at the Figure 4.5. A) LVL-P shear stress edgewise parallel to grain
support this reduction in the shear force applies only when B) LVL-P shear stress flatwise parallel to grain C) LVL-P shear stress
the notch is on the opposite side to the support. For uniformly flatwise perpendicular to grain (rolling shear) D) LVL-C shear stress
edgewise parallel to grain E) LVL-C shear stress flatwise parallel to
distributed loads, the determining shear force maybe taken at grain (rolling shear of cross veneers) F) LVL-C shear stress flatwise
a distance of the member height h from the support. perpendicular to grain (rolling shear of parallel veneers).
 2h  l A 
Vred  V  1  
 l 
Figure 4.6. Conditions at a support, for which the concentrated force F may be disregarded in the calculation of the shear force. In the case of
uniformly distributed loads, the shear force maybe reduced to the value which it has at a distance of the member height h from a support 31.
LVL_04.indd 121 5.9.2019 9:45:50

The shear strength of LVL is highly dependent on the di-

rection of the shear stress. In the edgewise orientation the shear
strength fv,0,edge,k is the highest. LVL-P and LVL-C strength val-
ues are quite similar at 3,2-4,5 N/mm2, but in practice LVL-C
behaves more ductile (i.e. less brittle) under loading due to
the cross veneer. In the flatwise orientation the shear strength Figure 4.7. Tension parallel to grain of surface veneers.
fv,flat,k is smaller. For LVL-P the strength fv,0,flat,k is 2-3,2 N/mm2,
but for LVL-C it is 1,1-1,3 N/mm2 due to the cross veneers
which are in the rolling shear direction compared to the main
direction of the panel. In the across direction of the panel the
strength fv,90,flat,k is 0,6 N/mm2.
Note: Multiple-glued GLVL products have manufacturer-specific

rules for size effect in flatwise shear (reference size and size effect
parameter sflat,v).
4.3.3 Tension parallel to the grain

The following expression shall be satisfied:
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹
= 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹t,0,d
t,0,d ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓t,0,d
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎σ_(t,0,d)=F_(t,0,d)/A≤f_(t,0,d)(4.9) (4.9)
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎t,0,d
t,0,d = 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓t,0,d (4.9)
Figure 4.8. Edgewise and flatwise tension perpendicular to the
where grain of surface veneers.
σt,0,d is the design tensile stress along the grain;
Ft,0,d is the design compressive force; The cross veneers of LVL-C improve the tension
A is the cross-sectional area of the member; strength perpendicular to the grain in edgewise direction
ft,0,d is the design tensile strength along the grain. In ft,90,k = 4-5 N/mm2 is many times better than the strength of
addition to kmod and γM, for LVL the design value is LVL-P. This property is an advantage especially in suspended
dependent on the length l of the member in tension. connections and between main beams and secondary beams
This is taken into consideration by a factor kl which is or diagonal struts.
defined as Tension strength flatwise perpendicular to the grain of
𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
3000 2𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 LVL-P and LVL-C is low and it is not recommended to design
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘l = � 3000� 2 ≤ 1,1 (4.10) (EC5 3.4)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘l = � 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 � ≤ 1,1
k_l=(3000/l)^(s/2)≤1,1 (4.10) (EC5 3.4) (4.10) (EC5
a structure 3.4)the stresses in this direction would become
so that
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙
critical. The strength value in this direction is normally not de-
where fined in the DoPs for LVL products, but to have an idea of the
l is the member length in tension; and strength level, fc,90,k,flat = ~ 0,2-0,3 N/mm2 could be used for
s is the size effect parameter. For LVL-P and LVL-C strength estimations in predesign.
classes it is 0,15, but individual manufacturer-defined
values are possible. 4.3.5 Compression parallel to the grain
4.3.4 Tension perpendicular to the grain The following expression shall be satisfied:
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 c,0,d
The following expression shall be satisfied: 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐,0,𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d
σ_(c,0,d)=F_(c,0,d)/A≤f_(c,0,d)(4.12)
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎t,90,d ≤≤ft,90,d
σt,90,d (4.11)
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓t,90,d where (4.11)
σc,0,d is the design compression stress along the grain;
where Fc,0,d is the design compressive force;
σt,90,d is the design tensile stress perpendicular to the grain; A is cross-sectional area of the member; and
ft,90,d is the design tensile strength perpendicular to the grain. Fc,0,d is the design compression strength along the grain.
Although in LVL-P the veneers are parallel to the main For LVL strength classes a separate, 20% higher fc,0,k value
direction of the product, there is a small difference between has been defined for service class 1 in Table 4.5 and 4.6. The
the grain directions of the veneers. This makes the product less kmod factor of Eurocode 5 is similar in SC1 and SC2, but ma-
sensitive to cracking and the tension strength perpendicular to terial testing has shown compression strength values to be dif-
the grain edgewise of LVL-P ft,90,k = 0,5-0,8 N/mm2 is slightly ferent in SC1 and SC2. The same phenomenon is also known
higher than solid wood or glulam ft,90,k = 0,4-0,5 N/mm2. for other load-bearing wood products, but the strength values
LVL_04.indd 122 5.9.2019 9:45:51

𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐,0,𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = c,0,d ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d (4.12)
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐,0,𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = c,0,d
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d (4.12)
Figure 4.9. Connection between a cord and diagonal strut or secondary beams connected to the lower part of a main beam create tension
stresses perpendicular to the grain. When the cord member is LVL-C and the connection is on the face side, equation 8.4 of EN1995-1-1 is not
applied, since LVL-C is not sensitive to splitting (Modified from EC5 figure 8.1).
for their standards classes are not defined directly from testing
according to EN 408.
In addition to the compression resistance itself, usually the
stability design (buckling) of the members is more critical, see
subsection 4.3.9.
4.3.6 Compression perpendicular Figure 4.10. Compression parallel to grain of surface veneers.
to the grain
Compression perpendicular to the grain design is defined in
EN1995-1-1, Clause 6.1.5. The following expression shall be
satisfied:
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,d

σ_(c,90,d)≤k_(c,90)∙f_(c,90,d) (4.13) (EC5 6.3) (4.13) (EC5 6.3) with
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d ≤ 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,d (4.13) (EC5 6.3) with
c,90,d
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
withc,90,d = 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 (4.14) (EC5 6.4)
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,def
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d = 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
σ_(c,90,d)=F_(c,90,d)/A_ef (4.14) (EC5 6.4) (4.14) (EC5 6.4)
ef
Where
σc,90,d is the design compressive stress in the contact area
perpendicular to the grain;
Fc,90,d is the design compressive load perpendicular to
the grain;
Figure 4.11. Compression perpendicular to the grain of surface
Aef is the effective contact area in compression veneers.
perpendicular to the grain;
fc,90,d is the design compressive strength perpendicular to
the grain; and
kc,90 is a factor taking into account the load configuration,
the possibility of splitting, and the degree of
compressive deformation.
LVL_04.indd 123 5.9.2019 9:45:53

The effective contact area perpendicular to the grain, Aef,

should be determined taking into account an effective contact  1
length parallel to the grain, where the actual contact length, l,
at each side is increased.
Eurocode 5 does not include the parameters kc,90 and Aef
for LVL in different orientations. The value of kc,90 should be
taken as 1,0 for LVL in the edgewise loading direction. For LVL
in the flatwise loading direction, kc,90 = 1,4 maybe used, when
the distance ℓ1 ≥ 2h 15. The contact length and width may be
increased according to the Table 4.7, but not more than a, ℓ or
ℓ1/2, see Figure 4.11. LVL  1 also have their own tailored
 suppliers 1  
instructions that may give more favourable design results.
The increased contact length and factor kc,90 are less fa-
vourable for LVL in edgewise direction, than in the flatwise di-
rection
LVL or Table
04, compared4.7to other wood products have, due to the
failure behaviour of the products. LVL in the flatwise direction,
solid wood and glulam have ductile behaviour under compres-
sion perpendicular to the grain. LVL has high strength values
in the edgewise direction fc,90,edge,k = 6–9 N/mm2. However, it
breaks in a more brittle manner, see Figure 4.13. Figure 4.14 
shows a calculation example for an LVL beam supported on
an LVL sole plate.
Figure 4.12. (a) Compression Fc,90 of a sole plate (b) Compression
Fc,90 of beam on supports (EC5 Figure 6.2).
Table 4.7. kc,90-values and increase of the actual contact length for the design of compression strength perpendicular to the grain of LVL 15.
Loading direction kc,90 -values Increase of the actual contact length a [mm]
Edgewise compression strength fc,90,edge,k 1,0 15

Flatwise compression strength fc,90,flat,k 1,4
— parallel to the grain of the surface veneers 30
— perpendicular to the grain of the surface veneers 15
a
One-sided or two-sided increase of the actual contact length, but not more than a, l or l1 /2 according to EN 1995-1-1.
Compression perpendicular to grain testing of

LVL-C in edgewise and flatwise directions
40
35
30
LVL-C edgewise
25
Load F [kN]
LVL-C flatwise
20
15
10
0
0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 1,2 1,4 1,6
Deformation [mm]
Figure 4.13. Example of LVL-C specimens in compression perpendicular to grain testing. In the flatwise direction LVL-C exhibits a ductile
behaviour. In the edgewise direction orientation LVL-C is much stronger and stiffer, but undergoes more brittle failure due to buckling of the
veneers.
LVL_04.indd 124 5.9.2019 9:45:53

LVL 04, Figure 4.13
LVL beam
Product Beam Support Increase in Effective Compression kc,90 Characteristic bearing

type thickness b length l actual contact contact area strength fc,90,edge,k [-] capacity
[mm] [mm] length l1 Aef = b∙(l+l1) [N/mm2] Fc,k = Aef ∙ kc,90 ∙ fc,90,edge,k
[mm] [mm2] [kN]
LVL 48 P 51 50 15 3 315 6,0 1,0 20
LVL 36 C 51 50 15 3 315 9,0 1,0 30
LVL or solid wood sole plate
Product Contact Contact Increase in actual Effective contact Compression kc,90 Characteristic bearing
type width b length l contact length parallel l1 area strength [-] capacity
[mm] [mm] and perpendicular l2 Aef = b∙(l+l1) + (b∙l2) fc,90,edge,k Fc,k = Aef ∙ kc,90 ∙ fc,90,edge,k
[mm] [mm2] [N/mm2] [kN]
LVL 48 P or 50 51 l1 =30, l2 =15 6 315 2,2 1,4 19,5

36 C
LVL 48 P or 50 51 l1 =30, l2 =15 6 315 3,3 1,4 29
36 C of pine
C24 solid 50 51 l1 =30, l2 =0 5 550 2,5 1,25 17,3
wood
Figure 4.14. Example of an LVL beam supported on an LVL sole plate. Effective contact area is increased by 15 mm in the edgewise direction
on the beam and separately by 60 mm (2x30 mm) in the length direction and 15mm in width direction on the sole plate.
LVL_04.indd 125 5.9.2019 9:45:53

4.3.7 Bending stress at an angle to the grain

The bending stresses at an angle α to the grain should satisfy
the following expression 32:
m,0,d 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,α,d ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,d (4.15)
σ_(m,α,d)≤f_(m,0,d)/(f_(m,0,d)/f_(m (4.15)
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
∙ sin2 𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼 + m,0,d ∙ sin𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼 ∙ cos𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼 + cos2 𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,90,d 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,d
where
σm,α,d is the bending stress at an angle α to the grain
When the characteristic bending strength fm,90,k is not de-
clared for the product, it should be assumed that fm,90,k = ft,90,k.
In Figure 4.14, the edgewise bending strength values of LVL 48
P and LVL 36 C at different angles are shown as graphics with
this assumption.
4.3.8 Tension stress at an angle to the grain

The tensile stresses at an angle α to the grain should satisfy the
following expression 32:
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
t,0,d
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎t,α,d ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓t,0,d
σ_(t,α,d)≤f_(t,0,d)/(f_(t,0,d)/f_(t,90,d) (4.16)
∙ sin2 𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼 + t,0,d ∙ sin𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼 ∙ cos𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼 + cos〖2 𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼∙ (4.16)
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓t,90,d 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,d
where
σt,α,d is the tensile stress at an angle α to the grain
In Figure 4.16, graphically illustrates tensile strength val-
ues of LVL 48 P and LVL 36 C at different angles.
More advanced instructions on determining the effect of
an angle to the grain on LVL strength properties may be found
in the manufacturers’ technical documentation.
Figure 4.15. Angle α between span direction and grain direction of

surface veneer.
Characteristic edgewise bending strength fm,edge,α,k Characteristic edgewise tension strength ft,edge,α,k
at an angle α to grain at an angle α to grain
45 35
40 LVL 48 P
30 LVL 48 P
35 LVL 36 C
LVL 36 C
25
30
[N/mm2]
[N/mm2]
25 20
20 15
15
10
10
5
5
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
Angle α between stress and grain [°] Angle α between stress and grain [°]
Figure 4.16. Characteristic edgewise bending strength at an angle Figure 4.17. Characteristic edgewise tension strength at an angle α
α to grain. to grain.
LVL_04.indd 126 5.9.2019 9:45:54

𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,z,d
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 c,0,d
∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d +
+ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d
∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d +
+ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
m ∙∙ 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
m,z,d ≤ 1
m,z,d ≤ 1 OF LVL STRUCTURES
(4.29) (E
(4.29) (E
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,y
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d
c,y ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d +4.𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m,α
STRUCTURAL
m,α
m,y,d
∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 m,y,d + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,z,d
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓DESIGN
m,z,d ≤1 (4.29) (E
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,y ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d c,0,d 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 m,α ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d m,y,d 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 m,z,d
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,z,d
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d +
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,z,d
m,y,d m+ 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 m,z,d ≤ 1 (4.29) (E
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,y ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
c,0,d 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m,α∙∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d ≤1 1 (4.30) (E
(4.30) (E
∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m,α ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d +
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d m 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 m,z,d ≤
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,z
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 ∙
m,y,d
+ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,z,d
m,z,d
≤ 11 (4.30) (E
(4.29)
(4.29) (E
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 c,z ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
c,0,d c,0,d + m,y,d 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 m,α ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓+ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
m,y,d ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 m,z,d
m,z,d ≤
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,y
c,z ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 c,0,d + m 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m,α ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d
m,α +
∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 m ∙
m,y,dm 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 m,z,d
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,z,d ≤ 1 (E
4.3.9 Stability of LVL members 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 c,yc,0,d c,0,d + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,z ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m,α
m ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
m,y,d
m,α ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d
+ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,z,dm,z,d
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,z,d
≤1 (4.30) (E
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 m,y,d 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 m,z,d
LVL cross sections are usually slender, as it is economical to be
c,0,d
increased +
+ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m ∙∙ 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎tom,y,d
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m+
m,z,d ≤ 1
+∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,z,d ≤ 1 satisfy the expressions (4.30)
(4.30) (E
(4.29) (E
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,z ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 c,0,d mdue 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m,α ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓deflection,
+
m,y,d should
c,z c,0,d
c,y c,0,d 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m,α ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m,y,d
m,α m,y,d m,z,d
m,z,d
produce panel billets and cut thin and high or deep beams and (4.29) and (4.30).
stud dimensions. Stability calculation is therefore particularly 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
+ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m11 ∙ + m,z,d ≤ 1 (4.30) (E
important for LVL beams. 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,z
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 c,y =
∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d
=
k_(c,y)=1/(k_y+√(k_y^2-λ_(rel,y)^2 1
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m,α ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,z,d
)) (4.31)(EC5 6.25) (4.31) (E
(4.31) (E
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,yc,y = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘y+�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
+�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘y 22 −𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆2 2
y2−𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y
rel,y (4.31) (E
Column stability and lateral torsional stability shall be ver- y
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘y +�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘1y −𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y 2
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,y = (4.31) (E
ified using the characteristic stiffness properties E0,05 and G0,05. 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘y +�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘1 1y2 −𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆2rel,y
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 =
=
k_(c,z)=1/(k_z+√(k_z^2-λ_(rel,z)^2
c,z 11 2 (4.32) (EC5 6.26) (4.32) (E
(4.32)
(4.31) (E
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,y
c,y =
c,z
c,z = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘yzz+�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 +�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘2z22−𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆
−𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆2rel,z (4.31)
(4.32) (E
(E
4.3.9.1 Members subjected to combined bending 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘y +�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘y
1z2−𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆2 rel,z
rel,y
2
z +�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘z −𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y
y
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,z = rel,z (4.32) (E
and axial compression or tension 1z2 −𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆2rel,z
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,y
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 y=
y
== =0,5�1
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘z +�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘1
0,5�1 +
+1 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽cc�𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆
�𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y − 0,3�
rel,y − 0,3� + + 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆22rel,y
2 �� (4.33) (E
(4.31)
(4.33)
(4.32) (E
(E
Roof rafters of pitched roofs are typical members which shall k_y=0,5(1+β_c
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,z
y =
c,z =0,5�1
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 +
+�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 2 −𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆
2 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽 2 �𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y − 0,3� + 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y �
(λ_(rel,y)-0,3)+λ_(rel,y)^2
c
2 rel,y (4.33) (EC5 6.27) (4.32)
(4.33) (E
(E
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 y+�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘z
z y−𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆2rel,y
2
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘z +�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘z −𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,z rel,z
be analysed for combined bending and compression. Accord- 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 =
= 0,5�1
0,5�1 +
+ 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽
𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽 �𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆
�𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆 −
− 0,3�
0,3� +
+ 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆 22
2 �� (4.33)
(4.34) (E
(E
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘zz = 0,5�1 + 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽cc�𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,z
y c rel,z − 0,3� + 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,z
rel,y
2 �
rel,y
rel,z (4.34) (E
ing to Eurocode 5, the expressions (4.17) & (4.18) or (4.19) & 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘z = 0,5�1 + 1 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽c �𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,z − 0,3� + 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆2 rel,z � (4.34) (E
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = = 0,5�1 + 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽 �𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆 − 0,3� + 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆 2 �� (4.32)
(4.33)
(4.33) (E
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘y = 0,5�1 +2 −𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽c2(λ_(rel,z)-0,3)+λ_(rel,z)^2
�𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆 − 0,3� + 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y (4.34) (E
c,z
y c rel,y 2
(4.20) shall be fulfilled. k_z=0,5(1+β_c
z = 0,5�1 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘z +�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘+ z 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽c rel,z − 0,3� + 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y
�𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y
rel,z rel,z � (4.34) (EC5 6.28) (E
For combined bending and axial tension the following ex- 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘z = = 0,5�10,5�1 + + 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽c �𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆
�𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,z −− 0,3�
0,3� + + 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆 2
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆2rel,z �� (4.34) (E
(E
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (4.34)
pressions shall be satisfied: 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘yz =Factor 0,5�1 β+c is 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽cc0,10 for LVL
�𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,z members
rel,y − 0,3� + 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y �
2
rel,z within the straightness (4.33) (E
limit of L/500. The limit is defined in Eurocode 5, Section 10 as
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
m,y,d 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆2rel,z � midway between the
t,0,d m,z,d
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓t,0,d
+ 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
σ_(t,0,d)/f_(t,0,d) ++σ_(m,y,d)/(k_(m,α
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,z,d ≤1 (4.17) (EC5 6.17) the
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 z (4.17)
=deviation0,5�1 (EC5 +from 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽c6.17)straightness
�𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,z − 0,3� +measured (4.34) (E
t,0,d + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m,αm,y,d m,y,d + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 m,z,d ≤ 1 (4.17) (EC5 6.17)
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
t,0,d 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
m,α m,y,d
m 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 m,z,d supports of frame members, columns and beams where lateral
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆y 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,k
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
t,0,d +
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,dm,y,d
+ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
+ 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,z,d
m,z,d ≤ ≤1 1 instability
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y
(4.18)
(4.17) = 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋(EC5
=
y canc,0,k
(EC5 �𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸c,0,k occur.
6.18)
6.17) (4.35) (E
(4.35) (E
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 + m 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 m ≤ 11 rel,y
(4.17) (EC5 y � 6.17)
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 t,0,d 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m,α𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,α
σ_(t,0,d)/f_(t,0,d)
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓t,0,d + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
t,0,d
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m,α m,y,d
m 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d
+k_m +m 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,z,d
m,z,d
σ_(m,y,d)
m,z,d ≤ (4.18) (EC5 6.18) 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y =
(4.18)𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋(EC5
The 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋
relative � 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸0,05
0,05
6.18)
slenderness ratio should be taken as: (4.35) (E
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓t,0,d m,z,d 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸
m,α 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,z,d 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 0,05
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎t,0,d 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y = y � c,0,k (4.35) (E
m,z,d
(4.18) 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋z 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸c,0,k
= 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋yyz(EC5 6.18)
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎t,0,d + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d + 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,z,d ≤ 1 0,05
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓t,0,d + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m m 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d + 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,z,d ≤ 1 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆 (4.18)
λ_(rel,y)=λ_y/π
rel,z
rel,z == (EC5
z� ��𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸c,0,k
c,0,k
c,0,k 6.18)
√(f_(c,0,k)/E_0,05 ) (4.35) (EC5 6.21) (4.36) (E
(4.36)
(4.35) (E
(E
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓t,0,d 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m,α
m,α 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,z,d 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y
rel,z = 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋
𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 � 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 0,05
0,05 (4.36) (E
(4.35) (E
For 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d combined
2 bending and
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,z,d axial compression the following 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆z 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,k 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 0,05
0,05
�
expressions �2+ + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,z,d ≤1 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,z (4.19) = (EC5 � 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 6.19) (4.36) (E
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘shall𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d be satisfied:
� 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d
c,0,d � + m,α 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d
+ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 m
m,z,d ≤ 1 (4.19)𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋zy(EC5 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,k6.19)
0,05
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d
2
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m,α 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,z,d 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆
λ_(rel,z)=λ_z/π
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,yrel,z =
= z �𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,k√(f_(c,0,k)/E_0,05 )
� (4.36) (EC5 6.22) (4.35)
(4.36) (E
(4.36) (E
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d 22 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 rel,z 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,z,d 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸0,05
(σ_(c,0,d)/f_(c,0,d)
��𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d
c,0,d� +
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
��2 +
+ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m,α
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d)^2+σ_(m,y,d)/(
+ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
+ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 m,z,d ≤ 1
m,z,d
+ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,z,d ≤ 11
≤ (4.19) (EC5 6.19) (4.19)
(4.20) (EC5
(4.19) (EC5 (EC5 6.19)
0,05
6.20)
6.19)
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m,αm 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 m,y,d
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,α 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d m 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
c,0,d
�𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 � + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
c,0,d m,y,d + m,z,d
m,z,d
m,z,d ≤1 Where (4.20)𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆z(EC5 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,k6.20)
c,0,d m,α m,y,d 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,z,d 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆
λyrel,z and=λrel,y � are the slenderness ratio corresponding to (4.36) (E
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d 2
2
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,z,d 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 0,05
��𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 �� +
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 c,0,d
(σ_(c,0,d)/f_(c,0,d) + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 m,y,d
)^2+k_m + 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 m,z,d ≤ 1
+ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,z,d σ_(m,
≤1 (4.20) (EC5 6.20) (4.20) (4.20) (EC5 (EC5 bending 6.20) about the y-axis (deflection in the
6.20)
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d m 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m,α
c,0,d m,α 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d m,z,d
z-direction);
λz and λrel,z are the slenderness ratio corresponding to
where bending about the z-axis (deflection in the
km makes allowance for re-distribution of stresses and the y-direction); and
effect of inhomogeneities of the material in cross-section. E0,05 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙cc 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙c is the characteristic
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 value of modulus of elasticity
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆 = 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖c = = 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙c = c = 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ccc 3 = √12 ��𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ℎccc��
= √12
For rectangular LVL cross sections km = 0,7 and for other 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆 =
= 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = �� 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 parallel
𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼
� = �
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏ℎto
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏ℎ 3 the
� = grain.
√12 � ℎ�
𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 � ��𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏ℎ 123�
cross sections km = 1,0; and 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 � 12 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ℎc
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆 = 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖c = ��c𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴� = �� 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏ℎ c �
12 = √12 � �
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏ℎ
3 ℎ
𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼
km,α is a factor for combined stresses in tapered beams, see For rectangular
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙c �� 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙c𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴� cross
��𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙cc12 �section the
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏ℎ 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏ℎ
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙c slenderness of a member is
subsection 4.3.11. For straight beams km,α =1,0. 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆 = 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 =as: 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 = 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏ℎ𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏ℎ33 = √12 � ℎℎc ��
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆
defined
= c = 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙c = = √12 �
��𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴� �� 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 � �𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏ℎ �
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
� 12
�� 12 �
4.3.9.2 Columns subjected to either compression or
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏ℎ
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙
λ=l_c/i=l_c/√((I/A) 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏ℎ 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆 = 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖c = c = c 3)=l_c/√((((bh^3)/12))/bh)=√12
= √12 � ℎc � (4.37)
combined compression and bending ��
𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏ℎ
�� 12 �
According to Eurocode 5, the expressions (4.20) & (4.21) shall 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏ℎ
be fulfilled. where
lc is the buckling length; and
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
c,0,d 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
m,y,d 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
m,z,d
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,y ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d
+ 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m ∙ 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 +σ_(m
σ_(c,0,d)/〖k_(c,y)∙f〗_(c,0,d)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m,α ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,z,d
≤1 (4.29) (EC5 6.23) h (4.29) (EC5 6.23)
is the height of the member in the direction of the buckling
+ + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 m ∙ m,z,d
≤ 1 (4.29)
analysis. (EC5 6.23)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
c,y c,0,d 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
m,α m,y,d 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 m,z,d
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,z,d
+ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d + 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 ≤1 (4.30) (EC5 6.24)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,z ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d m,α ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d
σ_(c,0,d)/〖k_(c,z)∙f〗_(c,0,d)
+ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 m ∙ + +k_m∙σ
m,z,d
m,z,d
≤ 1 (4.30) (EC5 6.24) The buckling
(4.30) (EC5coefficient
6.24) kc for different LVL classes and slen-
c,z c,0,d 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
m,α 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
m,y,d m,z,d
derness ratios are shown in Figure 4.18 and Table 4.8. The val-
ues are very similar for all shown LVL classes.
When both λrel,z ≤ 0,3 and λrel,y ≤ 0,3 the stresses should sat- More advanced instructions on determining the effect of
isfy the expressions (4.19) and (4.20) of combined bending and an angle to the grain on LVL strength properties may be found
axial compression. 1 In all other cases the stresses, which will in the manufacturers’ technical documentation.
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,y = 1
(4.31) (EC5 6.25)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,y = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘y +�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘y2 −𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆2rel,y (4.31) (EC5 6.25)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘y +�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘y2 −𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆2rel,y
1 LVL Handbook Europe 127
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,z = 1
(4.32) (EC5 6.26)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,z = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘z+�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘z2 −𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆2rel,z (4.32) (EC5 6.26)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘z +�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘z2 −𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆2rel,z
LVL_04.indd 127 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘y = 0,5�1 + 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽c �𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y − 0,3� + 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆2rel,y � (4.33) (EC5 6.27) 5.9.2019 9:45:56
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘y = 0,5�1 + 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽c �𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y − 0,3� + 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆2 � (4.33) (EC5 6.27)
LVL 04, Table 4.8
Table 4.8. Buckling coefficient kc of different LVL classes for different slenderness ratios λ.
kc [-]
λ [-]
LVL 32 P LVL 48 P LVL 25 C LVL 36 C
15 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00

20 0,99 0,99 0,99 0,99
25 0,98 0,98 0,98 0,98
30 0,97 0,97 0,97 0,97
35 0,95 0,95 0,95 0,96
40 0,92 0,93 0,93 0,93
45 0,89 0,90 0,90 0,90
50 0,84 0,86 0,86 0,86
55 0,77 0,80 0,80 0,81
60 0,69 0,73 0,73 0,74
65 0,62 0,65 0,66 0,66
70 0,55 0,58 0,58 0,59
75 0,49 0,52 0,52 0,53
80 0,43 0,46 0,47 0,47
85 0,39 0,41 0,42 0,42
90 0,35 0,37 0,38 0,38
95 0,31 0,34 0,34 0,34
100 0,29 0,31 0,31 0,31
110 0,24 0,26 0,26 0,26
120 0,20 0,22 0,22 0,22
130 0,17 0,18 0,19 0,19
140 0,15 0,16 0,16 0,16
150 0,13 0,14 0,14 0,14
160 0,11 0,12 0,12 0,13
170 0,10 0,11 0,11 0,11
180 0,09 0,10 0,10 0,10
190 0,08 0,09 0,09 0,09
200 0,07 0,08 0,08 0,08
220 0,06 0,07 0,07 0,07
240 0,05 0,06 0,06 0,06
LVL_04.indd 128 5.9.2019 9:45:56

Buckling factor kc for LVL

1,0
0,9
0,8
0,7
Buckling factor kC
0,6 LVL 32 P
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d (4.38) (E
0,5 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d LVL 48 P (4.38) (E
LVL 36 C
0,4
LVL 25 C
0,3
fm,d is the design bending strength;
0,2 kcrit is a factor that takes into account the reduced bending strength
buckling.
0,1
In the case where a combination of moment My about the strong axis y and
0,0 force Nc exists, the stresses should satisfy the following expression
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250
2
𝜎𝜎 𝜎𝜎
(𝑘𝑘 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d
Slendernes ratio λ𝑓𝑓m,d )� +
2 c,0,d
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 ≤1 (4.39) (E
�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘critm,d𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 2 + 𝑘𝑘c,zc,0,d
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑓𝑓c,0,d ≤ 1
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
(4.39) (E
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 m,d
crit 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 c,0,d
c,z
�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 m,d � + c,0,d ≤ 1 (4.39) (E
For critbeams
Figure 4.18. Buckling coefficient kc of different LVL classes for different slenderness ratioswith
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d
λ. an initial lateral deviation from straightness within the limits
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,z 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d
Section 10 of Eurocode 5, kcrit may be determined from expression:
1 when 𝜆𝜆 ≤ 0,75
4.3.9.3 Beams subjected to either bending or 1, when 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,mrel,m ≤ 0,75
1,56 − 0,75𝜆𝜆rel,m when 0,75 < 𝜆𝜆rel,m ≤ 1,4
𝑘𝑘 = { 1,56 − 0,75𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆
k_crit={█(1,when 1, rel,m
when, when ≤ 0,75
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m0,75 < 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m ≤ 1,4 (4.40) (E
combined bending and compression – Lateral 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit
crit = � 1 (4.40) (E
1,56 −𝜆𝜆2rel,m
0,75𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆1rel,m , when
when 1,4
0,75 << 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m
rel,m ≤ 1,4
torsional buckling (LTB) 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit = � 2 , when 1,4 < 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m (4.40) (E
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m
1
2 , when 1,4 < 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m (4.40) (EC5 6.34)
Lateral torsional stability shall be verified both in the case The factor kcrit may𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m be taken as 1,0 for a beam where lateral displacement o
edge is prevented throughout its length and where torsional rotation is preve
where only a moment My exists about the strong axis y and The factor k may be taken as 1,0 for a beam where lateral dis-
supports crit
where a combination of moment My and compressive force placement of its compressive edge is prevented throughout its
Nc exists. length
The and where
relative torsional rotation
slenderness for bending is prevented
should be at its supports
taken as
In the case where a bending moment M exists only on one The relative slenderness for bending should be taken as
axis, the stresses should satisfy the following expression: 𝑓𝑓
𝜆𝜆rel,m = √𝜎𝜎𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,k (4.41) (E
m,k
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m = �𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,crit
λ_(rel,m)=√(f_(m,k)/σ_(m,crit) ) (4.41) (EC5 6.30) (4.41) (E
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,crit
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘≤
σ_(m,d)
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d∙f_(m,d)
k_crit (4.38) (EC5 6.33) (4.38)
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m =
(4.38) �(EC5
(EC5
m,k
6.33)
6.33) (4.41) (E
m,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d
crit
where is the
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,crit
σm,crit critical bending stress calculated according to the classica
where σ is the critical bending stress calculated according
stability,m,crit
using 5-percentile stiffness values. The critical bending stress shou
where to the classical theory of stability, using 5-percentile stiffness
σm,d is the design bending stress; values. The critical𝜋𝜋bending
𝑀𝑀y,crit √𝐸𝐸0,05 𝐼𝐼𝑧𝑧 𝐺𝐺0,05 stress
𝐼𝐼tor should be taken as:
𝜎𝜎m,crit = 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑊𝑊 = 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋�𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸0,05𝑙𝑙 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼𝑧𝑧𝑧𝑧𝑊𝑊𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺0,05 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼tor (4.42) (E
fm,d is the design bending strength; and 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,crit = y,crit y = ef y (4.42) (E
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊y
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀y,crit 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋�𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸0,05𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ef
𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼𝑧𝑧𝑧𝑧𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊
𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺0,05
y 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼tor
kcrit is a factor that takes into account the reduced bending σ_(m,crit)=M_(y,crit)/W_y
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,crit = 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 = =(π√(E_ (4.42) (EC5 6.31) (4.42) (E
strength due to lateral buckling. where y 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ef 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊y
Ewhere is the fifth percentile value of modulus of elasticity parallel to g

0,05
In the case where a combination of moment My about the GE0,050,05
is the fifthispercentile value of modulus
the fifth percentile value ofofshear
elasticity
modulus parallel to grain; N
strong axis y and compressive force Nc exists, the stresses parallel toLVL grain;
shall be used;
should satisfy the following expression IGz 0,05 is the fifthispercentile
the second moment
value ofmodulus
of shear area about the weak
parallel to axis z;
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
2
2 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
I tor grain; Note: is the torsional
Gedge,0,05 moment
of LVL ofused;
shall be inertia;
m,d c,0,d
��(σ_(m,d)/(k_crit
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d
�� +
+ 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d f_(m,d) ≤1
≤ 1))^2+σ_(c,0,d) (4.39) (EC5 6.35) (4.39)
lIefz (4.39) (EC5
is the(EC5
second 6.35)
themoment
is6.35) effectiveof length
area about thebeam,
of the weak axis z;
depending on the support c
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 crit 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 m,d
crit m,d 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 c,z 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 c,0,d
c,z c,0,d
Itor is the torsional moment of inertia;
load configuration, according to Table 4.9;
Wlef y is the effective is thelength
section of modulus
the beam,about the strong
depending on theaxis y.
For beams with an initial lateral deviation from straightness support conditions and the load configuration,
within the limits defined in Section 10 Eurocode 5, kcrit may In
theaccording
case of rectangular
to Table 4.9; cross sections:
1, when
1, when 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m
rel,m ≤≤ of
0,75
0,75
be determined from expression: Wy is the section modulus about the strong axis y.
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit =
1,56 − 0,75𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m,, when
�1,56 − 0,75𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m
=�
when 0,75 0,75 <
< 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m ≤
≤ 1,4
1,4 𝐼𝐼tor(4.40) ∙ ℎ ∙ 𝑏𝑏 336.34)
= 𝑘𝑘1 (EC5
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 crit 1
rel,m 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼tor(4.40)
= 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘1 (EC5
∙ ℎ ∙ 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 6.34)
1 , when 1,4 < 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆 3
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆2 , when 1,4 < 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m rel,m 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼where
tor = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘1 ∙ ℎ ∙ 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆2rel,m rel,m LVL Handbook Europe 129
1 0,63∙𝑏𝑏
𝑘𝑘1 = (1 − ℎ )
3
LVL_04.indd 129 k1 = 0,14 for square cross sections; 5.9.2019 9:45:57

k1 = 0,23, when h/b = 2;
In the case of rectangular cross sections: where

LVL 04, Table 4.9
1 0,63∙𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏
𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼tor = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘1 ∙ ℎ ∙ 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 3
I_tor=k_1∙h∙b^3 (4.43) k_1=1/3
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (4.43)
1 = 3 �1(1-(0,63∙b)/h)
−
ℎ
� (4.44)
k1 = 0,14 for square cross sections;

k1 = 0,23, when h/b = 2;
k1 = 0,28, when h/b = 4 and
1
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘1 = �1 −
0,63∙𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏
� k1 = 0,30, when h/b =6
(4.44)
3 ℎ k1 = 0,31, when h/b = 10
Table 4.9. Effective length as a ratio of the span (Modified from EC5 Table 6.1.).
Beam type Loading type lef / l a
Simply supported Constant moment 1,0

Uniformly distributed load 0,9
Concentrated force at the middle of the span 0,8
Cantilever Uniformly distributed load 0,5
Concentrated force at the middle of the span 0,8
a
The ratio between the effective length lef and the span l is valid for a beam with torsionally restrained supports and loaded at
the centre of the gravity. If the load is applied at the compression edge of the beam. lef should be increased by 2h and may
be decreased by 0,5h for a load at the tension edge of the beam.
When a beam is supported against lateral torsional buckling (LTB) from the compressive edge and the beam is loaded from
the compressive side, the effective length lef in the design is the distance between the LTB supports a + 2h. When the beam is
loaded from the tensile side, the effective length lef = a - 0,5h. When the compressive edge of the beam is loaded only with
point loads at the locations of the LBT supports, the effective length lef = a 31.
𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 ∙ 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏2
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,crit = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸0,05
ℎ ∙ 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 ef
The equation (4.42) of σm,crit may be replaced by a simplified

equation:
𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 ∙ 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏2
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,crit =
σ_(m,crit)=(c 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸0,05 (4.45)
ℎ ∙ 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ef ∙ b^2)/(h ∙ l_ef ) E_0,05 (4.45)
where
c is 0,58 for LVL 48 P and 0,67 for LVL 36 C;
b is the beam thickness [mm]; and
h is the beam height [mm].
Note: More advanced design instructions for LTB can be found

from manufacturers’ technical documentation.
4.3.10 Notches
The effects of stress concentrations at the notch shall be tak-
en into account in the strength verification of members. The
effect of stress concentrations may be disregarded in the fol- Figure 4.19. Installation of notched rafter beam.
lowing cases:
• Tension or compression parallel to the grain;
• Bending with tensile stresses at the notch, if the taper is not
steeper than 1:i = 1:10, that is i≥10, see Figure 4.20 a);
• Bending with compressive stresses at the notch, see Figure
4.20 b)
LVL_04.indd 130 5.9.2019 9:45:58

A B
1,5 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏d =
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙ ℎ
d
≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘v ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,d (4.46) (E
ef
Figure 4.20. Bending at a notch A) with tensile stresses at the notch B) with compressive stresses at the notch (EC5 Figure 6.10 and 6.11).
1,1 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖1,5
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘n �1 + �
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘v = min �1 ; √ℎ
� (4.47) (E
𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 1
√ℎ ��𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼 (1 − 𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼) + 0,8 ℎ �𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼 − 𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼2 �
When the taper at the notch at tensile side is steeper than 1:10, where
it can be located only at the support. i is the notch inclination, see Figure 4.20 a);
For beams with rectangular cross sections and where the h is the beam depth in mm;
grain runs essentially parallel to the length of the member, the x is the distance from line of action of the support reaction to
shear stresses at the notched support should be calculated us- the corner of the notch, in mm; and
ing the effective (reduced) depth hef, see Figure 4.18 b).
ℎ
It should be verified that α=h_ef/h (4.48)
𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼 = ℎef
1,5 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏dd =
1,5 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏τ_d=(1,5
= 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙∙ ℎℎefdV_d)/(b
≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘vv ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓∙v,d
h_ef )≤k_v∙f_(v,d) (4.46) (EC5 6.60) (4.46)
kn is (EC5
(4.46) 4,5
(EC5for6.60)
LVL in general. Note: manufacturers provide
6.60)
v,d
ef
product-specific information on the kn values of their products,
where kv is a reduction factor defined as follows: especially where the advantages LVL-C are evident.
− For beams notched at the opposite side to the support, see
Figure 4.20 b), kv = 1,0.
− For beams notched on the same side as the support, see Fig-
ure 4.18 a)
1,1 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖1,5
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 1,1 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖1,5
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘nn�1
�1 +
+ √ℎ ��
k_v=min⁡(1
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘vv =
= min �1;;;(k_n (1 + (1,1 i^1,5)/√h)
min �1 √ℎ
� (4.47) (EC5 6.62)
� (4.47)
(4.47) (EC5
(EC5 6.62)
6.62)
𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 1 2
��𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼 (1
(1 −
− 𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼)
𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼) + 0,8 ℎ �
+ 0,8
𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 1 − 𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼 2�
√ℎ ��𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼
√ℎ �𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼 − 𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼 �
ℎ 𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼
ℎ
𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼
𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼 =
ℎef
= ℎℎef (4.48)
(4.48) LVL Handbook Europe 131
LVL_04.indd 131 5.9.2019 9:45:59

1
𝑘𝑘m,α =
2 2
𝑓𝑓m,d 𝑓𝑓
√1 + ( tan𝛼𝛼) + ( m,d tan2 𝛼𝛼)
4. STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF LVL STRUCTURES 𝑎𝑎 ∙ 𝑓𝑓v,d 𝑓𝑓t,90,d
(4.51)32
4.3.11 Tapered beams where
where
The influence of the taper on the bending stresses parallel to 0,75
𝑎𝑎 0,75 for
for LVL
LVL −
− PP
the surface shall be taken into account. 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 =
= {�0,75
a={█(0,75 1,0 for
for
for LVL-P@1,0
LVL
LVL −− CP for LVL-C)┤ (4.52)32 (4.52)32
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 = � 1,0 for LVL − C (4.52)32
The design bending stresses, σm,α,d and σm,0,d (see Figure 1,0 for LVL − C
4.21) may be taken as: For compressivestresses
For compressive stresses parallel
parallel to tapered
to the the tapered
edge:edge:
6𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 1 1
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,α,d = 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,0,d = 6𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
d
σ_(m,α,d)=σ_(m,0,d)=(6M_d)/(bh^2 ) (4.49) (EC5 6.37) (4.49)
𝑘𝑘 = (EC5 6.37)
k_(m,α)=1/√(1
m,α + (f_(m,d 12 (4.53)32
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,α,d = 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,0,d = 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏ℎ
d
2
2 (4.49)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m,α = � (EC5 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 6.37) 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d2 2
2
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏ℎ 1 + � 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d 𝑓𝑓tan𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼� 2 + � 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓
tan2 𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼�2
√ m,d m,d 2 𝛼𝛼)
�11++ � (v,d tan𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼� +
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
m,d 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
tan𝛼𝛼) m,d
� c,90,d tan + 2(𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼� tan
At the outermost fibre of the tapered edge, the stresses 𝑏𝑏 ∙ 𝑓𝑓v,d 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,d
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,d 𝑓𝑓c,90,d
should satisfy the following expression: (4.53)32
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,α,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m,α ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d where (4.50) (EC5 6.38)
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,α,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m,α ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d
σ_(m,α,d)≤k_(m,α)∙f_(m,d) (4.50) (EC5 6.38) Where 1,5 for
(4.50) (EC5LVL −P
6.38)
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = �1,5 for LVL − P
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 =
b={█(1,5� 1,0 for LVL − C for LVL-C)┤
for LVL-P@1,0 (4.54)32
1,0 for
1,5 LVL − PC
where 𝑏𝑏 = {
1,0 for LVL − C
σm,α,d is the design bending stress at an angle to grain; It is not necessary to take km,α into consideration in the
fm,d is the design bending strength; and It is not necessary
resistance to take
against lateral km,α into
torsional consideration
buckling in the
of the beam resistance against lateral
equa-
buckling of the beam 155 (255) (4.38). The effects of combined axial force and be
equation
km,α is calculated as follows: tion (4.38). The effects of combined axial force and bending
moment
moment shall shall be
betaken
takeninto
intoaccount.
account.When
Whenthe thetapered
tapered edge is under tension str
edge
For tensile stresses parallel to the tapered edge: used
is under tension stress, km,α is used to reduce the bendingcombined stresses equ
to reduce the bending strength in the equations for
and
strength(4.18). When
in the the tapered
equations edge isstresses
for combined underequation
compression
(4.17) stress, km,α is used to r
1 1 bending strength in the
32 equations for combined stresses equations (4.19) and (4
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘 = 1 (4.51)
and (4.18). When the tapered edge is under compression stress,
m,α = 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d 2 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d2 2
2 (4.51)32
(4.51)32
k_(m,α)=1/√(1
�1 + � 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + (f_(m,
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,d𝑓𝑓
tan𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼�
m,d +
2 � 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 tan2 𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼�𝑓𝑓2m,d km,α
It is used to reducetothe
is recommended bending
have strengthedge
the tapered in theonequations for
the compressive side, especially
√11+ +
� �𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 ∙m,d
( tan𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼� +tan𝛼𝛼) m,d
�𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓t,90,d +
tan (
2 𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼�
tan2 𝛼𝛼)
𝑎𝑎 ∙ 𝑓𝑓v,d
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,d 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓t,90,d
𝑓𝑓t,90,d combined
since stresses equations
the tension (4.19)toand
perpendicular (4.20).
grain strength ft,90,edge,k is low, which can lead t
(4.51)32 brittle failure. LVL-C may be used for special shapes, also when the tapered edg
tensile side, as its ft,90,edge,k is higher due to the cross veneers and it behaves mor
where Figure 4.21 shows the km,α factors as a function of the angle α.
0,75 for LVL − P

𝑎𝑎 = { (4.52)32
1,0 for LVL − C
For compressive stresses parallel to the tapered edge:
1
𝑘𝑘m,α =
2 2
𝑓𝑓m,d 𝑓𝑓
√1 + ( tan𝛼𝛼) + ( m,d tan2 𝛼𝛼)
𝑏𝑏 ∙ 𝑓𝑓v,d 𝑓𝑓c,90,d
(4.53)32
Where
Figure 4.21. Single-tapered beam. α is the angle between the tapered edge and the grain direction of the beam (EC5 Figure 6.8).
1,5 for LVL − P Figure 4.21. Strength reduction factor km,α for tensile or compression stress para
𝑏𝑏 = { (4.54)32
1,0 for LVL − C tapered edge. Left LVL 48 P, right LVL 36 C.
It is not necessary to take km,αLVLinto
48 Pconsideration in the resistanceFor against lateral torsional LVL 36 C
high pitched roof beams (α ≥ ~10°) the maximum shear stress 𝜏𝜏v,max,d and te
buckling of1,0 the beam equation (4.38). The effects of combined axial 1,0 force and bending
perpendicular to the grain 𝜎𝜎90,max,d shall be calculated at the point of the maximu
moment shall
0,9 be taken into account. When the tapered edge is under 0,9 tension stress, km,α is
moment
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏v,max,d =stress with ∙the
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,0,max,d equations:
tan𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼 km,α,tension
used to reduce the bending strength in the equations for combined
0,8 km,α,tension stresses
0,8 equation∙ tan𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼
(4.17)
Reduction factor km,α
Reduction factor km,α
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏v,max,d = 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,0,max,d
0,7 0,7 km,α,compression
and (4.18). When the tapered edge is under compression stress, 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎km,α is used
km,α,compression to reduce∙ tan
= 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,0,max,d the2 𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼
0,6 90,max,d
0,6 2
bending strength in the equations for combined stresses equations (4.19) =
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎90,max,d and (4.20). ∙ tan 𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,0,max,d
0,5 0,5
0,4 0,4
It is recommended to have the tapered edge on the compressive side, especially for LVL-P,
0,3 0,3
since the0,2 tension perpendicular to grain strength ft,90,edge,k is low, which can lead to cracks and
0,2
brittle failure.
0,1 LVL-C may be used for special shapes, also when the0,1 tapered edge is on the
tensile side,
0,0 as its ft,90,edge,k is higher due to the cross veneers and it 0,0
behaves more ductile.
Figure 4.21 shows
0 5 the10km,α15 factors
20 as25a function
30 35 of the
40 angle
45 α. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
α α
Figure 4.22. Strength reduction factor km,α for tensile or compression stress parallel to the tapered edge. Left LVL 48 P, right LVL 36 C.
LVL_04.indd 132 5.9.2019 9:46:00

It is recommended to have the tapered edge on the com- For double-tapered, curved and pitched camber beams de-
pressive side, especially for LVL-P, since the tension perpendic- sign instruction are given in Eurocode 5 clause 6.4.3. Addition-
ular to grain strength ft,90,edge,k is low, which can lead to cracks al information to the clause:
and brittle failure. LVL-C may be used for special shapes, also • Factor kr is 1,0 for LVL in the edgewise direction, as the shape
when the tapered edge is on the tensile side, as its ft,90,edge,k is of the beam is cut directly from a panel and no reduction due
higher due to the cross veneers and it behaves more ductile. to bending of the laminates during production is needed.
Figure 4.21 shows the km,α factors as a function of the angle α. • km,α is not used together with the equations for checking the
For high pitched roof beams (α ≥ ~10°) the maximum stresses at the apex point.
shear stress τv,max,d and tension perpendicular to the grain • It is not necessary to take kl into consideration in the resist-
σ90,max,d shall be calculated at the point of the maximum bend- ance against lateral torsional buckling of the beam (4.38).
ing moment stress with the equations:
τ_(v,max,d)=σ_(m,0,max,d)∙tanα
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏
v,max,d = 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,0,max,d ∙ tan𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼 (4.55)30 (4.55)30
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏v,max,d = 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,0,max,d ∙ tan𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼2 (4.55)30
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎90,max,d = 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,0,max,d ∙ tan 𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼
σ_(90,max,d)=σ_(m,0,max,d)∙tan^2 α (4.56)30
2
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
90,max,d = 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,0,max,d ∙ tan 𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼 (4.56)30 (4.56)30
Figure 4.23. Stress distributions in single and double-tapered beams. When the angle between loading and the grain is large (α ≥ 10°), shear
stress at the point of maximum bending moment stress may become more critical than the shear stress at the support 30.
Figure 4.24. Stresses at the tapered edge of a beam: bending stress σm,α at the direction of the edge, bending stress at the grain direction σ0,
shear stress τ = σ0∙tanα and stress perpendicular to the grain σ90 = σ0 ∙tan2α 30.
LVL_04.indd 133 5.9.2019 9:46:01

Product type lv lA lz hro and hru a
LVL-P ≥h ≥0,5h Max(≥1,5h; 300 mm) ≥0,35h ≤2,5hd
LVL-C ≥h ≥0,5h Max(≥1,5h; 300 mm) ≥0,25h ≤2,5hd
4.3.12 Holes Figure 4.25. Geometrical boundary conditions of holes in beams 33 (Kuva_97_1 h
beams)
Eurocode 5 does not provide instructions for designing holes Tension stress perpendicular to the grain in verified by the
in beams, but such instructions are presented in the non-con- Tension
equation stress perpendicular to the grain in verified by the equation
flicting complementary instructions (NCCI) for Eurocode 5. 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹
𝐹𝐹t,90,d ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓t,90,d
t,90,d
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎t,90,d =
The design method presented in this subsection is based on the 𝜎𝜎 t,90,d = 0,5 ∙ 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙t,90 ∙ 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘t,90
σ_(t,90,d)=F_(t,90,d)/(0,5 ≤ 𝑓𝑓t,90,d (4.57)
0,5 ∙ 𝑙𝑙t,90 ∙ 𝑏𝑏 ∙ 𝑘𝑘t,90
Austrian NCCI document ÖNORM B 1995-1-1:2015, annex (4.57)
F 33 and it can it be applied to holes in LVL beams in service where
class 1 and 2 conditions. LVL suppliers have in their technical where 1
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 0,5
documentation also their own tailored instructions for design- t,90 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 � 450
k_(t,90)=min{█(1@(450/h)^0,5 )┤ (4.58)
� ℎ1�
ing holes in LVL beams with different boundary conditions. 0,5
𝑘𝑘t,90 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 { 450
For all beams with holes the bending, shear and tension/ σt,90,d is the design ( ℎ ) value of tension stress perpendicular to the
compression resistance shall be verified at the location of the grain [N/mm2];
hole. When the diameter d of the hole is ≥ 50 mm or ≥ h/10, the 𝜎𝜎
Ft,90,d is the design value of tension stress perpendicular to the grain [N/m
t,90,d is the design value of tension force perpendicular to the
resistance against tension perpendicular to the grain shall be
𝐹𝐹 grain [N]; is the design value of tension force perpendicular to the grain [N];
t,90,d
verified by equation (4.57), shear stress concentration shall be lt,90 is the load distribution length [mm], see Figure 4.26;
verified by equation (4.62). The bending stress at the location of 𝑙𝑙b t,90 is the beam is the load distribution
thickness [mm]; length [mm], see Figure 4.26;
the hole shall be verified by equations (4.64) and (4.65) for rec- bft,90,d is the design is thevalue
beam ofthickness [mm]; perpendicular to
tension strength
tangular holes or (4.71) for round holes. The corners of rectan- 𝑓𝑓 the grain [N/mm 2]; and
is the design value of tension strength perpendicular to the grain [N
t,90,d
gular holes shall be a rounding radius r ≥ 15 mm. The bound- h is the beam height [mm].
ary conditions of the geometry are specified in Figure 4.25.
The verification of the resistance against tension perpen- The tension perpendicular to the grain force Ft,90,d depends on
dicular to the grain stresses can be the most critical condition the shear force Vd and bending moment Md at the edge of the
to fulfil in the design of holes in LVL-P beams. LVL-C beams, hole: 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 ∙ℎ ℎ 2 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 = d d ∙ �3 − � d � � + 0,008 ∙ d
t,90,d 4∙ℎ ℎ ℎr
on the other hand, offer a significant advantage for beams with 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 ∙ℎ
d d d ℎ 2
d 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
holes, as the cross veneers act as reinforcement around the t,90,d = 4∙ℎ ∙ �3 − � ℎ � � + 0,008 ∙ ℎ
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹
F_(t,90,d)=(V_d∙h_d)/(4∙h)∙[3(4.59) r
holes preventing cracking due to tension stresses perpendic- where
ular to the grain. Their resistance is therefore superior and the h_r={█(min(h_ro;h_ru
min(ℎro ; )ℎrufor) for
rectang
rectangular holes (4.60)
larger hole size limit for reinforced holes specified in the Aus- ℎr = � min(ℎro ; ℎru ) for rectangular holes
trian NCCI document may be applied to LVL-C beams. min(ℎro + 0,15 ∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑; ℎro + 0,15 ∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑) for round holes
ℎr = �
min(ℎro + 0,15 ∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑; ℎro + 0,15 ∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑) for round holes
0,5 ∙ (ℎd + ℎ) for rectangular holes

𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙t,90 = �
0,5 ∙ (ℎd + ℎ) for rectangular holes
LVL 04, Figure 4.25 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙
t,90 = � 0,35 ∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 + 0,5 ∙ ℎ for round holes
0,35 ∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 + 0,5 ∙ ℎ for round holes
1,5 ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘τ ∙ (ℎ−ℎd ) ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,d
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙ d
1,5 ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘τ ∙ (ℎ−ℎd ) ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,d
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙ d
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 ℎ 0,2
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘τ = 1,85 ∙ �1 + ℎ� ∙ � ℎd �
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘τ = 1,85 ∙ �1 + ℎ� ∙ � ℎd �
Product type lv lA lz hro and hru a hd
LVL-P ≥h ≥ 0,5 h Max (≥1,5h; 300 mm) ≥ 0,35 h ≤ 2,5 hd ≤ 0,15 h

LVL-C ≥h ≥ 0,5 h Max (≥1,5h; 300 mm) ≥ 0,25 h ≤ 2,5 hd ≤ 0,4 h
Figure 4.25. Geometrical boundary conditions of holes in beams 33.
LVL_04.indd 134 5.9.2019 9:46:02

Figure 4.26. Tension perpendicular to the grain stresses at the hole edges. (1) Risk of cracks
due to the tension in perpendicular to grain 33. (Kuva_97_2 f t90 in rectangular hole,
Kuva_97_3 f t 90 in round hole)
The tension perpendicular to the grain force Ft,90,d depends on the shear force Vd and
bending moment Md at the edge of the hole:
𝑉𝑉 ∙ℎ ℎ 2 𝑀𝑀
𝐹𝐹t,90,d = 4∙ℎ d d
∙ [3 − ( ℎd ) ] + 0,008 ∙ ℎ d (4.59)
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d ∙ℎ
d ∙ℎd
ℎ 2 2 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀r
t,90,d = 4∙ℎ
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹t,90,d d ∙
�3 − �ℎℎdd � � + 0,008 ∙ 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀ℎ dd (4.59)
4∙ℎ ℎ ℎrr
where 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀o,d
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d + 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀o,d
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 n + 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊o,d
min(ℎro ; ℎru ) for rectangular holes
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊dn + 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓+
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
o
o,do ≤≤ 11
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊o,d
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊n m,d
n𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓+m,d
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊oo ≤≤ 1
1
ℎ r = {4.26. Tension )
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊n𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊o
≤ 1 due (4.60)
Figure ro ; ℎruru for rectangular
perpendicular holes at the hole edges.
to the grain stresses (1) Risk
min(ℎ ro 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d of cracks
m,d to the tension in perpendicular to grain 33.
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀u,d
ℎrr = � min(ℎ ro + 0,15 ∙ 𝑑𝑑; ℎ ro + 0,15 ∙ 𝑑𝑑) for round holes 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d + 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀u,d
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 n + 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊u,d (4.60)
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊dn + 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊
u
u,du ≤
≤ 11
min(ℎro ro + 0,15 ∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑; ℎro ro + 0,15 ∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑) for round holes
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓+
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊u,d
holes h ≤=1 ≤
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊n m,d
n𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓+ 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊u
hdd is the is height of the of holethefor rectangular holes. For For round (M_d/W_n
round u
≤ 10,7d
the height hole for rectangular holes. 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊n𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 m,d
1 + M_(u,d)/W_umay be )/f_(m,d) ≤1 (4.65)
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊u d
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d
m,d
used in the equation
holes hd = 0,7d may be used in the equation (4.59). (4.59). where 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d
where
where
where
where
Load distribution length lt,90 is where𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙ �ℎ22−ℎd22�
Load distribution length lt,90 is 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊nn =
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙ �ℎ2 −ℎ2d �
= 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙∙ �ℎ
�ℎ66 2−ℎ
2−ℎ
2�
2�
d
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊
W_n=(b
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 =
n = 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙ �ℎ ∙ 6(h^2-h_d^2
−ℎdd � ))/6 (4.66)
0,5 ∙ (ℎd + ℎ) for rectangular holes 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊nn = 6
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴6 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎
𝑙𝑙l_(t,90)=
= { {█(0,5∙(h_d+h
0,5 ∙ (ℎdd + ℎ) for rectangular holes
(4.61) 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀o,d = 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴o
o ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 (4.61)
d 2 ∙ 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎
o,d = 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 o o ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d ∙ 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎
t,90
u𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴+𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
o o ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 ∙ 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎
0,35 ∙ 𝑑𝑑 + 0,5 ∙ ℎ for round holes 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 o,d =
M_(o,d)=A_o/(A_u+A_o
= 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴uu𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴+𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
+𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
o o ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d ∙ 2𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎2 )∙V_d∙a/2 (4.67)
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙t,90
t,90 = � 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀o,d = +𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d(4.61)
∙ 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎2
o,d u𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 o
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴u +𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 d 2
0,35 ∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 + 0,5 ∙ ℎ for round holes 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 = u o
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴u ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d ∙ 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎
Verification
Verification of of shear
shearstress stress concentration
concentration at the
at the holehole
edgeedge
shall shall fulfil
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀u,d u,dthe= 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴condition:
M_(u,d)=A_u/(A_u+A_o
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 = u𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 u o ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d ∙ 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴+𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
u o ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 ∙ 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎
2 )∙V_d∙a/2 (4.68)
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀u,d u,d = 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴uu𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴+𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
+𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
u o ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d d ∙∙ 2
2
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎
fulfil the condition: 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 u,d = u +𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴u +𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴o o ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉
d 2 2
1,5 ∙ 𝑉𝑉d 2 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙ ℎro
𝜏𝜏d = 𝑘𝑘τ ∙ 𝑏𝑏 ∙ (ℎ−ℎ ) ≤ 𝑓𝑓v,d 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴oo = = 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙∙ ℎℎro and(4.62)
and 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 o = 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙ ℎ2ro 2
A_o=b∙h_ro ro andand W_o=(b
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 o= 2∙ h_ro^2)/6
= 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙∙66ℎℎro (4.69)
1,5 ∙∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉
1,5 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉dd
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴oo = 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙ ℎro ∙ ℎ 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 ro
ro and 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊oo = 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙66ℎro 2
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏dd = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘ττ ∙ (ℎ−ℎ
τ_d=k_τ∙(1,5 ∙ d
V_d)/(b
)
≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,d
v,d∙ (h-h_d ) )≤f_(v,d) (4.62) 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙ ℎ and (4.62)
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 =
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙ (ℎ−ℎd d) o ro o 2
Where A_u=b∙h_ru
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 and𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 W_u=(b
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙ 6ℎru
∙ h_ru^2)/6 (4.70)
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴uu = = 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙∙ ℎℎru and u = 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙ ℎ2ru 2
ru and 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 u = 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙∙66ℎℎru
2
Where 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 u == 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙
∙ ℎℎ ru and
and 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 u =
= 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙ 6 ℎru
2
𝑎𝑎 ℎ 0,2 u
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴u = 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙ ℎru and 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊u = 66 ru u ru
𝑘𝑘τ = 1,85 ∙ (1 + ℎ) ∙ ( ℎd ) Wo and Wu is the (4.63)
effective section modulus of the beam at
0,2
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 ℎd
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 1,85 ∙ �1 +
k_τ=1,85∙(1+a/h)∙(h_d/h)^0,2(4.63)
τ
τ � ∙ � d�
the (4.63)
location of a hole [mm3]
ℎ
ℎ ℎ
ℎ
𝜏𝜏d is the design value of shear stress; fm,d is the edgewise bending strength [N/mm2]
τdτ is the design
𝑘𝑘 is the value
factorof shear stress; maximum shear stress due to stress concentration;
to determine
kτ is the factor to determine maximum shear stress due to Bending stress at the location of a round hole is verified by the
stress concentration; equations:
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊
n ≤ 1
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d n
a is the length of a hole [mm], for round holes a = hd; and 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊d
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 d ≤ 1
m,d
m,d
n
≤1
n ≤ 1
n
f(v,d) is the design value of edgewise shear strength (M_d/W_n
m,d ≤ 1
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d )/f_(m,d) ≤1 (4.71)
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d
Bending stress at the location of a rectangular hole is verified The resistance of LVL-P beams at the location of holes maybe
by the equations: improved and larger hole sizes are allowed when they are rein-
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d
+
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀o,d forced by gluing wood-based panels such as plywood to both
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊n 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊o
(M_d/W_n
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
≤ 1 + M_(o,d)/W_o )/f_(m,d) ≤1 (4.64) sides of the beam(4.64)
around the holes. Detailed design instruc-
m,d
tions are given e.g. in chapter F3.2 of the Austrian ÖNORM B
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d
+
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀u,d
1995-1-1:2015 33. As LVL beams are thin, internal reinforce-
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊n 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊u
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d
≤1 ment with screws(4.65)
or glued-in-rods is not recommended.
where
2
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙ �ℎ2 −ℎd �
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊n = 6
(4.66)
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴o 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎
LVL_04.indd 135 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀o,d = 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d ∙ (4.67) 5.9.2019 9:46:03
u +𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴o 2
4.3.13 Serviceability limit state design: assumption of a linear relationship between the actions and
the corresponding deformations, as a simplification of EN
Deflections 1990:2002, 2.2.3(3), the final deformation, ufin, may be taken as:
Instantaneous deflection of a member is calculated using the
actions in equation (4.1). In serviceability limit state (SLS) the 𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢fin = 𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢fin,G + 𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢fin,Q1 + ∑ 𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢fin,Q1
u_fin=u_(fin,G)+u_(fi (4.72) (EC5 2.2) (4.72) (EC5 2
partial safety factors γG and γQ of loads are 1,0. The following
serviceability limit state principles are defined in Eurocode 5, where
clause 2.2.3: ufin,G=uinst,G (1+kdef ) for a permanent action G;
The deformation of a structure resulting from the effects of ufin,Q1=uinst,Q1 (1+ψ2,1 kdef ) for the leading variable action, Q1;
actions (such as axial and shear forces, bending moments and ufin,Qi=uinst,Qi (ψ0,i+ψ2,i kdef ) for accompanying variable
joint slip) and from moisture shall remain within appropriate actions, Qi (i>1);
limits, having regard to the possibility of damage to surfacing uinst,G , uinst,Q1 , uinst,Q,i are the instantaneous
materials, ceilings, floors, partitions and finishes, and to the deformations for actions G,Q1,Qi
functional needs as well as any appearance requirements. respectively;
Instantaneous deformation, uinst, see Figure 4.27, should ψ2,1 , ψ2,i are the factors for the quasi-
be calculated for the characteristic combination of actions, see permanent value of variable
EN 1990:2002, clause 6.5.3(2) a), using mean values of the ap- actions;
propriate moduli of elasticity, shear moduli and slip moduli. ψ0,i are the factors for the combination
Final deformation ufin, see e.g. wfin in Figure 4.27, should value of variable actions; and
be calculated by superimposing the creep deformation ucreep kdef is the creep deformation factor for
calculated using the quasi-permanent combination of actions, timber and wood-based materials.
see EN 1990:2002, 6.5.3(2)(c), onto the instantaneous defor-
mation uinst calculated from 2.2.3(2). The creep deformation The components of deflection resulting from a combination
should be calculated using mean values of the appropriate of actions are shown in Figure 4.27, where the symbols are de-
moduli of elasticity, shear moduli and slip moduli and the rel- fined as follows:
evant values of kdef given in Table 4.3. − winst is the instantaneous deflection;
− wcreep is the creep deflection; and
Note: When calculating the creep deflection of LVL-C in the edge- − wfin is the final deflection.
wise direction, the kdef value is similar to LVL-P. In flatwise di-
rection, the kdef is larger due to the rolling shear deformation of Note: LVL is not pre-cambered. Only in some very special cases
the cross veneers, similar to plywood, see Table 4.3 of kdef values. LVL beams may be cut to a camber by special sawing from an
LVL billet.
If the structure consists of members or components having dif-
ferent creep behaviour, the long-term deformation due to the The net deflection below a straight line between the supports,
quasi-permanent combination of actions should be calculated wnet,fin, should be taken as:
using the final mean values of the appropriate moduli of elas-
ticity, shear moduli and slip moduli according to Eurocode 5, w
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤net,fin =w𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤
net, fin = ++
instinst wcreep
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤creep (4.73)
clause 2.3.2.2 (1). The final deformation ufin is then calculated
by superimposing the instantaneous deformation, due to the Note: The recommended range of limiting values of deflections
difference between the characteristic and the quasi-permanent for beams with span l is given in Table 4.10 depending upon the
combination of actions on the long-term deformation. level of deformation deemed to be acceptable. Information on
For structures consisting of members, components and national limit values can be found in the National Annex for
connections with the same creep behaviour and under the Eurocode 5.
 5 ∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 = 384 ∙d,i,SLS
∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿4
+
𝜁𝜁𝜁𝜁 ∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞d,i,SLS ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿2
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 mean ∙ 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 8 ∙ 𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺mean ∙ 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
Figure 4.27 Components of deflection of LVL members.

𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿3 𝜁𝜁𝜁𝜁 ∙ 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹d,i,SLS ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿2
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 = 48d,i,SLS
∙ 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸
+
mean ∙ 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 4 ∙ 𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺mean ∙ 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
LVL_04.indd 136 5.9.2019 9:46:03

LVL 04, Table 4.10
161 (255)
Figure 4.27 Components of deflection of LVL members (Kuva_98 deflection

190401)
Figure 4.27 Components of deflection of LVL members (Kuva_98 deflection
190401)
Note: LVL is not pre-cambered. Only in some very special cases LVL beams may be cut to a
camber by special sawing from an LVL billet. 4. STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF LVL STRUCTURES
Note: LVL is not pre-cambered. Only in some very special cases LVL beams may be cut to a
camber
The net by special below
deflection sawinga from an LVL
straight billet.
line between the supports, w , should be taken as: net,fin
Table
The 4.10.
net Example limiting values for beam
line deflection.
𝑤𝑤net, fin =deflection
𝑤𝑤inst + 𝑤𝑤below
creep
a straight between the supports, wnet,fin, should be taken
(4.73)as:
𝑤𝑤 net, fin = 𝑤𝑤inst + 𝑤𝑤creep
Note: The recommended range of limiting valueswof (4.73)
deflections for beams with span l is given
winst net,fin
in Table 4.10 depending upon the level of deformation deemed to be acceptable. Information
Note: The recommended range of limiting values of deflections for beams with span l is given
onBeam
nationaltwo limit values can be foundl/500
in the National Annex for Eurocode 5.
in Tableon supports
4.10 depending uponl/300
thetolevel l/250 to l/350
of deformation deemed to be acceptable. Information
on national
Cantilevering
Table limit values can be
beamslimiting l/150
4.10. Example found
values in
to l/250the National
for beaml/125 to l/150 for Eurocode 5.
Annex
deflection.
Table 4.10. Example limiting values for beam deflection.
winst wnet,fin
Beam on two l/300 to l/500 l/250 to l/350
winst wnet,fin
supports
Beam on two l/300 to l/500 l/250 to l/350
Cantilevering beams l/150 to l/250 l/125 to l/150
supports
Cantilevering beams l/150 to l/250 l/125 to l/150
Deflection due to bending moment and shear should be taken into account for all load-
Deflection due to bending moment and shear should be taken
bearing timber products. As an example, the deflection of a single-span beam under
Deflection
into account due fortoallbending
load-bearing moment timberandproducts.
shear should As anbeex- taken into account for all load-
uniformly distributed load is calculated from equation:
ample, the deflection of a single-span beam under uniformly a single-span beam under
bearing timber products. As an example, the deflection of
uniformly
5 ∙ 𝑞𝑞distributed
distributed 𝐿𝐿4 load
load is∙ calculated 𝜁𝜁 ∙ is𝑞𝑞from
calculated
∙ 𝐿𝐿2 from equation:
d,i,SLS d,i,SLSequation:
𝑤𝑤 = + Figure 4.28. Recommended range of and relationship between
384
5 ∙ 𝑞𝑞∙d,i,SLS
𝐸𝐸mean∙ ∙𝐿𝐿4𝐼𝐼 𝜁𝜁8 ∙ ∙ 𝑞𝑞𝐺𝐺d,i,SLSmean ∙∙ 𝐿𝐿 𝐴𝐴2
a and b. Performance improves in the arrow 1 direction and
w=(5
𝑤𝑤 = 〖∙ q〗_(d,i,SLS) ∙+ L^4)/(〖384 ∙ (4.74)
(4.74)
384 ∙ 𝐸𝐸mean ∙ 𝐼𝐼 8 ∙ 𝐺𝐺mean ∙ 𝐴𝐴 decreases in the arrow 2 direction (EC5 Figure 7.2).
and forfor aapoint
pointloadloadininthe themiddle
middleofofthe the span (4.74)
and span
and for𝐹𝐹a point∙ load 𝐿𝐿3 in𝜁𝜁the ∙ 𝐹𝐹middle ∙ of
𝐿𝐿2the span
d,i,SLS
w=(F_(d,i,SLS)
𝑤𝑤 = ∙ L^3)/(〖48
+ ∙d,i,SLS
E〗 (4.75)
48𝐹𝐹d,i,SLS
∙ 𝐸𝐸mean ∙ 𝐿𝐿3∙ 𝐼𝐼 𝜁𝜁4 ∙ ∙ 𝐹𝐹𝐺𝐺d,i,SLS
mean ∙∙ 𝐿𝐿 𝐴𝐴2
𝑤𝑤 = + (4.75) 4.3.14 Serviceability limit state design:
48 ∙ 𝐸𝐸mean ∙ 𝐼𝐼 4 ∙ 𝐺𝐺mean ∙ 𝐴𝐴
where (4.75) Floor vibrations
where
qd,i,SLS is the design value of a uniformly distributed action in Eurocode 5, Section 7.3.3, gives requirements and some in-
where is the design value of a uniformly distributed action in serviceability
qd,i,SLS serviceability limit state [N/mm]; structions for thelimit
designstate
of residential floors. However, most
F [N/mm];
d,i,SLS is the design
qd,i,SLS is thevaluedesign of avalue
pointofload in serviceability
a uniformly distributed action in national
serviceability annexes limitdeviate significantly from these.
state
Fd,i,SLS limit state is the design value of a point load in serviceability limit state [N/mm];
[N/mm];
[N/mm]; Wooden floor structures can be divided into high frequen-
L is the span of the beam [mm];
Fd,i,SLS is the span
L is the of design
the beam value
[mm]; of a point load in serviceability limit state and
cy 4floors [N/mm];
low frequency floors based on their lowest fun-
I is the moment of inertia of the LVL cross section [mm ];
L
I is the span
is the moment of theofbeam
of inertia the area
LVL [mm];
cross
A is the cross-sectional of thesection
LVL beam [mm2]; damental frequency.
4]; is the moment of inertia of the LVL cross section [mm ];For residential floors with a fundamental frequency great-
4
I
[mm
ζ is the shear deformation factor, for rectangular cross section ζ = 6/5
A
A is the cross-sectional area of the LVL beam [mm 2
];
Emean is the cross-sectional
is the mean value area ofofthetheLVL beam [mm
modulus 2];
of elasticity of theerLVL than class 8 Hz[N/mm (f1 > 28];Hz),
and the following requirements should
ζ is the shear deformation factor, for rectangular cross section ζ = 6/52
G is the mean value of the
ζ mean is the shear deformation factor, for rectangular cross modulus of rigidity of the LVL class
be satisfied: [N/mm ]. 2
Emean is the mean value of the modulus of elasticity of the LVL class [N/mm ]; and
section
G ζ =the
is 6/5mean value of the modulus of rigidity of the LVL class [N/mm2].
EInstructions
mean
for the deflection calculation of other loading and span 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 configurations can be
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 [mm/kN] (4.76) (E
(E
mean is the mean value of the modulus of elasticity of the w/F≤a
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 ≤ [mm/kN]
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 ≤ 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 [mm/kN]
(4.76) (EC5 7.3) (4.76)
found, e.g, from general2 handbooks on mechanics or can be calculated 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 with FEM calculation
Instructions
LVL classfor the[N/mm deflection
]; and calculation of other loading and span configurations can be
software.
Gfound,
mean is e.g,
thefrom
meangeneralvalue ofhandbooks
the modulusonofmechanics rigidity of the or LVL
can be calculated
and with FEM calculation
software.
Note: In class
the[N/mm 2
EN standards ]. modulus of elasticity E is defined as the local (𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓1value,
𝜉𝜉𝜉𝜉−1) Elocal2, which
does not include shear deflection. Therefore shear deflection needs 𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 ≤≤to𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏(𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
v≤b^(〖(f〗_1
𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 be1 𝜉𝜉𝜉𝜉−1) [m/Ns
[m/Ns
calculated 2]
]
ξ-1)) [m/Ns2] (4.77) (EC5 7.4) (4.77) (E
(4.77) (E
Note: In the EN standards modulus of elasticity E is defined as the local value, Elocal, which
separately, see
Instructions for equation
the deflection (4.75) and (4.76).
calculation of Another
other loading way andto define modulus of elasticity is the
does not include shear deflection. Therefore shear deflection needs to be calculated
global
span value, Eglobalcan
configurations , in be
whichfound, shear fromdeflection is handbooks
included. In edgewise bending of LVL the
separately, see equation (4.75) e.g,and (4.76). general
Another way to definewhere modulus of elasticity is the
value
on of E
mechanics is about
orglobal
can, be 5-7%
calculated smaller
with than E ,
FEM calculation but its use makes the
w isbending
soft-In edgewise calculation
the maximum easier,
global global
value, E in which shear deflection local
is included. of LVLinstantaneous
the vertical deflection
value of Eglobal is about 5-7% smaller than Elocal, but its use makes the caused
ware. calculation easier,concentrated static force F applied at
by a vertical
any point on the floor, taking account of load
Note: In the EN standards modulus of elasticity E is defined as distribution;
the local value, Elocal, which does not include shear deflection. v is the unit impulse velocity response, i.e. the maximum
Therefore shear deflection needs to be calculated separately, see initial value of the vertical floor vibration velocity (in
equation (4.75) and (4.76). Another way to define modulus of m/s) caused by an ideal unit impulse (1 Ns) applied
elasticity is the global value, Eglobal, in which shear deflection is at the point of the floor giving maximum response.
included. In edgewise bending of LVL the value of Eglobal is about Components above 40 Hz may be disregarded; and
5-7% smaller than Elocal, but its use makes the calculation easier, ζ is the modal damping ratio.
because separate calculation of shear deformation is not need-
ed. Eglobal is commonly used in e.g. Australia and USA. Another Values for factors a and b can be chosen from the diagram in
name for Eglobal is Eapparent and another name for Elocal is Etrue. Figure 4.28 depending on the desired performance level.
LVL_04.indd 137 5.9.2019 9:46:04

Figure 4.28. Recommended range of and relationship between a and b. Performance

The
improves calculations in theare arrow made assumingand
1 direction that decreases
the floor is unloaded,
in the arrow 2 direction For (EC5
multiple Figure span 1637.2).floor(255)additional instructions can be
i.e. only the mass of the floor and other permanent actions are found, e.g., from the National annex of Austria 33.
The calculations areinmade someassuming that the floor
a partisofunloaded, i.e. only For the mass offloors the
163 floor
accounted for. Note: National Annexes the residential 163 (255) with a fundamental frequency less
(255)
and other permanent actions
live load is also taken into consideration, e.g. in Finland 30 kg/ are accounted for. Note: in some National
than2 31 Annexes
8Hz (f1 ≤ 8Hz) 163 a part
a special of(255)investigation should be made.
the
m 2 31live
. Forload is also taken
a rectangular floorintowithconsideration, e.g. in Finland
span l, the fundamental fre- 30 kg/m Instructions . For afor rectangular
4,5 Hz ≤ f1 ≤ 8 Hz cases are defined, e.g., in
(4.78) (EC5 7.5) 163 (255)
floor with span l, the fundamental frequency f1 may be approximately calculated as follows:
quency f1 may be approximately calculated as follows: the National Annexes of Austria33 or Germany. In practice,
where their (4.78) (EC5
(EC5 7.5)
requirements
(4.78) 7.5)can be fulfilled only when the own weight
f_1=π/(2l^2 𝜋𝜋 (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)
) √((EI)_l/m) (4.78) (EC5 7.5) kg/m2, which is quite heavy for an LVL
2 (4.78) (EC5 7.5) of the floor is >250
l
𝑓𝑓 = √
m
where
where 1
2𝑙𝑙 2 𝑚𝑚is mass per unit area [kg/m ]; floor structure.
where (4.78) (EC5 7.5)
lwhere is the floor span [m]; and 2
m
m is mass
is mass per unit area per unit area [kg/m
[kg/m 2];
];
where
(EI)
m m l is mass per is
is unitequivalent
the
mass areaperspan[kg/m
unit area
2];
plate bending
[kg/m 2
]; stiffness of the floor about an axis perpendicular
ll
l
is
is
to
is the floor span [m]; and
the
the
the
floor
floor
beam span
direction
[m];
[m]; and
and
calculated for 1 metre wide section 4.4 COMBINED [Nm2/m]. CROSS SECTIONS
l(EI)
m is the
is the
mass floorper
equivalent span
unit [m];
area
plate and
[kg/m
bending
2
]; stiffness of the floor about an axis perpendicular
(EI)ll is the equivalent
l is the equivalent plate bending plate stiffness
bending of the floor of the floor about an axis perpendicular
stiffness
For
l laabout
(EI) rectangularan to is
to
axis the
the floor
beam with
equivalent
theperpendicular
beam
floor overall
direction
direction
span plate
[m]; dimensions
calculated
bending
calculated
and
to the b x1
for
stiffness
beam directionfor simply
1 l,metre
of the
metre wide
widesupported
floor aboutalong
section
section [Nm 2/m].
2
an axis
[Nm /m].all perpendicular
four edges,
the value may, to as
the an beam approximation,
direction be taken
calculated as:
for 1 metre wide
4.4.1
section
Basic
[Nm 2
/m].
principles
(EI) calculatedisfor the 1equivalent
metre wideplate section [Nm /m].
bending
2
stiffness of the floor about an axis perpendicular
For l a rectangular floor
For a rectangular floor with overall dimensions b x l, simply supported with overall dimensions b x l, simply supported along all four edges,
the value ∙ (0,4
4 rectangular
value may, to as
+ the
0,6floor
as an𝑛𝑛beam )with direction
approximation, calculated
takenfor
be taken as: 1 l,metre wide Gluedalong
section composite
[Nm 2
/m].
all fourcross edges, sections utilize the joints between
For
the
𝑣𝑣 = a may, an 40 overall
approximation, dimensions
be b
as: x simply supported along all four edges,
For a rectangular
the value may, as an approximation, be taken as:
𝑚𝑚 ∙ 𝑏𝑏 ∙ 𝑙𝑙 + floor
200 with overall dimensions b x l, simply members, significantly increasing the stiffness and resistance
For supported a4
4 rectangular
∙∙ (0,4
(0,4 along +
+ 0,6
0,6 allfloor 𝑛𝑛
four
𝑛𝑛 40 ))with
edges,overallthe dimensions
value may, as an l, simply
b xapproxi-(4.79) supported
(EC5 of 7.6) the along
whole all
cross foursection edges,compared to the members acting
𝑣𝑣 = 40
the
𝑣𝑣 = value
mation, 𝑚𝑚∙ be
4𝑚𝑚 may,
(0,4𝑏𝑏taken as as:200 an𝑛𝑛40approximation,
) be taken as: separately. This composite action can be calculated for a me-
𝑣𝑣 = ∙∙ 𝑏𝑏 ∙∙ +𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 + 0,6
+ 200
where𝑚𝑚 ∙ 𝑏𝑏 ∙ 𝑙𝑙 + 200 (4.79)
(4.79) (EC5
(EC5 7.6)
chanically
7.6) jointed cross section, but the influence of joint slip
4 ∙ (0,4 + 0,6 𝑛𝑛40 )
𝑣𝑣 v=(4= ∙ (0,4 + 0,6 n_40 ))/(m ∙ b ∙ l + 200) (4.79) (EC5 7.6) (4.79) (EC5 7.6)then be taken into consideration and, therefore, the over-
must
where𝑚𝑚 ∙ 𝑏𝑏 ∙ is𝑙𝑙 the unit impulse velocity response [m/Ns ]; 2
vwhere + 200
where (4.79) (EC5all7.6) stiffness is much lower. The specific properties of the com-
n in the number of first-order modes with natural frequencies up section
to 40 Hz;
vvwhere posite cross that are essential to the structural analysis –
40
is the unit impulse
is the unit impulse velocity response [m/Ns ]; velocity response [m/Ns 2];
2
where
b
vn v is the unitis is floor
impulse
the width
unit [m]; response
velocity
impulse velocity [m/Ns
response 2 ]; [m/Ns ]; 2 effective stiffness EIeff, normal stresses from bending moment,
in
in the theofnumber number of
of first-order
first-order modes
modes with with natural
natural frequencies
frequencies up to to 40 40atHz;
n
m n4040 in the number
40 is the massfirst-order
[kg/m 2modes with natural
]; and and shearupstress Hz;
the glued joints – can be defined according
n
v
b 40 in
is
is the
floor number
unit
width impulseof
[m]; first-order
velocity modes
response with
[m/Nsnatural
2
]; frequencies up to 40 Hz;
b frequencies is floor up towidth 40 Hz;[m]; to equations (4.84) – (4.88).
lb
n b 40 is floor width is
is
in the
the floor
floor width
number span of [m].
[m]; first-order modes with natural frequencies The up to 40 stiffness Hz; EIeff of a glued composite cross sec-
is
is the the[m]; mass
mass [kg/m [kg/m2]; ]; and effective
2
m
m and
m
b m is the mass is [kg/m
the
floor mass2 ];
width and
[kg/m
[m];
2
]; and tion is calculated according to equation:
lThe
ll value of nis is40spanthe
the may be span
floor
floor calculated [m]. from:
is the floor [m].span [m].
lm is the floor massspan [kg/m[m]. 2
]; and
The 0,25
eff = ∑i∑_i▒〖
〖EI〗_eff=
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸i 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼i +E_(i 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒i2
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸i 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴)i I_i+E_i A_i e_i^2 〗 (4.84)
The value of
of n
2 may be4 calculated from:
value40 n40 40 may 𝑏𝑏 be calculated
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)𝑙𝑙 from:
lThe
𝑛𝑛 The =
40 value {((
valueof of )
n40 is
n −the may1)
may floor
(
bebe ) span
calculated
calculated [m].
} from:
from:
𝑓𝑓1 2 40 𝑙𝑙 4 (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)𝑏𝑏 0,25
40
40 2 𝑏𝑏
𝑏𝑏 4 (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸) 0,25
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 0,25 from:(4.80) (EC5 7.7) where
The
𝑛𝑛
𝑛𝑛 =
=
n_40={((4
40 value
{((
{(( of )
) n2 40−
− may
1)
1) (
( be )
) 4 calculated }} (4.80) (EC5 7.7) EIeff is the effective stiffness of the composite cross
40 40
𝑓𝑓
𝑓𝑓11 ) − 1) ( 𝑙𝑙 ) (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 } 𝑏𝑏
𝑙𝑙 (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸) 𝑙𝑙
𝑛𝑛
where 40 = {(( (EI)𝑓𝑓b1is section
an axis[Nmm 2]; to the
2the equivalent 𝑙𝑙 4 (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)plate 0,25bending stiffness
(4.80) (EC5
(4.80) (EC5 7.7) 2 of the
7.7) floor about parallel
40 𝑏𝑏 (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)𝑏𝑏𝑙𝑙
beam
𝑛𝑛40 = {(( direction ) − calculated
1) ( ) for a}1 metre wide (4.80)section
(EC5 7.7) [Nm /m] andEi (EI)is b<(EI) l.
the modulus of elasticity of a part i [N/mm2];
where
where (EI)b (EI) 𝑓𝑓 is the 𝑙𝑙
equivalent (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)plate bending stiffness of the floor about
Ii is an axis parallel of to the
where (EI)b isis the
b 1 theequivalent equivalent plate plate bending
𝑏𝑏 bending stiffness
stiffness of the floor about anthe axismomentparallel inertia
to the of a part i [mm4], for
The
beam
where
beam deflection
direction
(EI)
direction is under
the calculated
calculated F
equivalent
parallel tofor =1 kN
for apoint
plate
theabeam 1 load
metre
bending
1 metre can
(4.80)
wide be calculated
(EC5
section
stiffness
wide section 7.7)
[Nm
of the
[Nm
2 from
2/m]
floor equations:
and
about(EI) an
for /m] and (EI)rectangular<(EI)
axis . parallel to the Ii = bi∙hi3/12, where bi is the
floor about ban axis direction calculated b<(EI)l.
b l cross section
beam
a 1 metre direction
wide calculated
section [Nm /m] for a 1 metre
and bending wide
(EI)b<(EI) section
l.
[Nm 2
/m] and (EI) <(EI) .
I i width [mm] of moment
the topart the and hi is the
ofheight
a part[mm]
i [mmof 4 the
2 b l
where
The (EI)
deflection b is the 𝐹𝐹under ∙ equivalent
𝑙𝑙 2 F =1 kN plate
point load can stiffness
be of the floor
calculated from about
equations: an axis is the
parallel of inertia ], for rectangular cross secti
The The deflection
deflection under F
under F =1 =1 kN kN pointpoint load
loadcan be
cansectioncalculated
be calculated from equations:
part; 3
beam
The deflection direction calculated for a 1 metre wide [Nm 2
/m] and (EI) <(EI) . b ∙h /12, where b is the width [mm] of the part and hi is the height [m
42 ∙ 𝑘𝑘under F =1 kN point load can be calculated from equations: b l i i i
from equations: 𝛿𝛿 ∙ 2(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)l A is the part;
cross-sectional area of a part i [mm 2]; and
𝑤𝑤 = min 𝐹𝐹 ∙
𝐹𝐹 ∙∙ 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 3 𝑙𝑙 2 i
The deflection 𝐹𝐹 under
𝐹𝐹 2 F =1 kN point load can be calculated from equations: Aei i is the eccentricity is the cross-sectional of the part i = distancearea of abetween
part i [mm2]; and
42
42
48 ∙
∙ ∙𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠𝛿𝛿𝛿𝛿 ∙ ∙∙∙𝑙𝑙 (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)
𝑘𝑘 (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)l
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)
𝑤𝑤 = min
𝑤𝑤 = min 42 ∙ 𝐹𝐹 { l
l e i the centreisofthe gravity
eccentricity of part iofand theneutral axis
part i = of the between the centre of grav
distance
𝑘𝑘𝛿𝛿 ∙∙ ∙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 332(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)l
𝐹𝐹 (4.81)
31 (EC5 NA,entire Finland) 31
𝑤𝑤 = min
w=min{█((F ∙ l^2)/( 3 (4.81) (EC5 NA, Finland) composite
and neutral crossaxis section
of [mm].
the entire composite cross section [mm].
or {
{4248 ∙ ∙∙𝐹𝐹
48 ∙ 𝑙𝑙 (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)l
𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝛿𝛿 ∙∙ (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸) l
𝑤𝑤 = min { 48 ∙ 𝑠𝑠 ∙ 3(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)l (4.81)
(4.81) (EC5(EC5The NA, Finland)
NA,location
Finland)
31
31
𝐹𝐹 ∙ 𝑙𝑙 The location of the
of the neutral
neutral axis axisof ofaacomposite
compositecross
cross section related to the bottom
section
𝐹𝐹 ∙ 𝑙𝑙 2 (4.81) (EC5 NA,
section Finland)
is:
31
or
𝑤𝑤
or = related to the bottom of the section is:
{ 48 ∙ 𝑠𝑠 ∙ (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)l
or 43,6 ∙𝐹𝐹 𝑘𝑘∙𝛿𝛿 𝑙𝑙∙22 (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)l (4.81) (EC5 NA,∑Finland)33 31
𝑤𝑤 = 𝐹𝐹 ∙ 𝑙𝑙 (4.82) (EC5 NA, Austria) i 𝐸𝐸i ∙ 𝐴𝐴i ∙ 𝑎𝑎i

𝑤𝑤
or =
w=(F43,6 ∙ l^2)/(43,6 2
∙𝐹𝐹 𝑘𝑘∙ 𝑙𝑙∙ (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸) ∙〖 k_(δ )∙ ( (4.82) (EC5 NA, Austria) 33 𝑒𝑒 =
e_0=(∑_i▒〖E_i
0 ∙ A_i ∙ a_i 〗)/(∑_i▒〖E_i ∙ A_i 〗) (4.85)
𝑤𝑤 = 43,6 ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝛿𝛿𝛿𝛿 ∙ (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)ll ∑i 𝐸𝐸i ∙ 𝐴𝐴i
where 43,6 ∙𝐹𝐹 𝑘𝑘∙𝛿𝛿 𝑙𝑙∙2 (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)l (4.82) (EC5 NA,
(4.82) (EC5 NA, Austria) Austria) 33
33
(4.85)
𝑤𝑤 where = (4.82) (EC5where NA, Austria)33
swhere
s 43,6
where is the∙spacing 𝑘𝑘𝛿𝛿is∙ the (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)ofspacing
the
l floorofbeams the floor [m] beams [m] where
ai is the distance between the centre of gravity of part i and
where (4.82) (EC5 NA,the Austria)
bottom
33
of the entire composite cross section [mm].
ss 4 (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸) is the spacing of the floor beams [m]
k_δ=∜((EI)_b/(EI)_l b is the spacing of the floor beams [m]
) (4.83) ai is the distance between the centre of gravity of part i and the bottom
𝑘𝑘 𝛿𝛿 = √
where
s (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)l is the spacing of the floor beams [m] entire composite cross section [mm].
4 (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)
4
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸) b
𝑘𝑘
s𝑘𝑘 𝛿𝛿 =
with = the √ b
limitation
√(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸) is thekδspacing ≤ b/l of the floor beams [m] (4.83)
𝛿𝛿 4 (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸) Normal stress from bending moment is calculated for composite cross sections a
𝑘𝑘𝛿𝛿 = √ (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)ll
b
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸) the equation:
4 (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸) l
b
(4.83)
(4.83)
𝑘𝑘 = √ 𝐸𝐸 ∙ 𝑒𝑒 ∙ 𝑀𝑀d
(4.83)
138 LVL Handbook(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)
𝛿𝛿 Europe
l 𝜎𝜎i,d(z) =
i (z)i
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸eff
(4.83) (4.86)
where
LVL_04.indd 138 5.9.2019 9:46:06
σ is the design value of normal stress at coordinate z in the section [N
∑i 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸i ∙ 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴i ∙ 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎i

𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒0 = ∑i 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸i ∙ 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴i
165 (255)
Ii is the moment of inertia of a part i [mm4], for rectangular cross section Ii =

bi∙hi3/12, where bi is the width [mm] of the part and hi is the height [mm] of the
part; 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎i,d(z) =
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸i ∙ 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒(z)i ∙ 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼eff
Ai is the cross-sectional area of a part i [mm ]; and
2
ei is the eccentricity of the part i = distance between the centre of gravity of part i
and neutral axis of the entire composite cross section [mm].
The location of the neutral axis of a composite cross section related to the bottom of the
section is: Composite cross section. In thin-flanged beams axial stresses are checked at points 1, 3 and 5. Shear stresses are checked at points
Figure 4.29.
2, 3 and 4.
∑i 𝐸𝐸i ∙ 𝐴𝐴i ∙ 𝑎𝑎i
𝑒𝑒0 =
∑i 𝐸𝐸i ∙ 𝐴𝐴i
(4.85)
where
ai is the distance between the centre of gravity of part i and the bottom of the
entire composite cross section [mm].
𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆
(z) ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉
d
Normal stressstressfrom frombending
bendingmomentmoment is is
calculated
calculated where
for for composite cross
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏(z)d =sections
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸i ∙
Normal 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼eff ∙according
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏(z) to
composite
the equation:cross sections according to the equation: τ(z)d is the design value of the shear stress at coordinate z in
𝐸𝐸i ∙ 𝑒𝑒(z)i ∙ 𝑀𝑀d the section [N/mm2];
𝜎𝜎
σ_(i,d(z)
i,d(z) = )=(E_i 〖 ∙ e〗_(z)i ∙ M_d)/〖EI〗_eff (4.86) Ei is the modulus of elasticity of a part i [N/mm2];
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸eff
S(z)(4.86)
is the static moment at coordinate z [mm³];
where Vd is the design value of shear force at the evaluated
where
σi,d is the design value of normal stress at coordinate z in the location of the member [Nmm];
σ
i,d section [N/mm is the 2design
]; value of normal stress at coordinate z EI ineffthe
is section
the effective [N/mm 2
];
stiffness of the composite cross
E
Ei i is the modulus is the of
modulus
elasticityofofelasticity of a part i [N/mm ];
a part i [N/mm2]; 2
section [Nmm ]; 2
(z)i is the coordinate

e(z)i z of the point
is the coordinate z ofi the
wherepoint whereisthe stress is banalysed
thei stress (z) is the=width distance of thetosection
the at coordinate z [mm];
analysed neutral
= distanceaxistoofthethe entireaxis
neutral composite cross section [mm];
of the entire
d composite
M is cross sectionvalue
the design [mm];of the bending moment at the evaluated S𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆(z)
(z)=∑= i∑Aiilocation
∙e𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴(z)i
i ∙ (4.88)
𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒(z)i of the
Md is the design member value [Nmm]; and moment at the
of the bending
eff evaluatedislocation
EI of the member
the effective stiffness[Nmm]; and
of the composite Ai [Nmm
cross section is the 2cross-sectional
]. area of a part i [mm2]; and
EIeff is the effective stiffness of the composite cross e(z)i is the coordinate z of the point i where the stress is
Shear
stresses
section [Nmm at the
2]. glued joints of composite cross sections are calculated
analysedaccording = distanceto to the neutral axis of the entire
equation:
Shear stresses at the glued joints of composite cross sections are composite cross section [mm].
calculated according to equation:
𝑆𝑆(z) ∙ 𝑉𝑉d
𝜏𝜏τ_(z)d=E_i∙(S_((z)
(z)d = 𝐸𝐸i ∙ ) ∙ V_d)/(〖EI〗_eff ∙〖 b〗_((z) ) ) (4.87)
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸eff ∙ 𝑏𝑏(z)
(4.87)
where LVL Handbook Europe 139
τ(z)d is the design value of the shear stress at coordinate z in the section [N/mm ]; [N/mm2];
Ei is the modulus of elasticity of a part i [N/mm2];
LVL_04.indd 139
S(z) is the static moment at coordinate z [mm³];
5.9.2019 9:46:07
4.4.2 Beams and columns

When LVL-P or LVL-C members are glued together in the
same direction as rectangular GLVL cross sections, the ma-
terial values of the LVL lamina may be used. Additionally, the
size effect shall be taken into account for the shear strength
and bending strength flatwise to the LVL lamellas. The size ef-
fect parameters are declared in manufacturers’ technical doc-
umentation.
LVL I-beams and box beams have LVL-P flanges and
LVL-C webs which keep the beams straight and stable in
changing moisture conditions. Glued thin-webbed I-beam and
box beam specific design instructions are given in Eurocode 5
clause 9.1.1. For the flanges it shall be verified that:
• Axial tension stress σf,t,max at the extreme fibre of the flange
Figure 4.30. Multiple-glued GLVL beams.
edge does not exceed the bending strength fm,d of the flange
material
• Axial tension stress σf,t,d at the centre of the flange does not
exceed the tension strength ft,0,d of the material
• Axial compression stress σf,c,max at the extreme fibre of the
flange edge does not exceed the bending strength fm,d of the
flange material
• Axial compression stress σf,c,d at the centre of the flange does For glued joints between web(s) and flanges (section 1-1
not exceed the compression strength fc,0,d of the material tak- in Figure 4.31), it should be verified by equation (9.10) of Eu-
ing into consideration lateral instability rocode 5 that the shear stress τmean,d does not exceed the planar
For the web material it shall be verified that: shear strength of the flange or web materials.
• Compressive and tension stresses σw,c,max and σw,t,max do not In SLS design, bending and shear deformations are taken
exceed the respective strengths fw,t,0,d and fw,c,0,d of the web into account. For simplicity, the shear rigidity GA may be eval-
material uated based on the webs only.
• Design shear force acting on the web Fv,w,Ed does not exceed LVL I-beam and box beam suppliers also have more ad-
the shear capacity Rv,w,d of the beam taking into considera- vanced design instructions tailored and approved for their ele-
tion buckling as a plate ments as part of their technical documentation.
Figure 4.31. GLVL I-beams, box beams and stress distribution in the cross section. Section 1-1 is glued joint between web and flange.
LVL_04.indd 140 5.9.2019 9:46:07

4.4.3 Multiple-glued GLVL panels

In GLVL-C panels the mechanical properties are declared as
homogenized values for the cross section assuming the cross
veneers as zero layers. The cross layers are thin and a gam-
ma method of effective cross section is not needed for mul-
tiple-glued GLVL-C panels when the LVL-C layers are all in
the same direction. They can be designed based on the me-
chanical values of the LVL components with the addition that
LVL 04, Table 4.11
a size effect shall be taken into account for the flatwise bending
strength and flatwise shear strengths. The reference sizes and
size effect parameters s, sflat,m and sflat,v are declared in manu-
facturers’ technical documentation.
4.4.4 Rib slabs and box slabs Figure 4.32. Multiple-glued GLVL panels.
LVL rib slab and box slab elements have LVL-P ribs and LVL-C Table 4.11. Maximum effective width bef of flange LVL-C panel
panels that distribute the loads to the ribs and work as thin parallel to the ribs (Modified from EC5 Table 9.1).
flanges of the composite cross sections. Structural design is
made separately for each rib section. Their specific design in-
Shear lag Plate buckling in ULS design
structions are given in Eurocode 5, clause 9.1.2. The effective
width bef of the flange panel that can be taken into account I-section bef = bw + 0,1 ∙ l bef = bw + 20 ∙ hf,c
in the calculations is limited due to shear lag and due to plate
buckling in ULS design on the compression side according to C-section bef = bw + 0,05 ∙ l bef = bw + 10 ∙ hf,c
Table 4.11. Where bw is rib thickness, l is span length and hf,c is the
In ULS design the following verifications are required: thickness of the flange panel on the compression side.
• The mean axial compression stress σf,c,d and tension stress
σf,c,d shall be smaller than ff,c,d and ff,c,d strengths respective-
ly. Since the flange panels are thin, it is not required to verify
the resistance against tension and compression stresses at the
extreme fibres of the flanges. In SLS design, bending and shear deformations are tak-
• Resistance against shear stress for the ribs at the neutral ax- en into account. For simplicity, the shear rigidity GA may be
is and with the equation (9.14) of Eurocode 5 for the glued evaluated based on the ribs only. In that case, the kdef factor of
joints between the ribs and flange panels. The critical mate- LVL-P can also be used for the LVL-C flange panels in the flat-
rial property is typically the flatwise shear strength fv,flat,0,d wise direction in the calculation of final deformation, as the
of the flanges due to the rolling shear of the cross veneers thin flanges are mainly axially loaded.
in LVL-C. Rib slab suppliers also have more advanced design instruc-
• Resistance against bending and shear stress of the flange tions tailored and approved for their elements as part of their
panels in the perpendicular direction of the slab technical documentation.
Figure 4.33. Definitions of the parts of rib slab part (EC5, Figure 9.2). I-section is used for the intermediate rib and C-section for the edge rib of
the element.
LVL_04.indd 141 5.9.2019 9:46:07

5. Structural design of connections
Stora Enso
Figure 5.1. LVL connections.
LVL_05.indd 142 5.9.2019 9:24:16

5. STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF CONNECTIONS
5.1 DESIGN OF LVL CONNECTIONS

ACCORDING TO EUROCODE 5
The design of connections with metal fasteners is specified in A connection may be laterally loaded, axially loaded, or
Section 8 of Eurocode 5. However, the design instructions do both laterally and axially loaded. For the determination of the
not fully cover LVL products. This section therefore provides characteristic lateral load-carrying capacity of connections
additional definitions for LVL based on the following docu- with metal dowel-type fasteners, the contributions of the yield
ments: strength, embedment strength, and withdrawal strength of the
• Design rules for LVL to Eurocode 5, Proposal for discussion fastener shall be considered. Section 8.2 of Eurocode 5 pro-
in CEN/TC250/SC5, Prof. Dr.-Ing. H.J. Blaβ and Dr. –Ing.M. vides equations for calculating the characteristic load-carry-
Flaig, Blaβ & Eberhart GmbH, 30.6.2017, CEN/TC250/SC5/ ing capacity of nails, staples, bolts, dowels and screws for dif-
N0764 32 ferent failure modes according to the Johansen yield theory.
• Finnish Handbook for Eurocode 5 (RIL205-1:2017, Puurak- The minimum value, based on the relevant failure modes for
enteiden suunnitteluohje) 31 the connection type, should be taken as the capacity per shear
• Connection chapters of Metsä Wood Kerto Manual 34, 35 plane per fastener.
Fastener type specific instructions for calculating the em-
The equations in this Section have individual numbers and bedment strength fh,k ,yield moment My,Rk and axial withdraw-
when an equation is in the same form in Eurocode 5, it is al capacity Fax,Rk, which are needed for the capacity calculation
marked with EC5 and the equation reference number there, of laterally and axially loaded connections, are defined in sec-
e.g., (EC5 8.2). tions 8.3-8.7 of Eurocode 5. Alternatively, fastener suppliers
For the connection design of LVL members it is essential provide their own design instructions for connections using
to note that the behaviour of the product may differ depend- their products in their ETA assessment documents.
ing on whether the connections are on the wide face (flatwise)
or on the edge face (edgewise) of the LVL, see Figure 5.2. The
edge face of LVL is more sensitive to splitting, which must be
taken into consideration when determining the geometry and
maximum fastener sizes of connections. LVL-C, on the other
hand, has the advantage of ductile behaviour of connections on A
the wide face due to its cross veneers, thus eliminating a num-
ber of wood failure modes related to connections and enabling
denser groups of fasteners.
Figure 5.2. Edgewise (edge face) and flatwise (wide face) Figure 5.3. A) Laterally loaded connection 34 B) Axially loaded
orientations and loading types of connections. Fax,d are forces of connection.
axially loaded and Fv,d are forces of laterally loaded connections 34.
LVL_05.indd 143 5.9.2019 9:24:17

5.2 FASTENER SPACING AND EDGE AND

END DISTANCES
The rules for fastener connection geometry without predrilling Figures 5.4–5.7 describe the spacings a1, a2, end distances
of LVL-P on the wide face (flatwise connections) are similar to a3,c, a3,t, edge distances a4,c, a4,t and angles α, β, and ε in differ-
solid wood. In LVL-C connections, the spacing between fas- ent cases of laterally loaded connections.. Their values for dif-
teners as well as end and edge distances can be smaller because ferent faces of LVL-P and LVL-C products are given in:
the product is not sensitive to splitting, due to its cross veneers. • Table 5.1 for nails and screws with outer thread diameter <
Connections at the edge face (edgewise), however, have a risk 12 mm
of splitting and require larger fastener spacing and end and • Table 5.3. for bolts and screws with outer thread diameter
edge distances for both LVL-P and LVL-C. Predrilling reduces ≥ 12 mm
the risk of splitting and smaller spacing and end and edge dis- • Table 5.4 for dowels
tances can be used.
Figures 5.6–5.7 and Table 5.1 give the definitions and values for
axially loaded screw connections.
Figure 5.4. Spacings (a1 and a2), end distances (a3,t and a3,c) and edge distances (a4,t and a4,c) for fasteners 34.
LVL_05.indd 144 5.9.2019 9:24:18

Figure 5.5. Spacings and end and edge distances: (A) Spacing parallel to grain in a row and perpendicular to grain between rows; (B) Edge and
end distances; (1) Loaded end, (2) Unloaded end, (3) Loaded edge, (4) Unloaded edge; 1 Fastener, 2 Grain direction (EC5 figure 8.7).
Figure 5.6. Moment-resisting multi-shear LVL-to-LVL flatwise connections with circular patterns of fasteners.
LVL_05.indd 145 5.9.2019 9:24:19

Figure 5.7. Definitions of angles α, β and ε for screws (A) in the wide face and (B) in the edge face of LVL. 1) wide face, 2) edge face and 3) end
grain. α is the angle between the load and grain direction of laterally loaded connections. β is the angle between the screw axis and wide face.
ε is the angle between screw axis and grain direction 32.
Figure 5.8. Spacings and end and edge distances and definitions of angles α, β and ε for axially loaded screws in LVL. α is the angle between
the shear plane and screw axis. β is the angle between the screw axis and wide face. ε is the angle between screw axis and grain direction.
(modified from EC5 Figure 8.11a).
LVL_05.indd 146 5.9.2019 9:24:19

LVL 05, Table 5.1 • MUOKATTU 29.8.
Table 5.1. Minimum spacings, end distances and edge distances for nails and screws with outer thread diameter <12 mm 32.
Note: EN 1995-1-1:2004 (Eurocode 5) has a limit of def<6 mm which corresponds with 9 mm outer thread diameter.
Minimum spacing or end/edge distance
without predrilled holes with

predrilled
LVL-C or GLVL-C wide holes
Laterally loaded connections face when pointside
Spacing or distance, LVL or GLVL LVL or GLVL penetration length
see Figures 5.4-5.5 and 5.7 Angle α wide face edge face of at least 10d a)
Spacing a1 (parallel to grain) 0° ≤ α ≤ 360° d < 5 mm: (7 + 8│cos α│) d 5 + 2│cos α│) d (4 +│cos α│) d
(5 + 5│cos α│) d
d ≥ 5 mm:
(5 + 7│cos α│) d
Spacing a2 (perpendicular to grain) 0° ≤ α ≤ 360° 5d 7d 5d (3 +│sin α│) d
Distance a3,t (loaded end) -90° ≤ α ≤ 90° (10 + 5 cos α) d (15 + 5 cos α) d (4 + 3 cos α) d (7 + 5 cos α) d b)
Distance a3,c (unloaded end) 90° ≤ α ≤ 270° 10d 15d 5d 7d c)
Distance a4,t (loaded edge) 0° ≤ α ≤ 180° d < 5 mm: d < 5 mm: (3 + 4 sin α) d d < 5 mm:
(5 + 2 sin α) d (7 + 2 sin α) d (3 + 2 sin α) d
d ≥ 5 mm: d ≥ 5 mm: d ≥ 5 mm:
(5 + 5 sin α) d (7 + 5 sin α) d (3 + 4 sin α) d
Distance a4,c (unloaded edge) 180° ≤ α ≤ 360° 5d 7d 3d 3d
Axially loaded screws

Spacing or distance,
see Figures 5.7-5.8
Spacing a1 (parallel to grain) 7d 10d 7d 7d
Spacing a2 (perpendicular to grain) 5d 5d 5d 5d
Minimum end distance of the centre 10d 12d 10d 10d

of gravity of the threaded part of the
screw in the member a1,CG
Minimum edge distance of the centre 4d 4d 4d 4d

of gravity of the threaded part of the
screw in the member a2,CG
a)
When pointside penetration length is less than 10d, the rules in the column LVL or GLVL wide face apply
b)
for LVL-C or GLVL-C wide face and pointside penetration length of at least 10d: (4 + 3 cos α) d
c)
for LVL-C or GLVL-C wide face and pointside penetration length of at least 10d: 5d
LVL_05.indd 147 5.9.2019 9:24:20

Table 5.2. Maximum nail and screw size d [mm] for edge face (edgewise) connections
Axially loaded
Laterally loaded connections
connections
Without pre- With predrilling a2,CG ≥ 4d
LVL drilling a4,c ≥ 7d a4,c ≥ 3d
thickness Nails and screws Nails Screws Screws
27 mm 1,9 4,5 4,5 3,4
33 mm 2,4 5,5 5,5 4,1
39 mm 2,8 6,5 6,5 4,9
LVL4505,
mm
Table 5.33,2 7,5
• MUOKATTU 29.8.7,5 5,6
51 mm 3,6 8,0 8,5 6,4
57 mm 4,1 8,0 9,5 7,1
63 mm 4,5 8,0 10,5 7,9
69 mm 4,9 8,0 11,5 8,6
75 mm 5,4 8,0 12,0 9,4
Table 5.3. Minimum spacings, end distances and edge distances for bolts and screws with max outer thread diameter >12 mm with predrilled
holes 32. Note: EN 1995-1-1:2004 (Eurocode has a limit of def < 6 mm which corresponds with 9 mm outer thread diameter.
Spacing or distance, LVL-P / GLVL-P or

see Figures 5.4-5.5 and 5.7 Angle α LVL-C / GLVL-C edge face LVL-C / GLVL-C wide face
Spacing a1 (parallel to grain) 0° ≤ α ≤ 360° (4 + 3│cos α│) d a) 4d
Spacing a2 (perpendicular to grain) 0° ≤ α ≤ 360° 4d 4d
Distance a3,t (loaded end) -90° ≤ α ≤ 90° max (7d; 105 mm) b)
max (4d; 60 mm) c)
Distance a3,c (unloaded end) 90° ≤ α < 150 ° (1 + 6 sin α) d 4d

150° ≤ α < 210° 4d 4d
210° ≤ α ≤ 270° (1 + 6 sin α) d 4d
Distance a4,t (loaded edge) 0° ≤ α ≤ 180° max [(2 + 2 sin α) d; 3d] max [(2 + 2 sin α) d; 3d]
Distance a4,c (unloaded edge) 180° ≤ α ≤ 360° 3d 3d

a)
minimum spacing a1 may be reduced to 5d if fh,0,k is multiplied by a1 / (4 + 3│cos α│) d
b)
minimum end distance a3,t may be reduced to 7d for d < 15 mm if fh,0,k is multiplied by a3,t /105 mm
c)
minimum end distance a3,t may be reduced to 4d for d < 15 mm if fh,0,k is multiplied by a3,t / 60 mm
Spacing and end/edge Minimum spacing or distance

distances on circular
Side member
patterns for double shear LVL-C / GLVL-C wide face
moment-resisting Middle member
connections, see Figure 5.6 LVL-P, GLVL-P wide face LVL-C / GLVL-C wide face LVL-P, GLVL-P or LVL-C wide face
a1 (spacing on circle) 6d 4d 5d
a2 (spacing between circles) 5d 4d 5d
a3,t (loaded end) 6d 4d 6d in middle member

4d in side member
a4,t (loaded edge) 4d 3d 4d in middle member

3d in side member
LVL_05.indd 148 5.9.2019 9:24:20

Table 5.4. Minimum spacings, end distances and edge distances for 6-30 mm dowels 32.
Spacing or distance, LVL-P / GLVL-P or

see Figures 5.4-5.7 Angle α LVL-C / GLVL-C edge face LVL-C / GLVL-C wide face
Spacing a1 (parallel to grain) 0° ≤ α ≤ 360° (4 + 3│cos α│) d a) (3 + │cos α│) d
Spacing a2 (perpendicular to grain) 0° ≤ α ≤ 360° 3d 3d
Distance a3,t (loaded end) -90° ≤ α ≤ 90° max (7d; 105 mm) b) max (4d; 60 mm) c)
Distance a3,c (unloaded end) 90° ≤ α < 150 ° a3,t │cos α│ (3 + │cos α│) d
150° ≤ α < 210° 3d
210° ≤ α ≤ 270° a3,t │cos α│
Distance a4,t (loaded edge) 0° ≤ α ≤ 180° max [(2 + 2 sin α) d; 3d] max [(2 + 2 sin α) d; 3d]
Distance a4,c (unloaded edge) 180° ≤ α ≤ 360° 3d 3d

a)
minimum spacing a1 may be reduced to 5d if fh,0,k is multiplied by a1 / (4 + 3│cos α│) d
b)
minimum end distance a3,t may be reduced to 7d for d < 15 mm if fh,0,k is multiplied by a3,t /105 mm
c)
minimum end distance a3,t may be reduced to 4d for d < 15 mm if fh,0,k is multiplied by a3,t / 60 mm
5.3 WOOD FAILURE MODES OF

CONNECTIONS
5.3.1 Risk of splitting due to connection

forces at an angle to the grain of face
veneers where
F90,Rd is the design splitting capacity;
When a force in a connection acts at an angle to the grain (see
Figure 5.8) the possibility of splitting caused by the tension Fv,Ed ≤max{█(F_(v,Ed,1)@F_(v,Ed,2)
𝐹𝐹v,Ed,1 )┤
force component, FEd ∙sin α, perpendicular to the grain, shall 𝐹𝐹v,Ed ≤ max {
(5.1) (EC5 8.3) (5.1) (EC
𝐹𝐹v,Ed,2
be taken into account. For timber, glulam and LVL-P the fol-
lowing should be satisfied: Fv,Ed,1 and FFv,Ed,2
v,Ed,1 and arethe
v,Ed,2 are thedesign
designshear
shear forces
forces on on either
either sideside
of of the connection
the connection caused by the connection force component the grain.
connection force component (FEd ∙ sin α) perpendicular to
Fv,Ed ≤ F90,Rd (5.1) (EC5 8.2) (FEd ∙ sin α) perpendicular to the grain.
Figure 5.8. Inclined force transmitted by a connection (modified from EC5 F

(Kuva_107_a splitting force in connections 190314, Kuva_107
in connections 190314, Kuva_107_c splitting force in connections 190320)
Design splitting capacity is calculated from the characteristic splitting capac

equation (4.3), in subsection 4.1.6. For softwoods, the characteristic splitting
arrangement shown in Figure 5.8 should be taken as:
ℎe
𝐹𝐹90,k = 14 ∙ 𝑏𝑏√ ℎ [𝑁𝑁] (5.3) (EC
(1 − e )
ℎ
Figure 5.9. Inclined force transmitted by a connection (modified from EC5 Figure
where8.1)
F90,Rk is the characteristic splitting capacity [Ν];
he is the loaded edge distance to the centre of the most distant fa
h is the timber member height, [mm]; and
LVL_05.indd 149 b is the member thickness, however, not more than

5.9.2019 the penetrat
9:24:21
fasteners [mm].
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹90,k = 14 ∙ 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏��1 − ℎℎee� [𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁] (5.3) (EC5 8.4
�1 − �
ℎ

Figure 5.8. Inclined force transmitted by a connection (modified from EC5 Figure 8.1).
(Kuva_107_a splitting force in connections 190314, Kuva_107_b splitting force
in connections 190314, Kuva_107_c splitting force in connections 190320)
Design splitting capacity is calculated from the characteristic 5.3.2 Effective number of fasteners to
splitting capacitycapacity
Design splitting according to equationfrom
is calculated (4.3),the
in characteristic
subsection splitting capacity according to
4.1.6. For (4.3),
softwoods, the characteristic prevent splitting or row shear
equation in subsection 4.1.6. Forsplitting
softwoods,capacity for
the characteristic splitting capacity for the
the arrangement
arrangement shown
shown in in Figure5.8
Figure 5.9should
shouldbebe taken
taken as:
as:
An effective number of fasteners nef shall be used for bolt,
ℎe dowel and d > 12 mm screw connections at tension-loaded
𝐹𝐹90,k = 14 ∙ 𝑏𝑏√ [𝑁𝑁] (5.3) (EC5 8.4)
F_(90,k)=14∙b√(h_e/((1
(1 − e ) - h_e/h) )) [N] (5.3) (EC5 8.4)
ℎ
ℎ
ends of LVL members to prevent splitting or row shear failure
mode. For one row of ni fasteners parallel to the grain direc-
where
where tion, the load-carrying capacity parallel to grain should be cal-
F90,Rk is the characteristic splitting capacity [Ν]; culated using the effective number of fasteners nef according
hF90,Rk is theedge
characteristic
distance tosplitting capacity [Ν];
e is the loaded the centre of the most to the equation 31:
he distant fastener [mm];edge distance to the centre of the most distant fastener
is the loaded 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡i [mm];
𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
h is the timber member height, [mm]; and 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡ef = min � 0,9 i 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 ∙ 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
n_ef=min{█(n_i@n_i^0,9 4 ∜((a ∙ t)/(50∙ 〖
h is the timber member height, [mm]; and 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = min � 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 �
4 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 ∙ 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
b is the member thickness, however, not more than ef
(5.4) 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡ii0,9 �50∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑22
50∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
b is the member
the penetration depth ofthickness,
the fastenershowever,
[mm]. not more than the penetration depth of the
fasteners [mm]. where
Equation (5.3) does not need to be checked for wide face (flat- ni is the number of fasteners in a row i;
Equation (5.3) does not need to be checked for wide face (flatwise) LVL-C connections since
wise) LVL-C connections since it is not sensitive to splitting
it is not sensitive to splitting due to connection forces at an angle to the grain d is thedue effective
to its diameter cross of the fastener,
due to connection forces at an angle to the grain due to its
veneers. for screws def;
cross veneers.
min(𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎1 ; 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎3 ), when 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡i ≥ 2
5.3.2 Effective number of fasteners to prevent splitting or a={█(min(a_1;a_3
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎row
= �shear
min(𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 ),when𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡in_i≥2@a_3,when
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎3 ), when n_i=1)┤ (5.5)
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 = � 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎31,;when 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡i = 1 ≥ 2
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎3 , when 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡i = 1
An effective number of fasteners nef shall be used for bolt, dowel aand d > is
12the mm screwof fasteners in the grain direction;
1 spacing
connections at tension-loaded ends of LVL members to prevent splitting a3 or row shear
is the end distance failureof fasteners;
mode. For one row of ni fasteners parallel to the grain direction, the load-carrying capacity
parallel to grain should be calculated using the effective number of fasteners nef according to
the equation 31: min(𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡1 ; 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡2 ) connection
t={█(min(t_1;t_ connection with withtimber
timberonly inin
only outer members
outer members
𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = �
@min( 1 ; 2𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡2 ; 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡s ) other
min(2𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 othertwo
twoandandmultiple
multiple shear connection
shear connection
𝑛𝑛i (5.6)
𝑛𝑛ef = min { 0,9 4 𝑎𝑎 ∙ 𝑡𝑡 t1 and t2 are the thicknesses (5.4) of outer timber members
𝑛𝑛i √50∙ 𝑑𝑑2
(disregarded if the outer member is not timber);
and
where
ts is the thickness of the inner member of double shear
ni is the number of fasteners in a row i; connections or the smallest thickness of the inner
member of a multiple shear connection.
d is the effective diameter of the fastener, for screws def;
Figure 5.10. Row shear failure mode.
LVL_05.indd 150 5.9.2019 9:24:22

o
o the
the member
member thicknesses
thicknesses are
are tt11 ≥
≥ 4d,
4d, ttss ≥
≥ 5d
5d (inner
(inner member)
member)
o
o there
there are
are max
max 4
4 fasteners
fasteners in
in a
a row
row parallel
parallel to
to the
the grain,
grain, and
and
o
o the
the distance
distance perpendicular
perpendicular to
to grain
grain between
between bolts a22 ≥
bolts a ≥ 5d
5d or
or betw
betw
4d.,
4d., see
see Figure
Figure 5.10.
5.10.
5.3.3 Block shear and plug shear failure Wood failure should be checked for at tension-loaded
member ends for connection force components that are par-
modes at multiple dowel-type steel-to- allel to the grain. There are two types of timber failure mode:
timber connections block shear and plug shear.
• Block shear needs to be checked for bolt and dowel connec-
Block shear and plug shear failure modes shall be checked for tions and for screw connections when the centre member
steel-to-timber connections and tension-loaded member ends is screwed from both sides and the screws are overlapping.
of double or multiple shear plane timber-to-timber connec- • Plug shear failure mode must be checked for steel-to-timber
tions. The wood failure capacity of the joint area can be calcu- connections with surface fasteners (nails, screws, nail plates
lated according to the method presented in the Finnish Hand- and shear plates). Plug shear must be checked also for ex-
book for EC5: RIL 205-1-2009, Section 8.2.4S 31. In addition, ternal lamellas in cases where the dowels are shorter than
the effective number of fasteners, nef, according to Section 5.3.2 the overall thickness of the members in the connection. For
are taken into account to prevent splitting and row shear fail- LVL-C wide face bolt and dowel connections, both block and
ure mode. This method cannot be used for edgewise LVL con- plug shear failure modes must be checked.
nections. • Block and plug shear capacities are not checked for connec-
tions where all fasteners are in a single row parallel to the
grain (n2 = 1).
• If the timber member t1 has fasteners from opposite sides
and the effective thickness tef ≥ 0.5t1, the block shear capac-
A ity of steel-to-timber connections should also be checked.
• Block shear need not to be checked for bolt and dowel con-
nections when:
• the member thicknesses are t1 ≥ 4d, ts ≥ 5d (inner
member)
• there are max. 4 fasteners in a row parallel to the grain, and
• the distance perpendicular to grain between bolts a2 ≥ 5d
Figure
Figure or5.10.
between
5.10. a)
a) Block
Block a2 ≥ 4d.,
dowelsshear
shear see Figure
failure
failure mode
mode b)5.11.
b) Plug
Plug shear
shear failure
failure mode
31
mode 31 (Kuva
(Kuva
block shear failure 190320, Kuva_118_2 plug shear failure
block shear failure 190320, Kuva_118_2 plug shear failure 190314 190314
The characteristic plug shear capacity is calculated using the
The
The characteristic
characteristic plug
equation: plug shear
shear capacity
capacity is
is calculated
calculated using
using thethe equation:
equation:
𝐹𝐹ps,k = 𝐿𝐿net,t ∙ (𝑡𝑡ef ∙ 𝑓𝑓t,0,k + (𝑎𝑎3 + (𝑛𝑛1 − 1) ∙ 𝑎𝑎1 ∙ 𝑓𝑓v,0,k ))

𝐹𝐹ps,k = 𝐿𝐿net,t ∙ (𝑡𝑡ef ∙ 𝑓𝑓t,0,k + (𝑎𝑎3 + (𝑛𝑛1 − 1) ∙ 𝑎𝑎1 ∙ 𝑓𝑓v,0,k ))
F_(ps,k)=L_(net,t)∙(t_ef∙f_(t,0,k)+(a_3+(n_1-1)∙a_ (5.7)
where
where
where
B
L_(net,t)=(n_2-1)∙(a_2-D)
𝐿𝐿 = (𝑛𝑛2 − 1) ∙ (𝑎𝑎2 − 𝐷𝐷) (5.8)
net,t = (𝑛𝑛2 − 1) ∙ (𝑎𝑎2 − 𝐷𝐷)
𝐿𝐿net,t
𝑅𝑅k
𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡t_ef=R_k/(d∙f_(h,0,k)
ef =
=
𝑅𝑅k
) (5.9)
ef 𝑑𝑑∙𝑓𝑓h,0,k
𝑑𝑑∙𝑓𝑓h,0,k
fh,0,k is the embedment strength according to subsection 5.5.1

or 5.6;
n1 is the number of fasteners in rows parallel to the grain;
n2 is the number of fastener rows perpendicular to the
grain;
a1 is the fastener spacing parallel to the grain;
a2 is the fastener spacing perpendicular to the grain;
a3 is the fastener end distance;
D is the hole diameter;
ft,0,k is the tension strength of the timber member:
35 N/mm2 for LVL 48 P and 19 N/mm2 for LVL 36 C;
fv,0,k is the shear strength of the timber member: fv,0,flat,k
is 2.3 N/mm2 for LVL 48 P and 1.3 N/mm2 for LVL 36 C
in flatwise connections;
Rk is the characteristic load-carrying capacity per shear
Figure 5.11. A) Block shear failure mode B) Plug shear failure plane per fastener; and
mode 31 d is the fastener diameter.
LVL_05.indd 151 5.9.2019 9:24:22

n2 is the number of fastener rows perpendicular to the grain;
𝐿𝐿net,t =a(𝑛𝑛 2 2 − 1) ∙ (𝑎𝑎2is−the 𝐷𝐷) fastener spacing perpendicular to the grain; (5.8)
a𝑅𝑅1 is the fastener spacing parallel to the grain;
𝑡𝑡ef = 𝑑𝑑∙𝑓𝑓a k
3 is the fastener end distance; (5.9)
ah,0,k
2 is the fastener spacing perpendicular to the grain;
D is the hole diameter; 18
fh,0,k a3 is the fastener
is the embedment strengthend distance;according to subsection 5.5.1 or 5.6;
ft,0,k is the tension strength of the timber member: 35 N/mm2 for LVL 48 P and 19
n1 D is the number is the hole
N/mm2 of diameter;
forfasteners
LVL 36 C; in rows parallel to the grain; 18
ρk is the characteristic density, in kg/m³
n2 f
ft,0,k
v,0,k
is the number is the
is the shear tension
of fastener strength
strength rows ofofthe thetimbertimbermember:
perpendicular member: 35 N/mm2
to thefv,0,flat,k
grain; is 2.3 N/mm2 for
β LVL 48
for P
LVL and 48 19P
is the angle between nail axis and wide face
a1 5. STRUCTURAL N/mm2
and DESIGN
is the fastener 1.3 for N/mm2
spacing LVL OF36 C;
CONNECTIONS
for LVL 36
parallel to theC ingrain; flatwise connections;ρk dis theischaracteristic the nail diameter, density, in mmin kg/m³
a2 fRv,0,k
k
is
is the
is the fastener the shearcharacteristic
spacing strength of the timber
load-carrying
perpendicular to themember:
capacity
grain;per fv,0,flat,k
shear isβ2.3
plane N/mm2
isper for LVL
thefastener;
angle 48
andP nail axis and wide face
between
and 1.3 N/mm2 for LVL 36 C in flatwise connections;d ρk 1 𝑓𝑓or
is the characteristic
nail LVL − Pdensity,
diameter, inandmmGLVL in kg/m³−P
a3 is the fastener end distance;
d
Rk characteristic block is the fastener
characteristic diameter. load-carrying 𝑑𝑑
D The is the hole diameter; shear capacity of a timber capacity member per is shear• βplane 𝑘𝑘isCper
To prevent {thefastener;
min
angle between
splitting
{LVL
and mode,
−failure
for LVLin
nail axis
−mm C andfor
− Pone
androw
GLVL
wide
−of
face
C n nails paral-
(5
is 1the 𝑓𝑓or P and GLVL
(𝑑𝑑−2)
d nail diameter,
ft,0,k calculated
The is the
d characteristic using is the
tension theblockequation:
strength
fastener shear ofcapacity
the timber
diameter. of member:
a timber member 35 N/mm2 lel to48
for𝑘𝑘LVL
is calculated the Pgrain,
using and
𝑑𝑑 the unless
19 3 equation: the nails of that row are staggered per-
C{ (5.15)
N/mm2 for LVL 36 C; min1{(𝑑𝑑−2)
pendicular 𝑓𝑓or toLVL for
grain LVL
− by P− atCleast
and and
GLVL GLVL P −load-carrying
1d,− the C capac-
The • To prevent 3 splitting
(5.10) failure mode, for one row of n nails parallel to the grain, un
𝐹𝐹 bt,k characteristic
=is𝐿𝐿net,t ∙ 𝑡𝑡1 ∙ 𝑘𝑘bt
fv,0,k F_(bt,k)=L_(net,t)∙t_1∙k_bt∙f_(t,0,k)
the shear block∙ 𝑓𝑓t,0,k
strength shear of the capacity
timberofmember: a timberfv,0,flat,k
member
(5.10)is 2.3 is calculated
N/mm2 ity{ parallel
for using
LVL 𝑑𝑑to48 the
the Pequation:
grain (see EC5, clause 8.1.2(4)) should be
𝑘𝑘Cnails of that row are staggered perpendicular to grain by at least 1d, the (5.15)
load-c
and 1.3 N/mm2 for LVL 36 C in flatwise connections; min {(𝑑𝑑−2)
calculated using forthe LVL − C andnumber
effective GLVL −ofCfasteners nef = nkef .
where
𝐹𝐹 = 𝐿𝐿 ∙ 𝑡𝑡 ∙ 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓 • To prevent capacity splitting
parallel
3 failure
(5.10) to the mode,
grainfor (see one EC5,rowclauseof n nails parallel
8.1.2(4)) to thebe
should grain, unless ut
calculated
Rk where is the characteristic load-carrying capacity per shear plane
bt,k net,t 1 bt t,0,k
nailsper kof in Table
ef that
fastener;
effective row 8.1
are
number andof Eurocode
staggered
of fasteners 5 applies
nef, = nto
perpendicular kef LVL-P
. to
kefgrain wide
in Table by face.
at
8.1least 1d, the load-carryin
of Eurocode 5 applies
L𝐿𝐿net,t is according to equationto(5.8)
is according equation (5.8) • To capacity For
wide
prevent LVL-C
parallel
face.
splitting wide
Forto the face
LVL-C
failure kefmode,
grain =(see
wide 1 and face
forforone
EC5, kLVL
efclause
=row1orand GLVL
of8.1.2(4))
nfor edge
nails face:
should
LVLparallel
or GLVL bethe
to calculated
edge using t
face:unless
grain,
where
net,t
d kbt is is thefor
1,50 fastener
solid wood diameter. and glued laminated timber and effective
nails of that number row are of fasteners
staggered n ef, = n
kef
perpendicular . k ef in to Table
grain 8.1by of
atEurocode
least 1d, 5
theapplies to LV
load-carryin
1
𝐿𝐿 1,25 for LVL;
net,t
1,50, andfor solid
is according wood and
to equation glued laminated timber
(5.8) wideandk_ef=min{█(1@1-0,03(20-a_1/d)
capacity 𝑘𝑘1,25,
face.
ef = Forfor LVL-C
min
parallel {LVL;to and
the wide
grain
1 − 0,03(20 − 𝑎𝑎1 /𝑑𝑑) k
face(see =)┤
kefEC5, 1 and clause for LVL8.1.2(4))or GLVLshould
(5.16) edgebe face:
calculated using(5
The characteristic
t11 is the thickness block
is the shear
thickness capacity of of
the
of the timber member (t1 ≤ 2 tef). 1 a timber
timber member
member (tis ≤ calculated
2 t ). effectiveusing the
number equation:
of fasteners n , = n ef
. k in Table 8.1 of Eurocode 5 applies to LV
LVL; 1and
ef ef ef
1,50, for solid wood and glued laminated timber 𝑘𝑘
wideand 1,25,
= face.
min {For for LVL-C wide (5.16)
𝐹𝐹bt,k = The 𝐿𝐿net,tcharacteristic
∙ 𝑡𝑡1 ∙ 𝑘𝑘bt ∙ 𝑓𝑓t,0,kblock shear capacity of a LVL-C member is calculated • • For
ef For smooth
smooth
1(5.10)
− 0,03(20 nails
nailsin in 𝑎𝑎1face
−predrilled/𝑑𝑑) kefholes
predrilled = 1 and
holes inin thefor
the LVL
edgeedge orface
face GLVL of edge
of LVL LVL orface:GLVL the points
t1 characteristic is the thickness of the timber member (t1 ≤ is2 tef). penetration using the lengththe equation:
The block shear capacity of a LVL-C member or GLVL 1 should
pointside penetrationbe at least length 12d should be at least
• 𝑘𝑘
Foref =smooth
min { nails in predrilled holes in the edge face of LVL or GLVL the pointside (5.16)
where calculated using 𝐿𝐿 the∙ 𝑡𝑡equation:
∙ 𝑓𝑓 + 0,7 ∙ 𝐿𝐿 ∙ 𝑡𝑡 ∙ 𝑓𝑓 12d
• LVL member 1 − 0,03(20 −
thicknesses: 𝑎𝑎 1 /𝑑𝑑)
The characteristic net,t block 1 shear capacity
t,0,k net,v of1a LVL-C v,k member ispenetrationcalculated using the
lengththicknesses: equation:
should be at least 12d
𝐹𝐹 = max { • LVL member (5.11)
𝐿𝐿net,t bt,k is according to𝐿𝐿equation net,t ∙ 𝑡𝑡1 ∙ 𝑘𝑘(5.8) bt ∙ 𝑓𝑓t,0,k For smooth o LVL-P
nails in or GLVL-P
predrilled with in nails
theinwide the facewide face should be pre-drilled when
F_(bt,k)=max{█(L_(net,t)∙t_1∙f_(t,0,k)+0,7∙L_
𝐿𝐿net,t ∙ 𝑡𝑡1 ∙ 𝑓𝑓t,0,k + 0,7 ∙ 𝐿𝐿net,v ∙ 𝑡𝑡1 ∙ 𝑓𝑓v,k •
• LVL member • LVL-P thicknesses: or GLVL-P with holesnails in the edge faceshouldof LVL beor GLVL the pointside
𝐹𝐹 bt,k = max
is 1,50 { for solid wood and glued laminated timber and penetration
1,25 for LVL; thickness
length
and should
(5.11) of the be timber
at least members
12d is smaller than
(v,k)@L_(net,t)∙t_1∙k_bt∙f_(t,0,k)
𝐿𝐿net,v = 2 ∙ (𝑎𝑎3 + (𝑛𝑛1 𝐿𝐿−net,t 1) ∙∙ (𝑎𝑎 −)┤
𝑡𝑡1 1∙ 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓t,0,k
bt𝐷𝐷)) (5.11) pre-drilled
o LVL-P or GLVL-P
when
(5.12) withthe thickness of the timber members
7𝑑𝑑nails in the wide face should be pre-drilled when the
is
t1 fv,k is the thickness of the timber member
is edgewise shear strength, for LVL 36 C fv,0,edge,k = 4,5 N/mm (t 1 ≤ 2 tef). • LVL member
smaller
thickness 2thicknesses:
𝑡𝑡 than
= maxof the{(13𝑑𝑑timber members𝜌𝜌k
is smaller than (5
− 30)
𝐿𝐿 = 2 ∙ (𝑎𝑎 +
L_(net,v)=2∙(a_3+(n_1-1)∙(a_1-D)) (𝑛𝑛 − 1) ∙ (𝑎𝑎 − 𝐷𝐷)) (5.12) (5.12) 400
7𝑑𝑑 with nails in the wide face should be pre-drilled when the
net,v
The characteristic
3
block
1
shear
1 o LVL-P or
where GLVL-P
fLVL
v,k suppliers ishave
edgewise alsocapacitymore
shearadvanced
of a LVL-C member in
strength,instructionsfor LVL 36 C ftheir
is calculated
v,0,edge,ktechnical using =the
= 4,5 t=max{█(7d@(13d-30)
N/mm
thickness(13𝑑𝑑
2 equation:
𝑡𝑡 documentation.
max {
of the−timber 30) 400
𝜌𝜌k
ρ_k/400)┤
members is smaller than(5.17)
(5.17)
fv,k is𝐿𝐿edgewise shear strength, for LVL 36 C t is the7𝑑𝑑 minimum thickness of timber member to avoid pre-drilling
net,t ∙ 𝑡𝑡1 ∙ 𝑓𝑓t,0,k + 0,7 ∙ 𝐿𝐿net,v ∙ 𝑡𝑡1 ∙ 𝑓𝑓v,k where
𝐹𝐹bt,k = 5.4 LVL fv,0,edge,kNailed
max {suppliers =𝐿𝐿4,5have N/mm connections
also 2 more advanced instructions in their technicalwhere 𝑡𝑡 documentation.
= max (5.11) {(13𝑑𝑑 − 30) 𝜌𝜌k (5.17)
∙ 𝑡𝑡 ∙ 𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓 ρisk theisminimum the characteristic thicknesstimber of timber density
member [kg/m³]; and pre-drilling [mm]
to avoid
t twhere
net,t 1 bt t,0,k 400
is the minimum thickness of timber member to avoid
𝐿𝐿net,v =LVL
5.4
Instructions
suppliers Nailed
forhave nailed also connections
connections
more advanced are instructions
presented ininSection their 8.3 of Eurocode dis5.the
ρk pre-drilling Inisaddition
the [mm] nail to diameter [mm].
2 ∙ (𝑎𝑎
those 3 + (𝑛𝑛1 − 1) ∙ (𝑎𝑎1 − 𝐷𝐷))
instructions, the following instructions shall also be taken into t (5.12)
account: is the characteristic
minimum thickness timber ofdensity
timber[kg/m³];
memberand to avoid pre-drilling [mm]
technical documentation. 2 ρko is the
Expression characteristic (5.17) timber
may bedensity
disregarded[kg/m³]; and
for nails in the wide face of LVL
fv,k Instructions is edgewisefor nailed shear strength, for
connections areLVL presented36 C fv,0,edge,k
in Section = 4,58.3 N/mm of Eurocode 5.
is the In addition
nail diameter to [mm].
• LVL
those members shall
instructions, the followingbe predrilled when the
instructions shalldiameter
also bed taken of theinto d dρk isGLVL-C.
nail account:
exceeds the
is 6 the nail
mm diameter
characteristic [mm]. timber density [kg/m³]; and
LVL suppliers have also more advanced instructions in their technical documentation. o Expression (5.17) may be disregarded for nails in the wide face of LVL-C or
5.4•• For NAILED
nails CONNECTIONS
with diameters up to 8 mm arranged perpendicular do LVListhethe orfollowing
GLVL
nail with nails
diameter [mm].in the edge face should be pre-drilled when the
LVL members shall be predrilled when the 32 diameter d of the to nailthe
• grain,
GLVL-C.
Expression
exceeds of the 6 (5.17)
mm may be disregarded
member in nailing direction is smaller than
for nails in the wide
5.4 Instructions characteristic
Nailedforconnections embedment strengths apply : Expression (5.17) may be disregarded
nailed connections are presented in Section 8.3
• For nails with diameters up to 8 mm arranged perpendicular to theGLVL-C.
o
o face
LVL oforLVL-C
GLVL
grain, the following14𝑑𝑑
orwithGLVL-C.nails in the edge facefor nails in
should bethe wide face
pre-drilled whenof LVL-C or
the thick
of Eurocode o without
5. In addition predrilled to those holes in softwood
instructions, LVL or
the following GLVL: • LVL
of the or𝑡𝑡 member
GLVL
= max with nails indirection
in nailing the
𝜌𝜌 edgeisface should
smaller thanbe pre- (5
Instructions characteristic
for nailed embedment strengths apply 32: {(13𝑑𝑑 − 30)of kthe member in nailing di-
instructions shallconnections
also0,082 be∙ taken are
𝜌𝜌k ∙ 𝑑𝑑−0,3 into presented
account: in Section 8.3 of Eurocodedrilled 5. In addition
o LVL orwhen GLVLthe
tothickness
with
14𝑑𝑑 nails in the
200 edge face should be pre-drilled when the thick
those instructions, o 𝑓𝑓 the
h,k =
without following 2 𝛽𝛽instructions in shall [N/mm also LVL2
] taken
be theinto account:rection (5.13)
• LVL members shall𝑘𝑘Cpredrilled
∙ be
cospredrilled+ sinholes
2 𝛽𝛽 when softwood
the diameter dor
of GLVL: 𝑡𝑡 =the
of max member
is{smaller inthannailing 𝜌𝜌k direction is smaller than (5.18)
o Expression (13𝑑𝑑 − 30)
(5.17) may be replaced by expression (5.18) for edge dista
nail exceeds 6 mm 0,082 ∙ 𝜌𝜌 ∙ 𝑑𝑑 −0,3
[N/mm ] or
200
• LVL members shall be predrilled 2when the diameter d of the nail exceeds 6 mm 14d (5.13)
k 2 14𝑑𝑑
o with 𝑓𝑓h,k =
with predrilled
𝑘𝑘C ∙ cos2 𝛽𝛽 + holes inmm softwood LVLperpendic-
GLVL
• For nails diameters up sinto 𝛽𝛽 8 arranged 𝑡𝑡Expression
= max {(13𝑑𝑑
o t=max{█(14d@(13d-30)ρ_k/200)┤ (5.18)
(5.17) − 30) may 𝜌𝜌k
be replaced by expression (5.18) for edge distances (5.18)
• For nails with
ular too thewith diameters
grain, up to
the ∙ following 8 mm arranged
(1 − 0,01𝑑𝑑) ∙ characteristic
perpendicular
embedment to the •grain,In the
axially following
loaded nail connections
200 for smooth nails without predrilled holes and
characteristic embedment
𝑓𝑓h,k =
0,082
predrilled holes in𝜌𝜌apply
strengths
ksoftwood 32 [N/mm
: LVL 2 or GLVL
] 14d (5.14) of at least 12d, the characteristic strength values of the w
strengths apply : C 32 𝑘𝑘 ∙ cos 2 𝛽𝛽 + sin 2 𝛽𝛽 pointside
o • Expression
Expression(5.17) penetration(5.17) may may be be replaced
replaced by expression
by expression (5.18) (5.18)
for for edge distances
o • without 𝑓𝑓predrilled 0,082holesholes ininsoftwood
∙ (1 − 0,01𝑑𝑑) softwood
∙ 𝜌𝜌k LVLLVL ororGLVL:
2GLVL:
• In axially fax,k
edge loaded
and distances nail connections
pull-through a ≥ 14d for smooth
fhead,k strengths [N/mm nails 2 without predrilled holes and with
] should be found from the followin
Where = [N/mm ] pointside 14d penetration (5.14) 4
32 of at least 12d, the characteristic strength values of the withdr
f_(h,k)=(0,082
h,k 𝑘𝑘C ∙ cos2 𝛽𝛽 + sin2 𝛽𝛽 expressions
axially loaded: nail connections for smooth
0,082 ∙∙ ρ_(k 𝜌𝜌k ∙ )∙ d^(-0,3))/(k_
𝑑𝑑−0,3 •
• In
and pull-through
fax,kaxially
In loaded 182 nail (255)
fconnections
head,k−6 strengths for[N/mm
smooth
2
] nails
should
nails without
be found
without from the
predrilled following
holes and with
• 𝑓𝑓sin^2
h,k = β)
Where [N/mm2]
2 2 (5.13) predrilled
expressions 𝑓𝑓32
ax,k holes
: = 20 and∙ 10 with ∙ a
𝜌𝜌 2pointside
for in the wide
penetration face
of atofleast
LVL and GLVL
𝑘𝑘C ∙ cos 𝛽𝛽 + sin 𝛽𝛽 pointside penetration k
of at least 12d, the characteristic strength values of the withdr
[N/mm2] (5.13) fax,k and
12d,pull-through
the characteristic strength values of the withdrawal fax,k from the following
• with predrilled holes in softwood LVL or GLVL and𝑓𝑓ax,k =𝑓𝑓32 20 =
ax,k
pull-through ∙ 10 0,32−6
∙ ∙𝜌𝜌𝑑𝑑k2 strengths
fhead,k
fhead,k
+ 0,8 for in for
strengths
[N/mm
the
[N/mm
the2]face
inwide should
edge
2] should offacebe of
LVL found
LVLGLVL
and
be found
and GLVL with ρk ≥ 4
expressions : −6 2 32
with predrilled
o f_(h,k)=(0,082 0,082 ∙ ∙(1 holes
(1 − - 0,01d)in softwood
0,01𝑑𝑑) ∙ 𝜌𝜌k LVL or
∙ ρ_k)/(k_C ∙〖 GLVL from
𝑓𝑓ax,kthe =𝑓𝑓head,k
following
0,32 ∙=𝑑𝑑−6 70 ∙ 10 for
+ expressions
0,8 ∙ 𝜌𝜌kin the : edge face of LVL and GLVL with ρk ≥ 480kg
𝑓𝑓
= (5.14) 𝑓𝑓ax,k = 20 ∙ 10 182 ∙ (255)
𝜌𝜌 k
2
for in the wide face of LVL and GLVL
h,k 2 2
𝑘𝑘C ∙ cos 𝛽𝛽 + sin 𝛽𝛽 where is -6the
−6
∙ ρ102characteristic 2
density facekg/m . However, smooth nails shall not b
3
𝑓𝑓head,k
fax,k = 20 ρ=k10 70 ∙ 𝜌𝜌k
[N/mm2] (5.14) 𝑓𝑓ax,k = ∙0,32 ∙∙ 𝑑𝑑 k+ 0,8for in forthe in wide
the edge of LVL
face of LVL and GLVL with ρk ≥ 480kg
resist permanent or long-term axial loading.
where
where𝑓𝑓head,kρk is the characteristic and GLVL (5.19)
∙ 10 ∙ 𝜌𝜌k density kg/m . However, smooth nails shall not be us
−6 2 3
= 70
where ρk is the characteristic density, in kg/m³; The
resist fax,k
following
permanent d +or0,8
= 0,32 ∙information long-term for inaxial
should the be edge taken
loading.face fromof LVL the nail supplier’s Dop:
ρk is the characteristic density, in kg/m³
ρk β is theβ is the angle between nail axis and wide face; and where ρ is the characteristic and GLVL
density with
kg/m ρ 3≥ 480kg/m3 (5.20)
. However, smooth nails shall not be us
is characteristic
the angle between density, nailinaxis kg/m³ and wide face k k
β dd is the isisthe
angle
the nailnail diameter,
between
diameter, in mm.
nail inaxismmand wide face The resist
following
fhead,k
permanent information
= 70 ∙ 10or -6 ∙ ρshould2 be taken from the nail supplier’s
long-term
k axial loading. (5.21) Dop:
d is the nail diameter, in mm
1 𝑓𝑓or LVL − P and GLVL − P The following whereinformation ρk is the characteristic should be taken from the
density kg/m nail supplier’s Dop:
3. However,
k_C
𝑘𝑘 1 𝑓𝑓or LVL
𝑑𝑑 − P
{█(1 for LVL-P and GLVL-P@min{█and GLVL − P smooth nails (5.15)shall not be used to resist permanent or long-
C{
𝑘𝑘C { for LVL-C min𝑑𝑑 {(𝑑𝑑−2)and for LVL − )┤
GLVL-C┤ C and GLVL − C (5.15) term (5.15)
axial loading.
min {(𝑑𝑑−2) for 3 LVL − C and GLVL − C
3
• To prevent splitting failure mode, for one row of n nails parallel to the grain, unless the
• To prevent nails of splitting
that rowfailure are staggered mode, forperpendicular one row of n to nails
grainparallel
by at to the1d,
least grain,theunless load-carrying the
nailscapacity
of that row are staggered
parallel to the grain perpendicular
(see EC5, clause to grain by at least
8.1.2(4)) should 1d,be thecalculated
load-carrying using the
capacity effectiveparallelnumber to theofgrain fasteners (see EC5, nef, = clausenkef . kef8.1.2(4))
in Table should be calculated
8.1 of Eurocode 5 applies usingtothe LVL-P
effectivewide numberface. ForofLVL-C fasteners widenefface = nkef kef. =kef1inand Table for LVL8.1 of orEurocode
GLVL edge 5 applies
face: to LVL-P
wideLVLface.
152 Handbook For LVL-C wide
Europe 1 face kef = 1 and for LVL or GLVL edge face:
𝑘𝑘ef = min { 1 (5.16)
1 − 0,03(20 − 𝑎𝑎1 /𝑑𝑑)
𝑘𝑘ef = min { (5.16)
1 − 0,03(20 − 𝑎𝑎1 /𝑑𝑑)
• For smooth nails in predrilled holes in the edge face of LVL or GLVL the pointside
• For smooth
LVL_05.indd 152
penetration nailslength in predrilled
should holes be at in leastthe12d edge face of LVL or GLVL the pointside 5.9.2019 9:24:24
The following information should be taken from the nail sup- made, the yield moment capacity of the smooth shank may be
plier’s DoP: used, if the smooth shank penetrates into the member contain-
• Characteristic yield moment My,k [Nmm] ing the point of the screw by not less than 4d.
• Characteristic withdrawal parameter fax,k [N/mm2] Unless otherwise stated in this section, the rules for bolts
• Characteristic head out-through parameter fhead,k [N/mm2] apply to screws with an outer thread diameter d > 12 mm in
• Characteristic tensile capacity ftens,k [kN] predrilled LVL / GLVL members. The embedding strength fh,k
• Nail diameter [mm] made,
should the yield as:
be taken moment capacity of the smooth shank may be used, if the s
• Nail head area [mm2] penetrates into the member containing the point of the screw by not less tha
0,082 ∙ (1 − 0,01𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑) 𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌k
• Nail length [mm] f_(h,k)=(0,082
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 h,k = (𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘otherwise
∙ (1 - 0,01d) ρ_k)/((k_(90 )∙ sin^2 α2 + cos^2 α)
2 𝜀𝜀𝜀𝜀) N/mm
2
Unless 2
90 ∙ sin 𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼 + cos stated
2 𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼) ∙ (𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘in∙ this
C cos 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽section,
2 + sin2 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽) ∙the
(2,5 ∙rules for
cos 𝜀𝜀𝜀𝜀 + sinbolts apply to screws w
• For threaded nails also length of threaded part (lg) and length ∙ (k_(C diameter
thread ) 〖∙ cos〗^2d β>〖+ 12sin〗^2 mm in β) ∙ (2,5 ∙ cos^2
predrilled LVL /ε GLVL
+ sin^2members. ε) ) The embedd
of point (lp)
should be taken as: (5.22)
where
0,082 ∙ (1 − 0,01𝑑𝑑) 𝜌𝜌k
𝑓𝑓d h,k is=the outer thread diameter of the screw [mm]; N/mm2
5.5 SCREWED CONNECTIONS (𝑘𝑘90 ∙ sin2 𝛼𝛼 + cos2 𝛼𝛼) ∙ (𝑘𝑘C ∙ cos2 𝛽𝛽 + sin2 𝛽𝛽) ∙ (2,5 ∙ cos2 𝜀𝜀 + sin2 𝜀𝜀)
ρk is the characteristic density [kg/m³];
Design instructions for screwed connections are given in Eu- α is the angle between load and grain direction, see
where
rocode 5, Section 8.7. The definitions provided in the current Figure 5.7; for softwood LVL-C / GLVL-C and α > 45°,
section introduce some differences to the Eurocode 5 instruc- d α may be assumed is the outer as 45°; thread diameter of the screw [mm];
tions in order to improve the connection design of LVL. Screw ρ is the
β k is the angle between screw axis and characteristic density wide[kg/m³];
face, see
suppliers also have their own design instructions for their fas- α Figure 5.7;is the angle between load and grain direction, see Figure 5.7; f
teners documented in their ETAs and DoPs. These must be ε is the angleCbetween / GLVL-C screw andaxis α >and45°,grain α may be assumed as 45°;
direction,
treated as separate supplier-specific instructions unless they β see Figure is 5.7;
the angle between screw axis and wide face, see Figure 5.7
make direct reference to Eurocode design. εk90 is 1,15 + 0,015 is the forangle
softwood between LVL /screw
GLVL;axis andand grain (5.23) direction, see Figur
The following information should be taken from the screw k90 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑is 1,15 + 0,015 for softwood LVL / GLVL; and
supplier’s DoP: 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 C = max �
k_C=max{█(d/((d-2) (𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑−2) for softwood
)@1,15) for LVL softwood LVL┤ (5.24)
• Characteristic yield moment My,k [Nmm] 1,15𝑑𝑑
• Characteristic withdrawal parameter fax,k [N/mm2] 𝑘𝑘C = max {(𝑑𝑑−2) for softwood LVL
1,15
• Characteristic head out-through parameter fhead,k [N/mm2] Unless otherwise 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 stated in this section, the rules for nails apply
• Characteristic tensile capacity ftens,k [kN] 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
toC screws
Unless = max with a for
� (𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑−2)
otherwise softwood
diameter
stated ≤ LVL
ind this 12section,
mm or the screwsrulesin fornon-pre-
nails apply to screws w
• Screw outer thread diameter d [mm] 12 mm or 1,15
screws
drilled timber or LVL / GLVL members. in non-predrilled timber or TheLVL / GLVL members. The emb
embedding
• Screw inner thread diameter d1 [mm] should
strengthbe takenbeas:
should taken as:
0,082 ∙ 𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌k ∙ ∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑−0,3
• Screw head diameter dh [mm] -𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓• h,k wwithout
ithout
= (𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙ predrilled
predrilled
2
holes in softwood2 LVL
2 holes in 2softwood N/mm
LVLor GLVL
or2 GLVL
C cos 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽 + sin 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽) ∙ (2,5 ∙ cos 𝜀𝜀𝜀𝜀 + sin 𝜀𝜀𝜀𝜀)
• Screw length L [mm] f_(h,k)=(0,082 ∙ ρ_(k ∙)∙ d^(-0,3))/((k_C 〖∙
0,082 ∙ 𝜌𝜌k ∙ ∙ 𝑑𝑑−0,3
• Thread length LG [mm] 𝑓𝑓β) h,k = N/mm2
(𝑘𝑘C ∙ cos 2 𝛽𝛽 + sin2 𝛽𝛽) ∙ (2,5 ∙ cos2 𝜀𝜀 + sin2 𝜀𝜀)
0,082 ∙ (1 − 0,01𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑) 𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌
h,k =
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 0,082 ∙ 𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌 ∙ ∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑−0,3 k N/mm22 (5.25)
5.5.1 Laterally loaded screws in LVL 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
h,k
C
= (𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙ cos2 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽 + sin2 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽) ∙k(2,5 ∙ cos2 𝜀𝜀𝜀𝜀 + sin2 𝜀𝜀𝜀𝜀) N/mm
(𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘C ∙ cos2 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽 + sin2 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽) ∙ (2,5 ∙ cos2 𝜀𝜀𝜀𝜀 + sin2 𝜀𝜀𝜀𝜀)
-• wwith
ith predrilled
predrilledholes
holesin in
softwood LVL
softwood or GLVL
LVL or GLVL
The instructions specific to LVL presented in this subsection
0,082 ∙ (1 − 0,01𝑑𝑑) 𝜌𝜌k
are based on the document Design rules for LVL to Eurocode 5, 𝑓𝑓f_(h,k)=(0,082
h,k = 1 ∙ 2(1 -∙ 0,01d)
0,082 (1for LVL ρ_k)/((k_(C
− 0,01𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑) − P and GLVL
2 𝛽𝛽) ∙𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌k
) 2〖 − P 2 N/mm2
Proposal for discussion in CEN/TC250/SC5, Prof. Dr.-Ing. H.J. (𝑘𝑘
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓h,k = (𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 C∙ cos2 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽 + sin+2 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽)
∙ cos 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝛽𝛽 sin (2,5 ∙ 2cosN/mm 2
𝜀𝜀 + sin 𝜀𝜀)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘C = � C 2
∙ (2,5 ∙ cos 𝜀𝜀𝜀𝜀 + sin 𝜀𝜀𝜀𝜀)
min �(𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑−2) 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓or LVL − C and GLVL − C
Blaβ and Dr. –Ing.M.Flaig, Blaβ & Eberhart GmbH, 30.6.2017, (5.26) 3
CEN/TC250/SC5/N0764 32 and differ partially from EN1995- where
where
1-1:2004. The effect of the threaded part of the screw shall be k_C={█(1 1 forforLVL LVL-P
− P and and GLVL
GLVL-− P
1 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 for LVL − P and GLVL − P
taken into account in determining the load carrying capacity 2) )@3)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘C = � for LVL-C 𝑑𝑑 and GLVL-C┤ )┤ (5.27)
𝑘𝑘C = { min �(𝑑𝑑−2) (𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑−2) 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓or LVL − C and GLVL − C
by using the yield moment capacity of the screw determined in min { 3 𝑓𝑓or LVL − C and GLVL − C
accordance with EN 14592. The outer thread diameter d shall 3
be used to determine the embedment strength, the spacing,
edge and end distances and the effective number of screws. 5.5.2 Axially loaded screws
For connections in softwood timber or LVL/GLVL with ε ≥ 15° of screws in a

Note: In EN 1995-1-1:2004 the embedment strength is defined
EN 14592 with:
based on an effective diameter def instead of the outer thread
diameter d. - 6 mm ≤ d ≤ 12 mm
- 0,6 ≤ d1 /d ≤ 0,75
For smooth shank screws, the yield moment capacity of the where
smooth shank may be used for plastic hinges occurring within 0,8
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹ax,ε,Rk = ef isaxthe𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘ax,90,k
d 𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 outer
∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 thread
∙ 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ef 𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌k diameter; and
�𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌 �
the length of the smooth shank. Unless a detailed analysis is β a
d1 is the inner thread diameter
the characteristic withdrawal capacity should be taken as 32:
𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘ax ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓ax,90,k ∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ∙ 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ef 𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌k 0,8
∙0,5∙𝜀𝜀𝜀𝜀
= ef
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹ax,ε,Rk 0,5 + for 15° ≤ 𝜀𝜀𝜀𝜀 �<𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌 45° �
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘ax = � 45° 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘β a
1 for 45° ≤ 𝜀𝜀𝜀𝜀 ≤ 90°
LVL_05.indd 153 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽 = 1,5 ∙ cos 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽 + sin2 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽
2 5.9.2019 9:24:26
0,5∙𝜀𝜀𝜀𝜀
0,082 ∙ (1 − 0,01𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑) 𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌k
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓h,k = (𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 2 2 2 N/mm2 (5.22)
C ∙ cos 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽 + sin 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽) ∙ (2,5 ∙ cos 𝜀𝜀𝜀𝜀 + sin2 𝜀𝜀𝜀𝜀)
1 for LVL − P and GLVL − P

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘C = � (5.23)
min �(𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑−2)DESIGN
5. STRUCTURAL 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓or LVL OF
− CCONNECTIONS
and GLVL − C
3
5.5.2 Axially loaded screws fhead,k is the characteristic pull-through parameter of the
screw determined in accordance with EN 14592 for
For connections in softwood timber or LVL/GLVL with ε ≥ 15° the associated density ρa
of screws in accordance with EN 14592 with: dh is the diameter of the screw head [mm]
• 6 mm ≤ d ≤ 12 mm
• 0,6 ≤ d1 /d ≤ 0,75 5.5.3 Inclined screw connections
where
d is the outer thread diameter; and Inclined screwing is an efficient way to connect LVL members
d1 is the inner thread diameter 185 (255)
together or to other types of timber members. Although the
connections transfer shear forces, the fasteners are axially load-
The characteristic withdrawal capacity should be taken as 32: ed. The instructions in this subsection are based on the Finnish
𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 ∙ k_(ax
F_(ax,ε,Rk)=(n_ef ∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 )∙
∙ 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ef 𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌 0,8
f_(ax,90,k)
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹ax,ε,Rk = 𝑛𝑛ef ∙ ax𝑘𝑘 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘ax,90,k
∙ 𝑓𝑓 ∙�𝑑𝑑k�∙ 𝑙𝑙 𝜌𝜌∙ d 0,8 ∙ l Handbook RIL205-1:2017
(5.24) for Eurocode 5, Chapter 8.7.4S 31.
ef ax β ax,90,k 𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌a ef k
(5.28)
𝐹𝐹 ax,ε,Rk = ( )
𝑘𝑘β 𝜌𝜌a These rules concern the design of single shear connections
where (5.28) according to Figure 5.11, where the screw inclination angle α
k_ax={█(0,5+(0,5∙ε)/(45°)0,5∙𝜀𝜀𝜀𝜀 for𝜀𝜀𝜀𝜀 15°≤ε45°≤ε≤90°)┤ should be between 30°…60° in regard to the shear plane. The
where 0,5 + 45° for 15° ≤ < 45°
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
ax = � (5.29) screws are axially(5.25) loaded. The head side timber member (t1)
1 for 45° ≤ 𝜀𝜀𝜀𝜀 ≤ 90°
0,5∙𝜀𝜀
0,5 + 45° for 15° ≤ 𝜀𝜀 < 45° may be replaced with a steel plate if the screw head has a full
𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽ax==1,5
k_β=1,5∙cos^2 { ∙ cos2 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽 + sin2 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽β
β+sin^2 (5.30) bearing area on (5.29) (5.26)
the steel plate for a Figure 5.12 (b) tension
1 for 45° ≤ 𝜀𝜀 ≤ 90°
screw connection. The screws should be self-drilling and fully
2
F𝛽𝛽ax,ε,Rk
𝑘𝑘 is the
= 1,5 𝛽𝛽 + sin2 𝛽𝛽 withdrawal capacity of the
∙ coscharacteristic threaded or partly (5.30)threaded with a smooth part diameter of
connection at an angle ε to the grain [N]; ds ≤ 0.8d, where d is the outer thread diameter.
Ffax,90,k
ax,ε,Rk is the characteristic
is the characteristic withdrawal withdrawal capacity of the connection
strength perpendicular at an angle
Different ε to the
or supplementary connection types and screw
grain [N];
to the grain determined in accordance with EN 14592 specifications differing from eurocode 5 may be used accord-
f ax,90,k for the is the characteristic
associated withdrawal strength perpendicular
density ρa [N/mm²]; ingto to the
theirgrain
ETA.determined in
accordance with EN
nef is the effective number of screws, nef = n where n is 14592 for the
0,9 associated density ρ a [N/mm²];
n ef the numberis theofeffective
screws acting number of screws,
together nef = n0,9 where n Cross
in a connection; screw connection
is the number of screws
acting together in
kax is a factor to consider the influence of the angle ε a connection; The cross screw connection is built up from symmetrical screw
k ax between is screw
a factor axistoandconsider the influence
grain direction and the Crosssee
of the angle ε between
pairs, screw
screw
Figure connection
axis
5.12and (a), in grain which one screw is under compres-
direction
long-term behavior; and the long-term behavior; sion
Cross and the
screw other
connectionunder tension. The up characteristic load-car-screw pairs, see Figure
The cross screw connection is built from symmetrical
llefef is the penetration
is the penetration length oflength of the threaded
the threaded part [mm];part [mm]; Cross
rying
whichcapacity
screw
one screw of the
connection cross screw
is under compressionconnection andisthe calculated
other under by tension. The charact
ρkk is the characteristic
is the characteristic density [kg/m³];density [kg/m³]; The
the crosscapacity
equation:
carrying screw connection
of the crossisscrew built up from symmetrical
connection is calculatedscrew bypairs, see Figure
the equation:
ρaa is the associated density for
is the associated fax,k [kg/m³];
density for fax,k [kg/m³]; which
The one
cross screw
screw is under
connection compression
is built up and
from the other
symmetrical under tension.
screw pairs, The
seecharact
Figure
carrying
which
𝑅𝑅 = 𝑛𝑛 0,9capacity
one screw
(𝑅𝑅 + 𝑅𝑅 of under
is the
)cos cross
𝛼𝛼 screw connection
compression and the is calculated
other under by the(5.28)
tension. equation:
The charact
kkββ is a factor
is aconsidering the influence
factor considering of the angle
the influence of βthe angle β between
R_k=n_p^0,9
k p the C,k (R_(C,k)+R_(T,k)
screw axis and
T,k )cos ε (5.32)
between theLVL’sscrewwideaxis and carrying capacity of the cross screw connection is calculated by the equation:
the face;the LVL’s wide face; 𝑅𝑅 0,9
(5.28)
k = 𝑛𝑛p (𝑅𝑅C,k + 𝑅𝑅T,k )cos 𝛼𝛼
Where
ε is the angle between the screw axis and the grain where
ε is the angle between the screw axis and the grain direction, 𝑅𝑅k = 𝑛𝑛p0,9with (𝑅𝑅C,kε+≥ 𝑅𝑅15°, see𝛼𝛼
T,k )cos (5.28)
direction,Figurewith5.7;ε ≥ 15°,
andsee Figure 5.7; and np is the number
Where is the of screw
number pairs in the joint;
of screw pairsand in the joint; and
β is the angle between the screw axis and the LVL’s wide α is the angle between screw axis and the shear plane
Where
is the nαp face, withis 0°≤ the βangle
number between
of screw screw
pairsaxis in the and the and
joint; shear plane (30° ≤ α ≤ 60°
β face, with 0°≤angle
β ≤ 90°, between
see figure the5.7.
screw axis and the LVL’s wide (30° ≤ α ≤ 5.11 60°), (a) see≤Figure90°, 5.12 (a)
see figure 5.7. n
α p is the number of screw pairs in the
is the angle between screw axis and the shear plane (30° ≤ α ≤ 60° joint; and
Note: Failure modes in the steel or in
Note: Failure modes in the steel or in the timber around the screw the timber around the screwαTheare characteristic
brittle,
The characteristic 5.11
i.e.
is with
the compression
(a) minimal
angle
compression between capacity
capacity screw of theof the
axis screw
and
screw the
is is calculated
shear
calcu- by the
plane (30° ≤ αequatio
≤ 60°
ultimate deformation and therefore have a limited possibility for stress
The redistribution.
latedcharacteristic 5.11 (a)
are brittle, i.e. with minimal ultimate deformation and therefore 𝑓𝑓ax,ε,1,kcompression
by the equation: 𝑑𝑑 𝑙𝑙g,1 capacity of the screw is calculated by the equatio
havescrews
For a limited inpossibility
LVL, the for stress redistribution.
characteristic withdrawal parameter may be The assumed
characteristic as
𝑓𝑓 f 𝑑𝑑
ax,90,k
𝑅𝑅C,k = min {𝑓𝑓ax,ε,2,k 𝑑𝑑 𝑙𝑙 g,2 𝑙𝑙=15
compression capacity of the screw is calculated by the equatio
N/mm², when ρa = 500 kg/m³ and screws 6 mm ≤ d ≤ 12 mm in softwood LVL/GLVL.
R_(C,k)=min{█(f_(ax,ε,1,k)
ax,ε,1,k g,1 d l_(g,1)@f_(ax
0,8 𝑓𝑓tens,k
For screws in LVL, the characteristic withdrawal parameter 𝑅𝑅
(g,2)@0,8〖 {𝑓𝑓ax,ε,1,k
C,k = min f〗_(tens,k)ax,ε,2,k 𝑑𝑑 𝑙𝑙)┤ g,1
g,2 (5.33)
The characteristic pull-through
may be assumed as fax,90,k =15 N/mm², when ρa = 500 kg/m³ resistance of connections with axially
𝑅𝑅 loaded
= min { screws
𝑓𝑓 0,8 𝑓𝑓 should
𝑑𝑑 𝑙𝑙
The
C,k characteristic withdrawal
ax,ε,2,k tens,k g,2 capacity of the screw is calculated by the equation
be taken as: 0,8 𝑓𝑓tens,k
and screws 6 mm ≤ d ≤ 12 mm in softwood LVL/GLVL.
0,8 The characteristic withdrawal capacity 𝜌𝜌of the screw is calculated by the equation
0,8
𝐹𝐹ax,ε,Rk The=characteristic
𝑛𝑛ef ∙ 𝑓𝑓head,k ∙ pull-through
2 𝜌𝜌
𝑑𝑑h (𝜌𝜌 )k resistance of connections The characteristic withdrawal
(5.31)
𝑓𝑓ax,ε,1,k 𝑑𝑑 𝑙𝑙g,1 + 𝑓𝑓capacity 𝑑𝑑h2of
(𝜌𝜌the
𝑘𝑘 screw is calculat-
) the
with axially loaded screws should be taken as: The
ed characteristic withdrawal capacity
head,k of
a 0,8 screw is calculated by the equation
𝑅𝑅T,kby=the equation:
a
min { 𝜌𝜌
𝑑𝑑 𝑙𝑙g,2𝑑𝑑h2 ( )
𝑓𝑓ax,ε,1,k 𝑑𝑑 𝑙𝑙𝑓𝑓g,1 + 𝑓𝑓head,k
ax,ε,2,k
𝑘𝑘
𝜌𝜌 0,8
where 2 𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌k
0,8
𝑅𝑅 = min {𝑓𝑓ax,ε,1,k 𝑓𝑓 2 𝜌𝜌a𝑘𝑘
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹ax,ε,Rk = 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡ef ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓head,k ∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑h �𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌 �
F_(ax,ε,Rk)=n_ef∙f_(head,k)∙d_h^2 (ρ_k/ρ_a )^0,8 (5.31) R_(T,k)=min{█(f_(ax,ε,1,k)
T,k (5.27) 𝑑𝑑 𝑙𝑙𝑓𝑓g,1 +tens,k
d𝑓𝑓head,k
𝑑𝑑 𝑙𝑙g,2 𝑑𝑑h (𝜌𝜌a )
l_(g,1)+f_(head,k)
ax,ε,2,k
Fax,ε,Rk is the characteristic a
pull-through capacity of the connection 𝑅𝑅
ρ_a = min at an
{ angle ε to
T,k )^0,8@f_(ax,ε,2,k) the
where 𝑓𝑓d〖 𝑓𝑓l〗_(g,2)@f_(tens,k)
ax,ε,2,k
tens,k𝑑𝑑 𝑙𝑙g,2 )┤ (5.34)
grain [N], with ε ≥ 30°
where 𝑓𝑓tens,k
fFhead,k is the characteristic pull-through parameter of the screw fax,ε,1,kdetermined
where is the in characteristic withdrawal strength parameter for a screw at th
ax,ε,Rk is the characteristic pull-through capacity of the
accordance with EN 14592 for the associated density
where ρ member of the connection at an angle ε to the grain direction [N/mm
connection at an angle ε to the grain [N], with ε ≥ 30° a
fax,ε,1,k is the characteristic withdrawal strength parameter for a screw at th
dh is the diameter of the screw head [mm] ffax,ε,1,k
ax,ε,2,k is the
the characteristic
member
is characteristic
of the connection withdrawal
withdrawal strength
at anstrength parameter
angle ε parameter
to for
the grainfor aa screw
screw[N/mm
direction at th
at th
member
member of the connection
of the connection at an angle
at anstrength ε to the
angle ε parameter grain
to the grainfor direction
direction [N/mm
154 LVL5.5.3 Handbook Europe Inclined screw connections
fax,ε,2,k is the characteristic withdrawal a screw[N/mmat th
d
fax,ε,2,k is the
member outer of threaded
the connection diameter at an [mm];
angle
is the characteristic withdrawal strength parameter for a screw at th ε to the grain direction [N/mm
Inclined screwing is an efficient way to connect LVL members together dlg,1 or to othermember
is thetypes outer ofofthe
penetration connection
threaded length ofatthe
diameter an[mm];
angle ε topart
threaded theingrain direction
the head side[N/mm
mem
timber members. Although the connections transfer shear forces,dg,2 the fastenersisare the axially
outer threaded diameter [mm]; pointside memb
lg,1 is the penetration length of the threaded part in5.9.2019 the head
9:24:27 side mem
loaded. The instructions in this subsection are based on the Finnish Handbook RIL205-
LVL_05.indd 154
31 lg,1 is the penetration length of the threaded part in the head side mem
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓ax,ε,1,k 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙g,1
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅C,k = min �𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓ax,ε,2,k 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙g,2 (5.29)
0,8 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓tens,k
𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌 0,8
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓ax,ε,1,k 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙g,1 + 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓head,k 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑h2 �𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 �
where a
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅T,k = min � 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓ax,ε,2,k 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙g,2 strength parameter A (5.30) B
fax,ε,1,k is the characteristic withdrawal
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
for a screw at the head side member of the connection
tens,k
at an angle ε to the grain direction [N/mm2];
fax,ε,2,k is the characteristic withdrawal strength parameter
for a screw at the pointside member of the connection
at an angle ε to the grain direction [N/mm2];
d is the outer threaded diameter [mm];
lg,1 is the penetration length of the threaded part in the
head side member [mm];
lg,2 is the penetration length of the threaded part in the
pointside member [mm];
ftens,k is the characteristic tensile capacity of the screw
determined in accordance with EN 14592 [N];
fhead is the characteristic pull-through parameter of the
screw for the associated density ρa [N/mm2];
dh is the head diameter [mm];
ρk is the characteristic density of LVL [kg/m3]; and
ρa is the associated density for fhead,k [kg/m3].
When the screwing direction in the beam is ε = 90° to the grain

direction (even though the angle β is inclined between the edge
face and the wide face), it is not allowed to add the tension ca-
pacity of the head to the withdrawal capacity of the treaded 188 (255)
part in the beam. Therefore the characteristic withdrawal ca-
pacity RT,k of the screw is calculated by the equation:
2 k
⎧max �𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓ax,90,1,k 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙g,1 ; 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓head,k 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑h2 �𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌k�0,8 �
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅T,k = min max (𝑓𝑓 ax,90,1,k 𝑑𝑑 𝑙𝑙g,1 ; 𝑓𝑓head,k h 𝜌𝜌 ) )
𝑑𝑑 ( a
(5.31)
R_(T,k)=min{█(max(f_(ax,90,1,k) 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓ax,ε,2,k 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑d 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙l_(g,1) ; f_(h
a (5.35)
𝑅𝑅T,k = min ⎨ 𝑓𝑓ax,ε,2,k 𝑑𝑑 𝑙𝑙
g,2 (5.35)
⎩ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓tens,k g,2 Figure 5.12. Inclined screwed connections (A) cross screw
{ 𝑓𝑓tens,k connection (B) tension screw connection
The withdrawal strength fax,ε,k is determined by testing accord-
Thetowithdrawal
ing EN 14592 and strength
EN 1382 fax,ε,korisitdetermined
can be determined by testing according to EN 14592 and EN 1382
at angle
or it can be determined
ε to the grain as follows: at angle ε to the grain as follows:
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘ax ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓ax,90,k 𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌 0,8
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓ax,ε,k = 1,5 cos 𝑘𝑘ax2 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽∙+𝑓𝑓sin 2 � k� 𝜌𝜌 0,8 should not be used (5.32) 32
in conditions where wood drying could
𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽 𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌a
ax,90,k k
𝑓𝑓 ax,ε,k =
f_(ax,ε,k)=〖k_ax 2 ∙ f〗_(ax,90,k)/(1,5
2
( ) cos^2 β + s (5.36) 32 cause a gap of over 0.2d. The gap is determined from the wood
1,5 cos 𝛽𝛽 + sin 𝛽𝛽 𝜌𝜌a
(5.36) 32 shrinkage at a thickness of the LVL members in the screw
where length (L ∙ sin α) 31.
where
ε is the angle between the screw axis and the grain The characteristic load-carrying capacity of the tension
ε direction, is the ε ≥angle
15°, see Figure 5.12;
between the screw axis and the grain direction, screw connection, see Figure
ε ≥ 15°, see Figure5.12 (b), is calculated by the equa-
β is the angle
5.11;between the screw axis and the LVL’s wide tion:
face, with 0°≤ β ≤ 90°, see Figure 5.7
β is the angle between the screw axis and the LVL’s wide face, with 0°≤ β ≤ 90°,
kax in according
see Figure to the5.7 equation (5.29) Rk = n0,9 RT,k (cos ε + μ ∙ sin ε)(5.37)
ρk is the characteristic density of LVL [kg/m3];
k
ρa ax in according
is the associated density to the forequation
fax,k [kg/m(5.29) 3]; and where
fρax,90,k
k is the characteristic
is the characteristic withdrawal density strengthof LVL [kg/m3];
parameter n is the number of screws in the connection;
ρa for a screw perpendicular to
is the associated density for fax,k [kg/m ]; andthe grain direction 3 RT,k is the characteristic withdrawal capacity, see (5.35);
[N/mm2]. It is determined by testing according to α is the angle between screw axis and the shear plane
fax,90,k EN 14592 is the andcharacteristic
EN 1382 or for withdrawal
screws strength
in LVL, it mayparameter
be for
a(30°
screw
≤ αperpendicular to 5.12 (b); and
≤ 60°), see Figure
the grain direction [N/mm ]. It is determined by testing according to EN 14592
2
assumed as fax,90,k =15 N/mm² for ρa = 500 kg/m³ and μ is the kinetic friction coefficient between the members,
and EN 1382 or for screws in LVL, it may 32 be assumed as fax,90,k =15 N/mm² for
screwsρ6 mm≤ d ≤ 12 mm in softwood LVL/GLVL . the following values. may be used:
a = 500 kg/m³ and screws 6 mm≤ d ≤ 12 mm in softwood LVL/GLVL
32
0.26 for untreated LVL edgewise or LVL to timber or
Tension
Tension screwed screwedconnection connection timber-to-timber connections
In a joint consisting of only screws in tension, contact between 0.30 for steel-to-timber connections
In a wood
the joint consisting
members of only screws
is required. Tensionin tension,
screwcontact between the
connection wood
0.40 members is LVL flatwise connections
for untreated
required. Tension screw connection should not be used in conditions where wood drying
could cause a gap of over 0.2d. The gap is determined from the wood shrinkage at a
thickness of the LVL members in the screw length (L∙sin α) 31. LVL Handbook Europe 155
The characteristic load-carrying capacity of the tension screw connection, see Figure 5.11
(b), is calculated by the equation:
LVL_05.indd 155 5.9.2019 9:24:28
𝑅𝑅k = 𝑛𝑛0,9 𝑅𝑅T,k (cos 𝛼𝛼 + 𝜇𝜇 ∙ sin 𝛼𝛼) (5.37)
0,082 ∙ (1 − 0,01𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑)𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌
Connection detailing 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓h,k = (𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
where 2 2
k
2 2
90 ∙ sin 𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼 + cos 𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼) ∙ (𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶 ∙ cos 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽 + sin 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽)
Members should be pre-drilled when the diameter d of the ρk is the characteristic density [kg/m³];
screw exceeds 8 mm or the diameter of the smooth shank ds α is the angle between load and grain direction; for
exceeds 6 mm. The diameter of pre-drilled holes for non-self- softwood LVL-C / GLVL-C and α > 45°, α may be
drilling screws should be D = 0.5d - 0.7d, but not more than assumed as 45°;
the inner diameter of the threaded part di. β is the angle between bolt axis and wide face;
d is the bolt diameter 189 (255) [mm];
The thickness of the member should be at least: k90 is 1,15 + 0,015 for softwood LVL / GLVL; and
5𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = max �(10𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 − 30) 𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌ρ_k/400)┤
t=max{█(5d@(10d-30) k (5.38) (5.34)
k_C=max{█(d/( 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
400 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = max � for softwood LVL / GLVL (5.40)
Members should be pre-drilled when the diameter d of the screw exceeds
C 8 mm or for
(𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑−2) thesoftwood LVL / GLVL
diameter
where of the smooth shank d s exceeds 6 mm. The diameter of pre-drilled 1,15
holes for non-
ρself-drilling screws should be D = 0.5d - 0.7d, but not more than the inner diameter of the
k is the characteristic density [kg/m ]; and
3
threaded part d .
d is the screw diameter [mm].
i
5.7 FASTENING LVL PANELS TO FRAMES
The thickness of the member should be at least:
General spacings and end and edge distances are present- Connections of LVL-C panels can be designed according to Eu-
ed in Table 5.1. 5𝑑𝑑 values are valid for cross screw connec-
These rocode
𝑡𝑡 = max {(10𝑑𝑑 − 30) k 𝜌𝜌 (5.38)5 instructions for timber-to-timber connections with
tions when the compressed
400 and tensioned fasteners of the commonly available fasteners. The connection capacities and
screw pairs are placed in separate longitudinal rows parallel to minimum thickness of the frame depend on the panel, fastener
where
the grain, so that the spacing between the rows a2 is 4d and the and frame material combinations. Capacities and dimension
staggered
ρk distance
is thebetween the screw
characteristic heads[kg/m
density of a screw
3
]; andpair is for connections of LVL-C with LVL-P, glulam or solid timber
not more than 3t1 parallel to the grain. frames are presented in Table 5.5.
d Different types is theorscrew diameter [mm].
sizes of screws must not be combined
General
in the samespacings and end
connection. and edge
All screws mustdistances are presented
be positioned at the in Table 5.1. These values are
valid for cross screw connections when the
same inclination angles ε and β in a member. The screws must compressed and 5.8 SPECIAL
tensioned fasteners ofCASES the
screw pairs are placed in separate longitudinal
be positioned centrally to the connection force and screwed rows parallel to the grain, so that the spacing
Many nail plate manufacturers have tested the anchoring
between
deep enoughthe so
rows 2 is 4d and the staggered distance between the screw heads of a screw
thatathe screw head is in full contact with the strength of their products for LVL-P members and the values
pair is not more than 3 t1 parallel to the grain.
member surface. The minimum pointside penetration depth of are of similar levels to C30 structural timber. The values are in-
the threaded
Different partorshould
types sizes be 6d. The members
of screws must not should be com-in the same
be combined cluded in their design
connection. software for trusses. LVL bottom cords
All screws
pressed
must betogether
positioned so that
at theno gaps
same areinclination
present 31.angles ε and β in a member. are usedThe in nail plate must
screws trussesbeto give additional stiffness for the
positioned centrally
LVL suppliers to thetheir
provide connection
own specific force instructions
and screwed fordeep enough so that
floor part thetrusses
of attic screwand fire resistance in cases where the
head is in full contact with the member
inclined screw connections with their products. surface. The minimum pointside penetration
rest of the trusses may depth of
be exposed to fire.
the threaded part should be 6d. The members should be compressedUsually together the so that
anchoring no devices are fastened to bracing pan-
gaps are present 31. els with laterally loaded connections to the wide face of the LVL
5.6 BOLTED AND DOWELED
panels.
LVL suppliers provide their own specific instructions for inclined screw connections with their However, glued-in rod or glued-in screw connections
CONNECTIONS on the edge face of LVL panels can be an efficient solution for
products.
For bolted and dowelled connections the design rules are de- anchoring large bracing panels. They however require sepa-
5.6 for connections
fined Bolted and doweled
perpendicular to connections
the grain of the face rate type testing and production quality assurance and, in some
veneer. The design of LVL connections follows Eurocode 5 Sec- countries, also separate product certification. Glued-in rod or
For bolted
tions 8.5 and and
8.6dowelled connections
with the exception of thetheembedment
design rules are definedglued-in
calcu- for connections
screw connections at the edge face require a panel
perpendicular to the grain of the face veneer.
lation. The rules for connection geometry are given in Section The design of LVL thickness of atfollows
connections least 66 mm to fulfil the edge distance require-
Eurocode
5.2 and the5rules
Sections 8.5 failure
for wood and 8.6 with the
modes exception
in Section ofthis
5.3 of the embedmentment ofcalculation.
the connection.The rules
for connection
handbook. geometry are given in Section 5.2 and the rules for wood failure modes in
Section 5.3 of this handbook.
In laterally loaded connections of bolts and dowels up to
30 mm diameter
In laterally loaded arranged perpendicular
connections of bolts to andthedowels
grain, the fol-30 mm diameter arranged
up to
lowing characteristic
perpendicular embedment
to the grain, strengthcharacteristic
the following values shouldembedment
be strength values should be
usedfor
used forLVL
LVL3232: :
f_(h,k)=(0,082 ∙ (1 0,082 (1 − 0,01𝑑𝑑)𝜌𝜌

- 0,01d)∙ ρ_k)/((k_90 ∙ sin^2
k α
𝑓𝑓h,k = 2 2 2 𝛽𝛽 + sin2 𝛽𝛽)
(𝑘𝑘 ∙ sin 𝛼𝛼 + cos
(k_(C ) 〖∙ cos〗^2 β 〖+ sin〗^2 β) )
90 𝛼𝛼) ∙ (𝑘𝑘 𝐶𝐶 ∙ cos
(5.39) (5.39)
where
ρk is the characteristic density [kg/m³];

α is the angle between load and grain direction; for softwood LVL-C / GLVL-C and
α > 45°, α may be assumed as 45°;
β is the angle between bolt axis and wide face;
d Handbook Europe is the bolt diameter [mm];
156 LVL
k90 is 1,15 + 0,015 for softwood LVL / GLVL; and
LVL_05.indd 156 5.9.2019 9:24:28

LVL 05, Table 5.5

Table 5.5. Predesign table for the lateral load-carrying capacity of connection between an LVL 36 C panel and LVL-P, glulam GL30c or solid
wood C24 frame; load-duration class between instantaneous and medium-term.
A: LVL 36 C panels nailed with smooth round nails to LVL 48 P frame

h 1) d 2) Lmin 3) ≥ a 4) ≥ b 5) ≥ c 6) Rk 7)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N]
24 2,1 50 11 15 51 470
27 2,5 60 13 18 63 600
33 2,8 70 14 20 69 750
45 3,1 90 16 22 75 900
57 3,4 100 17 24 84 1000
69 4,2 125 21 30 102 1500
B: LVL 36 C panels nailed with smooth round nails to GL30c or C24 frame
h 1) d 2) Lmin 3) ≥ a 4) ≥ b 5) ≥ c 6) Rk 7)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N]
24 2,1 50 11 11 45 440
27 2,5 60 13 13 63 580
33 2,8 70 14 14 63 700
45 3,1 90 16 16 63 840
57 3,4 100 17 17 75 950
69 4,2 125 21 21 90 1350
C: LVL 36 C panels screwed to GL30c or C24 frame

h 1) d 2) Lmin 3) ≥ a 4) ≥ b 5) ≥ c 6) Rk 7)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N]
24 4,5 60 23 23 100 1100
27 5,0 70 25 25 115 1300
33 5,0 70 25 25 115 1300
45 6,0 90 30 30 140 1800
57 7,0 100 35 35 165 2400
69 8,0 120 40 40 165 3000
1)
h [mm] is the thickness of the LVL 36 C panel
2)
d [mm] is the diameter of the nail or outer diameter of the threaded part of the screw
3)
Lmin [mm] is the minimum length of the nail or screw
4)
a [mm] is the end distance (5d) of the panel, edge distance may be 3d
5)
b [mm] is the edge distance (7d for LVL edge face and 5d for solid wood or glulam) of the beam
6)
c [mm] is the minimum width of the beam
7)
Rk [N] is the characteristic lateral load-carrying capacity of the connection
LVL_05.indd 157 5.9.2019 9:24:29

6. Performance of LVL in fire
SP Trätek
Figure 6.1. Charring of wood.
LVL_06.indd 158 5.9.2019 9:42:12

6. PERFORMANCE OF LVL IN FIRE
6.1 WOOD AND FIRE

Wood and wood products, including LVL, are combustible ma- Reaction to fire requirements are specified for wood sur-
terials. They start to burn at the surface at a temperature of 270 faces to control the risk of flame spread in buildings. They
°C when exposed to flame. However, self-ignition does not oc- set boundary conditions for the use of visible wood in clad-
cur at temperatures below 400 °C. According to structural fire dings and structures. In some cases fire retardant treatments
design part of Eurocode 5 (EN1995-1-2), the start of charring or sprinkler systems can allow more visible wood structures to
is defined as the point at which the temperature of timber sur- be used in architectural design.
face reaches 300 °C.
The resistance to fire behaviour of wood products is highly
predictable and can be calculated according to the structural 6.2 REACTION TO FIRE
fire design specifications of Eurocode 5. Burning creates a char In the European classification system defined in EN 13501-
layer on the surface of wood products. The char layer acts as an 1, the reaction to fire performance class of LVL is D-s2, d0.
insulation layer, which slows the burning and protects the rest This class can be applied to LVL without further testing when
of the cross section, see Figure 6.2. However, the high temper- the density is at least 400 kg/m3 and the product thickness is
ature prior to burning reduces the strength and stiffness prop- ≥ 18 mm (European Commission Delegated Regulation (EU)
erties of the wood even before charring, see Figure 6.3, which 2017/2293) 37.
must be taken into account in structural fire design.
(Schaffer, FPL, US 1967 and Brandsäkra trähus 3, SP Trä, Sweden 2012)

Figure 6.2. Temperature gradient in burning wood. The temperature drops significantly behind the charring layer. 15 mm from the charring
zone the temperature is below 100 °C 36.
Figure 6.3. Influence of temperature on the mechanical properties of softwood. Left: Reduction of modulus of elasticity parallel to grain, Right:
Reduction of strength parallel to grain (EN1995-1-2:2004, Figure B.4 and B.5).
LVL_06.indd 159 5.9.2019 9:42:13

The requirements of reaction to fire classes for different ap- protect underlying products against damage. The classes may
plications are defined in national building regulations. In gen- be achieved by LVL panels, when the minimum thicknesses are
eral, LVL panels and structures may be left exposed in a build- according to the Table 6.1. However, in some applications only
ing under the same conditions as other solid wood products. non-combustible materials are approved for the encapsulation.
In the classification, the first letter A-E denotes combusti-
bility, with D being typical for wood products. The second sym- Note: the same layer in a structure can give fire protection in ac-
bol, s1-s3, denotes smoke production and the third symbol, cordance with the K-classes and at the same time be taken into
d0-d3, denotes the risk of flaming droplets. The class for LVL account for fire resistance time of the structure.
is similar to most untreated wood products. Some manufactur-
ers specify for some applications a smoke production class of 6.4 FIRE RESISTANCE OF LVL
s1 based on separate testing, which is slightly better than the
typical class s2. The flaming droplets class d0 assigned to wood- STRUCTURES
based products means that no flaming droplets or particles are The fire resistance of LVL structures can be calculated ac-
produced. Although the European system has been in use since cording to the structural fire design specification of Eurocode
the beginning of 2000, national classification systems are still 5 (EN1995-1-2) and its National annexes. The model of the
in parallel use in some countries. structural system adopted for design shall reflect the perfor-
The reaction to fire classification can be improved by fire mance of the structure in the fire situation.
retardant treatments or with inorganic surface laminates up to
a class B-s1,d0, which is the highest class for combustible ma- 6.4.1 Fire resistance design process
terials. The fire retardants are mainly salt-based chemicals that
are usually hygroscopic, meaning that they absorb humidity The fire resistance design process has the following steps:
from the surrounding air. It is therefore essential that the du- 1. Determination of the charring depth
rability of the treatment is verified for the intended use class for The charring depth is the distance between the outer sur-
the whole service life of the product. face of the original member and the position of the char line.
LVL manufacturers provide fire retardant treatment as an It is calculated using the time of fire exposure and the relevant
additional service for their products, details of which can be charring rate which depends on the material of the structure
LVL 06, Table 6.1
found from their product information material. and possible additional protection layers on the structure. The
original size reduced by the charring depth on exposed sides is
6.3 FIRE PROTECTION ABILITY, defined as the residual cross section.
K-CLASSES OF COVERINGS 2. Determination of the effective cross section

The encapsulation requirements of fire protection ability class- Due to the increased temperature, the mechanical prop-
es K10 - K60 of coverings are used in building regulations to erties of wood reduce which is taken into consideration by
Table 6.1. Classes of fire protection ability performance of LVL – laminated veneer lumber according to EN14374. The table has been published
as a draft annex of (EC Ref. Ares(2017)2463446 - 15/05/2017) pending formal issuing as a European Commission Delegated Regulation 38.
Minimum mean Minimum thickness Field of

Product 1) Product detail 2) K Class
density [kg/m3] of a board [mm] application
Laminated With and without tongue
Wall and ceiling
veneer lumber and groove and a minimum 450 15 K2 10 3)
covering
products layer thickness of 3 mm 4)
covered by the
harmonised With and without tongue
Wall and ceiling
standard and groove and a minimum 450 26 K2 30
covering
EN 14374 layer thickness of 3 mm 5)
With and without tongue

Wall and ceiling
and groove and a minimum 450 52 K2 60
covering
layer thickness of 3 mm 6)
1)
Mounted directly on the substrate (particle board 680 kg/m3 according to EN 14135) without an airgap
2)
Joints with square edges or tongue and groove profile and with the same thickness as the wood product and without gaps.
3)
K1 10 for substrates ≥ 300 kg/m3
4)
Screw length minimum 30 mm and spacing maximum 200 mm
5)
6)
LVL_06.indd 160 5.9.2019 9:42:13

Figure 6.4. Left: One-dimensional charring of panel or wide cross section when fire exposure is below on one side, Right: Charring depth dchar,0
for one-dimensional charring and notional charring depth dchar,n which takes into account the rounding of corners.
a zero strength layer. The remaining residual cross section

beneath the zero strength layer on exposed sides is defined as
the effective cross section. The effective cross section is calcu-
lated by subtracting the effective charring depth def from the
initial cross section, see Figure 6.5 and equation (6.1).
def=dchar,n + k0 ∙ d0 (6.1) (EC5 4.1)
where
d0 is 7 mm;
dchar,n is the notional design charring depth, see equation
(6.4); and
k0 is in the case of unprotected surfaces t/20, when
t< 20 min and 1,0 when t>20 min. In the case of
protected surfaces the value of k0 is given in Figure 6.6.
For protected surfaces with a start of charring time of tch > 20

minutes, k0 is assumed to vary linearly from 0 to 1 during the
time interval from t = 0 to t = tch, see Figure 6.6 (b). For pro- Figure 6.5. Definition of residual cross section and effective cross
tected surfaces with tch ≤ 20 minutes k0 is t / 20. section. 1. Initial surface of member, 2. Border of residual cross
section, 3. Border of effective cross section.
Figure 6.6. (a) Variation of k0 for unprotected members and protected members where tch ≤ 20 minutes and (b) for protected members where
tch > 20 minutes.
LVL_06.indd 161 5.9.2019 9:42:14

For timber surfaces facing a void cavity in a floor or wall 4. Determination of the design values of actions
assembly (normally the wide sides of a stud or a joist),the fol- The design effect of actions Ed,fi for the fire situation is
lowing applies: determined in accordance with EN 1991-1-2:2002, including
• Where the fire protective cladding consists of one or two the effects of thermal expansions and deformations. In typical
layers of gypsum plasterboard type A, wood panelling or cases of timber structures where the own weight is relatively
wood-based panels, at the time of failure tf of the cladding, low, the design values of actions Ed,fi are 0,2-0,4 times the ac-
k0 should be taken as 0,3. Thereafter k0 should be assumed tions Ed in normal temperature design.
to increase linearly to 1,0 during the following 15 minutes;
• Where the fire protective cladding consists of one or two lay- 5. Verification that design resistance is larger than design
ers of gypsum plasterboard type F, at the time of start of char- action
ring tch, k0 is 1. For times t < tch, linear interpolation should It shall be verified for the required duration of fire expo-
be applied, see Figure 6.6 (b). sure t that: Ed,fi ≤ Rd,t,fi
The effective cross section should be used for the calculation of According to Eurocode 5, clause 4.3 Simplified rules for analysis
the stiffness and fire resistance of an LVL member. of structural members and components, compression perpen-
Note: The effective cross section method is recommended. dicular to the grain and shear resistance may be disregarded.
However, depending on the National Annex, the reduced prop-
erties method of Eurocode 5 may also be used. 6.4.2 Charring rates of LVL
3. Determination of design values of strength and stiffness There are two different types of charring rates β0 and βn. For
For the calculation of the design values of mechanical re- panels and wide cross sections one-dimensional charring rate
sistance Rd,t,fi in a fire situation, the design values of strength β0 is used in the calculations. This is also used as the basis value
properties shall be determined by the equation: in some more advanced calculation methods. When the char-
acteristic density of LVL is ρk ≥ 480 kg/m3, the one-dimension-
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓20
f_(d,fi)=k_(mod,fi)
d,fi = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod,fi 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 f_20/γ_(M,fi) (6.2) (EC5 2.1) al charring
(6.2) (EC5 β0 is 0,65 mm/min.
rate2.1)
M,fi
The design charring depth for one-dimensional charring
where dchar,0 [mm] should be calculated as follows when the surface is
fd,fi is the design strength in fire; unprotected throughout the time of fire exposure:
f20 is the 20 % fractile of a strength property at normal
temperature. It can be calculated as f20 = kfi ∙ fk. For dchar,0=β0 t (6.3) (EC5 3.1)
LVL kfi is 1,1, so f20 is 1,1 times the characteristic
strength fk; where t [min] is the time of fire exposure and β0 [mm/min] is
kmod,fi is the modification factor for fire. It replaces the the one-dimensional charring rate.
modification factor for normal temperature design For all other structures that are exposed from multiple
kmod given in EN 1995-1-1. kmod,fi is 1,0 in most sides, generally columns and beams, the notional charring rate
cases, except when the method of annex C of β0 is used in the calculations of the notional depth dchar,n. When
EN 1995-1-2 is used; and the characteristic density of LVL is ρk ≥480 kg/m3, the notional
γM,fi is the partial safety factor for timber in fire. The charring rate βn is 0,70mm/min.
recommended factor for material properties in fire is The design charring depth for notional charring dchar,n
γM,fi = 1,0. Information on national choice may be should be calculated as follows when the surface is unprotect-
found in the national annex. ed throughout the time of fire exposure:
For example, the design value of bending strength for LVL- dchar,n=βn t (6.4) (EC5 3.2)
36 C:
N where t [min] is the time of fire exposure and βn [mm/min] is
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘fi ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,k
f_(m,d,fi)=k_(mod,fi)∙(k_fi∙f_(m,k))/γ_(M,fi) 1,1 ∙ 36 N N/
2=1,0∙(1,1∙36 the notional charring rate
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d,fi = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod,fi ∙ = 1,0 ∙ mm = 39,6
mm^2 )/1,0=39,6 N/mm^2 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾 1,0 mm 2 In the test report VTT-S-04746-16 the one dimension-
M,fi
al charring rate of different wood products was evaluated in
For stability calculations, the characteristic values of stiffness 120min fire exposure according to a standardized time-tem-
properties at normal temperature are used. perature exposure curve (EN 1363-1:2012) 39. According to the
report, wood products behaved predictably and, for LVL, the
one-dimensional charring rate β0 = 0,65mm/min can be used
for an extended fire exposure. The results were similar in both
face side and edge side exposure specimens. This gives the nec-
essary information and confidence for fire designers in assessing
LVL_06.indd 162 5.9.2019 9:42:14

the resistance of LVL structures in demanding cases using, e.g.,

performance-based design methods. 90
80
Note: For special cases where more advanced design methods are
used, the report VTT-S-04746-16 also has information on the
70
charring rateOne-dimensional
Figure 6.7. β0 in a test based on to a more
charring of stringent
LVL-C ishydrocar-
linear in a 120 minute fire exposure test
according to the standardized time-temperature curve. Blue and red curves: exposure on the
CHARRING DEPTH [mm]

bon (HC) time-temperature exposure curve (EN 1363-2:1999). 60
wide face of the specimens. Green and grey curves: exposure on the edge face of the
specimens 39.
6.4.3 Design of unprotected beams and 50
panels
Note: For special cases where more advanced design methods are used, the report
40 VTT-S-
04746-16 also has information on the charring rate β0 in a test based on to a more stringent
Since
hydrocarbon LVL beams (HC)are typically slenderexposure
time-temperature structurescurve
with (ENlarg-1363-2:1999). 30
est available beam thicknesses up to 75 mm without multi-
ple 6.4.3 Design of unprotected
gluing, unprotected LVL beams cannot beamsbe and panels for
designed 20
higher than 15 min fire resistance time requirements. The ze-
Since
ro LVL beams
strength layer (k0are ∙ d0typically
) reducesslender structures
the thickness of an with
effectivelargest available beam thicknesses
10 up
to 75 mm without multiple gluing,
cross section significantly, making the beam even more slender unprotected LVL beams cannot be designed for higher than
15 min fire resistance time requirements. The zero strength layer (k0 ∙ d0) reduces the 0
in lateral torsional buckling analysis.
thickness of an effective cross section significantly, making the beam even more slender 0 in 40
20 60 80 100 120
lateral torsional buckling analysis. TIME [min]
Example: 63x300 mm LVL-P beam and 33 mm LVL-C panel Wide face 2 Wide face 1
Example:
in 15 minute 63x300
fire exposure:mm LVL-P beam and 33 mm LVL-C panel in 15 minute fire exposure: Edge face 1 Edge face 1
Beam: Beam:
d_(ef,beam)=β_n∙t+k_0∙d_0=0,70 mm mm/ 15min Figure 6.7. One-dimensional charring
𝑑𝑑ef,beam = 𝛽𝛽n ∙ 𝑡𝑡 + 𝑘𝑘0 ∙ 𝑑𝑑0 = 0,70
min∙15min+15min/20min∙7mm=15,75mm ∙ 15min + ∙ 7mm = 15,75mm
min 20min of LVL-C is linear in a 120 minutes
Size of effective cross section of the beam in 3-side fire exposure: fire exposure test according to the
Size of effective cross section of the beam in 3-side fire expo- standardized time-temperature curve.
Width b: 63 mm - 2∙15,75 mm = 31,5 mm Blue and red curves: exposure on the wide
sure:
Height h: 300 mm - 15,75 mm = 284 mm face of the specimens. Green and grey
Width b: 63 mm - 2∙15,75 mm =31,5 mm curves: exposure on the edge face of the
Design Height
valueh: of bending 300 mmstrength - 15,75 mm = 28448
for LVL mm P: specimens 39.
0,15
300mm 0,15 N
Design value of bending 𝑘𝑘fi ∙ 𝑘𝑘h ∙strength 1,1 ∙ (300mm
for LVL )0,15 ∙ 44 N 2
𝑓𝑓m,k
𝑓𝑓m,d,fi = 𝑘𝑘mod,fi ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘fi ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘h ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,k = 1,0 ∙1,1 1,1 ∙48 P:
284mm
�300mm � ∙ 44 mm
N 2 = 44,3 N N
f_(m,d,fi)=k_(mod,fi)∙(k_fi∙〖k_h∙f〗_(m,k))/γ_(M,fi) 284mm
∙ �284mm � ∙ 44 mm2 = 44,3 mm
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d,fi = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod,fi ∙𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘fi ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝛾𝛾hM,fi ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,k = 1,0 ∙ 1,00,15 mm N 2
m,d,fi = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod,fi ∙
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓=1,0∙(1,1∙(300mm/284mm)^0,15∙44 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M,fi = 1,0 ∙N/mm^2 300mm 1,0 N = 44,3 mm22
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘fi ∙𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘M,fi
h ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,k
1,1 ∙ �284mm)/1, 1,0
� ∙ 44 2 mmN
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓Panel: mm
m,d,fi = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod,fi ∙ = 1,0 ∙ = 44,3
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M,fi 1,0 mm2
Panel:
mm 15min
d _ ( e f ,=
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ef,panel p a𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽n ∙e𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡l +
) =𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘β ∙_𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑0 ∙ = k _ mm
t +0,65 0 = 0 , 6+515min ∙ m
0 ∙ d _∙ 15min 7mmm / = 15 mm
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ef,panel = 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽00 ∙ 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘00 ∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑00 = 0,65 min∙ 15min + 20min∙ 7mm = 15 mm
min∙15min+15min/20min∙7mm=15 mmmm
min 20min
15min
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ef,panel = 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽0 ∙ 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘0 ∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑0 = 0,65 ∙ 15min + ∙ 7mm = 15 mm
min 20min
Effective thickness of the panel tpanel : 33 mm - 15 mm = 18 mm

N
Design value of bending 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘fi ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,kstrength 1,1 1,1 LVL
for N C:
∙ 36 36 2 N
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d,fi = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod,fi ∙ fi m,k = 1,0 ∙ ∙ 36 mm 2 = 39,6 N
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d,fi = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod,fi ∙ 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M,fi = 1,0 ∙ mm
N = 39,6 mm22
1,0
1,1 ∙ 1,0
36
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘fi𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M,fi
∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,k
f_(m,d,fi)=k_(mod,fi)∙(k_fi∙f_(m,k))/γ_(M,fi) mm2 = mmN N/
=1,0∙(1,1∙36
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
m,d,fi = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod,fi ∙ = 1,0 ∙ 39,6 2
mm^2 )/1,0=39,6 N/mm^2 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M,fi 1,0 mm
Figure 6.8. Effective cross section after 15 min fire exposure.
mm
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽 ∙ 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = 0,70mm ∙ 30min + 1,0 ∙ 7mm = 28mm
LVL_06.indd 163 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑efef = 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽nn ∙ 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘00 ∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑00 = 0,70 min∙ 30min + 1,0 ∙ 7mm = 28mm 5.9.2019 9:42:15
min
mm
Example: 133x400 mm GLVL-P beam in 30 minutes fire ex-

posure on all sides:mm
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ef = 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽n ∙ 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘0 ∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑0 = 0,70 ∙ 30min + 1,0 ∙ 7mm = 28mm
min mm
d_ef=β_n∙t+k_0∙d_0=0,70
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 mm/min∙30min+1,0∙7mm=28mm
ef = 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽n ∙ 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘0 ∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑0 = 0,70 ∙ 30min + 1,0 ∙ 7mm = 28mm
min
Size of the effective cross section:
Width b: 133 mm - 2∙28 mm = 77 mm
Height h: 400 mm - 2∙28 mm = 344 mm
Design value of bending strength for LVL-48 P:

300mm 0,15 N
f_(m,d,fi)=k_(mod,fi)∙(k_fi∙〖k_h∙f〗_(m,k))/γ_(M,fi)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘fi ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘h ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,k 1,1 ∙ �344mm� ∙ 44 0,152
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d,fi = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod,fi ∙ = 1,0 ∙N/mm^2 )/1,0=47,4 300mm mm N N
=1,0∙(1,1∙(300mm/344mm)^0,15∙44 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M,fi 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘fi ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘h ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,k 1,11,0
∙ �344mmN/ � ∙=4447,4 mm
mm2 =247,4 N
mm^2 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d,fi = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod,fi ∙ 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾
= 1,0 ∙
1,0 mm2
M,fi
When LVL-C panels are exposed to fire on one side, the

one-dimensional charring rate β0 is used for calculation of the
LVL 06,panel
effective Table 6.2 Table 6.2 shows the thicknesses af-
thicknesses.
ter 15, 30 and 60min fire exposure. It is recommended that the
effective thickness has at least one cross veneer. The values are
thus shown for cases where the effective thickness is at least
9 mm.
Figure 6.9. Effective cross section
after 30 min fire exposure
Table 6.2. Effective thickness of LVL 36 C panels after 15 - 60 min fire exposure on one side.
LVL-C panel Effective thickness Effective thickness Effective thickness

Original thickness after 15 min after 30 min after 60 min
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
27 12 - -
LVL 06, Table
33 6.3 18 - -
39 24 12 -
45 30 18 -
51 36 24 -
57 42 30 11
63 48 36 17
69 54 42 23
75 60 48 29
Table 6.3. Minimum thickness of LVL 36 C panel to give a fire exposure protection time 30 - 90 minutes for an underlying wooden structure.
Minimum thickness hp1 of Minimum thickness hp2 of

Resistance to fire requirement R LVL 36 C panel protecting timber LVL 36 C panel protection applied
[min] frame assemblies directly on beams or columns
[mm] [mm]
30 29 27
45 39 36
60 49 46
75 58 56
90 68 66
LVL_06.indd 164 5.9.2019 9:42:16

6.4.4 LVL-C panel as a protection against 6.4.5 Summary of LVL-C panels for fire
fire exposure protection
When the LVL-C panel thickness is according to Table 6.3, the Table 6.10 specifies the minimum thickness hp of LVL-C panel
panel protects a wooden structure behind it for a certain fire when used as a covering with fire protection ability for the un-
resistance time t [min]. Other fire design calculations of the derlying materials (column A), fire protection of the structures
remaining wooden structure are not needed unless the panel (column B) or when used as a ceiling structure which has a fire
is a part of the load-bearing system also in the structural fire resistance requirement EI (column C). All of the different fire
design. In the case of timber frame assemblies, the LVL-C pro- protection specifications also have requirements for the detail-
tection panel thickness hp1 [mm] is calculated for the required ing of, e.g., joints between the panels.
fire protection time t based on EN1995-1-2, equation (4.1) and
(C.7) or (D.3):
LVL 06, Figure 6.10
Minimum panel thickness hp1 = β0 ∙ (t+4min)+7mm(6.5)
When the protection panel is applied directly on beams or col-

umns, the protection panel thickness hp2 [mm] is calculated for
the required protection time t based on EN1995-1-2 equations
(4.1) and (3.10):
Minimum panel thickness hp2 = β0 ∙ t+7mm(6.6)
A B C
Underlying structure
Increase Increase
250 °C 140°C
(max 270°C) (max 180°C)
hp
hp
hp
Panel as K2 classified covering Panel as fire protection Panel as ceiling with El requirement
Fire protection for 15 min, Insulation time tins = 15 min,

K2 10, when hp ≥ 15 mm
when hp ≥ 18 mm when hp ≥ 18 mm
Figure 6.10. Minimum LVL 36 C panel thicknesses in fire protection applications.
A) The fire protection ability K2 class requirement for protecting the underlying material is that behind the protection panel the average
temperature rise over the whole of the unexposed surface is limited to 250 °C and the maximum temperature rise at any point of that
surface does not exceed 270 °C. Note that in some cases there can be additional requirements to use only non-combustible materials for the
covering.
B) LVL panel as fire protection. When the panel thickness hp = dchar,0 + k0 ∙7 mm, it protects the underlying structure for a required fire resistance
time t and the effective cross-section in the resistance calculation is the entire underlying structure.
C) The separating function EI is assumed to be satisfied when integrity E and insulation I are maintained. When LVL-C panel is used as a ceiling
structure and has a fire resistance requirement of EI, the required panel thicknesses hp can be determined according to EN1995-1-2 Annex
E based on the insulation time tins. In addition, the requirements for the detailing of joints shall be fulfilled. Note: An advanced calculation
method for separating function is presented in the publication Fire safety in timber buildings –Technical guideline for Europe, chapter 5.5 40
LVL_06.indd 165 5.9.2019 9:42:16

6.5 FIRE RESISTANCE DESIGN OF FLOOR

& WALL STRUCTURES WITH CAVITIES
The fire resistance of LVL wall and floor assemblies can be cal- influence on the resistance. In the case of wall structures, the
culated according to Annexes C and D of EN1995-1-2 and same value of kmod,fi may be used both in the width and in
its National Annexes. When the cavities between the joists or the thickness direction of a stud.
studs are filled with rock fibre insulation, Annex C shall be
used. For void cavities Annex D shall be used. In the case of void cavities, the design process according to
EN1995-1-2 Annex D is the following:
In the case of filled cavities, the design process according to 1. Protection time tch for the start of charring and tf for failure
EN1995-1-2 Annex C is the following: of the panels are evaluated for the protection panel combi-
1. Verification that the structure fulfils the boundary condi- nation based on the equations in Annex D, and technical
tions of the design method, note that it is valid for max 60 specifications of the panel suppliers.
min fire resistance. 2. Residual cross section of the studs or joist is calculated with
2. Protection time tch for the start of charring and tf for failure the assumption that they are charring from the sides and
of the panels are evaluated for the protection panel combi- the edge of the fire exposed side. Charring depth is calcu-
nation based on the equations in Annex C, and technical lated with adjustment factors which depend on the phase
specifications of the panel suppliers. It is essential to use de- of the charring, similarly to beams and columns that are
tailing that keeps the protective rock fibre insulation in place initially protected from fire exposure in subsection 3.4.3.2.
also after failure of the protection panels. One example for of EN1995-1-2.
floor structure is fixing wooden battens to the joists to create 3. The resistance is calculated for an effective cross section ac-
a shelf to support the insulation, see Figure 6.11. cording to subsection 4.2.2 of EN1995-1-2 with strength
3. Residual cross section of the studs or joist is calculated with values fd,fi, see equation (6.2).
the assumption that they char only from the edge of the fire
exposed side. Notional charring rate is calculated with ad- The resistance to fire of an LVL joist floor is mainly dependent
justment factors which depend on the phase of the charring on the properties of the protective panels. Since the thickness
and the thickness of the joist or stud. of LVL joists is usually 45–57 mm, their resistance reduces rap-
4. The resistance of the residual cross section is calculated with idly when their sides are exposed to fire.
strength values fd,fi, see equation (6.2). The reduction fac- Fire resistance of rib slabs and box slabs may be calculat-
tor kmod,fi values are defined in section C.3 of the Annex ed with the same principles, but manufacturer-specific design
C. The reduction depends on the member depth and the instructions according to their ETAs shall be followed for, e.g.,
notional charring depth and the kmod,fi has a significant the conditions when the structural gluing may be utilized.
Figure 6.11. LVL joist floor structure with rock fibre filled cavities. Wooden battens fixed to the joists create a shelf that keeps the rock fibre
insulation in place protecting the sides of the joists from charring.
LVL_06.indd 166 5.9.2019 9:42:17

LVL_06.indd 167 5.9.2019 9:42:17

7. Durability
Eurofins
Figure 7.1. Wooden pedestrian bridge, Matinpuron, Espoo, Finland.
LVL_07.indd 168 5.9.2019 9:40:24

7. DURABILITY
7.1 SERVICE LIFE OF WOODEN

BUILDINGS AND LVL STRUCTURES
Buildings are normally designed for a 50-year service life.
When structural LVL is produced and tested according to its
harmonized product standard EN14374, the durability of the
adhesive bonding strength and the mechanical properties meet
the requirements of the design service life. However, the struc-
tural protection of the building shall be designed, executed and
maintained so that the structures remain in service class 1 or
2 conditions.
In remarkable buildings, the design service life is 100 years.
This can be achieved with the same means as the default 50-year
service life, but an increased safety factor for the design values
of eventual climatic loads (wind and snow load) shall be used
in the structural design. The safety factor is defined in national
regulations, e.g. in Finland the design values of eventual cli-
matic loads must be increased by factor 1,2 when the expected
service life is above 100 years.
The report 100 years’ service life of wood in service class
1 and 2 – dry and moderately humid conditions, Viitanen,
VTT-R-04689-14 41 summarizes that to achieve a 100-year ser-
vice life the following should be ensured: use of dry and CE-
marked wood material; use of correct glue type and glue class
for engineering components; good detailing and design; good
execution and protection against weathering, take into account
the effect of natural loading; proper maintenance and provision
of a maintenance manual for users; and guarantee proper con- Figure 7.2. Roof overhangs and high foundation level are practical
ditions for materials in the building throughout its service life. means of structural wood protection to keep wooden structures in
service class 2 (use class 2) or dryer conditions. Note: Assignment of
structures to service classes may be given in the National Annex to
7.2 DURABILITY CLASSIFICATIONS OF EN1995-1-1 for each country.
STRUCTURAL LVL PRODUCTS
7.2.1 Durability of adhesive bonding

strength of structural LVL for structurally glued products are made from structural LVL
The adhesive and glue bond used for structural laminated ve- components.
neer lumber (LVL) is suitable for service classes 1, 2 and 3 ac-
cording to EN 1995-1-1:2004 (Eurocode 5). This is verified in 7.2.2 Biological durability of softwood LVL
a cleavage test defined in EN 14374:2004, Annex B. The test
procedure for LVL specimens is as follows: LVL veneers always contain some sapwood. According to EN
• Immersion for at least 4 h in boiling water 350 sapwood is regarded as not durable unless otherwise prov-
• Drying in a ventilated oven for at least 16h at 60°C en by test data. The biological durability class of softwood LVL
• Immersion for at least 4 h in boiling water again is therefore DC 5 (Not durable) according to this classification.
• Cooling in room temperature water for at least 2h.
• After the boiling & drying cycles, the samples are cleaved at 7.2.3 Structural LVL’s suitability for
least at one glue line close to the middle of the thickness and
the apparent cohesive wood failure percentage is determined different use classes and service classes
according to EN 314-1. Structural LVL products can be used in service classes 1 and 2
• For each tested glue line the apparent cohesive wood failure as defined in Eurocode 5, which corresponds to the use classes
percentage shall be at least 70%. 1 and 2 as defined in EN 335. Structural LVL products should
not be used in service class 3 without additional protective
Adhesive type I (full exposure to the weather) according to treatment. Structurally glued products made from LVL com-
EN 301 or EN 15425 (polyurethane adhesives) shall be used ponents are not suitable for service class 3.
LVL_07.indd 169 5.9.2019 9:40:25

7. DURABILITY
7.3 STRUCTURAL WOOD PROTECTION

The best way to manage the durability of LVL, as well as all
other timber structures, is structural protection. This means,
for example, long enough roof overhangs and high foundation
levels and moisture isolation between the foundation and sole
plates. Structural protection keeps the structures in service
class 2 (use class 2) or dryer conditions, which wood products
can resist well.
WeatherGuard® Metsä Wood
7.3.1 Resistance against temporary moisture

exposure of structural LVL products
Exposure to rain, splashing as well as water convection from
other structures shall be avoided. The designer must pay atten-
tion to the details of the construction to ensure that no water
pockets will be formed. The product may be exposed to weath-
Figure 7.3. Moisture protection treatment on LVL beams.
er for a short period during installation. During the erection
of a building, structural LVL products and elements, which are
structurally glued from LVL components, have good resistance
7.2.4 Discussion of durability class to temporary exposure to water without damage or decay. This
requires, however, that it is ensured that the products can after-
definitions wards dry to the desired moisture content before the structural
The biological durability classification based on EN 350 is envelope is closed. The integrity of the glue bonding is main-
poorly applicable to LVL or other engineered wood products. tained according to the assigned service class throughout the
The biological durability of LVL and other wood-based pan- expected life of the structure 28.
els (uncoated or overlaid) is dependent on the end use condi- LVL products swell when the moisture content increases, and
tions, and this is where the EN 335 use classes provide useful shrink when the moisture content decreases. A part of the swell-
guidance. ing is permanent and the extent of these dimensional chang-
EN 350 durability classes are defined for the heartwood of es depends on the grain direction. Wetting can cause perma-
wood species in use class 4. However, there is no information nent deformations and impair the visual appearance of surface
on the suitability of different natural durability classes for dif- veneers, such as colour changes due to water staining, surface
ferent end uses. CEN/TS 1099 gives guidance for plywood, but cracks and falling knots due to drying shrinkage after wetting 28.
does not provide information on the suitability of different nat- Joints with mechanical connectors, such as bolted connec-
ural durability classes for different end uses. tions, may become loose due to swelling and shrinking cycles.
LVL and other wood-based panels contain sapwood. The Drying shrinkage after severe wetting may cause cracking,
fact that sapwood is always regarded as non-durable argues which often reduces the load-bearing capacity of dowel-type
against using the EN 350 classification as, based on this, LVL connections, notched beams and beams with holes.
and all wood-based panels are universally classed as ‘not du-
rable’ (class 5). 7.3.2 Resistance against UV radiation
EN 350 states that the durability classes are designed to in-
dicate the expected level of performance of wood when used Like all wood products, non-treated surfaces of LVL will slow-
in contact with the ground (service conditions as described for ly fade to grey due to the action of UV radiation from the sun.
use class 4 in EN 335) and that in other use classes the service This greying does not affect the strength properties.
conditions can result in wood performance that differs from If this natural greying is not desired, an adequately pigment-
that implied by the durability classification. Based on this, the ed coating system or a coating containing special additives
standard may not be directly applicable to use class 3, 2 and 1 must be applied. The higher the proportion of pigments, the
conditions and should therefore not be used as the biological greater the protective effect. The coating layer must be of suffi-
durability criteria. The natural durability of LVL can differ from cient thickness to fulfil the minimum protection requirement
that of the wood species used in its manufacture. Additional across the entire surface. More information is provided in the
factors contributing to durability include the thickness of the technical data sheets of the coating manufacturers 42.
plies, the structure of the board, and the characteristics and
quantity of the binder. 7.3.3 Chemical durability
In conclusion, it is recommended to declare the product as
durable in use class 1 and 2 (or service class 1 and 2 according The main components of wood: cellulose and lignin, react
to EN1995-1-1) conditions. in opposite ways to acids and alkalinity. Cellulose is not very
LVL_07.indd 170 5.9.2019 9:40:26

7. DURABILITY
resistant to strong acids, but its resistance to bases is good. and balcony structures, balustrades, stairs and piers where the
Lignin, on the other hand, is easily dissolved in bases, whereas products are not in direct ground contact (= Use class 3.1 con-
it is resistant to most strong acids. For these reasons, wood is ditions).
quite resistant to moderate chemical effects. AB class impregnation agents are aggressively corrosive and
LVL has good resistance to mild acids and acid salt solutions. therefore only stainless steel connectors should be used in
Alkalis, however, cause softening of the wood. Direct contact structures made of impregnated LVL.
with oxidizing agents such as chlorine, hypochlorites and ni- The surface of pressure-impregnated LVL is rougher than
trates should be avoided. regular LVL. The impregnation and drying processes cause
Wood is generally quite resistant to organic substances. swelling and shrinkage, which open some of the peeling cracks
However, organic solvents such as acetone, benzene, alcohol in the surface veneers. Local cracking around knots and minor
etc. dissolve resins, fats and waxes, causing similar effects to separation of scarf joints in small areas of the surface veneer
water, i.e., producing swelling and a slight reduction in strength might occur.
properties. Petroleum oils have no effect on strength properties Impregnated LVL products swell in the process and their
but cause discolouration. equilibrium moisture content and specific weight are a cou-
Chemical resistance can be improved with various types of ple of per cent higher than untreated products. The increased
coatings 42. weight shall be taken into account, but otherwise structural
design shall be made with the nominal dimensions of the prod-
uct with the strength and stiffness reduction factors according
7.4 CHEMICAL WOOD PROTECTION to service class 3 of Eurocode 5. In some countries additional
7.4.1 Surface treatment reduction factors given by their national requirements shall be
taken into account 44.
LVL can be protected against temporary weather exposure by
surface treatments that repel rainwater, and therefore reduce
the amount of moisture absorbed by the product, but allow wa-
ter vapour movement to and from the product. This improves
dimensional stability and reduces swelling of the treated LVL
product during the construction time.
Use in high relative humidity conditions may result in mould
growth on the surface of structural LVL products. If the prod-
ucts are exposed to outdoor air humidity conditions (e.g. struc-
tures in unheated spaces) or wetting during the logistic chain
and construction time, a brushable or sprayable treatment
should be applied on the surface of the LVL components to
reduce the risk of mould growth. In some cases LVL compo-
nents are treated at the factory, but the default practice is for
treatment to be done during offsite production of timber ele-
ments or on the construction site. If there is mould growth on
the surface of LVL products, the mould must be removed, e.g.
by sanding, before closing the structure.
The surface treatments do not affect the product’s strength
properties, but their compatibility with end finishes, such as
paints, shall be verified separately 28, 43.
7.4.2 Pressure impregnation

Pressure impregnation of spruce softwood LVL is possible
when the impregnation process is tailored for it. Due to di-
mensional changes due to moisture and to achieve the required
retention level of the water-based impregnation agent, it is rec-
ommended to use only LVL-C for impregnation. For beam-size
products with a width of max 600 mm, a retention level similar
to the AB class used in the Nordic countries can be achieved.
It is also possible to impregnate panel-size products, although
the retention level in the core area is lower.
Applications for pressure-impregnated LVL-C include terrace Figure 7.4. Pressure-impregnated LVL-C beams.
LVL_07.indd 171 5.9.2019 9:40:27

8. Building physics
Puuinfo
Figure 8.1 Roof overhang protects the building against weather exposure and solar radiation, Kindergarten Vekara, Pukkila, Finland.
LVL_08.indd 172 5.9.2019 9:26:53

8. BUILDING PHYSICS
8.1.1 Moisture content of LVL
When leaving the factory, the moisture content ω of the LVL product is appr
10%. Due to changes in ambient temperature and relative humidity, the mo
the product will continuously change. In service class 1 the moisture conten
between 6 and 10%, while in service class 2 it usually varies between 10 an
LVL products are delivered from the factory at a moisture content that is clo
conditions.
LVL beams, studs and panels can be used in structures simi- Product
Product moisture
moisture content
content ω defined
ω is is definedasasfollows:
follows:
lar to all other timber and engineered wood products. Build-
𝑚𝑚 −𝑚𝑚
ing physics analyses of walls and roofs do not need any special 𝜔𝜔 = 𝜔𝜔 0 )/m_0
ω=(m_ω-m_0 (8.1) (8.1)
𝑚𝑚 0
methods and normal design tools are suitable for their ther-
mal resistance calculation and dew point analyses. As LVL has where
where mω is the product mass at moisture content ω; and
fairly low thermal conductivity, the cold bridging effect of LVL m0 ismass
mω is the product the product dry content
at moisture mass. ω; and
beams or studs is minimal. In special cases LVL-C panels may m0 is the product dry mass.
be used alone as water vapour barriers with no separate plastic The average equilibrium moisture content of LVL products in different relativ
conditions (RH%) can be estimated using a sorption isotherm Figure 8.1. W
membranes required. The average equilibrium moisture content of LVL products in
drying (desorption) its equilibrium moisture content is higher in the same rel
different
than when relative humidity
the wood conditions
is wetting (RH%) canThis
(absorption). be estimated
phenomenon is called hys
using a sorption isotherm Figure 8.1. When wood is drying
8.1 LVL AND MOISTURE (desorption) its equilibrium moisture content is higher inMoisture
the absorption and desorption of s
30
LVL is a hygroscopic material similar to other wood-based same relative humidity than when the wood is wetting (absorp-
products. Therefore, the moisture content of LVL products is tion). This phenomenon is called hysteresis. 25 Absorptio
Desorptio
dependent on the relative humidity (RH%) and, more specif-
Moisture content MC (%)

20
ically, on the direction of moisture content change (drying / 8.1.2 Measuring the moisture content 15
wetting). LVL products swell when their moisture content in-
10
creases and shrink when their moisture content decreases. A Moisture meters based on electrical resistance give somewhat
part of the swelling is permanent and the extent of these di- too high results for LVL due to the glue lines of LVL products.
5
mensional changes depends on the grain direction. Wetting For exact determination of moisture content in a LVL0sample,
0 10 20 30 40 50 6
can cause permanent deformations, and impair the visual ap- an oven drying test can be conducted according to EN 322. Relative humidity (R
pearance of surface veneers, such as colour changes due to wa- Surface moisture meters (non-invasive) are recommend-
ter staining, surface cracks and falling of knots due to drying ed for measuring
Figure the moisture
8.1. Left: Average content moisture
equilibrium of LVL products.
content Theof softwood LVL in di
shrinkage after wetting, see also subsection 7.3.1. measurements
humidity at 20should be taken
°C. Right: perpendicular
Absorption to the grain
and desorption di-
isotherms of softwood L
The hygroscopic surface of LVL has also advantages. If the based on
rection weather
from the facecycling
veneerstests,
at anRH 65% → 92%
undamaged → 40%
location. E.g.,45.
surface is untreated or the surface treatment does not form a through sanded areas of the face veneers cannot be measured
membrane on the surface, LVL can have a moisture buffering 8.1.2 To obtain
reliably. Measuring
the mostthe moisture
reliable content
results, the moisture meter
function absorbing humidity from the air when the RH% is should be calibrated using samples of known moisture content
Moisture meters based on electrical resistance give somewhat too high resu
high and releasing it when the RH% is low. This action levels measured, for example,
the glue lines by oven drying.
of LVL products. For exact determination of moisture content
out the peaks and can help to create pleasant indoor air condi- an oven drying test can be conducted according to EN 322.
tions. In unheated storage spaces, the hygroscopicity prevents Note: Examples of suitable moisture meters for measuring the
water condensation on cold surfaces and thus the risk of wa- Surface moisture
moisture content of meters (non-invasive)
spruce LVL are the Deltaare recommended
2000H (setup: H3 for measuring th
ter dropping from, e.g., roof structures is smaller than in, e.g., content and
Spruce) of LVL
the products. The measurements
Doser Messgerät should group
HD5 (setup: material be taken perpendicular
steel structures. direction
3) 18. from the face veneers at an undamaged location. E.g., through san
face veneers cannot be measured reliably. To obtain the most reliable resul
meter should be calibrated using samples of known moisture content measu
8.1.1 Moisture content of LVL by oven drying.
When leaving the factory, the moisture content ω of the LVL Note: Examples of suitable moisture meters for measuring the moisture con
product is approximately 8 to 10%. Due to changes in ambient LVL are the Delta 2000H (setup: H3 Spruce) and the Doser Messgerät HD5
temperature and relative humidity, the moisture content of the group 3) 18.
product will continuously change. In service class 1 the mois-
ture content usually varies between 6 and 10%, while in service
class 2 it usually varies between 10 and 16%. Thus, the LVL
products are delivered from the factory at a moisture content
that is close to the end use conditions.
LVL_08.indd 173 5.9.2019 9:26:53

8. BUILDING PHYSICS
Mean equilibrium moisture content of softwood LVL, t = 20°C

30
Mean equilibrium moisture content of softwood LVL, t = 20°C
30
25
MC (%)MC (%)
25
20
contentcontent
20
15
Moisture
15
10
Moisture
10
5
5
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
0 Relative humidity (RH%)
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Relative humidity (RH%)
Moisture absorption and desorption of softwood LVL, t = 20°C
30
Moisture absorption and desorption of softwood LVL, t = 20°C
30 Absorptio
25
Desorptio
MC (%)MC (%)
Absorptio
25
20
Desorptio
contentcontent
20
15
Moisture
15
10
Moisture
10
5
5
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
0 Relative humidity (RH%)
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Relative humidity (RH%)
Figure 8.2. Left: Average equilibrium moisture content of softwood LVL in different relative humidity at 20 °C. Right: Absorption and
desorption isotherms of softwood LVL at 20 °C based on weather cycling tests, RH 65% → 92%→ 40% 45.
LVL_08.indd 174 5.9.2019 9:26:53

8. BUILDING PHYSICS
8.1.3 Dimensional changes due to moisture

LVL products are delivered from the factory at a moisture con- LVL products swell when their moisture content increases
tent that is close to the moisture content of a service class 1 end and shrink when their moisture content decreases. The extent
use. This is an advantage, as it significantly reduces dimension- of these dimensional changes depends on the grain direction.
LVL
al 08, due
changes Table 8.1 provided that the members are pro-
to moisture, Due to the hot press production process, a proportion of the
tected against weather exposure during transport, storage and swelling in the thickness direction occurring upon first wetting
construction work. of the product is permanent. However, despite the dimensional
changes due to moisture, the nominal thickness of the prod-
uct should be used in the structural capacity design of LVL
members.
Table 8.1. Swelling and shrinkage factor αH for LVL products in % Dimensional change ΔL due to variation in moisture can
per 1% change in moisture content below fibre saturation point. be calculated as follows:
Note: due to its cross band veneers, LVL-C undergoes much less
dimensional change in the width direction than LVL-P (FprEN
∆L = ∆ω ∙ αH/100 ∙ L(8.2)
14374:2018).
where
Dimension LVL-P LVL-C Δω is the change in product moisture content [%];
αH is the product’s dimensional variation coefficient, see
Thickness t 0,32 0,32
Table 8.1 for values and Figure 8.3 for directions; and
Height h (or width of a panel) 0,32 0,03 L is the product dimension in the corresponding direction.
Length l 0,01 0,01
Notably, due to its cross band veneers LVL-C has a very
low αH factor in the member width direction: only 10% of the
value specified for LVL-P products. This advantage can be uti-
lized in structures that are sensitive to dimensional changes
due to moisture.
LVL products can warp if the moisture content of oppo-
site surfaces is not equal, for example if one surface is exposed
to a higher relative humidity than the other. LVL-P products
are more sensitive to such warping than LVL-C, especially if
the height of the product is more than 8 times the thickness
(h > 8t). Therefore, it is normally recommended to limit the
slenderness of the LVL-P beams to this ratio. If careful mois-
ture management of the components and structures can be as-
sured throughout the logistic chain and construction process,
e.g. in off-site element production, a h/t ratio of max ~12 may
be considered.
LVL 08, Table 8.2
Figure 8.3. Directions of LVL dimensions
Table 8.2. Example of dimensional changes due to moisture : If the relative humidity changes from 50% to 85%, the moisture content of a LVL
beam increases by approximately 7%. The resulting effect on beam dimensions is as follows:
Product Direction Original dimension Dimension after +7% increase of MC Difference
LVL-P or LVL-C Length l 4200 mm 4200 + (7 × 0.01/100 × 4200) = 4203 mm +3,0 mm

LVL-P or LVL-C Thickness t 57 mm 57 + (7 × 0.032/100 × 57) = 58,3 mm +1,3 mm
LVL-P Height h 260 mm 260 + (7 × 0.32/100 × 260) = 266 mm +6,0 mm
LVL-C Height h 260 mm 260 + (7 × 0.03/100 × 260) = 260,6 mm +0,6 mm
LVL_08.indd 175 5.9.2019 9:26:54

8. BUILDING PHYSICS
Table 8.3. Water vapour resistance factor μ and water vapour diffusion coefficient in air δp of softwood LVL.
Water vapour resistance factor μ [-] Water vapour diffusion coefficient in air δp [kg/(Pa·s·m)]
Density ρmean Dry cup Wet cup Dry cup Wet cup
440 kg/m3 180 65 0,73 · 10-12
2,3 · 10-12
510 kg/m3 200 70 0,96 · 10-12 2,7 · 10-12
The dry cup values are tested in 23°C - 0/50 RH % and apply when the mean relative humidity across the material is less
than 70 %. The wet cup values are tested in 23°C - 50/93 RH % and apply when the mean relative humidity across the
material is greater than or equal to 70 %.
8.1.4 Water vapour resistance 8.2.2 Thermal conductivity of LVL products

The water vapour resistance factor μ and water vapour The design thermal conductivity λ of LVL products is 0,13 W/
diffusion coefficient in air δp defined in EN ISO 10456 may (m K), according to the tabulated values in EN ISO 10456 for
be used for LVL products in their thickness direction. a product density of 500 kg/m3, which is recommended to be
Thickness direction values are normally the essential val- used in the calculation of thermal insulation. The tabulated
ues for building physics analyses. For special cases, however, value is defined for 20 °C, RH 65% conditions. Lower den-
the following estimates for the other directions may be used: sity decreases the thermal conductivity and higher moisture
• Due to the wood cell structure, water vapour resistance in content increases it. Within the practical range of density and
the length direction is only 5% of the water vapour resistance moisture content, their influence on thermal conductivity λ
in the thickness direction may be ±0,02 W/(m K).
• For LVL-P the values are similar in both the thickness and
height directions 8.2.3 Temperature deformations
• For LVL-C, due to the cross band veneers, resistance in the
height direction is about 15% of the resistance in the thick- Since the dimensions of LVL products remain stable in normal
ness direction. temperature change conditions, it is usually not necessary to
consider any effects of temperature variations on the structur-
Note: the glue lines between the veneers do not have a significant al design, unlike swelling and shrinkage due to moisture. The
influence on the water vapour resistance of LVL, which is of a coefficient of thermal expansion in the direction of wood fibres
similar level to solid sawn spruce or pine. is in the range from 3,5 to 5,0 106/K.
Example: If the temperature changes from 5 °C to 30 °C,
the length of a 10 000mm long LVL beam changes as follows:
8.2 THERMAL PROPERTIES OF LVL 10 000 mm → 10 000 mm + (25 °C · 4.0 · 106/°C · 10 000 mm)
= 10 001 mm
8.2.1 Influence of temperature on the
In normal ambient temperatures the properties of LVL prod-
mechanical properties of LVL ucts are unaffected by temperature variations.
The characteristic values of the mechanical properties speci-
fied for LVL products can be used without any modification 8.2.4 Heat combustion and specific heat
for temperatures below or equal to 50 ºC for a prolonged pe-
riod of time. LVL can be continually used in temperatures less capacity
than 100 ºC and has a maximum short-term exposure tem- The heat of combustion of LVL products is 17 MJ/kg 28. The
perature of 120 ºC. Wood products resist cold better than heat specific heat capacity cp is 1600 J/(kg K) according to EN ISO
and the minimum suitable temperature for LVL is -200 ºC 46. 10456.
In structural fire design, however, the decrease in strength and
stiffness properties of LVL products due to high temperature
must be taken into account, similar to other types of softwood
members. The reduction factors may be evaluated from the
Figures 6.3.
LVL_08.indd 176 5.9.2019 9:26:54

8. BUILDING PHYSICS
8.2.5 Ignition temperature of LVL

Like all wood products, LVL is classified as a combustible ma-
terial. The ignition temperature of LVL is about 270 °C, when
exposed to flame. Spontaneous ignition does not occur in tem-
peratures below 400 °C. The ignition temperature of wood is
also dependent on the duration of exposure to high tempera-
ture. Ignition temperature decreases as the duration of expo-
sure increases. After more than 20 hours of exposure, there is
an ignition risk of wood products at temperatures above 120-
150 °C 46.
8.3 AIRTIGHTNESS
LVL-C panels are airtight beyond what can be measured. In
the building physics design of structures, it is essential pay at-
tention to the joints and seals between the panels and other
structures to ensure the airtightness of the entire building en-
velope. This can be achieved, e.g., with careful installation of
sealant tapes that are durable enough for the design service life
of the building.
LVL-C panels have been utilized, e.g., in 3-layer CLT wall
panels as the middle layer of the product to make them airtight.
LVL_08.indd 177 5.9.2019 9:26:54

9. Calculation examples of LVL structures
Stora Enso
Figure 9.1. Wooden multi-storey building Lighthouse, Joensuu, Finland
LVL_09.indd 178 5.9.2019 9:29:55

9. CALCULATION EXAMPLES OF LVL STRUCTURES
These structural calculation examples for LVL are based on Eurocodes (EN1990, EN1991 and EN1995) and
the additional instructions given in Chapters 4-5. Where information from National annexes is required, the
Finnish annex or the default values of Eurocodes have been used. The calculations make references to the
equation numbers of the Chapters 4 - 6. The examples are chosen to demonstrate the calculations methods.
Therefore some of the component sizes may not necessarily ideal for practice and those cases have comments
of possibly better suitable sizes at the end of each example.
9.1 LVL 48P JOIST FLOOR

Residential floor: span L = 4500 mm; width b = 5000 mm; 45x240 mm LVL 48P joists at spacing s = 400 mm;
22 mm chipboard decking. Support length 45 mm. Live load qk = 2,0kN/m2; partition load g2,k = 0,3 kN/m2
and self-weight g1,k = 0,6 kN/m2. Service class SC1.
Joist properties:
Bending strength edgewise fm,0,edge,k = 48 N/mm2
Shear strength edgewise fv,0,edge,k = 4,2 N/mm2
Compression perpendicular to the grain edgewise fc,90,edge,k = 6 N/mm2
Modulus of elasticity E0,mean = 13800 N/mm2
Modulus of rigidity G0,edge,mean = 600 N/mm2
Area of cross section A = b∙h = 10800 mm2
Section modulus W = b∙h /6 2 = 4,32∙105 mm3
Moment of inertia I = b∙h /12
3 = 5,18∙107 mm4
Moment stiffness of the joist EI = 13800 N/mm ∙ 5,18∙10 mm = 7,15∙1011 Nmm2
2 7 4
Shear rigidity of the joist GA = 600 N/mm2 ∙ 10800 mm2 = 6,48∙106 N

Modification factor kmod for medium-term, SC1 = 0,8
Modification factor kdef for SC1 = 0,6
Material safety factor γM (default value in EC5) = 1,2
Size effect factor kh = (300/240)0,15 = 1,034
Loading combinations
The most
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 critical ultimate limit state (ULS) load combination: (4.1)
d,ULS = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾G ∙ (𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔1,k + 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔2,k ) + 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾Q ∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞k
E_(d,ULS)
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾G= ∙γ_G∙(g_(1,k)+g_(2,k))+
(𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔1,k + 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔2,k )2+ 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾Q ∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞k γ_Q∙q_k
2 2 (4.1) (4.1)
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS = 1,15 ∙ (0,6 kN/m + 0,3 kN/m ) + 1,5 ∙ 2,0 kN/m
E_(d,ULS)
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS = 1,15 =1,15∙(0,6
∙ (0,6 kN/m kN/m^2+0,3
2
+ 0,3 kN/m^2
kN/m 2
) +)+1,5∙2,0
1,5 ∙ 2,0 kN/m^2
kN/m2
2
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS = 4,03
E_(d,ULS)= kN/m
4,03 kN/m^2
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS = 4,03 kN/m2
Note: Safety factors γG and γQ are according to Finnish National annex of Eurocode 0.
The most critical serviceability limit state (SLS) load combination:
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,SLS = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾=
E_(d,SLS) ∙ (𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔1,k + 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔2,k ) + 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾G ∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞k γ_G∙q_k (4.1)
G γ_G∙(g_(1,k)+g_(2,k))+ (4.1)
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,SLS = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾G ∙ (𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔1,k + 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔2,k2) + 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾G ∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞k 2 2 (4.1)
E_(d,SLS)
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,SLS = 1,0 =1,0∙(0,6
∙ (0,6 kN/m kN/m^2+0,3
+ 0,3 kN/mkN/m^2 ) +)+1,0∙2,0 kN/m^2
1,0 ∙ 2,0 kN/m
2 2 2
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,SLS = 1,02,9
E_(d,SLS)= ∙ (0,6
kN/m^2kN/m
2 + 0,3 kN/m ) + 1,0 ∙ 2,0 kN/m
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,SLS = 2,9 kN/m
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,SLS = 2,9 kN/m2
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿2 /8 = 4,03kN/m2 ∙ 0,4m ∙ (4,5m)2 /8 = 4,1 kNm

𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿2 /8 = 4,03kN/m2 ∙ 0,4m ∙ (4,5m)2 /8 = 4,1 kNm
LVL_09.indd 179 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d 4,1 kNm 5.9.2019 9:29:56
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d = 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d = 4,1 kNm 5 3
= 9,5 N/mm2
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS = 4,03 kN/m
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,SLS = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾G ∙ (𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔1,k + 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔2,k ) + 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾G ∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞k (4.1)

𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,SLS = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾G ∙ (𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔1,k + 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔2,k ) + 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾G ∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞k (4.1)
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,SLS = 1,0 ∙ (0,6 kN/m22 + 0,3 kN/m22 ) + 1,0 ∙ 2,0 kN/m22
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,SLS = 1,0 ∙ (0,6
9. CALCULATION kN/m +OF
EXAMPLES 0,3LVLkN/m ) + 1,0 ∙ 2,0 kN/m
STRUCTURES
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,SLS = 2,9 kN/m22
ULS design
Bending moment resistance
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿22/8 = 4,03kN/m22 ∙ 0,4m ∙ (4,5m)22/8 = 4,1 kNm
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d == 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸E_(d,ULS)∙s∙L^2/8
M_d d,ULS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 /8 = = 4,03kN/m ∙ 0,4m ∙ (4,5m) /8 = 4,1
4,03kN/m^2∙0,4m∙〖(4,5m)〗^2/8 = 4,kNm
σ_(m,d)=M_d/W=(4,1
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d 4,1 kNm kNm)/(4,32〖∙10〗^5 mm^3 )=9,5 N/mm^2
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d = 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d = 4,1 kNm = 9,5 N/mm2
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d = 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 = 4,32 ∙ 1055mm33 = 9,5 N/mm2
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 4,32 ∙ 10 mm ∙k_h∙f_(m,0,edge,k)
f_(m,0,edge,d)=k_mod/γ_M
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓(4.3) = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾mod
mod ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘h ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,k (4.3) 216 (255)
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,d
m,0,edge,d = M ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘h ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,k (4.3)
f_(m,0,edge,d)=0,8/1,2∙1,034∙44
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M N/mm^2 =30,3 N/mm^2
σ_(m,d)≤f_(m,0,edge,d) 0,8 →OKN
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,d = 0,8 ∙ 1,034 ∙ 44 N 2 = 30,3 N/mm22
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,d = 1,2 ∙ 1,034 ∙ 44mm 2 = 30,3 N/mm
1,2 mm
0,8 N
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,d
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,0,edge,d
≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = ∙→ OK ∙ 44
1,034
→ OK 2
= 30,3 N/mm2
m,d 1,2
m,0,edge,d mm
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d ≤ torsional
Lateral 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,dbuckling
→ OK is prevented by the fixing of the decking.
ShearLateral resistance torsional buckling is prevented by the fixing of the decking.

2
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉
V_d = =𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸
E_(d,ULS)∙s∙L/2∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿/2 ==4,03kN/m 2 ∙ 0,4m ∙ 4,5m/2= =
4,03kN/m^2∙0,4m∙4,5m/2 3,63,6
kNkN
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉dd = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS
Shear resistance d,ULS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿/2 = 4,03kN/m ∙ 0,4m ∙ 4,5m/2 = 3,6 kN
τ_(v,d)=〖3∙V〗_d/(2∙A)=(3∙3,6 kN)/(2 ∙10 800mm^2 )=0,5 N/mm^2
3 ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d 3 ∙ 3,6 kN ∙f_(v,0,edge,k)=0,8/1,2∙4,2
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏f_(v,0,edge,d)=k_mod/γ_M 0,4m ∙24,5m/2 N/mm^2
= 3,6 kN =2,8 N/mm^2
2
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉v,dd = = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸3d,ULS
∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d =∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿/2 3 ∙ 3,6 = 4,03kN/m
kN 2 = 0,5 ∙N/mm
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏v,d = 2 ∙ 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 2 ∙ 10 800mm
τ_(m,d)≤f_(v,0,edge,d) →OK 2 = 0,5 N/mm2
32∙∙𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴d 2 ∙310 800mm
∙ 3,6 kN
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏v,d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘=mod 0,8
= 0,5 N/mm N 2
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,d 2 ∙= 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod 2 ∙∙ 10 800mm=2 0,8∙ 4,2 N 2 = 2,8 N/mm22
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,k
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,d = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,k = 1,2 ∙ 4,2mm 2 = 2,8 N/mm
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod 1,2
0,8 mm
N
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d =
≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,d
v,0,edge,d →∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓OK
v,0,edge,k = ∙ 4,2 2
= 2,8 N/mm2
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏 ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M → OK 1,2 mm
m,d v,0,edge,d
Compression perpendicular
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏m,d ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,d → OK to the grain
F_(c,90,d) = V_d = 3,6 kN
Compression𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 c,90,d = 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d = to
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹perpendicular
3,6the
σ_(c,90,d)=F_(c,90,d)/A_ef
kNgrain
=F_(c,90,d)/(b∙(l_s
c,90,d = 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d = 3,6 kN
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 c,90,d 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 c,90,d

𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 c,90,d =
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d = 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉def == 3,6 kN𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d (4.14) (4.14)
σ_(c,90,d)=3,6kN/(45
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d = 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴c,90,d = mm∙(45
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙�𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 support +15 mm� mm+15mm (4.14)
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴ef 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙�𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙support +15 mm�
k_(c,90)∙f_(c,90,edge,d)=k_(c,90)∙k_mod/γ_M
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d ∙
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d = c,90,d = 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙�𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙3,6kN (4.14)
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d = ef 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 3,6kN
support +15 mm� = 1,35 N/mm2
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d = 45 mm ∙ (45 mm + 15mm) = 1,35 N/mm 2
45 mm ∙ (45 3,6kNmm + 15mm)
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓=
(4.13)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod = 1,35 N/mm2 (4.13)
c,90 45 mm =
c,90,edge,d ∙ (45
k_(c,90)∙f_(c,90,edge,d)=1,0∙0,8/1,2∙6
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90
mm +
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾
∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,k
15mm) N/mm^2=4
mod
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,k (4.13)
M
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 0,8 mod
c,90 ∙∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,d
c,90,edge,d = = 1,0
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾∙ 6 N/mm
∙ 0,8 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,k
2
= 4N/mm2 (4.13)
(kc,90 Table 4.7)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,d = 1,0 ∙ 1,2 ∙M6 N/mm2 = 4N/mm2
(k (kc,90 Table 4.7) c,90 Table 4.7)
σ_(c,90,d)≤k_(c,90)∙f_(m,0,edge,d) 1,2
0,8
→OK
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90,d ≤c,90,edge,d
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,d 2 2
c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = 1,0 ∙ →∙ OK 6 N/mm = 4N/mm (kc,90 Table 4.7)
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,d1,2→ OK
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,d → OK
SLS design
SLS design
Instantaneous 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst = 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,g + 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,q

𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤deflection
Instantaneous deflection
inst = 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,g + 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,q
w_inst = 5∙𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔
w_(inst,g) +6w_(inst,q)
∙𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 ∙𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿2
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst == 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,g
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 + 44𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤
d,SLS ∙𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
+ 56 d,SLS
inst,q (4.74)
w_(inst,g)=(5〖∙g〗_(d,SLS)∙
inst,g 5∙𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔d,SLS ∙𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 ∙𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔d,SLS ∙𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿2
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,g = 384∙𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸mean ∙𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 + 8∙𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺mean 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
384∙𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 ∙𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 58∙𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺
(4.74)
mean
5 ∙ 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔d,SLS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿4 mean 6/5 ∙ 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔d,SLS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿2
(4.74) inst,g = 2,69 mm + 0,17+
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,g mm = 2,86 mm = 2,69 mm + 0,17 mm = 2,86 mm
384 ∙mm
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,g = 2,69 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸mean + 0,17∙ 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 mm =8 2,86 ∙ 𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺mean
mm 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
5 ∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞d,SLS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿4 6/5 ∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞d,SLS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿2
(4.74)
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,q = 5 ∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞d,SLS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 + 6/5 ∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞d,SLS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 5,97 mm + 0,38 mm = 6,35 mm
4 2
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,q = 384 ∙ 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸mean ∙ 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 + 8 ∙ 𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺mean𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 5,97 mm + 0,38 mm = 6,35 mm
180 LVL Handbook Europe 5384 ∙ 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸mean
∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞d,SLS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ ∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼4 6/5 8∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞
∙ 𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺mean∙ 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
d,SLS 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
2
inst,q== 2,86 mm + 6,34 +
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst mm = 9,2 mm = 5,97 mm + 0,38 mm = 6,35 mm
384 mm
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst = 2,86 ∙ 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸mean
+ 6,34 ∙ 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 mm = 8 ∙ 9,2𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺mean
mm𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 4500
Requirement: 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst+≤6,35
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst = 2,86 mm = 4500
𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 mm == 11,3
9,2 mmmm → OK
LVL_09.indd 180 Requirement: 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst ≤ 400 = 400 = 11,3 mm → OK 5.9.2019 9:29:57
400 400
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 inst =
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst = 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 inst,g +
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,g + 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,q
inst,q
66
5∙𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 ∙𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿44 55∙𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔
d,SLS∙𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
5∙𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔d,SLS ∙𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔d,SLS ∙𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿22
d,SLS∙𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 inst,g =
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,g = 384∙𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 +
+ (4.74)
(4.74)
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst
384∙𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸mean
mean ∙𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼∙𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 = 8∙𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,g
8∙𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺 mean𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
mean 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴+ 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,q
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 inst,g =
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,g = 2,692,69 mm mm + + 0,17 0,17 mm
mm =
5∙𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔d,SLS ∙𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿4
= 2,86 2,866∙𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 mm
mm d,SLS ∙𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
2
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,g = 384∙𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 +5 (4.74)
mean ∙𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 8∙𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺 mean 2 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
44 2
5 5 ∙ ∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞
𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞
w_(inst,q)=(5〖∙q〗_(d,SLS)∙s∙L^4)/(〖384∙E〗_mean∙I)+〖〖6/5
d,SLS
d,SLS ∙∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 6/5
6/5 ∙∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞
𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞
d,SLS
d,SLS ∙∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 ∙q〗_(d,SLS)∙s∙L〗^2/(〖8∙G〗_mean A)=5,97
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 inst,q =
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,q = ++ == 5,97
5,97 mm mm + + 0,38
0,38 mm
mm = 217mm
= 6,35
6,35 (255)
mm
mm+0,38 384
mm=6,35
384 ∙∙𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸inst,g
mean
mean mm =∙∙ 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼2,69 mm 88 ∙+ 0,17
∙ 𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺mean
mean𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
mm
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 2,86 mm
w_inst = 2,86 mm+6,34 mm = 9,2 mm4
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 inst =
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst
Requirement: = 2,86 2,86 mm mm + + 6,34 6,34
w_inst≤L/400=4500/400=11,3 5 mm ∙mm =
𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞d,SLS= ∙9,2 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿mm
9,2 mm 6/5 ∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞d,SLS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿2
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,q = + mm→OK = 5,97 mm + 0,38 mm = 6,35 mm
3844500
𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
∙ 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸mean
4500
4500 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 ∙ 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 8 ∙ 𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺mean 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
Requirement:
Requirement: 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst inst ≤ ≤ 400 ,= = 400 400
= = 11,3 =
11,3 11,3 mm
mm mm → → OK→OKOK
400 400
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst = 2,86 mm + 6,34 mm = 9,2 mm
Final deflection
Final deflection Requirement: 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 4500
inst ≤ 400 = 400 = 11,3 mm → OK
w_(net,fin)
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 net,fin =
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤net,fin = (1 (1 =+ (1+k_def)∙w_(inst,g)
+ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘def def)) ∙∙ 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,ginst,g + + (1 (1 + +(1+ψ_2∙k_def)∙w_(inst,q)
+ 𝜓𝜓𝜓𝜓
𝜓𝜓𝜓𝜓22 ∙∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘def
def)) ∙∙ 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,q
inst,q
(4.73)
(4.73) (4.73)
For the load category A: ψ2 = 0,3
For
For the
w_(net,fin) the load load=category category
(1+0,6)∙2,86 A:
A: ψ ψ mm 22 == 0,3
+0,3 (1+0,3∙0,6)∙6,35 mm = 12,1 mm
Requirement: w_(net,fin)≤L/300=4500/300=15 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤net,fin = (1 + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘def ) ∙ 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,g + mm→OK (1 + 𝜓𝜓𝜓𝜓2 ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘def ) ∙ 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,q (4.73)
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 net,fin =
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤net,fin = (1 (1 + + 0,6) 0,6) ∙∙ 2,86 2,86 mm mm + + (1 (1 + + 0,3 0,3 ∙∙ 0,6) 0,6) ∙∙ 6,35 6,35 mm mm = = 12,1
12,1 mm
mm
For the load 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
category
4500
4500
A: ψ2 = 0,3
Requirement:
Requirement: 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 net,fin ≤
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤net,fin ≤ 300 ,= =4500 300
300
mm
= = 15 =
1515 mmmm mm →→
→ OKOK
OK
300 300
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤net,fin = (1 + 0,6) ∙ 2,86 mm + (1 + 0,3 ∙ 0,6) ∙ 6,35 mm = 12,1 mm
Vibration design
Vibration design 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)l
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 �(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 4500 (4.79)
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓11 = 2𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋22 � l
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 l Requirement: 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤net,fin ≤
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) = = 15 mm → OK (4.79)
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
Lowest
Lowest = � 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
2𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 2 natural frequency f 300 300 (4.79)
1 2𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 natural 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 frequency1f1
𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓1𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓1== = �
𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 1� + l l
𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 + 30 kg/m2 = 60 kg/m2 + 30 kg/m2 + 30 kg/m2 =(4.79)
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚2l + 30 kg/m22 = 60 kg/m22 + 30 kg/m22 + 30 kg/m22 = 120 kg/m22
2 (4.79)
120 kg/m2
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 =
2 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋1 +
=2𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙2𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔
2
� 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔
(4.79)
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 =
f_1=π/(2l^2
1 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔
𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 + 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 + 30
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚)2l √((EI)_l/m)
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸) kg/m = 60 kg/m + 30 kg/m + 30 kg/m = 120 kg/m (4.79)
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓1 = 2𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙221� 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 (4.79)
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚m 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚===g_1+g_2+30
2𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙
𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔1𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔1 ++𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔2𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔2++3030 kg/m^2
kg/m kg/m 2 2= 60 kg/m^2+30
==6060kg/m kg/m 22
++30kg/m^2+30
30kg/m kg/m 2 2 kg/m^22 =
++3030kg/m kg/m2=120 =120kg/m^2
120kg/m
kg/m22
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔1 + 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔2 + 30 kg/m2 = 60 kg/m2 + 30 kg/m2 + 30 kg/m2 = 120 kg/m2
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔1 + 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔2 + 30 kg/m2 = 60 kg/m2 + 302 kg/m2 + 30 kg/m2 = 120 kg/m2
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 ∙ (1000/𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠) = 7,15 ∙ 1011 Nmm ∙ (1000/400 mm)
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)ll = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 ∙ (1000/𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠) = 7,15 ∙ 1011 Nmm22 ∙ (1000/400 mm)
Note:l In
Note: = Finnish
In 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 ∙ (1000/𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠)
Finnish NA NA the share = 7,15 of live ∙ 1011 loadload Nmm
qk inq the ∙ (1000/400
frequency calculation mm) is 30kg/m2
6 the2 share of live k in the frequency calculation is
30kg/m
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) = 2 1,79 ∙ 10 6 Nm 2 /m 11 22
l ll== =𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼1,79
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼∙ (1000/𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠)
∙ (1000/𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠)
∙ 10 6 Nm= =7,15 7,15∙ 1011 ∙ 1011Nmm Nmm ∙ (1000/400 ∙ (1000/400mm) mm)
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) l
2/m
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)ll =
〖(EI)〗_l = = 1,79
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 ∙ 10 Nm=
EI∙ (1000/𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠)
∙(1000/s) /m
=7,15∙1011 7,15 ∙ 1011 Nmm^2 Nmm2∙(1000/400 2
∙ (1000/400 mm)mm)
11
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) l = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 ∙∙(1000/𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠) 66 2 2= 67,152∙ 10 Nmm ∙ (1000/400 mm)
〖(EI)〗_l l l== 1,79 =π1,79 10 ∙ 10
1,79∙〖10〗^6 Nm
1,79 Nm ∙/m 10 /m
Nm^2/m 6 Nm Nm2 /m
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
= = π 1,79 ∙ �
10 1,79
6
Nm ∙ 210 /m 6 Nm2/m = 9,5Hz > 8Hz → OK
1= l
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸) π � 1,79 ∙ 10
120 kg/m22 /m = 9,5Hz > 8Hz → OK ))=9,5Hz>8Hz→OK
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓f_1=π/(2∙(4,5m)^2 � )Nm √((1,79∙〖10〗^6 Nm^2/m)/(120
= 9,5Hz > 8Hz kg/m^2
1 = 2= ∙ (4,5m) 2 6 2
1 l2 ∙ (4,5m) 1,79 2∙210 120/m kg/m 2
→ OK
2 ∙ (4,5m) ππ 1,79
1,79 120
∙ 10 ∙ 10 6kg/m Nm 6 Nm 2 /m 2 /m
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓1== π 2 2 1,79 � � ∙ 10 6 Nm 2
2 22 /m
= = 9,5Hz 9,5Hz > >8Hz8Hz → →OK OK
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓1 =2 2∙ (4,5m) ∙ (4,5m)
π 2
�1,79 120 120 ∙ 10 kg/m kg/m 6 Nm
2
/m = 9,5Hz > 8Hz → OK
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓1 = 2 ∙ (4,5m)2 � 120 kg/m2 = 9,5Hz > 8Hz → OK
2 ∙ (4,5m) 120 kg/m
→ The floor can be analyzed as a high frequency floor.
Floor stiffness perpendicular to the span direction based on 22 mm3 chipboard decking:
→ The floor
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)/𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 3500 can be N/mm analyzed 2
∙ 1000 asmm a high ∙ (22frequency mm)3 /12floor. = 3,11 ∙ 103 Nm22 /m
(EI)/m ==
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)/𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 3500 3500 N/mm^2∙1000 N/mm22 ∙ 1000 mm∙〖(22mm ∙ (22 mm)33/12==3,11∙〖10〗^3
mm)〗^3/12 3,11 ∙ 10 3Nm Nm^2/m
2/m
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)/𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
Floor stiffness = 3500 N/mm ∙ 1000
perpendicular to mm the span ∙ (22 mm) direction /12 based = 3,11 on∙ 10 Nm chipboard
22 mm /m
22 33 33 22
decking:
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)/𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)/𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = = 3500 3500 N/mm N/mm
For a rectangular floor with overall dimensions b x l, simply supported along ∙ 1000
∙ 1000 mm mm ∙ (22
∙ (22 mm) mm) /12/12 = = 3,11
3,11 ∙ 10
∙ 10NmNm /m/m all four edges, the impulse
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)/𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 3500 N/mm22 2∙ 1000 mm ∙ (22 mm)33 /12 = 3,11 ∙ 1033 Nm22 /m
velocity response
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)/𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 3500 N/mm v [m/Ns ∙ ]1000 valuemm may,∙ (22 as anmm) approximation,
/12 = 3,11be∙ 10 taken
Nmas:/m
For a4(0,4+0,6𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛
rectangular
𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣v=4(0,4+0,6n_40
= 4(0,4+0,6𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 40 )
40 )
floor with overall dimensions b x l, simply supported
)/(mbl+200) along all
(4.80) (4.80)
𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣four = 4(0,4+0,6𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛
edges,
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏+200 the
40 ) impulse velocity response v [m/Ns2] value may, as an (4.80)
𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣n_40={((40/f_1
= 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏+200 )^2-1) (b/l)^4 (EI)_l/(EI)_b }^0,25
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏+200
(4.80)
approximation,
4(0,4+0,6𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛
4(0,4+0,6𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 ) ) be taken as: 0,25
𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣== 4(0,4+0,6𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 40 22
4040
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 4 (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) 0,25
) 1� �𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 �4 (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)ll �0,25
(4.80)
(4.80)
𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣40==𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏+200
��40
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏+200 � 40 − (4.81)
(4.80)
𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡(4.81)
40 = ��
4(0,4+0,6𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 40𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓1� 240− 4
) 1� � 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙� (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)bl � (4.81)
𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣40 = = ��𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓1 � − 1� �𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 � (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)b0,25
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏+200 (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) � 0,25 (4.81)
(4.80)
n_40={((40/9,5Hz)^2-1)
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙+200
4040 1 2 2 4 4
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)〖∙(5m/4,5m)〗^4∙(1,79∙〖10〗^6
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)b Nm^2/m
0,25
𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡40𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 ==�� − 2− 1�1� 2� �� 4
l l
�5m �0,254 (0,4+0,6∙11))/(120∙5∙4,5+200
∙ 1066 Nm22 /m 0,25 (4.81)
(4.81)
v=(4 40 (0,4+0,6 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓140 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓1 40n_40 2 ))/(mbl+200)=(4 (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) l 0,254 1,79
𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡40 = �� 40 40
�2 − � 1�
2− � 1� �4 ∙ � b5m
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)
b
� � 4∙ 1,79 ∙ 10 6 Nm 2 /m � 0,25
= 11 (4.81)
𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡40 = ��
𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 ��𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓9,5Hz 1� 40−�1�−� 1� 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙� ∙(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
� 4,5m 5m
b� � ∙ 1,79
l
3,11 ∙∙ 10 103Nm Nm2/m /m�� = 11 (4.81)
𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡40 = ��𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓9,5Hz 1 2
� 2 − 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙1� ∙(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)
�4,5m b 4
� 4 ∙ 3,11 0,25 = 11
∙ 106 336Nm2 222/m 0,25
9,5Hz
4040 4,5m
5m 5m 1,79 3,11
1,79∙ 10∙∙ 10
10Nm Nm
Nm/m /m
/m
𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡40𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡40== 4�� +40
(0,4 0,6 � �𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡− 2− 1�) 1�∙ �∙4�(0,4 �+ �∙40,6
∙ 1,79
∙ 11) 6 2 � �0,25==1111
(0,4 9,5Hz 9,5Hz
0,6 �𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡240−) 1� 40 44,5m 5m
4,5m
(0,4 3,11
3,11 ∙
∙ 10 10
3
10=Nm
∙ 10 3 Nm
6 Nm 2 2
/m /m
2 /m 0,25
= 4=
𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡40 4 ��
(0,4
+40
+ 0,6 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 ) = ∙4 � 5m
(0,4
+� 0,6
+
4
∙
0,6
∙ 11)
1,79
∙ 11) ∙ 0,010
Nm /m � = 11
𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛40
= 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏9,5Hz + 200 � 40 = ∙120 � 4,5m ∙ 5 ∙ 4,5 + 200
∙ 3,11 = 0,010
∙ 10 3 Nm 2 /m�
𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = = �� 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏9,5Hz + 200 − 1� = 120 4,5m ∙ 5 ∙�4,5 + 200
3,11 ∙ 10=3 Nm0,010
2 /m
= 11
4 4(0,4 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏
(0,4 ++0,6 +0,6 200 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡40 ) ) 4120
𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡40 4(0,4 (0,4 ∙ 5++ ∙ 0,6
4,5
0,6∙+11)
∙ 200
11)
𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣== 4 (0,4 + 0,6 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡40 )== 4 (0,4 + 0,6 ∙ 11)==0,010 0,010
When
𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = 4 (0,4𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏
a high + + 200
+ 0,6 value 200 𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛40b)==150 120 120
4 (0,4 ∙ 5∙ 5∙
is chosen 4,5
∙ 4,5 +
+ 0,6 from+ 200
200the
∙ 11) Figure 4.28 and a conservative damping value ξ = 0,01 is
= 0,010
𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣used,
= the 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 200 =
requirement 120
for120 v is∙∙ 55 ∙∙ 4,5 4,5 + 200 = 0,010
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 200 + 200
(𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓1 𝜉𝜉𝜉𝜉−1)
𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 ≤ 150(𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = 0,011 → 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂
1 𝜉𝜉𝜉𝜉−1) = 0,011 → 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂
(4.78)
𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣When ≤ 150 a (𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 high 1 𝜉𝜉𝜉𝜉−1) value b=→ 150 is chosen from the Figure 4.28 and a conservative (4.78)
𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣v≤〖150〗^((f_1
≤ 150 =ξ-1) 0,011 )=0,011→OK 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂 (4.78) (4.78)
damping (𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓1(𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 value
𝜉𝜉𝜉𝜉−1)
1 𝜉𝜉𝜉𝜉−1) ξ = 0,01 is used, the requirement for 𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 is
𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣≤≤150 150 =
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹∙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 2
= 0,011 0,011 → → 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂
𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂 (4.78)
(4.78)
𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 ≤ 150(𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓1 𝜉𝜉𝜉𝜉−1) 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹∙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 22= 0,011 → 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂 (4.78)
42∙𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹∙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙
∙(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)l LVL Handbook Europe 181
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 = min �42∙𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝛿𝛿𝛿𝛿𝛿𝛿𝛿𝛿∙(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) 3 l (4.82)
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 = min � 42∙𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹∙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙∙(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
𝛿𝛿𝛿𝛿2 32 l (4.82)
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 = min � 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹∙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹∙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹∙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 3 (4.82)
48∙𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠∙(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
2 l 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹∙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙
42∙𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹∙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙
42∙𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
∙(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
∙(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
𝛿𝛿𝛿𝛿 𝛿𝛿𝛿𝛿 ll l
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤==minmin � �42∙𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 48∙𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠∙(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) 3 l
3 ∙(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) (4.82)
(4.82)
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹∙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹∙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙
𝛿𝛿𝛿𝛿 l
LVL_09.indd 181
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 = min �b 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹∙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙43 3,11∙10
4 (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) 3 (4.82) 5.9.2019 9:29:59
48∙𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠∙(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) (4.84)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝛿𝛿𝛿𝛿 = 44�(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) b = 4�3,11∙10 l l 3 = 0,2
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝛿𝛿𝛿𝛿 = � (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) =� 1,79∙1036 = 0,2
4 3,11∙10
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)bl48∙𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠∙(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) (4.84)
40 5m 1,79 ∙ 10 Nm /m
𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡40 = �� − 1� ∙ � � ∙ � = 11
9,5Hz 4,5m 3,11 ∙ 103 Nm2 /m
4 (0,4 + 0,6 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡40 ) 4 (0,4 + 0,6 ∙ 11)

𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = 1kN ∙ =
(4,5m) 2 = 0,010
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏
⎧ + 200 120 ∙ 5 ∙ 4,5 + 200
⎪ 106 Nm2
⎪42 ∙ 0,2 ∙ 1,79 ∙ m 1,3 mm
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 CALCULATION
9. = min EXAMPLES OF=LVL
minSTRUCTURES
� = 1,3 mm
⎨ 1kN ∙ (4,5m)3 2,7 mm
⎪
𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 ≤ 150(𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓⎪1 𝜉𝜉𝜉𝜉−1) = 0,011 →10 6 Nm2
𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂 (4.78)
⎩48 ∙ 0,4 ∙ 1,79 ∙ m
The deflection under F =1 kN point load
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹∙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 2
w=min{█((F∙l^2)/(42∙k_δ∙(EI)_l )@(F∙l^3)/(48∙s∙(EI)_l ))┤
42∙𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
(4.82)
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 = min � 𝛿𝛿𝛿𝛿 3 l (4.82)
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹∙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙
48∙𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠∙(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)l
4 (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) 4 3,11∙103
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝛿𝛿𝛿𝛿 = � (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)b = �1,79∙10
k_δ=∜((EI)_b/(EI)_l = 0,2
=)6∜((3,11∙〖10〗^3)/(1,79∙〖10〗^6 ))=0,2 (4.84) (4.84)
l
1kN ∙ (4,5m)2
⎧ 6 2
⎪42 ∙ 0,2 ∙ 1,79 ∙ 10 Nm
⎪ 1,3 mm
m
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 = min = min � = 1,3 mm
w=min{█((1kN∙(4,5m)^2)/█(42∙0,2∙1,79∙(〖10〗^6
⎨ 1kN ∙ (4,5m)3 Nm^2)/m@ )@(1kN∙(4,5m)^3)/(48∙0,4∙1,79∙(〖10〗^6
2,7 mm
Nm^2)/m))┤=min{█(1,3
⎪
⎪ mm@ 6 @2,7
2 mm)┤=1,3 mm
10 Nm
⎩48 ∙ 0,4 ∙ 1,79 ∙ m
According to the Finnish national Annex of EC5, for the span length L= 4500mm the requirement is w ≤ 0,6
mm and according to the Austrian national annex w ≤ 0,5 mm which are not fulfilled by the structure.
The performance can be improved by transverse bracing by 2 blockings lines with tension boards close to
the centre of the span and cross battens 45x45 c/c 400 mm underneath the floor.
The stiffness (EI)bracing of the bracing lines can be estimated according to EN1995-1-1, Annex B Mechanical-
ly jointed beams. For simplification, also the top flange of the transverse bracing is modelled as a 22x100 C14
board and the stiffness of the 2 bracing lines are divided for the whole floor span length.
ℎ0 3
�𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏0 ∙ 12 + 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾 ∙ 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏0 ∙ ℎ0 ∙ (ℎ/2 + ℎ0 /2)2 �
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)bracing = 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 ∙ 2 ∙ 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸0,mean ∙
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙0
(EI)_bracing=n∙2∙E_(0,mean)∙((b_0∙〖h_0〗^3/12+γ∙b_0∙h_0∙(h/2+h_0/2)^2 ))/l_0
where
n = number of bracing lines in each span = 2
E0,mean = mean modulus of elasticity of C14 flanges 7000 N/mm2
b0 = width of tension/compression chord = 100 mm
h0 = thickness of tension/compression chord = 22 mm
h = depth of joist = 240 mm
s0 = Spacing of the nailing between blocking and flanges = 200 mm
l0 = span length of the bracing line = width of the floor= 5 m
ρk = characteristic density (C14: 350 kg/m3)
d = diameter of the nail 2.5 mm for nails 2,5x60 mm
3
0 ℎ
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑0,8 �𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏0 ∙ 12 + 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾 ∙ 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏0 ∙ ℎ0 ∙ (ℎ/2 + ℎ0 /2)2 �
1,5
𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) = 𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌
serbracing ∙ = 454 N/mm
k = 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 ∙ 2 ∙ 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸0,mean ∙
30 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙0
1 1
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾 = =
𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 2 ∙ 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸0 ∙ ℎ0 ∙ 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏0 ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠0 2 2
π ∙ 7000 N/mm ∙ 22 mm ∙ 100 mm ∙ 200 mm
1+ 1+
𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂ser ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿0 2 454N/mm ∙ (5000 mm)2
1,5
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑0,8
𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂 er = 𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌kpanel,
1.sDecking ∙ 2. Floor
= 454 N/mm
joists, 3. Transverse tension board (C18, min 22x100) under the joists fixed with 2,8x75 nails to the joists and
30
blockings, 4. Blocking
1 1
𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 2 ∙ 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸0 ∙ ℎ0 ∙ 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏0 ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠0 π2 ∙ 7000 N/mm2 ∙ 22 mm ∙ 100 mm ∙ 200 mm
182 LVL Handbook
1 + Europe 1+
𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂ser ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿0 2 454N/mm ∙ (5000 mm)2
LVL_09.indd 182 5.9.2019 9:30:00

K_ser=〖ρ_k〗^1,5∙d^0,8/30=454 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑0,8 N/mm

𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂ser = 𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌k1,5 ∙ = 454 N/mm
γ=1/(1+(π^2∙E_0∙h_0 30 〖∙b〗_0∙s_0)/(K_ser∙〖L_0〗^2 ))=1/(1+(π^2∙7000 N/mm^2∙22 mm∙100 mm∙200 mm)/
(454N/mm∙(5000 mm)^2 ))
1 1
𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 2 ∙ 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸0 ∙ ℎ0 ∙ 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏0 ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠0 π2 ∙ 7000 N/mm2 ∙ 22 mm ∙ 100 mm ∙ 200 mm
1+ 1+
0,27 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾 =𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂0,27
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾==0,27 ser ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿0
2 454N/mm ∙ (5000 mm)2
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾 = 0,27
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾 =𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾0,27 = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾0,27
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾==
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾0,27
=
0,27 0,27
γ = 0,27 33 22
(22
(22mm)mm) (22 2 2
3(22 3 240
240 22 22 2402 2222 240 22
�100
�100mmmm ∙ ∙ �100 3++ 3 mm)
0,27
0,273 ∙3
∙100
100 mm)22
7000N
7000N 7000N (22 (22
mm) 12
12
7000N
3 (22
(22
mm)
mmmm) (22
∙mm)
mm)
�100 mm ∙ +mmmm
0,27∙ ∙22 mm
mm
∙ 100
+ ∙ ∙��∙240
240
0,27
mm 2100
22 +
22
2∙mm
+mm
240
mm 2 ��2�
22
240 240
2�2�∙+
� 22
�∙ 22 22 ∙ �� + � �
mm
+
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) = = 22 ∙ ∙22∙
7000N∙ 7000N �100
∙
7000N∙ �100
7000Nmm �100
7000N mm
∙�100 �100
mm
∙ mm∙
mm ∙ +∙ +
0,27 12
0,27
∙ 100
+ +∙ 100
0,27
0,27
mm
+ 0,27
∙ mm12
100
∙∙ 22
100
∙ ∙
mm22
100 mmmm
∙mm
22
�∙ ∙
22
mm
∙ �
22
mm
+ �∙+� ∙ � +�2+ � �� 2 � 2 2
(EI)_bracing=2∙2∙7000N/mm^2
bracing
bracing (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) bracingmm (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
mm = 2 ∙ 2
22bracing∙ = 2∙((100
∙ 2∙ 12
∙ 12
mm∙(22 12
∙ 12 12
mm)^3/12+0,27∙100
4,5
4,5 mm 2
mm∙2) 2 2 2 22 2 22 2
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
bracing (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
=bracing
2bracing
=∙ 2bracing
2∙ ∙=2= 2∙ ∙2=
2
2∙ 2∙22∙∙ 2∙∙ 2 2∙mm∙2 ∙2 mm 2 4,5 m 4,5 m
(EI)_bracing=6,44∙〖10〗^4 mm mm mm mm mm
Nm^2/m 4,5 m 4,5 m4,54,5 m4,5
mm
44
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)bracing ==6,44
bracing(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) 6,44 ∙4∙(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
bracing
10
10 =4Nm Nm4222/m
26,44
/m
4∙ 10
= 4
42 6,44
2Nm
2
104 Nm2 /m
2 ∙/m
bracing =(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
6,44
bracing =bracing
bracing6,44
∙=10
=6,44
∙= 6,44
10
Nm ∙bracing
6,44
Nm
10
/m
∙ 10
∙ Nm
10
/m Nm Nm
/m /m/m
The stiffness of the 45x45 mm cross battens C14 solid wood underneath the floor:
22
NN 1000 1000N mm
mm 1000 4545mmNmm mm ∙(45
(45
∙100045 mm)mm)
mm
mm 2(45 (45mm
∙245 mm) 2
(45
2 2∙∙∙10
25,98 33 mm) 22
2
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)cross crossbattens = = 7000
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)cross (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
battens 7000 N N= 1000
2 2
∙ ∙
N
7000 1000
N mm N 1000
= mm
100045
70001000
∙ ∙
mm∙mm
45
mm mm
mm45
∙ (45
45∙ mm∙
45 (45
mm
∙ mm)mm
∙ (45
mm)
∙ ∙ (45
mm)
∙ ==mm)
mm) 5,98 3
10=3
Nm
Nm
5,98
2 32
/m
/m
∙ 10
3 = 3
32 5,98
2Nm
2
103 Nm2 /m
2 ∙/m
cross (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
cross
battens (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
cross
battens
cross =
cross 7000
battens=battens
battens
battens
7000==7000 mm
mm
cross
=7000
2
∙ 7000 2
∙ 400
battens 400
2
∙2mm mm
∙mm
2
∙∙ ∙400
2 mm ∙ mm∙ ∙ 12
2 12 mm= 12
400 5,98
= 5,98∙=10
=5,98
∙=
5,98
1210
Nm5,98
∙ Nm
10∙ 10
/m ∙ Nm
10
/mNm Nm
/m /m/m
mm mm 400
mm
(EI)_(cross battens)=7000 N/mm^2 ∙(1000 mm)/(400 mm)∙(45 mm ∙(45 mm)^2)/12=5,98∙〖10〗^3 Nm^2/m mm 400
mm 400
mm400 400
mm mm mm 12 12 12 12 12
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)bb== (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
〖(EI)〗_b= (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
〖(EI)〗_decking
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)decking = (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
decking
b(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
++ b(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
= +bracings
decking 〖(EI)〗_bracings
+decking
bracings ++bracings
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
+ (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
cross ++bracings
cross 〖(EI)〗_(cross
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)cross
battens
battens battens)
battenscross battens
b =(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) b(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
= (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
b(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) ==
decking b(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
= (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
++(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)+(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
+bracings
++(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
+
〖(EI)〗_b =b 3,11∙〖10〗^3
decking decking
decking
decking bracings
Nm^2/m bracings bracings bracings
+ 6,44∙〖10〗^4 cross cross
battens
cross
battens
cross
Nm^2/m cross
battens
battens
battens
+ 5,98∙〖10〗^3 Nm^2/m
33 22 3 44Nm 2 22/m 33 2 22
〖(EI)〗_b bb = = 3,11 3,11
== ∙b3∙10
10
7,35∙〖10〗^4 =3Nm Nm
3,11 /m
/m
32b3∙Nm^2/m
=10 +3+
32 3,11 2Nm
6,44
6,44
2 ∙ ∙10
2 ∙/m 10 10
+Nm Nm
4 6,44
2 /m
/m
+4 2+
4 24∙ 10
4+ 5,98
6,44Nm 5,98
2 ∙ ∙10
103410
2 ∙ /m +
Nm Nm
Nm
325,98
/m /m
/m+32 35,98
32 3∙ 10 2Nm
2
2 ∙/m 103 Nm2 /m
b =(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)b (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
=(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
3,11 b 3,11 b∙ 10 =
b 3,11
∙=3,11
10
Nm ∙ 2Nm
3,11 10
/m
∙ 10 ∙ Nm
10
/m
+Nm 6,44
Nm/m
+ /m 6,44
/m
∙+10 +6,44∙4+6,44
10
Nm 6,44
∙ 10
Nm
∙/m10 ∙ 10
Nm
/m
+Nm +2 /m
5,98
Nm
/m 5,98
/m
∙+10+5,98
∙+
5,98
10
Nm 5,98
∙ Nm
10
/m
∙ 10∙ Nm
10
/m
Nm Nm
/m/m /m
k_(δ,2)=∜((EI)_b/(EI)_l
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)bb == 7,35
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) 7,35 44
Nm4222b/m
=) ∜((6,44∙〖10〗^4)/(1,79∙〖10〗^6 ))=0,45
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)∙b4∙10 10=4Nm 27,35
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) /m
4∙ =10 4
42 7,35 2Nm
2
2 ∙/m 104 Nm2 /m
b =(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) 7,35
b (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) b 7,35 b=∙ 10 =
b 7,35
∙=7,35
10
Nm 7,35
∙ Nm
10
/m
∙ 10 ∙ Nm
10
/m Nm Nm/m /m/m
w_2=min{█((1kN∙(4,5m)^2)/█(42∙0,45∙1,79∙(〖10〗^6 4 4
Nm^2)/m@ )@(1kN∙(4,5m)^3)/(48∙0,4∙1,79∙(〖10〗^6
44 (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)bb 444 (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) 6,44
6,44b∙4∙10 10
4 4(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) 4 4 4
Nm^2)/m))┤=min{█(0,6 � mm@ 6,44@2,7 ∙ 10 6,44
mm)┤=0,6 ∙ 10 mm→OK
� 4�(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
b4�b6,44
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝛿𝛿𝛿𝛿,2 =(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) 4 b
4 4 4
𝛿𝛿𝛿𝛿,24= b𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘4𝛿𝛿𝛿𝛿,2b4= = =6,44
� ∙b410= 6,44
∙= 6,44
10
4 6,44
�6� ==
6∙ 10
0,45
∙ 10 0,45
∙ 10
= �6 = 0,45 6 = 0,45
� �𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘1,79
4 4 4
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝛿𝛿𝛿𝛿,2𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘= 𝛿𝛿𝛿𝛿,2� 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘�
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘=𝛿𝛿𝛿𝛿,2 (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘= =� == l l�=
� =1,79
=�=
𝛿𝛿𝛿𝛿,2
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) �∙6∙10
10
�
0,45
= 60,45 = = 0,45
=
0,45 0,45
𝛿𝛿𝛿𝛿,2
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) 𝛿𝛿𝛿𝛿,2
(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼) (𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
1,79(𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼)
1,79
∙ 10 l1,79
∙ 1,79
10 6∙ 1,79
1,79 10∙ 10 6∙ 10
l∙ 10 6 1,79 ∙ 10
l l l l l
22
1kN∙ ∙(4,5m)
1kN (4,5m) 1kN ∙ (4,5m)
2 21kN
2
2 ∙ (4,5m)
2
⎧⎧ 1kN1kN ∙ (4,5m)
⎧1kN 1kN ∙2(4,5m)
∙ (4,5m)
1kN ⎧∙266(4,5m)
∙ (4,5m) 22
⎧ ⎪⎧ ⎪ ⎧ ⎧ ⎧ 10
10 Nm
Nm 10 6
2Nm
2 10mm6 Nm2
⎪42
42⎪∙ ∙0,45
0,45 ⎪
∙ ∙1,79
1,79 ∙6∙ 10⎪
⎪42⎪⎪ 42 10
∙ 0,45 Nm 6
422
∙m 60,45
10∙10
Nm
1,79 2Nm
6∙ Nm
10 62∙Nm1,7920,6
∙ mm
0,6
⎪∙42
0,45 ⎪
∙ 42 ⎪
0,45
∙42 ⎪
1,79
∙ 42
0,45
∙ 0,45
1,79
∙ 0,45
∙ 1,79
∙m ⎪
1,79 m
∙ 1,79
∙m∙ ∙mm m0,6 m mm m 0,6 mm 0,6 mm
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤22==min ⎪ ⎪ ⎪ ⎪
min𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤2 = min𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤2 = min ==min min��0,6=mm 0,60,6mm
0,6
==�mmmm
0,6
0,6mm
mm�=→ OK
→0,6
OKmm=→
min = min 0,6
OKmm → OK
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤2 =𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤2min =𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤2min
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤=
2𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤=
min
⎨
2⎨=minmin 1kN
1kN ⎨∙ ∙(4,5m)
(4,5m) 1kN ⎨33 = min
∙ (4,5m)
1kN= min
3�=
∙ =min
� =
min
2,7
2,7
(4,5m) min
�
mm3=
mm� 0,6
� = mm
0,6
==mm
0,6
→=0,6
OK
mm
0,6
→mm OK
mm
→→OK
→
OKOK
⎨ ⎪⎨ ⎨ ⎨ ⎨
∙ (4,5m)∙ (4,5m)3
∙ (4,5m) 3
∙ (4,5m) 3
(4,5m) 3 3 2,7 mm 2,7 mm
⎪ ⎪ 1kN
⎪⎪ 1kN ⎪1kN
⎪
1kN 1kN
10
10⎪⎪6∙6NmNm62226 10 2,7 mm
2,7 mm
2,7
6 Nm2 106 Nm2
2,7mm
2,7mmmm
⎪ ⎩⎪ ⎪
⎩ 48⎪
48 ⎪∙ ∙⎪
0,4
⎪ ⎪
0,4
⎪∙ ∙1,79
1,79
4810 ∙∙6∙0,4
10
Nm 6∙ 2
m 10
Nm
4810
1,79
m∙ ∙ ∙ 10
Nm
0,4
∙ 62∙Nm
Nm 2 2 ∙
1,79
⎩0,4 ∙ ⎩1,79 m m
⎩ 48 ⎩ ∙48
0,4
⎩∙⎩48
∙0,4
1,79
48
⎩∙ ∙48∙1,79
0,4
∙ ∙∙0,4
1,79
∙m 1,79 ∙m
mm m
The transfer bracing lines and cross battens underneath the joists improve the floor stiffness under a 1kN
point load significantly and the vibration design requirements are fulfilled. The deflection could be decreased
~0,2 mm more, by gluing the decking onto the joists.
LVL_09.indd 183 5.9.2019 9:30:00

9.2 LINTEL OVER A WINDOW OPENING

Single span lintel beam over a window opening in a one family house is LVL 48 P beam 45x300 mm. Span
length is L = 2300 mm and the lintel is carrying load from 5000m wide roof area. Support length is 150mm.
Snow load sk is 2,75 kN/m2 and own weight of the structure is 1,0 kN/m2. Service class SC1.
Beam properties:
Compression perpendicular to grain edgewise fc,90,edge,k = 6 N/mm2
Modulus of elasticity E0,k = 11 600 N/mm2
Modulus of elasticity E0,mean = 13 800 N/mm2
Modulus of rigidity G0,edge,k = 600 N/mm2
Section modulus Wy = b∙h /6 2 = 6,75∙105mm3
Moment of inertia Iy = b∙h /12
3 = 1,01∙108 mm4
Moment of inertia Iz = h∙b /12
3 = 2,28∙106 mm4
Torsion moment of inertia Itor = 0,3∙h∙b
3 = 8,20∙106 mm4
Moment stiffness of the joist EIy = 13800 N/mm ∙ 1,01∙10 mm = 1,40∙1012 Nmm2
2 8 4

Material safety factor γM (default value in EC5) = 1,2
LVL_09.indd 184 5.9.2019 9:30:01

Snow load at roof level qk = μ1 ∙ Ce ∙ sk. Form factor μ1=0,8, when roof angle is less than 30° and in normal
conditions Ce = 1,0 → qk = 0,8 ∙ 1,0 ∙ 2,75 N/m2 = 2,2 kN/m2.
The most critical ultimate limit state (ULS) load combination:
E_(d,ULS
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 )=
d,ULS = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾 G ∙γ_G∙g_k+
𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔k + 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾Q ∙γ_Q∙q_k 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞k (4.1) (4.1)
E_(d,ULS
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 )=
d,ULS = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾 G ∙1,15∙(5m∙1,0
𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔k + 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾Q ∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞kkN kN/m^2 )+1,5∙5m∙2,2 kN/m^2=22,3 kN/m (4.1)
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾GG ∙∙ 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔∙kk�5m
d,ULS = 1,15
d,ULS
+ ∙∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞kk � + 1,5 ∙ 5m ∙ 2,2 kN/m2 = 22,3 kN/m (4.1)
+ 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾∙QQ1,0 (4.1)
kN2
m 2
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS = 1,15 ∙ �5m ∙ 1,0 kN kN � + 1,5 ∙ 5m ∙ 2,2 kN/m = 22,3 kN/m
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS = 1,15 ∙ �5m ∙ 1,0 m2 � + 1,5 ∙ 5m ∙ 2,2 kN/m22 = 22,3 kN/m
d,ULS = 1,15 ∙ �5m ∙ 1,0 m22 � + 1,5 ∙ 5m ∙ 2,2 kN/m = 22,3 kN/m
Note: Safety factors γG and m γQ are according to Finnish National annex of Eurocode 0.

𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,SLS = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾G ∙ 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔k + 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾Q ∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞k (4.1)
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸
E_(d,SLS)
d,SLS = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾 ∙ 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔
= γ_G∙g_k
G k + 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾 Q ∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞
+ γ_Q∙q_k
k (4.1) (4.1)
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,SLS
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 =
= 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾
d,SLS = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾GG ∙∙∙𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔(5m
1,0 kk +
+∙ 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾1,0 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞kk 2 + 1,0 ∙ 5m ∙ 2,2kN/m2 = 16,0 kN/m (4.1)
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾QQ ∙∙kN/m (4.1)
d,SLS
E_(d,SLS) = 1,0∙(5m∙1,0 kN/m^2+1,0∙5m∙2,2kN/m^2=16,0 kN/m
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,SLS = 1,0 ∙ (5m ∙ 1,0 kN/m22 + 1,0 ∙ 5m ∙ 2,2kN/m22 = 16,0 kN/m
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,SLS = 1,0 ∙ (5m ∙ 1,0 kN/m 2 + 1,0 ∙ 5m ∙ 2,2kN/m 2 = 16,0 kN/m
d,SLS = 1,0 ∙ (5m ∙ 1,0 kN/m + 1,0 ∙ 5m ∙ 2,2kN/m = 16,0 kN/m
ULS design
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d =moment
Bending 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS ∙resistance 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿2 /8 = 22,3kN/m ∙ (2,3m)2 /8 = 14,7 kNm
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿22 /8 = 22,3kN/m ∙ (2,3m)22 /8 = 14,7 kNm
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀dd =
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
d,ULS
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
d,ULS
∙∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙14,7
∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿2/8/8kNm == 22,3kN/m
22,3kN/m ∙∙ (2,3m)
(2,3m)2/8 /8 = = 14,7
14,7 kNm
kNm
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎M_d=m,d = E_(d,ULS)∙s∙L^2/8 = = = 21,8 N/mm2
22,3kN/m∙〖(2,3m)〗^2/8 = 14,7 kNm
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 6,75 14,7 ∙ 10 kNm
6 mm 3
m,d = 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = 14,7
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎σ_(m,d)=M_d/W=(14,7 14,7 kNm kNm = 21,8 N/mm22 mm^3 )=21,8 N/mm^2
kNm)/(6,75〖∙10〗^6
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d =
= 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 = = 6,75 ∙ 1066 mm33 = = 21,8 N/mm
N/mm2
21,80,8
m,d
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘6,75
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 mod ∙∙ 10
6,75 10 mm6 mm ∙k_h∙f_(m,0,edge,k)=0,8/1,2∙1,00∙44
3 N N/mm^2 =29,3 N/mm^2
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓σ_(m,d)≤f_(m,0,edge,d)
m,0,edge,d = ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 h ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
m,0,edge,k
→OK = ∙ 1,00 ∙ 44 = 29,3 N/mm2
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾modM 0,8
1,2 N2
mm
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod mod ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘h ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,k = 1,2
0,8
0,8 ∙ 1,00 ∙ 44 N N 2 = 29,3 N/mm222
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,d
m,0,edge,d
== 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾 M ∙∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
hh m,0,edge,k
m,0,edge,k
=
= ∙∙ 1,00
1,00 ∙∙ 44
44 mm =
= 29,3
29,3 N/mm
N/mm
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,d 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M
M → OK
1,2
1,2 mm22
mm
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,d → OK
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,d →
m,d ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,d → OK OK
Lateral torsional buckling
The lintel beam is laterally supported to wall studs in 600mm spacing and the load is applied via them.
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀y,crit 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋�𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸0,05 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼z 𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺0,05 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼tor
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎Therefore
m,crit = 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊
the effective = length is Lef = 600mm (See table 4.9). (4.42)
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀y,crity 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋�𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸0,05 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ef𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼z𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺y0,05 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼tor
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,crit = 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 = 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 � 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸
𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋�𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸0,05 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 (4.42)
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 = 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 y,crit
y,crit
= 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ef𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼z𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊
0,05 z 𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺y0,05
0,05 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼tor tor
(4.42)
m,crit = 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊
σ_(m,crit)=M_(y,crit)/W_y
m,crit y = 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ef 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 =(π√(E_0,05 I_z G_0,05 I_tor ))/(l_ef W_y (4.42)
) (4.42)
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊yy ef y 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊y 400N
π�10600 N/mm2 ∙ 2,28 ∙ 106 mm4 ∙ 2 ∙ 8,20 ∙ 10 6 ∙ mm4
mm
2 ∙ 2,28 ∙ 106 mm4 ∙ 400N ∙ 8,20 ∙ 106 ∙ mm4
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎σ_(m,crit)=
m,crit = π�(π√(10600 10600 N/mm N/mm^2∙2,28∙〖10〗^6 mm^4∙400N/mm^2 ∙8,20∙〖10〗^6∙
π � 10600 N/mm 22600mm∙ 2,28 ∙ ∙ 6,75
10 66mm 44 ∙ 5400N
∙ 10 400N
mm223 ∙∙ 8,20
mm ∙ 1066 ∙ mm44
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎〗^5 = ) π � 10600 N/mm ∙ 2,28 ∙ 10 mm ∙ mm 23 8,20 ∙ 10 ∙ mm
m,crit
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,crit mm^3= 600mm ∙ 6,75 ∙ 105 mm3 5mm
m,crit = 2 600mm
m,crit = 72,2 𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁/𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎σ_(m,crit)=72,2 N/〖mm〗^2 600mm ∙∙ 6,75 6,75 ∙∙ 10
105mm mm3
2
m,crit =
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎λ_rel=√(f_(m,k)/σ_(m,crit) 72,2 𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁/𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 22 )=√((44 N/mm^2)/(72,2N/mm^2 ))= 0,78
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,crit
m,crit = 72,2
= 72,2 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁/𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁/𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
44 N/mm2
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = �𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 m,k = �72,2N/mm22 = 0,78 (4.41)
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,crit 44 N/mm
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = �𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,k m,k = � 44
44N/mm N/mm22
2 = 0,78 (4.41)
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆(4.41) = �𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,crit
𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = �
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 m,k
== �
� 72,2N/mm
22 = = 0,78
0,78 (4.41)
(4.41)
when 0,75 < 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m 72,2N/mm
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,crit
m,crit
72,2N/mm
≤ 1,4 , 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit = 1,56 − 0,75 ∙ 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m = 1,56 − 0,75 ∙ 0,78 = 0,97
when 0,75 < 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m ≤ 1,4 , 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit = 1,56 − 0,75 ∙ 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m = 1,56 − 0,75 ∙ 0,78 = 0,97
when
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘when
crit ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
0,75
0,75 m,d =
<< 0,97𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m
rel,m∙ 29,3
≤≤ 1,4 1,4N/mm ,,𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit =
2 1,56 −
crit ==1,56
0,75
0,75 ∙∙ 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆2𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m
28,6−N/mm = 1,56 − 0,75 ∙ 0,78 = 0,97
rel,m = 1,56 − 0,75 ∙ 0,78 = 0,97
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d = 0,97 ∙ 29,3 N/mm2 = 28,6 N/mm22 2
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘when
crit
m,d
∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d
crit ∙≤0,75<λ_(rel,m)≤1,4
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
m,d
= 0,97
crit=∙ 0,97 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d → ∙∙ 29,3
29,3𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂 N/mm N/mm 2 = 28,6 N/mm 2
= 28,6 N/mm
,k_crit=1,56-0,75∙λ_(rel,m)=1,56-0,75∙0,78=0,97
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d → 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d
m,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit
≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 crit ∙∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d → 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂
m,d → 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿/2 = 22,3kN/m ∙ 2,3m/2 = 25,6 kN

𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿/2 = 22,3kN/m ∙ 2,3m/2 = 25,6 kN
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉dd =
= 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿/2
d,ULS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿/2
=
= 22,3kN/m
22,3kN/m ∙∙ 2,3m/2
2,3m/2 =
= 25,6
25,6 kN
kN
LVL_09.indd 185 5.9.2019 9:30:01

𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,crit = 72,2 𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁/𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,k 44 N/mm2
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 = �𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 = �72,2N/mm2 = 0,78 (4.41)
m,crit
2 2
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d = 0,97
9. CALCULATION ∙ 29,3 N/mm
EXAMPLES = 28,6
OF LVL N/mm
STRUCTURES
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d → 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂
k_crit∙ f_(m,d)=0,97 ∙29,3 N/mm^2=28,6 N/mm^2

σ_(m,d)≤k_crit∙ f_(m,d)→OK
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿/2 = 22,3kN/m ∙ 2,3m/2 = 25,6 kN
Shear dresistance
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏V_d =3E_(d,ULS)∙s∙L/2
∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d 3 ∙ 25,6=kN 22,3kN/m∙2,3m/2
= 2,84 N/mm=225,6 kN
v,d = =
2 ∙ 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
τ_(v,d)=〖3∙V〗_d/(2∙A)=(3∙25,6 2 ∙ 13500mm2 kN)/(2 ∙13500mm^2 )=2,84 N/mm^2
f_(v,0,edge,d)=k_mod/γ_M
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod ∙f_(v,0,edge,k)=0,8/1,2∙4,2
0,8 N N/mm^2 =2,8 N/mm^2
2
v,0,edge,d =
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓τ_(m,d)>f_(v,0,edge,d) ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 →NOT
v,0,edge,k = OK ∙ 4,2 = 2,8 N/mm
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M 1,2 mm2
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏m,d > 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,d → NOT OK

3 ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d 3 ∙ 25,6 kN
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏v,d = 3 ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 = 3 ∙ 25,6 kN 2 = 2,84 N/mm2
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏v,d = 32 ∙∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴d = 2 3∙ 13500mm
d
∙ 25,6 kN = 2,84 N/mm2
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏v,d = 2 ∙ 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 2 ∙ 13500mm22 = 2,84 N/mm2
The design2 ∙ 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴shear 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod 2 force
∙ 13500mm 0,8
may be reduced byNdetermining it from a distance of the beam height h from the
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,k = 0,8 ∙ 4,2 N 2 = 2,8 N/mm2
support edge:
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾
mod M ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = 0,8 ∙ 4,2 mm
1,2 N = 2,8 N/mm22
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,d = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,k v,0,edge,k = 1,2 ∙ 4,2 mm2 = 2,8 N/mm
2
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏m,d > 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,d 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M → NOT OK 1,2 mm
2h  l
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏m,d > 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,d → NOT OK V  V  1  l  A
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏m,d > 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,d → NOT OK 

red

2ℎ + 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙support 2 ∙ 300mm + 150mm

𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉red,d = 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d ∙ �1 − � = 25,6kN ∙ �1 − �
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 2300mm
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉red,d = 17,2kN
3 ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d 3 ∙ 17,2 kN
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏v,d = = = 1,92 N/mm2
2 ∙ 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 2 ∙ 13500mm2
2ℎ + 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙support 2 ∙ 300mm + 150mm
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏V_(red,d)=V_d∙(1-(2h+l_support)/l)=25,6kN∙(1-(2∙300mm+150mm)/2300mm)
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 red,d<=𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,d
m,d 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d ∙ �1 −→2ℎOK + 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙support � = 25,6kN ∙ �1 − 2 ∙ 300mm + 150mm�
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 2ℎ + 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙support � = 25,6kN ∙ �1 − 2 ∙ 300mm 2300mm
+ 150mm�
red,d = 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d ∙ �1 −
V_(red,d)=17,2kN
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉red,d = 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d ∙ �1 − 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 � = 25,6kN ∙ �1 − 2300mm �
τ_(v,d)=〖3∙V〗_d/(2∙A)=(3∙17,2 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 kN)/(2 ∙13500mm^2 )=1,92 N/mm^2 2300mm
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 red,d = 17,2kN
τ_(m,d)<f_(v,0,edge,d)
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 ==17,2kN →OK
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹red,d
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 c,90,d = 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 = 25,6 kN
red,d 3 ∙17,2kN
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉dd 3 ∙ 17,2 kN
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏v,d = 3 ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 = 3 ∙ 17,2 kN 2 = 1,92 N/mm2
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎v,d ==
c,90,d
32 ∙∙𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
d
c,90,d 2 ∙ 13500mm 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d
d = = 3 ∙ 17,2 kN 2 = 1,92 N/mm2
2
(4.14)
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏v,d = 2 ∙ 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴ef= 2 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙�𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙
∙ 13500mm support +152mm� = 1,92 N/mm
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏m,d < 2𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,d
∙ 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 2 → ∙ 13500mm
OK
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏m,d < 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,d →25,6kN OK
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d < 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
c,90,d =v,0,edge,d
→ OK = 3,4 N/mm2
45mm
Compression perpendicular to grain ∙ (150mm + 15mm)
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d = 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d = 25,6 kN 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod 0,8
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘F_(c,90,d)
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓=
c,90,d 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d= V_d
c,90,edge,d = 25,6 = =𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 kN∙ kN ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,k = 1,0 ∙
25,6 ∙ 6 N/mm2 = 4 N/mm2
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d = 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 d = 25,6 kN
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M 1,2
σ_(c,90,d)=F_(c,90,d)/A_ef
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 c,90,d = 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
c,90,d
= 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙�𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d =F_(c,90,d)/(b∙(l_support+15 mm) ) (4.14)
c,90,d c,90,d+15 mm�
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
(4.14)
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 =
c,90,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90,d
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹
ef
∙ =
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
support
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d→ OK (4.14)
(4.13)
c,90,d = 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴ef = 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙�𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙support +15 mm�
c,90,d c,90
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 m,0,edge,d
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙�𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 +15 mm� (4.14)
σ_(c,90,d)=25,6kN/(45mm∙(150mm+15mm))=3,4
ef 25,6kNsupport N/mm^2
2
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 c,90,d =
k_(c,90)∙f_(c,90,edge,d)=k_(c,90)∙k_mod/γ_M 25,6kN + 15mm) = 3,4 N/mm ∙f_(c,90,edge,k)=1,0∙0,8/1,2∙6 N/mm^2=4 N/m
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d = 45mm ∙ (150mm 25,6kN = 3,4 N/mm22
σ_(c,90,d)≤k_(c,90)∙f_(m,0,edge,d)
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 c,90,d = 45mm ∙ (150mm + 15mm) →OK
= 3,4 N/mm
45mm ∙ (150mm𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘+ 15mm) 0,8
mod
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,k = 1,0 ∙ 0,8 ∙ 6 N/mm2 = 4 N/mm2
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾
modM ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = 1,0 ∙ 1,2
0,8 ∙ 6 N/mm22 = 4 N/mm22
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,k c,90,edge,k = 1,0 ∙ 1,2 ∙ 6 N/mm = 4 N/mm
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,d →𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M OK 1,2 (4.13)
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,d → OK (4.13)
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎(4.13)
c,90,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,d → OK (4.13)
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst = 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,g + 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,q

6
5∙𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔d,SLS ∙𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿4 ∙𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔d,SLS ∙𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿2
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,g = + 5 8∙𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺 (4.74)
384∙𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸mean ∙𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 mean 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴

186 LVL Handbook
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤instEurope
= 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,g + 4𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,q 6
5∙𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔d,SLS ∙𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 ∙𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 ∙𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿2
5 d,SLS
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,g = 5∙𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 4
∙𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿∙𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼4
+ 6
∙𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔d,SLS ∙𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿2 (4.74)
384∙𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸
d,SLS 5 8∙𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺
6 mean 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 2
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,g = 5∙𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 mean
d,SLS ∙𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 + 5∙𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔d,SLS ∙𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 (4.74)
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,g = 384∙𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸mean ∙𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 + 8∙𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺mean 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
384∙𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 ∙𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 8∙𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺 (4.74)
mean mean
LVL_09.indd 186 5.9.2019 9:30:02
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d = 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d = 25,6 kN
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d = = (4.14)
25,6kN
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d = = 3,4 N/mm2
45mm ∙ (150mm + 15mm)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod 9. CALCULATION
0,8 EXAMPLES OF LVL STRUCTURES
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,k = 1,0 ∙ ∙ 6 N/mm2 = 4 N/mm2
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M 1,2
SLS𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎design
c,90,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,d → OK (4.13)
 222 (253)
223 (255)
6
5∙𝑔𝑔 ∙𝑠𝑠∙𝐿𝐿4 ∙𝑔𝑔d,SLS ∙𝑠𝑠∙𝐿𝐿2
𝑤𝑤
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,g
inst = = 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 d,SLS
inst,g + 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤+inst,q
5
(4.74)
w_inst =5∙𝑔𝑔
w_(inst,g)
384∙𝐸𝐸 mean4∙𝐼𝐼 +
∙𝑠𝑠∙𝐿𝐿
6 w_(inst,q)
∙𝑔𝑔
8∙𝐺𝐺mean 𝐴𝐴2
∙𝑠𝑠∙𝐿𝐿
5 d,SLS
d,SLS
𝑤𝑤w_(inst,g)=(5〖∙g〗_(d,SLS)∙s∙L^4)/(〖384∙E〗_mean∙I)+〖〖6/5∙g〗_(d,
inst,g = 384∙𝐸𝐸 + 68∙𝐺𝐺 (4.74)
∙𝐼𝐼 𝐴𝐴 2
5
5∙𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔∙ d,SLS
𝑔𝑔mean
d,SLS∙𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿4∙ 𝑠𝑠 ∙ 5𝐿𝐿∙𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔4d,SLS 6/5
mean∙𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
∙ 𝑔𝑔d,SLS ∙ 𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿2
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤
𝑤𝑤 inst,g = 384∙𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸
inst,g
= + + = 1,30 mm + 0,49 mm = (4.74)
1,79 mm (4.74)
∙𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 48∙𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺 mean 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 8 ∙ 𝐺𝐺
w_(inst,g)=1,30 5 384
∙ 𝑔𝑔 d,SLS
∙
mean𝐸𝐸 ∙
mean
mm+0,49 𝑠𝑠 ∙ ∙
𝐿𝐿 𝐼𝐼 6/5
mm=1,79 ∙ 𝑔𝑔 d,SLS mean
mm ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝐴𝐴 ∙ 𝐿𝐿 2
𝑤𝑤inst,g = + = 1,30 mm + 0,49 mm = 1,79 mm
384 ∙ 𝐸𝐸mean ∙ 𝐼𝐼
w_(inst,q)=(5〖∙q〗_(d,SLS)∙s∙L^4)/(〖384∙E〗_mean∙I)+(6/5∙〖q_(d,SLS)∙s∙L〗
𝑤𝑤 8 ∙ 𝐺𝐺mean 𝐴𝐴
inst,g = 1,30 mm + 0,49 mm = 1,79 mm
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 inst,g = 1,30
mm+1,08 mm=3,95 mm +mm 0,49 mm = 1,79 mm
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,g
inst,g= =1,30
1,30mm+3,95 mm
mm++0,49 0,49 4 mm
mm==mm 1,79
1,79mm mm
w_inst=1,79 5 ∙ 𝑞𝑞d,SLS ∙ 𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿mm=5,5 4 6/5 ∙ 𝑞𝑞d,SLS ∙ 𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿22
𝑤𝑤inst,q = 5 ∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞d,SLS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 + 6/5 ∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞 d,SLS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 = 2,87 mm + 1,08 mm = 3,95 mm
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,q =55384
∙384 ∙ 𝐸𝐸mean
∙𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞d,SLS ∙ ∙𝑠𝑠 ∙
𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙𝐿𝐿∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿4𝐼𝐼4 +6/5 6/5 ∙8∙𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞∙d,SLS
𝐺𝐺mean 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝐴𝐴∙ ∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿22 = 2,87 mm + 1,08 mm = 3,95 mm
∙ ∙𝑠𝑠𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,q ∙ 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸mean ∙ 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 ++
d,SLS 8 ∙ 𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺mean
d,SLS
inst,q= = ==2,872,87mm mm++1,081,08mm mm==3,95
3,95mm
mm
𝑤𝑤𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 = 1,79 384
384mm ∙ ∙𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸mean
+ 3,95
mean ∙ ∙𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 mm =885,5 ∙ ∙𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺mean
mm𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
mean
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 1,79 mm + 3,95 mm = 5,5 mm
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 ==1,79
1,79mm mm++3,95 3,95mm mm==5,5 5,5mm mm
Final deflection
Final deflection
Final deflection
𝑤𝑤net,fin = (1 + 𝑘𝑘def ) ∙ 𝑤𝑤inst,g + (1 + 𝜓𝜓2 ∙ 𝑘𝑘def ) ∙ 𝑤𝑤inst,q (4.73)
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 net,fin = (1
w_(net,fin) =+ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘def ) ∙ 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,g + (1 +
(1+k_def)∙w_(inst,g) +(1+ψ_2∙k_def)∙w_(inst,q)
𝜓𝜓𝜓𝜓2 ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘def ) ∙ 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,q (4.73) (4.73)
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤net,fin
net,fin = = (1 (1++𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘def def))∙ ∙𝑤𝑤 inst,g +
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,g + (1 (1++𝜓𝜓𝜓𝜓𝜓𝜓22∙ ∙𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘def def))∙ ∙𝑤𝑤
inst,q (4.73)
(4.73)
Note: For the snow load in Finnish National annex: ψ2 = 0,2
Note: For
Note: For the
thesnow snowload loadininFinnish Finnish National
National annex: annex: ψ2 =ψ0,2. = 0,2
𝑤𝑤net,fin = (1 + 0,6) ∙ 1,79 mm + (1 + 0,2 ∙ 0,6) ∙ 3,952mm = 7,3 mm
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤net,fin = (1 + 0,6) ∙ 1,79 mm + (1 + 0,2 ∙ 0,6) ∙ 3,95 mm = 7,3 mm
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤net,fin
net,fin = = (1 (1++0,6) 0,6)∙ ∙1,79 1,79mm mm ++ (1 (1+L+0,2 0,22300 ∙ ∙0,6)0,6)∙ ∙3,953,95mm mm == 7,3 7,3mmmm
When
w_(net,fin) the requirement
= (1+0,6)∙1,79 is 𝑤𝑤mm net,fin ≤ 300
L , 2300 = mm
+ (1+0,2∙0,6)∙3,95 7,7 mm = 7,3→ OK
mm
When the requirement is 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 net,fin ≤ LL
= 300 = 7,7 mm
2300
2300mm
→ OK
300
WhenWhenthe
When therequirement
requirementisisw_(net,fin)≤L/300=2300/300=7,7
requirement 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤net,fin
net,fin≤ ≤ ,= 300 == 7,77,7 mm mm →mm→OK
→
OKOK
The lintel beam fulfils the design requirements. 300 However,
300 300in practice the required support
300
lengths
The lintelare quite
beam fulfils longthe and for windows
design requirements. a more However, strict deflection in practice limit can be required.
the required supportsupport lengths are quite
The lintel beam fulfils the design requirements. However, in practice the required
Therefore a double lintel 2x45x260 mm or a 69x300 mm lintel from LVL 36 C could be a
lengths arelong
quite long and for windows a more strict deflection limit can be required.
more suitable and choice. for windows a more strict deflection limit can be required. Therefore a double lintel 2x45x260 mm
Therefore ora double
a 69x300 lintel
mm2x45x260lintel frommm LVLor36aC69x300 could be mm a more lintelsuitable
from LVL 36 C could be a
choice.
more suitable choice.
9.3 Double LVL 48 P ridge beam for roof
9.3 Double LVL 48 P ridge beam for roof
Single-span ridge beam of the roof in a one family house is LVL 48 P double beam 2x51x400
mm. Span length is L = 4000 mm, width of the loading area 6000 mm and roof rafters
Single-span ridge beam of the roof in a one family house is LVL 48 P double beam 2x51x400
connected
mm. to the issides
Span length of themm,
L = 4000 beam at spacing
width s = 1200
of the loading mm.
area Support
6000 length
mm and roofisrafters
120 mm.
Snow load sk is 2,5 kN/m2, own weight of the roof structure is 1,0 kN/m2 and own weigh of
connected to the sides of the beam at spacing s = 1200 mm. Support length is 120 mm.
the beam
Snow load is
s 0,2 kN/m.
is 2,5 kN/m2, own weight of the roof structure is 1,0 kN/m2 and own weigh of
k
the beam is 0,2 kN/m. Service class SC1.
Beam properties:
Beam properties:
Bending strength edgewise f = 44 N/mm2
m,0,edge,k
Shear strength
Bending strengthedgewise
edgewisefv,0,edge,k
fm,0,edge,k ==44
4,2N/mm
N/mm2 2
Compression perpendicular
Shear strength edgewise fv,0,edge,k to grain edgewise fc,90,edge,k ==4,2
6 N/mm
N/mm
22
Modulus of elasticity
Compression perpendicularE 0,k to grain edgewise fc,90,edge,k = 611
= 600 2N/mm2
N/mm
Modulusofofelasticity
Modulus elasticityEE0,k0,mean ==11
13600
800N/mm
N/mm2 2 LVL Handbook Europe 187
Modulusofofelasticity
Modulus rigidity GE0,edge,k
0,mean ==13
600 N/mm
800 N/mm2
2
Modulus of rigidityGG0,edge,k
Modulus of rigidity 0,edge,mean ==600
400N/mm
N/mm2 2
LVL_09.indd 187 Modulus of rigidity G0,edge,mean = 400 N/mm2 5.9.2019 9:30:03
9.3 DOUBLE LVL 48 P RIDGE BEAM FOR ROOF

Single-span ridge beam of the roof in a one family house is LVL 48 P double beam 2x51x400 mm. Span length
is L = 4000 mm, width of the loading area 6000 mm and roof rafters connected to the sides of the beam at
spacing s = 1200 mm. Support length is 120 mm. Snow load sk is 2,5 kN/m2, own weight of the roof structure
is 1,0 kN/m2 and own weigh of the beam is 0,2 kN/m. Service class SC1.
Beam properties:
Area of cross section A =2 x b∙h = 40800 mm2
Section modulus Wy = 2 x b∙h /6
2 = 2,72∙106 mm3
Moment of inertia Iy = 2 x b∙h /12
3 = 5,44∙108 mm4
Moment of inertia Iz = 2 x h∙b /12
3 = 8,84∙106 mm4
Torsion moment of inertia Itor = 2 x 0,3∙h∙b
3 = 3,18∙107 mm4
2 8 4

Material safety factor γM (default value in EC5) =1,2
Snow load at roof level qk= μ1∙Ce∙sk. Form factor μ1=0,8, when roof angle is less than 30° and in normal
conditions Ce = 1,0 → qk= 0,8∙1,0∙2,5 N/m2 = 2,0 kN/m2.
Most critical ultimate limit state (ULS) load combination:
E_(d,ULS)
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 (𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔1,k + 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔2,k ) + 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾Q ∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞k γ_Q∙q_k (4.1)
= 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾G=∙γ_G∙(g_(1,k)+g_(2,k))+ (4.1)
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS
d,ULS = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾G ∙ (𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔1,k + 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔2,k ) + 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾Q ∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞k (4.1)
E_(d,ULS)
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 = 1,15 =1,15∙(6m
∙ (6m ∙ ∙1,0kN/m
1,0 kN/m^2+0,2
2
+ 0,2 kN/m ))+1,5∙6m∙2,0
kN/m + 1,5 ∙ 6m ∙ kN/m^2
2,0 kN/m2
d,ULS
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS = 1,15
E_(d,ULS)= ∙ (6m
25,1 kN/m∙ 1,0 kN/m2 + 0,2 kN/m ) + 1,5 ∙ 6m ∙ 2,0 kN/m2
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,SLS = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾G ∙ (𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔1,k + 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔2,k ) + 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾Q ∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞k (4.1)
E_(d,SLS)
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,SLS = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾= (𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔1,k + 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔2,k ) + 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾Q ∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞k γ_Q∙q_k (4.1)
G ∙γ_G∙(g_(1,k)+g_(2,k))+ (4.1)
2 2
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,SLS = 1,0
E_(d,SLS) ∙ (6m ∙ ∙1,0
=1,0∙(6m 1,0 kN/m 2 + 0,2 kN/m
kN/m^2+0,2 kN/m ))+6,0∙1,0∙2,0
+ 6,0 ∙ 1,0 ∙kN/m^2
2,0 kN/m2
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,SLS = 1,0 ∙ (6m ∙ 1,0 kN/m + 0,2 kN/m ) + 6,0 ∙ 1,0 ∙ 2,0 kN/m
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 =
E_(d,SLS)= 18,2 18,2kN/m kN/m
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,SLS
d,SLS = 18,2 kN/m
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿2/8 = 25,1 kN/m ∙ (4m)22 /8 = 50,3 kNm

𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿2/8 = 25,1 kN/m ∙ (4m) /8 = 50,3 kNm
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d 50,3 kNm
LVL_09.indd 188
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d = 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d = 50,3 kNm = 18,5 N/mm2 5.9.2019 9:30:04
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d = 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 = 2,72 ∙ 106 mm3 = 18,5 N/mm2
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,SLS = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾G ∙ (𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔1,k + 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔2,k ) + 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾Q ∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞k (4.1)

𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,SLS = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾G ∙ (𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔1,k + 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔2,k ) + 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾2Q ∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞k 2
(4.1)
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,SLS = 1,0 ∙ (6m ∙ 1,0 kN/m2 + 0,2 kN/m ) + 6,0 ∙ 1,0 ∙ 2,0 kN/m2
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,SLS 9. CALCULATION
= 1,0 ∙ (6m ∙ 1,0 kN/m + 0,2 kN/m ) + 6,0 ∙ 1,0 ∙ 2,0 kN/m EXAMPLES OF LVL STRUCTURES
ULS design
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿2/8 = 25,1 kN/m ∙ (4m)22 /8 = 50,3 kNm
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿2/8 = 25,1 kN/m ∙ (4m) /8 = 50,3 kNm
M_d = 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 E_(d,ULS)∙s∙L2/8
d 50,3 kNm= 25,1 kN/m∙〖(4m)〗^2/8 = 50,3 kNm
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d = 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d =
σ_(m,d)=M_d/W=(50,3 50,3 kNm = 18,5 N/mm22〖 mm〗^3 )=18,5 N/mm^2
kNm)/(2,72〖∙10〗^6
6 mm 3
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d = 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 = 2,72 ∙ 10 = 18,5 N/mm
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 2,72 ∙ 106 mm3∙k_h∙f_(m,0,edge,k)=0,8/1,2∙0,96∙44 N/mm^2 =28,1 N/mm^2
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod
σ_(m,d)≤f_(m,0,edge,d) →OK 0,8 N
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘h ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,k = 0,8 ∙ 0,96 ∙ 44 N 2 = 28,1 N/mm22
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,d = M ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘h ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,k = 1,2 ∙ 0,96 ∙ 44 mm = 28,1 N/mm
The ridge beam is loaded by the roof rafters connected at the sides of the beam at 1200 mm spacing and
they act as supports against lateral torsional buckling, so the effective length is Lef = 1200 mm.
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀y,crit 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋�𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸0,05 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼𝑧𝑧𝑧𝑧 𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺0,05 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼tor
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎σ_(m,crit)=M_(y,crit)/W_y
m,crit = 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀y,crit = 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋�𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸0,05 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺 =(π√(E_0,05
𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ef𝑧𝑧𝑧𝑧𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊y0,05 tor
I_z G_0,05 I_tor ))/(l_ef W_y (4.42)
) (4.42)
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,crit = 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 y = (4.42)
σ_(m,crit)= y(π√(10600 efN/mm^2∙8,84∙〖10〗^6
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 y 〖 mm〗^4∙400N/m
〖2,72∙10〗^6 π�10600〖 mm〗^3 N/mm ) 2 ∙ 8,84 ∙ 106 mm4 ∙ 400N/mm2 ∙ 3,18 ∙ 107 ∙ mm4
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,crit = π�10600
σ_(m,crit)=34,8 N/mm^2 N/mm2 ∙ 8,84 ∙ 106 mm4 ∙ 400N/mm 2 ∙ 3,18 ∙ 107 ∙ mm4
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,crit = 1200 mm ∙ 2,72 ∙ 1066 mm33
1200 mm ∙ 2,72 ∙ 10 mm
2
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,crit = 34,8 N/mm2
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,crit = 34,8 N/mm
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 44 N/mm2
λ_rel=√(f_(m,k)/σ_(m,crit)
m,k
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel = � 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,k
m,k = � 44 N/mm22)=√((44
44 N/mm = 1,12N/mm^2)/(34,8 N/mm^2 ))= 1,12 (4.41) (4.41)
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel
rel = � 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,crit = � 34,8 34,8 N/mm222 = 1,12 (4.41)
when 0,75<λ_(rel,m)≤1,4
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 m,crit
m,crit 34,8 N/mm
N/mm,k_crit=1,56-0,75∙λ_(rel,m)=1,56-0,75∙1,12=0,72
k_crit∙
when 0,75 f_(m,d)=0,72
0,75 < 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m ≤∙28,1
≤ 1,4 N/mm^2=20,1 N/mm^2 = 1,56 − 0,75 ∙ 1,12 = 0,72
when
σ_(m,d)≤k_crit∙ < 1,4
f_(m,d)→OK
rel,m
rel,m ,,𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit
crit = 1,56 − 0,75 ∙ 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m =
crit = 1,56 − 0,75 ∙ 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m
rel,m 1,56 − 0,75 ∙ 1,12 = 0,72
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d = 0,72 ∙ 28,1 N/mm222 = 20,1 N/mm222
crit ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit m,d = 0,72 ∙ 28,1 N/mm = 20,1 N/mm
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d → OK (4.38)

m,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit
m,d crit ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d
m,d → OK (4.38)
Shear resistance
V_d==𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸E_(d,ULS)∙s∙L/2 = 25,1kN/m∙4,0m/2 = 50,3 kN kN
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉ddd = d,ULS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿/2 = 25,1kN/m ∙∙ 4,0m/2
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS
d,ULS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿/2 = 25,1kN/m
4,0m/2 == 50,3
50,3 kN
τ_(v,d)=〖3∙V〗_d/(2∙A)=(3∙50,3 kN)/(2 ∙40 800 mm^2 )=1,9 N/mm^2
3 ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d
f_(v,0,edge,d)=k_mod/γ_M 3 ∙ 50,3 kN∙f_(v,0,edge,k)=0,8/1,2∙4,2 N/mm^2 =2,8 N/mm^2
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏v,d = 3 ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉dd = 3 ∙ 50,3 kN 2 = 1,9 N/mm222
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏τ_(m,d)≤f_(v,0,edge,d)
v,d
v,d = =
2 ∙ 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 2 ∙ 40 800 →OK mm = 1,9 N/mm
2 ∙ 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 2 ∙ 40 800 mm22
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod 0,8 N
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘modmod ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,k = 0,8 ∙ 4,2 N = 2,8 N/mm222
v,0,edge,d = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,k
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,d v,0,edge,k = 1,2∙ 4,2 mm222 = 2,8 N/mm
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M
M 1,2 mm
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏m,d
m,d ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,d →
m,d ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,d
v,0,edge,d
→ OK
OK
Compression perpendicular to grain

𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d = 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d = 50,3 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁 =F_(c,90,d)/(b∙(l_support+15 mm) )
σ_(c,90,d)=F_(c,90,d)/A_ef
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d = 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d
c,90,d d = 50,3 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 c,90,d 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 c,90,d
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d = 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d
(4.14) c,90,d = 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 c,90,d (4.14)
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 c,90,d = 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴ef = 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙�𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙
c,90,d 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙�𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙support +15 mm�
+15 mm�
mm�
(4.14)
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴ef
ef 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙�𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙support
support+15
σ_(c,90,d)=50,3kN/(2∙51mm∙(120mm+15mm))=3,7 N/mm^2
k_(c,90)∙f_(c,90,edge,d)=k_(c,90)∙k_mod/γ_M 50,3kN
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d = 50,3kN = 3,7 ∙f_(c,90,edge,k)=1,0∙0,8/1,2∙6
N/mm2 N/mm^2=4 N/mm^2
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 c,90,d = 2 ∙ 51mm ∙ (120mm + 15mm)
σ_(c,90,d)≤k_(c,90)∙f_(m,0,edge,d)
c,90,d = 3,7 N/mm22
→OK
2 ∙ 51mm ∙ (120mm + 15mm)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod
mod ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,k = 1,0 ∙0,8 ∙ 6 N/mm222 = 4 N/mm222
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90
c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,d
c,90,edge,d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90
c,90 ∙ 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,k
c,90,edge,k = 1,0 ∙ 1,2∙ 6 N/mm = 4 N/mm
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M
M 1,2
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d
c,90,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,d →
→ OK
OK (4.13)
(4.13)
(4.13)c,90,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90
c,90 m,0,edge,d
m,0,edge,d
LVL_09.indd 189 5.9.2019 9:30:04

𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d = 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d = 50,3 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d = = (4.14)
50,3kN
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d = = 3,7 N/mm2
2 ∙ 51mm ∙ (120mm + 15mm)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,k = 1,0 ∙ ∙ 6 N/mm2 = 4 N/mm2
SLS design
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,d → OK (4.13)
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst ==𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤
w_inst inst,g + 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤+
w_(inst,g) w_(inst,q)
inst,q
w_(inst,g)=(5〖∙g〗_(d,SLS)∙s∙L^4)/(〖384∙E〗_mean∙I)+〖〖6/5∙g〗_(d,SLS)∙s∙L〗^2/(〖8∙G〗_mean A)=2,76m-
5 ∙ 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔d,SLS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿4 6/5 ∙ 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔d,SLS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿2
m+0,61mm=3,36mm
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,g = + = 2,76mm + 0,61mm = 3,36mm
384 ∙ 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸mean ∙ 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 8 ∙ 𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺mean 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
w_(inst,q)=(5〖∙q〗_(d,SLS)∙s∙L^4)/(〖384∙E〗_mean∙I)+〖〖6/5∙q〗_(d,SLS)∙s∙L〗^2/(〖8∙G〗_mean A)=5,33m-
m+1,18mm=6,51mm 4 2 226 (255)
5 ∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞d,SLS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 6/5 ∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞d,SLS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
w_inst=3,36
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,q =
mm+6,51 mm=9,9 + mm = 5,33mm + 1,18mm = 6,51mm
384 ∙ 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸mean ∙ 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 8 ∙ 𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺mean 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst = 3,36 mm + 6,51 mm = 9,9 mm

𝑤𝑤inst = 3,36 mm + 6,51 mm = 9,9 mm
Final deflection
Final deflection
w_(net,fin) = (1+k_def)∙w_(inst,g) + (1+ψ_2∙k_def)∙w_(inst,q)
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤net,fin = (1 + 𝑘𝑘def ))∙ ∙𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,g + (1 + 𝜓𝜓2 ∙ ∙𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘def ) ∙ 𝑤𝑤inst,q (4.73)
(4.73)
net,fin = (1 + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘def
(4.73)
net,fin def inst,g + (1 + 𝜓𝜓𝜓𝜓2
inst,g 2 def ) ∙ 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,q
def inst,q
Note:
For the Forsnow
the snow load
load in in Finnish
Finnish National
national annex:annex: ψ2 = 0,2
ψ = 0,2
Note: For the snow load in Finnish National annex:22ψ2 = 0,2.
w_(net,fin)
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 = (1=+(1+0,6)∙3,36 mm +
0,6) ∙ 3,36 mm + (1+0,2∙0,6)∙6,51
(1 + 0,2 ∙ 0,6) ∙mm
6,51=mm
12,7=mm12,7 mm
net,fin = (1 + 0,6) ∙ 3,36 mm + (1 + 0,2 ∙ 0,6) ∙ 6,51 mm = 12,7 mm
net,fin
net,fin
𝐿𝐿 4000 mm
When
Whenthe
therequirement
requirement ≤ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 ,, 4000
requirementisisw_(net,fin)≤L/300=4000/300=13,3mm→OK
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤net,fin 4000 = 13,3mm → OK
When the net,fin ≤300 = 300 = 13,3mm → OK
net,fin 300
300 300
300
9.4 Roof purlin

Single-span purlins of the roof of an unheated (service class 2) portal frame hall are 45x240
LVL 48 P beams. Roof angle is 15°, span length is L = 4000 mm, spacing s = 900 mm and
the purlins are perpendicular to the roof plane having a side support line at the middle of the
span. Support length is 45mm. Snow load sk is 2,5 kN/m2 and own weight of the roof
structure is 0,30 kN/m2. For simplification there is no wind load in the example. The purlins
are connected to the sides of the portal frame beams and they act also as lateral torsional
buckling supports. Therefore the purlins have an axial load of Nk = 3 kN mainly from snow
load.
LVL_09.indd 190 5.9.2019 9:30:05

9.4 ROOF PURLIN

Single-span purlins of the roof of an unheated (service class 2) portal frame hall are 45x240 LVL 48 P beams.
Roof angle is 15°, span length is L = 4000 mm, spacing s = 900 mm and the purlins are perpendicular to the
roof plane having a side support line at the middle of the span. Support length is 45mm. Snow load sk is 2,5 kN/
m2 and own weight of the roof structure is 0,30 kN/m2. For simplification there is no wind load in the example.
The purlins are connected to the sides of the portal frame beams and they act also as lateral torsional buck-
ling supports. Therefore the purlins have an axial load of Nk = 3 kN mainly from snow load. Service class SC2.
Beam properties:
Bending strength flatwise fm,0,flat,k = 48 N/mm2
Compression parallel to grain fc,0,SC2,k = 29 N/mm2
Section modulus Wy = b∙h /6 2 = 4,32∙105 mm3
Section modulus Wz = h∙b /6 2 = 8,10∙104 mm3
3 = 5,18∙107 mm4
3 = 1,82∙106 mm4
Torsion moment of inertia Itor = 0,3∙h∙b 3 = 6,56∙106 mm4
2 6 4

LVL_09.indd 191 5.9.2019 9:30:07

Own weight in z-direction gk,z: cos15° ∙ 0,9m ∙ 0,3 kN/m2 = 0,26 kN/m
Own weight in y-direction gk,y: sin15° ∙ 0,9m ∙ 0,4 kN/m2 = 0,07 kN/m.
Snow load at roof level qk = μ1 ∙ Ce ∙ sk Form factor μ1 = 0,8, when roof angle is less than 30° and in normal
conditions Ce = 1,0.
qk = 0,8 ∙ 1,0 ∙ 2,5 N/m2 = 2 kN/m2 (horizontal projection).
qk,z = cos15° ∙ cos15° ∙ 2kN/m = 1,68 kN/m
qk,y = cos15 ∙ sin15° ∙ 2kN/m = 0,45 kN/m
Ed,z,ULS = γG ∙ gk,z + γQ∙qk,z
Ed,z,ULS = 1,15 ∙ 0,26 kN/m2 + 1,5 ∙ 1,68 kN/m2 = 2,82 kN/m
Ed,y,ULS = γG ∙ gk,y + γQ ∙ qk,y
Ed,y,ULS = 1,15 ∙ 0,07 kN/m2 + 1,5 ∙ 0,45 kN/m2 = 0,76 kN/m
Axial compression Nc,d = γQ ∙ Nc,k = 1,5 ∙ 3 kN/m2 = 4,5 kN
Note: Safety factors γG and γQ are according to Finnish national annex of Eurocode 0.
Most critical serviceability limit state (SLS) load combination:

Ed,z,SLS = γG ∙ gk,z + γQ∙qk,z
Ed,z,ULS = 1,0 ∙ 0,26 kN/m2 + 1,0 ∙ 1,68 kN/m2 = 1,94 kN/m
ULS design
Bending moment resistance in y-direction
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 d,z = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸=

M_(d,z) ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿2/8 = 2,82kN/m
E_(d,z,ULS)∙L2/8
d,z,ULS ∙ (4m)2 /8 = 5,64
= 2,82kN/m∙〖(4m)〗^2/8 kNmkNm
= 5,64
σ_(m,y,d)=M_(d,z)/W_y =(5,64 kNm)/(4,32〖∙10〗^5 mm^3 )=13,1 N/mm^2
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d,z 5,64 kNm
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎f_(m,0,edge,d)=k_mod/γ_M
m,y,d = = ∙k_h∙f_(m,0,edge,k)=0,8/1,2∙1,034∙44
= 13,1 N/mm2 N/mm^2 =30,3 N/mm^2
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊y 4,32 ∙ 105 mm3
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,d = ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘h ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,k = ∙ 1,034 ∙ 44 = 30,3 N/mm2
Bending moment resistance in z-direction at centre support of a 2-span beam
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d,y = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,y,ULS ∙ (L/2)222 /8 = 0,76 kN/m ∙ (4 m/2)222 /8 = 0,38 kNm
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 d,y=
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d,y =𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,y,ULS
d,y,ULS∙ ∙(L/2) (L/2) /8 /8 == 0,760,76kN/m
kN/m∙ ∙(4
(4m/2)
m/2) /8
/8 == 0,38
0,38kNm
kNm
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀y,d 0,38 kNm
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,z,d =𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 y,d = 0,38
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀y,d 0,38kNm kNm = 4,7 N/mm222
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 m,z,d=
m,z,d = 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊z == 8,10 ∙ 10444 mm333==4,7
M_(d,y)=E_(d,y,ULS)∙〖(L/2)〗^2/8 = 0,76
4,7 N/mm
N/mmkN/m∙〖(4 m/2)〗^2/8 = 0,38 kNm
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊
σ_(m,z,d)=M_(y,d)/W_z zz 8,10
8,10∙ ∙10 mm
mm kNm)/(8,10〖∙10〗^4 mm^3 )=4,7 N/mm^2
10 =(0,38
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓f_(m,0,flat,z,d)=k_mod/γ_M
m,0,flat,z,d =𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod mod ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,flat,z,k =0,8
∙f_(m,0,flat,z,k)=0,8/1,2∙48
0,8 ∙ 48 NN 2 = 32,0 N/mmN/mm^2
2 =32,0 N/mm^2
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,flat,z,d
m,0,flat,z,d = = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾 M ∙ ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
m,0,flat,z,k
m,0,flat,z,k== 1,2∙ ∙48
48 mm =
= 32,0
32,0N/mm
N/mm 22
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾MM 1,2
1,2 mm
mm22
Lateral torsional buckling (LTB) is prevented at the middle of the span.
The purlin is loaded from the compression side and supported against torsion at the main supports and in
the middle of the span. According to Table 6.1 of EN1995-1-1, for uniformly distributed load, the effective
length is Lef = 2000 mm+2∙240 mm = 2480 mm.
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 z,crit 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋�𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸0,05 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼𝑧𝑧𝑧𝑧 𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺0,05 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼tor
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎σ_(m,y,crit)=M_(z,crit)/W_y
m,y,crit =𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀z,crit =𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋��𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸0,05 =(π√(E_0,05 I_z G_0,05 I_tor ))/(l_ef W_y (4.42)
) (4.42)
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,crit =
= 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊
z,crit
y = =
0,05 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼ef
𝑧𝑧𝑧𝑧𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼𝑧𝑧𝑧𝑧𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺0,05
0,05
y
𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼tor
𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼tor
(4.42)
(4.42)
m,y,crit
σ_(m,y,crit)=yy (π√(10600efefN/mm^2∙1,82∙〖10〗^6
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 yy 〖 mm〗^4∙400 N/mm^2∙6,5
mm∙〖4,32∙10〗^5 π�10600 mm^3 N/mm ) 2 ∙ 1,82 ∙ 106 mm4 ∙ 400 N/mm2 ∙ 6,56 ∙ 106 ∙ mm4
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,crit = π�10600
π�10600
σ_(m,y,crit)=21,6N/mm^2 ∙ ∙1,82 N/mmN/mm 22 1,82∙ ∙10 1066mm
mm44∙ ∙400 N/mm22∙ ∙6,56
400N/mm 1066∙ ∙mm
6,56∙ ∙10 mm44
m,y,crit=
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,crit = 2480 mm ∙ 4,32 ∙ 105 mm3
λ_rel=√((k_h∙f_(m,k))/σ_(m,y,crit) 2480
2480mm
mm∙ ∙4,32 1055mm
mm33
4,32∙ ∙N/mm^2)/(21,6
)=√((1,03∙44 10 N/mm^2 ))=1,45
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,crit = 21,6N/mm222
m,y,crit=
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,crit =21,6N/mm
21,6N/mm
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘h ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,k 1,03∙44 N/mm2
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆(4.41)
rel = �𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘hh∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,k = �1,03∙44
1,03∙44N/mm
N/mm222 = 1,45 (4.41)
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel m,k 21,6 N/mm (4.41)
(4.41)
rel==��𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,crit==�� 21,6 N/mm22
21,6N/mm
==1,45
1,45
m,y,crit
m,y,crit
1 1
192 LVL Handbook
whenEurope
1,4 < 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m , 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit = 11 2 ∙= 11 2 = 0,48 (4.40)
when
when1,41,4<<𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m
rel,m, ,𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit
crit= ∙= 1,4522==0,48
= 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m22∙= 0,48 (4.40)
(4.40)
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m
rel,m 1,45
1,45
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d = 0,48 ∙ 30,3 N/mm222 = 14,4 N/mm222
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit
crit∙ ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
m,y,d=
m,y,d =0,48
0,48 ∙ ∙30,3
30,3N/mm
N/mm ==14,4
14,4N/mm
N/mm
LVL_09.indd 192 5.9.2019 9:30:08
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d → OK (4.38)
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊
z,crit 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋�𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸0,05 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ef𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊
𝑧𝑧𝑧𝑧 𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺y0,05
𝑧𝑧𝑧𝑧𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼tor
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,crit
m,y,crit = 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊
z,crit
yy = 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ef
0,05 y0,05 tor (4.42)
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 y
y 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ef 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊y
ef 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊y
N/mm22∙∙1,82
π�10600N/mm
π�10600 1066mm
1,82∙∙10 mm44∙∙400 N/mm22∙∙6,56
400N/mm 1066∙∙mm
6,56∙∙10 mm44
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,crit = π�10600 N/mm22 ∙ 1,82 ∙ 1066 mm44 ∙ 40055N/mm
m,y,crit = 33
2
2 ∙ 6,56 ∙ 1066 ∙ mm44
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,crit 2480mm
2480 mm∙∙4,32
4,32∙∙10
10 mmmm
m,y,crit = 5
2480 mm ∙ 4,32 ∙ 105 mm3 3
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,crit 21,6N/mm222
=21,6N/mm
m,y,crit =
m,y,crit = 21,6N/mm
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,crit 2
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 N/mm22

1,03∙44N/mm
1,03∙44 9. CALCULATION EXAMPLES OF LVL STRUCTURES
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel =��𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘hhh∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
rel =
m,k
m,k
==��1,03∙44 2 = 1,45
22 2 = 1,45
N/mm (4.41)
(4.41)
h ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,k
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆relrel = �𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,crit m,y,critm,k
= �1,03∙44
21,6 N/mm
21,6N/mm
N/mm
2 = 1,45 (4.41)
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 m,y,crit
m,y,crit
21,6
21,6 N/mm
N/mm2
11 11
when1,4
when 1,4<<𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m
rel,m, ,𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit = 11 22∙=
crit = ∙= 11 22==0,48
0,48 (4.40)
(4.40)
when
when 1,4<λ_(rel,m)
1,4 < 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m ,k_crit=1/〖λ_(rel,m)〗^2
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m ∙=1/〖1,45〗^2 =0,4
1,45 = 0,48
rel,m ∙=1,45 (4.40)
rel,m , 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit crit = 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆 2
2 1,4522 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m 1,45
rel,m
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘8(4.40)
crit∙∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
crit m,y,d =
m,y,d =0,48
0,48 ∙∙30,3 N/mm222 ==14,4
30,3N/mm N/mm222
14,4N/mm
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit
crit ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d
m,y,d = 0,48 ∙ 30,3 N/mm = 14,4 N/mm
2 2
k_crit∙ f_(m,y,d)=0,48 ∙30,3 N/mm^2=14,4 N/mm^2
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d
m,y,d ≤ ≤𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit
crit∙∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 →OK
m,y,d →
m,y,d OK (4.38)
(4.38)
σ_(m,y,d)≤k_crit∙
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
m,y,d m,y,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d
crit
f_(m,y,d)→OK
→ OK
m,y,d (4.38) (4.38)
Axial compression
𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁c,d
𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁
N_(c,d)/A=
c,d 4,5kN
4,5kN
4,5kN/(10800 mm^2 2)=0,42 N/mm^2
𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁c,d == 4,5kN ==0,42 N/mm22
0,42N/mm
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
c,d 10800
f_(c,0,d)=k_mod/γ_M
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 10800 mm mm22 = ∙f_(c,0,SC2,k)=0,8/1,2∙29
0,42 N/mm 2 N/mm^2 =19,3 N/mm^2
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 10800 mm22
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod
mod 0,8
0,8 NN
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod
c,0,d = ∙∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,SC2,k = 0,8∙∙29
c,0,SC2,k = 29 N22 ==19,3 N/mm22
19,3N/mm
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾mod
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M M ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 c,0,SC2,k = 1,2
1,2 ∙ 29 mm
mm = 19,3 N/mm22
c,0,d 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M c,0,SC2,k 1,2 mm2 2
M
Buckling, buckling length lc = 2000 mm in z-direction and 4000 mm in y-direction

𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 2000mm
2000 mm
√12��𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏c𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏cc��==3,46
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆zz ==√12 3,46∙∙ 2000
2000
= 154
mm= 154
mm (4.37)
(4.37)
45
45 mm
mm
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆zz = √12(l_c/b)=3,46∙(2000
λ_z=√12 � 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 � = 3,46 ∙
c
45
= 154mm)=154
mm)/(45 (4.37) (4.37)
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 45 mm
mm
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙
λ_y=√12 (l_c/h)=3,46∙(4000
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙cc 4000 mm
4000 mm)/(240
mm mm)=58
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆yy ==√12
√12��𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙c��==3,46 3,46∙∙ 4000 mm==58 58
λ_(rel,z)=λ_z/π
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆yy = √12 �ℎℎc � =√(f_(c,0,k)/E_0,05 240mm
3,46 ∙ 240 mm =)=154/3,14∙√((29
58 N/mm^2)/(1
ℎ 240 mm
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,k 154
154 N/mm22
29N/mm
29
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,z = 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆zzz��𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,k
rel,z = == 3,14 ∙ � 29
154 ∙ �11600
154 29 N/mm
N/mm
=2,45
2 22 =
2 2,45 (4.36)
(4.36)
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆 = 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋z �𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸0,05
c,0,k
0,05 =3,14
c,0,k
∙ �11600 N/mm
N/mm = 2,45
(4.36)rel,z
rel,z 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 3,14 11600 N/mm 2
2 (4.36)
𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸0,050,05 3,14 11600 N/mm
λ_(rel,y)=λ_y/π √(f_(c,0,k)/E_0,05 )=58/3,14∙√((29 N/mm^2)/(11
k_z=0,5(1+β_c 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆yy 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,k 58
58 29 N/mm22 )
29N/mm
(λ_(rel,z)-0,3)+λ_(rel,z)^2
c,0,k
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y = 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆yy�
rel,y = � 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,k == 58 ∙ ∙�� 29 N/mm 2
2 = =0,92
0,92
𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸c,0,k 3,14 ∙ �11600
0,05 =3,14 N/mm22 = 0,92
11600N/mm
rel,y = 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 �𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸0,05
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y
3,14 11600 N/mm 2
2
0,05
0,05
2
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘zz ==0,5�1 0,5�1++𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽cc�𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆 �𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,z
rel,z− −0,3� 0,3�++𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆2rel,z
2rel,z�� (4.34)
(4.34)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
(4.34)z
z = 0,5�1 + 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽 c
c �𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆 rel,z
rel,z − 0,3� + 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆2
rel,z
rel,z
� (4.34)
2
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘z = 0,5 ∙ (1 + 0,1 ∙ (2,45 − 0,3) + (2,45) = 3,61
k_z=0,5∙(1+0,1∙(2,45-0,3)+(2,45)^2=3,61
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘z = 0,5 ∙ (1 + 0,1 ∙ (2,45 − 0,3) + (2,45) = 3,61 2
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘k_y=0,5(1+β_c
y = 0,5�1 + 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽c �𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y − 0,3� + 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆2
(λ_(rel,y)-0,3)+λ_(rel,y)^2 2
rel,y � 2
)
z = 0,5
0,5�1 ∙ (1
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘k_y=0,5∙(1+0,1∙(0,92-0,3)+(0,92)^2=0,95+ + 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽 0,1�𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆 ∙ (2,45 − −
0,3� 0,3)
+ +
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆 (2,45)
� = 3,61
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘yz = 0,5 ∙ (1 + c0,1rel,y ∙ (2,45 − 0,3) + (2,45)2 = 3,61
rel,y
k_(c,z)=1/(k_z+√(k_z^2-λ_(rel,z)^2 2
))=1/(3,61+√(〖3,61〗^2-〖2,4
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘zy = 0,5 ∙ (1 + 0,1 ∙ (2,45 (0,92 − 0,3) + 2
(2,45)
(0,92) = 3,61 0,95
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘yy = 0,5�1 ∙ (1+ 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽 �𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y ∙ (0,92 − 0,3� + 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆+ �
(0,92) 2
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘y = 0,5 0,5�1 ++𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽cc0,1 �𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y − 0,3� − 0,3) + 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆22rel,y
rel,y � = 0,95
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘yc,z==0,5�1 + 1 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽 �𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆 1
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 c rel,y − 0,3� + 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y �= 0,16 (4.32)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 0,5 ∙ (1 12+ 20,1 ∙= (0,92 − 0,3) + (0,92) 2
2 = 0,95
1 2 −2,45 2
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,z
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 y
y = 0,5
= 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘z+�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙ (1z2+ 0,1 ∙=(0,92
−𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,z 3,61+�3,61
− 0,3) + (0,92)
2 −2,45 2
= 0,16 = 0,95 (4.32)
2 3,61+�3,61
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 y = 0,5 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘z +�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
∙ (11z + 0,1 ∙ (0,92 − 0,3)
−𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,z
1
+ (0,92)2 = 0,95
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,z = 1 1 = =1 0,16 (4.32) (4.32)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘k_(c,y)=1/(k_y+√(k_y^2-λ_(rel,y)^2
c,z = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘z +�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘1
c,y 2 −𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆12 = 3,61+�3,61 = 11 2 −2,452))=1/(0,95+√(〖0,95〗^2-〖0,
=1 0,16 = 0,83 (4.32)
z
= 0,95 2
+ �0,95
2 2 − 0,922 = 0,83
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,z c,y = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 +�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘zy + �
2 −𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆2 rel,z
2
z 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 rel,z =
− 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y 2 3,61+�3,61 −2,45 = 0,16 (4.32)
2 y 3,61+�3,612 −2,452 2 2
− 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆2rel,y 0,95 + �0,95 1 − 0,92
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 2
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘zy+�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
+� z −𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘1y2rel,z
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,y = 1 = 1 = 0,83
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,y = 12 2 = 0,95 + �0,95 1 2 − 0,922 = 0,83
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + � 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,y = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘y + �𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘y2 − 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆2rel,y = 0,95 + �0,95 − 0,92 = 0,83 2 2
y y 2 2
− 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆2rel,y𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,z,d0,95 + �0,95 − 0,92
2 m,y,d rel,y
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘y + �𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘y 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙
m 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d + 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,z,d ≤ 1 (4.29)
+ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d + 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,z,d ≤1 (4.29)
The 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘following ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
c,z c,0,d expressions m,y,d shall be
m,z,d satisfied with km = 0,7 for rectangular cross sections:
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d N 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,z,d N N
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 0,42 + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m 2 ∙∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d + 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎13,1 m,z,d ≤ N 1 2 4,7 N 2 (4.29)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,zc,0,d ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d mm
σ_(c,0,d)/〖k_(c,z)∙f〗_(c,0,d)
0,42
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 +N𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 + 0,7 +∙𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓13,1 ≤mm 1 + 4,7 mm = 0,14 +
m,z,d +k_m∙σ_(m,y,d)/f_(m,y,d)
0,30 + 0,15 =(4.29)
+σ_(m,z,d)/f_(m,z,d)
0,59 ≤1
→ OK (4.29)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 c,zc,0,d 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d
m,y,d m,z,d
c,0,d mm 2
+ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mN∙ + 0,7 +∙ m,z,d ≤mmN1 + 2 mm N = 0,14 + 0,30 + 0,15 =(4.29)
2
0,59 → OK
(0,42
0,16
c,z c,0,d N/mm^2
∙ 19,3N N 2 m,y,d )/(0,16∙19,3
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 30,3
m,z,dN/mm^2
N 2 32,0 mm
N )+0,7∙(13,1
NN 2 N/mm^2 )/(30,3 N/mm^2 )+(4,7 N/
0,16 0,42 ∙ 19,3Nmm
)=0,14+0,30+0,15=0,59→OK 2 2 30,3 mm
13,1 N 22 32,0 4,7 N 22
0,42 mm N2 mm + 0,7 ∙𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,z,d mm 13,1 mm
mmN2+ 4,7 mm
mm N 2 = 0,14 + 0,30 + 0,15 = 0,59 → OK
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d mm
0,42 + 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d
σ_(c,0,d)/〖k_(c,y)∙f〗_(c,0,d) 2N + + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘0,7 m ∙∙𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
N1 2 + 4,7 mm
13,1 +σ_(m,y,d)/f_(m,y,d) +k_m∙σ_(m,z,d)/f_(m,z,d)
N2 = 0,14 + 0,30 + 0,15 = 0,59 ≤1 → OK
0,16
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
c,0,d ∙ 19,3
c,y c,0,d + m,y,d2 +
mm 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 N
m,y,d
+ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘0,7 ∙ ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 30,3 ≤mmN
m,z,d ≤ 1 2 +
m,z,d 32,0 mm N 2 = 0,14 + 0,30 + 0,15 =(4.30) 0,59 → OK
(4.30)
0,16 ∙ 19,3 mm
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓mmN 2 m 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 30,3 mm N 2 32,0 mm N 2
m,z,d mm
0,16 ∙ 19,3 m,y,d2 30,3 32,0 mm2
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d N𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎mm
m,y,d N mm2
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,z,d mm N
0,42
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d + N𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘13,1
2 + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,z,d ∙ 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
N≤
m,z,d ≤ 1 4,7 N 2 (4.30)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,y ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d + mm 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d mm 2 1 mm (4.30)
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,yc,0,d ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓0,42 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
m,y,d + 13,1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,z,d
m 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 m,z,d 2 + 0,7 ∙ 4,7 = 0,03 + 0,43 + 0,10 = 0,56 → OK
(4.30) c,0,d + mm 2
N + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 mm N ≤+1 0,7 ∙ mm 2
N = 0,03 + 0,43 + 0,10 = (4.30)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘0,83
c,y ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d ∙ 19,3N 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d + 30,3 32,0 0,56 → OK
N 2 N
m,z,d
N 2 N
N 2
(0,42
0,83 0,42 19,3Nmm
∙N/mm^2 )/(0,83∙19,3
2 30,3 mm
13,1 N N/mm^2
2 4,7 mm
)+(13,1
32,0 NN/mm^2
2 )/(30,3 N/mm^2 )+0,7∙(4,7 N
Nmm mm mm
2 2 2
0,42 mm 2 2 + 13,1 mm N 2 + 0,7 ∙ 4,7 mm N 2 = 0,03 + 0,43 + 0,10 = 0,56 → OK
)=0,03+0,43+0,10=0,56→OK
0,42𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d
mm N + 13,1 mm
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d N 2 + 0,7 ∙ 4,7
mm N2 = 0,03 + 0,43 + 0,10 = 0,56 → OK
0,83𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎∙ 19,3 2
mm �N2 2++〖∙f〗_(m,o,edge) 30,3 mm 32,0 mm
�(σ_(m,y,d)/(k_crit N
≤ 1
2 + 0,7 N 2 = 0,03 + 0,43 + 0,10
))^2+σ_(c,0,d)/(k_(c,z)∙f_(c,0,d)
∙ )≤1=(4.39)
0,56 → OK
0,83
�0,83 ∙
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d 19,3
m,o,edge � mm 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
N 2 c,z c,0,dmm 30,3
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
c,0,d mmN 21 32,0 mmN2 (4.39)
19,3 mm2+ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,z30,3
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓∙ m,o,edge ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d
≤
2 32,0 mm
2
mm 2 mm mm
�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎13,1
N�2 + 22𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d ≤1 N (4.39)
�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d
m,y,d
∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 N�2 + c,z
2 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 c,0,d
∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 0,42
c,0,d ≤ 1 mm N2 (4.39)
� 13,1
m,o,edge mm �𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d
+
∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 0,42 = 0,82 + 0,14 = 0,96 → OK
�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 mm�2N+ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
crit m,o,edge c,z c,0,d ≤ 1 mm2N (4.39) LVL Handbook Europe 193
�0,48 crit m,o,edge ∙ 30,3N N 2 2 0,16 ∙ 19,3N N 2 � c,z + c,0,d = 0,82 + 0,14 = 0,96 → OK
0,48 13,1 ∙ 30,3N 2 2 mm 2 0,16 ∙ 19,3N 2 2
0,42 mm
� 13,1 mm Nmm 2 � + 0,42 mm
2
Nmm 2 = 0,82 + 0,14 = 0,96 → OK
�0,48 13,1 mm2N � + 0,42 mm2N = 0,82 + 0,14 = 0,96 → OK
∙ 30,3
�0,48 ∙ 30,3 mm2 � + 0,16 ∙ 19,3 mm mm N 0,16 ∙ mm
19,3 N 2 = 0,82 + 0,14 = 0,96 → OK
LVL_09.indd 193
mm N2 mm N2 5.9.2019 9:30:09
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d,y 0,48 =∙ 30,3 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠2∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿/2 0,16 = 2,92 ∙ 19,3kN/m ∙24 m/2 = 6,2 kN
0,42 N 13,1 N N2
0,42 mm22 13,1 mm22 4,7
4,7 mm
mm +
+ 0,7
0,7 ∙∙ mm ++ mm2 == 0,14
0,14 +
+ 0,30
0,30 +
+ 0,15
0,15 =
= 0,59
0,59 →
→ OK
OK
N N
N N
N
0,16 ∙ 19,3 N
0,16 ∙ 19,3 mm22 30,3 32,0
30,3 mm22 32,0 mm22
mm mm mm
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 m,z,d
c,0,d + m,y,d + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m ∙ 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,z,d
+ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d m,z,d ≤ 1
+ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,z,d ≤1 (4.30)
(4.30)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,y
c,y ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d
c,0,d 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d
m,y,d 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,z,d
m,z,d
N N
N 2 LVL STRUCTURES
N N N
0,42
9. CALCULATION 13,1
0,42 mm22 EXAMPLES
13,1 mmOF 4,7
4,7 mm22
+ 2 mm +
mm
N + + 0,7 ∙∙ mm = = 0,03 +
+ 0,43
0,43 +
+ 0,10
0,10 =
= 0,56
0,56 →
→ OK
OK
0,83 ∙ 19,3 N 2 30,3 N
N 2 0,7 32,0 N N 2 0,03
0,83 ∙ 19,3 mm2 30,3 mm2 32,0 mm2
mm mm mm
2
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d 2 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
��𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d �2 + 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d
c,0,d ≤1 (4.39)
(4.39)
crit m,o,edge � + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,z ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d ≤ 1
m,y,d
(4.39)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit
c,0,d
crit ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,o,edge
m,o,edge 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,z
c,z ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d
c,0,d
((13,1 N/mm^2 )/(0,48∙30,3 N/mm^2 ))^2+(0,42 N/mm^2 )/(0,16∙19,3 N/mm^2 )
2
N 2 N
13,1 N 2
13,1 0,42 N2
0,42 mm
� mm
mm 2 � + 2 = 0,82 + 0,14 = 0,96 → OK
� N mm
0,48 ∙ 30,3 N 2 � + 0,16 ∙ 19,3 N N = 0,82 + 0,14 = 0,96 → OK
0,48 ∙ 30,3 mm2 0,16 ∙ 19,3 mm22
mm mm
Shear resistance
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d,y =
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸
=E_(d,ULS)∙s∙L/2
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿/2 = 2,92 kN/m ∙∙ 44 m/2 = 6,2 6,2 kN
V_(d,y) d,y = d,ULS ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿/2 = =2,92 2,92kN/m∙4 kN/m m/2 m/2 = 6,2=kN kN
τ_(v,d)=〖3∙V〗_(d,y)/(2∙A)=(3∙6,2
3 ∙∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d,y 3 kN)/(2 ∙10 800〖 mm〗^2 )=0,9 N/mm^2
3 3 ∙∙ 6,2 6,2 kN
kN = 0,9 N/mm2
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏v,d 2 = 0,9 N/mm2 N/mm^2 =2,8 N/mm^2 229 (253)
=
f_(v,0,edge,d)=k_mod/γ_M
=
d,y =
= ∙f_(v,0,edge,k)=0,8/1,2∙4,2
v,d 2 ∙
2 ∙ 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 2
2 ∙→OK ∙ 10
10 800 mm 800 mm 2
τ_(m,d)≤f_(v,0,edge,d) 230 (255)
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,k = 0,8 ∙ 4,2 N = = 2,8
2,8 N/mm N/mm2
2
v,0,edge,d = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,k = 1,2 ∙ 4,2 mm2
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M 1,2 mm2 229 (253)
𝐹𝐹c,90,d = 𝑉𝑉d,y = 6,2 kN
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏
𝐹𝐹c,90,d𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏m,d ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
= 𝑉𝑉 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,d
= 6,2 kN → OK
m,d ≤d,y v,0,edge,d → OK
𝐹𝐹c,90,d 6,2 kN
𝜎𝜎c,90,d =
𝐹𝐹c,90,d = 6,2 kN = 1,2 N/mm2
𝐴𝐴 45 mm ∙ (15 mm + 45 mm)
𝜎𝜎Compression
𝐹𝐹c,90,d = = perpendicular = = 6,2 kN to grain
ef = 1,2 N/mm2
c,90,d
𝐴𝐴ef 𝑉𝑉d,y45 mm ∙ (15 mm + 45 mm)
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d =
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 = 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d,y = 6,2 kN 𝑘𝑘 0,8
𝑘𝑘c,90 c,90,d∙ 𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,d d,y = 6,2 kN ∙ mod ∙ 𝑓𝑓 ∙ 6,0 N/mm2 = 4 N/mm2
F_(c,90,d) c,90,d = 𝑘𝑘c,90
= 𝐹𝐹V_(d,y)=6,2 𝑘𝑘 kNmod 𝛾𝛾M
6,2 kN c,90,edge,k = 0,8 1,0 ∙
1,2 22
𝜎𝜎 =
𝑘𝑘σ_(c,90,d)=F_(c,90,d)/A_ef = = 1,2 N/mm N/mm2
c,90 ∙ c,90,d 𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,d 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐴𝐴 = 𝑘𝑘c,9045∙ mm
c,90,d =(6,2∙ ∙(15
𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,k
6,2
kN)/(45
6,2 mm kN
kN + = 1,0
mm∙(15
45 mm) ∙ mm+45 ∙ 6,0 N/mm mm))=1,2 = 4N/mm^2
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d = c,90,d = ef 𝛾𝛾M = 1,2 N/mm22
1,2
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d = 𝑘𝑘c,90
σ_(c,90,d)≤k_(c,90)∙f_(m,0,edge,d)
c,90,d ≤ 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴ef ∙ 𝑓𝑓= 45
ef m,0,edge,d 45 mm mm→ ∙∙ (15
(15 OKmm →OK+
mm + 45
45 mm) mm)
= 1,2 N/mm
𝑘𝑘 0,8
𝜎𝜎c,90,d𝑘𝑘 ≤ 𝑘𝑘∙c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,d = 𝑘𝑘→ OK mod 2 2
c,90 𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,d c,90 ∙ mod ∙ 𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,k = 1,0 ∙ 0,8 0,8 ∙ 6,0 N/mm 2 = 4 N/mm 2
SLS design 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 c,90 ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝛾𝛾mod mod M ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,k = 1,0 ∙ 1,2 ∙ 6,0 N/mm22 = 4 N/mm 22
c,90 c,90,edge,d c,90 c,90,edge,k
SLS design c,90 c,90,edge,d c,90
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M
M
M
c,90,edge,k 1,2
1,2
Instantaneous𝜎𝜎c,90,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,d → OK
deflection
Instantaneous deflection𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 c,90,d ≤
c,90,d
≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90
c,90 ∙∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
c,90
m,0,edge,d →
m,0,edge,d
→ OK OK
SLS design 𝑤𝑤inst = 𝑤𝑤inst,g + 𝑤𝑤inst,q
𝑤𝑤inst = 𝑤𝑤inst,g + 𝑤𝑤inst,q
SLS design
Instantaneous5deflection ∙ 𝑔𝑔d,z,SLS ∙ 𝐿𝐿4 6/5 ∙ 𝑔𝑔d,z,SLS ∙ 𝐿𝐿2
𝑤𝑤inst,g inst5 = ∙=𝑔𝑔d,z,SLS
𝑤𝑤inst,g∙ + 𝐿𝐿4 𝑤𝑤inst,q + ∙ 𝐿𝐿2 𝐴𝐴 = 1,62 mm + 0,13 mm = 1,75 mm
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst = 384
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 ∙ 𝐸𝐸mean + 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 ∙6/5𝐼𝐼 ∙ 𝑔𝑔d,z,SLS 8 ∙ 𝐺𝐺mean
𝑤𝑤inst,g𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 =
inst = 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 inst,g
inst,g + +
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 inst,q
inst,q = 1,62 mm + 0,13 mm = 1,75 mm
w_instinst =384 ∙ 𝐸𝐸inst,g
w_(inst,g) mean ∙+𝐼𝐼 w_(inst,q)
inst,q
8 ∙ 𝐺𝐺mean 𝐴𝐴
(4.74) 66 22
w_(inst,g)=(5〖∙g〗_(d,z,SLS)∙L^4)/(〖384∙E〗_mean∙I)+mm+0,13
5∙𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔
5∙𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 d,z,SLS∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
44
∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿4 ∙ 𝐿𝐿54
∙𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 d,z,SLS∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
∙𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔d,z,SLS
d,z,SLS ∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
∙𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿2 mm=1,75 mm
(4.74) 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,ginst,g
= 5384∙𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸
5 ∙∙ d,z,SLS
𝑔𝑔
d,z,SLS
𝑞𝑞 d,z,SLS +∙ 𝐿𝐿
5
5
4 6/5
6/5 ∙∙ 𝑔𝑔 1,62 ∙∙mm
𝑞𝑞=d,z,SLS
d,z,SLS 𝐿𝐿22 + 0,13 mm = 1,75 mm (4.74)
𝐿𝐿
(4.74)
𝑤𝑤 inst,g
inst,g = 384∙𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸
384∙𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸mean d,z,SLS
mean ∙𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼
mean ∙𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼
∙𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 +
8∙𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺
8∙𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺
8∙𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺mean 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
mean
mean 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 1,62 mm + 0,13 mm = = 8,45
1,75 mm
mm
𝑤𝑤inst,q 5 ∙=𝑞𝑞d,z,SLS
384 ∙∙ 𝐸𝐸 𝐿𝐿4 ∙∙6/5 𝐼𝐼4𝐼𝐼4 + ∙ 𝑞𝑞d,z,SLS 8 = 7,83 mm + 0,62 mm
384
w_(inst,q)=(5〖∙q〗_(d,z,SLS)∙L^4)/(〖384∙E〗_m
55 ∙∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞
𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞 𝐸𝐸∙ mean
mean ∙∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿
𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 4 6/5
6/5 8 ∙∙∙∙ 𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞𝐺𝐺
𝐺𝐺
𝑞𝑞𝑞𝑞
∙ 𝐿𝐿2 𝐴𝐴
mean
mean 𝐴𝐴∙∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿222
𝑤𝑤inst,q = d,z,SLS+
d,z,SLS
d,z,SLS d,z,SLS= 7,83 mm + 0,62 mm = 8,45 mm
d,z,SLS
d,z,SLS
(4.74) 384 = 𝐸𝐸mm+8,45 + = 7,83 mm + 0,62 mm = 8,45 mm
w_inst
𝑤𝑤inst inst,q
inst,q = ∙1,75
=1,75 384
384
mean
∙∙mm
∙ 𝐼𝐼 + mm=10,2
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸mean
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 mean
mean
8,45 8 ∙ 𝐺𝐺mean
∙∙ 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 mm88=∙∙ 𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺
mm 𝐴𝐴
𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺10,2
meanmm
mean
mean
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
𝑤𝑤inst = 1,75 5mm + 8,45∙ 𝐿𝐿mm = 4 10,2𝑞𝑞d,z,SLS mm ∙ 𝐿𝐿 2
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,q = 1,75 1,75∙ 𝑞𝑞d,z,SLSmm + + 8,45 8,45 6/5
mm ∙= = 10,2 10,2 mm mm = 7,83 mm + 0,62 mm = 8,45 mm
Final deflection 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 inst =
inst
inst = mm + mm
384 ∙ 𝐸𝐸mean ∙ 𝐼𝐼 8 ∙ 𝐺𝐺mean 𝐴𝐴
Final deflectionFinal deflection
𝑤𝑤net,fin
w_(net,fin) inst == =1,75 (1 + mm
(1+k_def)∙w_(inst,g)𝑘𝑘def +)8,45 ∙ 𝑤𝑤inst,g mm + =+(1 10,2 + 𝜓𝜓mm 2 ∙ 𝑘𝑘def ) ∙ 𝑤𝑤inst,q
(1+ψ_2∙k_def)∙w_(inst,q (4.73)
𝑤𝑤net,fin = (1 + 𝑘𝑘def ) ∙ 𝑤𝑤inst,g + (1 + 𝜓𝜓2 ∙ 𝑘𝑘def ) ∙ 𝑤𝑤inst,q (4.73)
(4.73)
Final deflection 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤net,fin
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 net,fin = = (1 (1 + + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘def
def)) ∙∙ 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,g
inst,g + + (1 (1 + + 𝜓𝜓𝜓𝜓
𝜓𝜓𝜓𝜓222 ∙∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘def
def)) ∙∙ 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤inst,q
inst,q (4.73)
(4.73)
Note: For the
net,fin snow def loadinst,g in Finnish national annex:
def ψ2 = 0,2
inst,q
Note: For the snow load in Finnish national annex: ψ2 = 0,2
Note:𝑤𝑤For Forthethe= snow
snow (1 + load
load 𝑘𝑘defin
0,6) in Finnish
)∙ Finnish
∙1,75 𝑤𝑤inst,g mm national
national
+ +(1(1++ 𝜓𝜓annex:
annex:
0,2
2 ∙ 𝑘𝑘∙def ψ2)ψ=∙ 222∙𝑤𝑤0,2
0,6) =inst,q
8,450,2mm = 12,9 mm (4.73)
net,fin
𝑤𝑤net,fin = (1 + 0,6) ∙ 1,75 mm + (1 + 0,2 ∙ 0,6) ∙ 8,45 mm = 12,9 mm
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤net,fin
Note: For = the (1 + snow 0,6) ∙ 1,75Linmm + (1national
+ 0,2 ∙ 0,6) ∙ 8,45 ψ2mm = 12,9 mm
𝑤𝑤net,finload mm +Finnish annex: = 0,2
net,fin
net,fin 4000
w_(net,fin)
Requirement: = (1+0,6)∙1,75 ≤ ,(1+0,2∙0,6)∙8,45 = 16 mm mm → OK = 12,9 mm
L 250
4000 mm 250
Requirement:
Requirement: 𝑤𝑤 w_(net,fin)≤L/250=4000/250=16
net,fin ≤ 250 , LL L 250 4000 4000 = 16 mmmm→OK → OK
Requirement:
𝑤𝑤 net,fin = (1 + 𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤0,6)
net,fin
net,fin
net,fin ∙ 1,75≤ 250 mm = 4000 + (1 =+160,2 mm → OK
∙ 0,6) ∙ 8,45 mm = 12,9 mm
9.5 Wall stud 250
250 250
250 250 250
250
9.5 Wall Requirement:

stud 𝑤𝑤net,fin ≤
L
, = 16 mm → OK
4000
Load-bearing internal wall is a centre 250 support
250of an intermediate floor of a 2 storey one family
house. 45x120mm
Load-bearing internal wall LVLis 32 P wallsupport
a centre stud L isof2700mm and theyfloor
an intermediate are ofat as 2= storey
600mmone spacing.
family
9.5
Each
house. stud isWall
45x120mm LVLstud
loaded byPthe
32 self-weight
wall of the structure
stud L is 2700mm gk is
and they are5kN
at sand imposed
= 600mm load qk is 11kN.
spacing.
EachEccentricity
stud is loadedez ofbythe
theloading is assumed
self-weight to be ¼ of
of the structure gkthe studand
is 5kN width = 120mm/4
imposed load q=k 30mm.
is 11kN.
Load-bearing
Buckling
Eccentricity internal
ezisofprevented
the loadingwall is
byiswall apanelling
centretosupport
assumed in the
be ofthe
an stud
¼ ofweaker intermediate
direction. floor of a =
width = 120mm/4 2 30mm.
storey one family
house.
Buckling 45x120mmbyLVL
is prevented wall32 P wall stud
panelling L is
in the 2700mm
weaker and they are at s = 600mm spacing.
direction.
Each stud is loaded by the self-weight of the structure gk is 5kN and imposed load qk is 11kN.
Eccentricity ez of the loading is assumed to be ¼ of the stud width = 120mm/4 = 30mm.
Buckling is prevented by wall panelling in the weaker direction.
LVL_09.indd 194 5.9.2019 9:30:11

9.5 WALL STUD

Load-bearing internal wall is a centre support of an intermediate floor of a 2 storey one family house. 45x120mm
LVL 32 P wall stud L is 2700mm and they are at s = 600mm spacing. Each stud is loaded by the self-weight of
the structure gk is 5kN and imposed load qk is 11kN. Eccentricity ez of the loading is assumed to be ¼ of the stud
width = 120mm/4 = 30mm. Buckling is prevented by wall panelling in the weaker direction. Service class SC1.
Stud properties:
Shear strength edgewise fv,0,edge,k = 4 N/mm2
Compression parallel to grain fc,0,k = 26 N/mm2
Section modulus Wy = b∙h2/6 = 1,08∙105mm3
Moment of inertia Iy = b∙h3/12 = 6,48∙106 mm4
Moment stiffness of the joist EIy = 13800 N/mm2 ∙ 1,08∙105 mm4 = 8,94∙1010 Nmm2
LVL_09.indd 195 5.9.2019 9:30:11

Ed,ULS = γG∙gk+ γQ∙qk = 1,15∙5,0 kN+1,5∙11 kN = 22,3 kN
Note: Safety factors γG and γQ are according to Finnish National annex of eurocode 0.
ULS design
Axial compression
𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁c,d 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸
𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁c,d = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS 22,3 (22,3
22,3 kN kN)/(5400
kN
N_(c,d)/A=E_(d,ULS)/A= kN 222,3 kNN/mm mm^2 )=4,1 N/mm^2
d,ULS 2
𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁c,d
c,d == 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS
d,ULS == 22,3= = 4,1
= 4,1 N/mm = 4,12
2 N/mm2
𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
c,d =
f_(c,0,d)=k_mod/γ_M 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 d,ULS𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 5400
5400 22,3
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 mm
kN
∙f_(c,0,SC1,k)=0,8/1,2∙26
mm 2
5400
2
= 4,1
mm N/mm
2 N/mm^2 =17,3 N/mm^2
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 5400 mm = 4,1 N/mm 2
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 5400 mm 2
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 0,8 N
= 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod = 0,8 26 0,8 N N N/mm22
mod
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d =
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓mod
mod ∙∙= 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,SC1,k
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
= 0,8 ∙∙ 26 N 2∙ 26 = 17,3
17,3 2 N/mm2
c,0,d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾mod
M ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,SC1,k
c,0,d
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾
c,0,SC1,k 1,2 ∙ 26=mm
=c,0,SC1,k
0,8
1,2 mm N
1,2 2
2
=
= 17,3
mm
N/mm
= 17,3
2N/mm
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾 M
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d = M ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,SC1,k = M 1,2 ∙ 26 mm = 17,3 N/mm2
Buckling, buckling length lc = 2700 mm in z-direction
λ_y=√12 (l_c/h)=3,46∙(2700 mm)/(120 mm)=78
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 2700 mm
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆
(4.37)
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆 y = √12√12 �𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ccc �� √12 = 3,46 3,46 � ℎc �∙∙∙ 2700
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 2700 mm =270078mm = 78 (4.37) (4.37)
(4.37)
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆yy = = √12𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆y��𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ℎℎℎ= = = 3,46
mm∙= 78
� = 3,46 120
120
2700 mm =120
mm
mm 78mm (4.37)
λ_(rel,y)=λ_y/π
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆y = √12 � ℎ√(f_(c,0,k)/E_0,05 c
� = 3,46 ∙ 120 mm )=78/3,14∙√((26
= 78 N/mm^2)/(8000 N/mm^2 ))=1,41
(4.37)
120 mm
(4.35)
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y =
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆y 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,k
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆
= 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆y � 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆
= �78c,0,k
78 26 N/mm22 2
(4.35) (4.35)
∙∙∙ �
�= 2 = 1,41
y 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
�𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸c,0,k y 78𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 26 78
N/mm 26 N/mm
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y ==
c,0,k 26 N/mm∙ �8000 2 = 1,41 = 1,41 (4.35)
(4.35)
rel,y = 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋
k_y=0,5(1+β_c = 3,14
�(λ_(rel,y)-0,3)+λ_(rel,y)^2 �8000 2 = 1,41 2
)=0,5∙(1+0,1∙(1,412-0,3)+(1,41)^2=1,56
rel,y 0,05 8000 N/mm 22
𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋y 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸0,05 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 3,14
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸c,0,k 78
3,14 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸0,05 3,14
26
8000 N/mm
N/mm
N/mm N/mm
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆 rel,y =
k_(c,y)=1/(k_y+√(k_y^2-λ_(rel,y)^2 � 0,05 = ∙ � = 1,41
))=1/(1,56+√(〖1,56〗^2-〖1,41〗^2
2 (4.35)
))=0,45
𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸0,05 3,14 8000 N/mm
2 2
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 0,5�1 + 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽 �𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y − 0,3� + 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆2 =
0,3�� + 0,52 ∙ (1 + 0,1 ∙ (1,412
∙∙ (1,412 − 0,3)
∙ (1,412+ (1,41)
(1,41) 2 = 1,562 = 1,56
(1,41)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘yy = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘y +
= 0,5�1 = 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽
𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽0,5�1 + 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽 − �𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆
0,3� +
+−𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆 = 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆0,5
rel,y∙∙ �
(1
(1=+
+0,50,1
0,1∙ (1 + 0,1 − 0,3)
0,3) +
+− 0,3) +
2 = 1,56
y (4.33) c �𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆 rel,y
0,5�1 + c �𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y
c rel,y −c 0,3� rel,y 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆22rel,y
rel,y � = 0,5 (1,412 − (1,41) 2
= 1,56
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘y = 0,5�1 + 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽c �𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y1 − 0,3� + 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y �1= 0,5 ∙ (1 + 0,1 ∙ (1,412 − 0,3) + (1,41) = 1,56
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,y =
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 11= =1
=
1
=1 22 −1,4122 =
1= 0,45 (4.31) (4.31)
(4.31)
(4.31)
c,y = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,y 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘y +�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 c,y 2 −𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆2
1
y 2
2 −𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 =21,56+�1,56
1,56+�1,56
2 1 2 −1,41
1,56+�1,56 2
=20,45
0,45
−1,412
= 0,45 (4.31)
+�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,y = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘yy +�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘yy2 −𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,y
σ_(c,0,d)/〖k_(c,z)∙f〗_(c,0,d)
rel,y
2y
rel,y
+�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = −𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆
y 1,56+�1,56
=(4,1
rel,y −1,41 = 0,45
N/mm^2
2 2 )/(0,45∙17,3 N/mm^2 (4.31)
)=0,52≤1,0→OK
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘y +�𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘y2 −𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆2rel,y 1,56+�1,56 −1,41
N
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d 4,1 N
4,1 N 2 4,1 N
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d =𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d 4,1 mm
mm N 22 mm 2
= 0,52
0,52 ≤=1,0
1,0 →≤OK1,0 → OK
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 =
c,0,d
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,z𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d
∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = ∙0,45 4,1=mm2 N N = = 0,52 ≤ 0,52
N ≤ 1,0 → OK
→ OK
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,z ∙
∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 ∙ mm
17,3 N
c,0,d = 0,45 ∙∙ 17,3
c,0,d c,z c,0,d 0,45 mm ∙ 17,3
2 = 0,522≤ 1,0 → OK
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,z ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d 0,45 17,3
c,z
mm N 22 mm
0,45 ∙ 17,3 mm2
mm
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀dd = = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d = ∙∙∙ 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸
z = = 22,3 22,3 ∙ 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒zkN kN= ∙∙∙22,3
0,03kN
0,03 m ∙= = 0,67 kNm
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 d = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS d,ULS z = 22,3
z d,ULS kN 0,03 m m = 0,03
0,67
0,67m kNm
= 0,67 kNm
kNm
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS ∙ 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒z = 22,3 kN ∙ 0,03 m = 0,67 kNm
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d 0,67 kNm
M_d=E_(d,ULS)∙e_z=
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d =
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 = 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎dd == = 0,67 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d22,3
0,67 =kNm
kNm
kNm5 mm3 =
0,67=kNm
kN∙0,03 m6,2=N/mm
6,2
0,67 kNm
N/mm
= 6,2
2
2
2 N/mm2
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d
m,d =
σ_(m,d)=M_d/W=(0,67 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 d =
m,d 1,08
1,08 0,67
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 ∙
∙ 10
10kNm)/(1,08〖∙10〗^5
5
1,08
5 mm 3
∙
3 10= 56,2
mm N/mm
3 mm^3 )=6,2 N/mm^2
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d = 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 = 1,08 ∙ 105 mm3 = 6,2 N/mm2
f_(m,0,edge,d)=k_mod/γ_M 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘1,08 ∙ 10 mm ∙k_h∙f_(m,0,edge,k)=0,8/1,2∙1,15∙27
0,8 N N/mm^2 =20,7 N/mm^2
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
σ_(m,d)≤f_(m,0,edge,d) = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
mod
mod ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
→OK 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘∙mod
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = 0,8
0,8 ∙ 1,150,8
∙ 27 N
N = N N/mm22
20,7
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
m,0,edge,d 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = mod ∙=
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾mod 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘h ∙∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘h ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,k
m,0,edge,k = 1,2 ∙∙ 1,15
= ∙∙ 27
∙ 1,15
mm 2∙ 27
= 20,7 N/mm 2 N/mm2
= 20,7
m,0,edge,dm,0,edge,d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾 M ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘h h 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾 m,0,edge,k
m,0,edge,k = 0,8
1,2 1,151,227 mmN 2
2
= 20,7
mm 2N/mm
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,d = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘h ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,k = 1,2 ∙ 1,15 ∙ 27 mm2 = 20,7 N/mm2
M M
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M 1,2 mm
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d ≤
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,d
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,d → OK → OK
→
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,edge,d
m,d m,0,edge,d → OK OK
The following
expressions 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d shall be satisfied with km = 0,7 for rectangular cross-sections:
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 +
σ_(c,0,d)/〖k_(c,z)∙f〗_(c,0,d)
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 c,0,d ∙ 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 m,y,d ≤ 1
∙∙ 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d
+k_m∙σ_(m,y,d)/f_(m,y,d) ≤1 (4.30) (4.30)
(4.30)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,z ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d +
c,0,d
+ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
m
m + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m
m,y,d ≤
≤ ∙11 ≤1 (4.30)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,z ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d ≤ 1𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
c,z ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
c,0,dc,0,d 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 c,z ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
m c,0,d𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 m,y,d
(4.30) m 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 (4.30)
(4,1 N/mm^2 N)/(0,45∙17,3 m,y,d
N )+0,7∙(6,2
4,1 N
4,1 mmN 2 4,1 N N/mm^2 6,2 N
6,2 mmN 26,2 N N/mm^2 )/(20,7 N
4,1 mm N2 2 mm
+ 0,72 6,2
0,7 ∙ + 0,7 mmN∙ 22 = mm2+
4,1 mm2 N N + 6,2 mm
+ 0,7N∙∙ 20,7 N2 = = 0,52
0,52
0,52 +=0,7
0,7 ∙∙ 0,30
0,52 0,30 =
= 0,73
+ 0,7 ∙ 0,30→
0,73 →=OK
OK
0,73 → OK
0,45 ∙ mm
17,3 N mmN
N N + 0,7 ∙ 0,30 = 0,73 → OK
0,45
0,45 ∙ 17,3 mm ∙ 17,3
0,45 mm ∙ 17,3
2
2 + 0,7 ∙ 20,7
20,7
2 mm 20,7
2
2 = 0,52 +
2 0,7 ∙ 0,30 = 0,73 → OK
N2 mm mm
N2 mm
0,45 ∙ 17,3 mm2 20,7 mm2
mm mm
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 =𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁
= 𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁d == 22,3 kN
𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁dd ==22,3
𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁d kN
= 22,3 kN
c,90,d
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d
c,90,d = c,90,d 22,3 kN
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d = 𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁d = 22,3 kN
LVL_09.indd 196 5.9.2019 9:30:12

𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,0,d 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,y,d
+ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘m ∙ ≤1 (4.30)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,z ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,0,d 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,y,d
N N
4,1 6,2
mm2
+ 0,7 ∙ mm 2
= 0,52 + 0,7 ∙ 0,30 = 0,73 → OK
N N
0,45 ∙ 17,3 20,7
mm2 mm2
The wall studs is installed on a 120 mm wide LVL 48P sole plate, which has compression perpendicular to the
grain flatwise strength fc,90,flat,k = 2,2 N/mm2. The resistance is
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d = 𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁d = 22,3 kN
F_(c,90,d) = N_d 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d
= 22,3 kN 22,3 kN 22,3 kN
σ_(c,90,d)=F_(c,90,d)/A_ef
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d = = =(22,3 kN)/(b∙(l_support+2∙30 = m
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴ef 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙ (𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙support + 2 ∙ 30 mm) 120 mm ∙ (45 mm + 2 ∙ 30 mm)
σ_(c,90,d)=1,77 N/mm^2
k_(c,90)∙f_(c,90,flat,d)=k_(c,90)∙k_mod/γ_M
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d = 1,77 N/mm2 ∙f_(c,90,flat,k)
k_(c,90)∙f_(c,90,flat,d)=1,4∙0,8/1,2∙2,2 N/mm^2 =2,05 N/mm^2
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,flat,d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,flat,k
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M
0,8 N
(k 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,flat,d = 1,4 ∙ ∙ 2,2 = 2,05 N/mm2 (kc,90 from Table 4.7) c,90 from Table 4.7)
1,2 mm2
σ_(c,90,d)≤k_(c,90)∙f_(m,0,flat,d) →OK
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,flat,d → OK
LVL_09.indd 197 5.9.2019 9:30:12

9.6 AXIALLY LOADED SCREW CONNECTION AT THE EDGE FACE

An air duct is installed to the ceiling surface of roof element. Own-weight is 50 kg/m. Suspension connections
are c/c 2.5 m crosswise to roof element and the connections are made to the edge face of a 45mm thick LVL
48 P beams. Service class SC1.
Loading combination
The most critical ultimate limit state (ULS) load combination for the connection:
Ed,ULS = s∙(γG∙gk) = 2,5 m∙(1,35∙0,5 kN/m) = 1,7 kN
Note: Safety factor γG for the case of only permanent loads according to Finnish National annex of
Eurocode 0.
Screw properties
Size 5,0 x 60 mm screws, 2 screws / connection
Threaded length lg = 50 mm
Head diameter dh = 10 mm (Head pull-through capacity is not governing in steel-to-timber
connection)
Tensile strength ttens,k = 7 kN determined in accordance with EN 14592. ttens,k > Ed,ULS → OK
Withdrawal strength fax,k = 10 N/mm2 at the edge face of LVL 48 P, determined in accordance
with EN 14592
Modification factor kmod for permanent load, SC1 = 0,6

Material safety factor γM for connections (default value in EC5) =1,3
LVL_09.indd 198 5.9.2019 9:30:13

Geometry conditions:
Minimum distance to edge aCG,2 in LVL edge ≥ 4d = 4∙5,0 mm = 20 mm. Beam thickness 45 mm/2 =
22,5 mm → Screw size 5,0x50 mm is OK for the beam.
Min. screw spacing a1 ≥ 10d = 50 mm
Min. distance from the beam end a1,CG ≥ 12d = 60 mm
Min. pointside penetration length of the threaded part lg ≥ 6d = 30mm, OK
Tension strength of the connection

R_k=n^0,9 〖 R〗_(T,k)
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅k = 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡0,9 𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅T,k
R_(T,k)=f_(ax,k)∙d〖∙l〗_ef
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅T,k
l_ef=l_g-d=50 = 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓ax,k
mm-5 mm=45 ∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ∙ 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ef
mm
R_(T,k)=10 N/mm^2
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ef = 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙g −∙5,0 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 =mm 50 ∙mm 45 mm=2,25
− 5 mm =kN 45 mm
R_d= 〖k_mod/γ_M ∙n〗^0,9 〖 ∙R〗_(T,k)=0,6/1,3∙2^0,9∙2,25 kN=1,9 kN
N
E_(d,ULS)≤R_d→OK
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅T,k = 10 ∙ 5,0 mm ∙ 45 mm = 2,25 kN
mm2
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod 0,9 0,6 0,9
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅d = ∙ 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 ∙ 𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅T,k = ∙ 2 ∙ 2,25 kN = 1,9 kN
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS ≤ 𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅d → OK
The axial loaded screw connection can be made with two 5,0 x 50 mm size screws/connection positioned at
the middle of the edge face of the beam with 50 mm screw spacing. The screws shall not be closer than 60 mm
to the beam end.
LVL_09.indd 199 5.9.2019 9:30:13

9.7 INCLINED SCREW CONNECTION

A canopy over the entrance of a one family house is planned to be supported to the external wall by a 51x200
mm LVL 48 P ledger beam. The beam is connected with inclined screws in 45° angle to the edges of 51mm
thick LVL 32 P wall studs which have spacing s = 600 mm. Line load from own weight gk is 0,3 kN/m and im-
posed load from snow qk is 3,5 kN/m. Service class SC2.
The most critical ultimate limit state (ULS) load combination for each connection between the beam and
stud:
Ed,ULS = s ∙ (γG ∙ gk + γQ ∙ qk)
Ed,ULS = 0,6m ∙ (1,15 ∙ 0,3 kN/m + 1,5 ∙ 3,5 kN/m) = 3,4 kN
Screw properties
Size 6,0x140mm full threaded screw
Threaded length lg = 123 mm
Unthreaded length lu = 17 mm
Head diameter dh = 12 mm
Tensile strength ttens,k = 10 kN, determined in accordance with EN 14592.
Head pull-through strength fhead,k = 13 N/mm2, when ρa = 350 kg/m3
Modification factor kmod for medium-term load, SC2 = 0,8
Material safety factor γm for connections (default value in EC5) =1,3
LVL_09.indd 200 5.9.2019 9:30:13

Geometry conditions:
Minimum distance to edge a2,CG in stud ≥ 4d = 4∙6,0 mm = 24 mm. Stud thickness 51 mm/2 = 25,5 mm
→ Screw size 6,0x140 mm is OK for the stud
Min. screw spacing a1 in stud ≥ 10d = 60 mm
Min. screw spacing a2 in beam ≥ 5d = 30 mm
→ a1 in the stud is more critical
Distance to edge of the beam a2,CG ≥ 4d = 24 mm. When the screwing angle is 45°, the beam thickness
t1/2 = 25,5 mm gives the minimum distance.
Maximum number of screws in the connection:

1+((h_beam
�ℎbeam – –2 2∙ ∙min
min𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎a_(2,CG)
2,CG �
))/((min a_(1,stud)
(200 mm / sinmm)
– 2 ∙ 25,5 45°) )=1+((200
149mm
mm – 2 ∙ 25,5 mm))/((60 mm
1/ sin
+ 45°) )=1+(149 mm)/(85 mm)=2,79 =1+ =1+ = 2,79
�min 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎1,stud / sin 45°� (60 mm / sin 45°) 85 mm
→ 2 screws are chosen for the connection, so that the heads of the screws are 20 mm and 110 mm from
the bottom edge of the beam.
Minimum distance to the beam end a1,CG ≥ 10d = 60 mm. Therefore the end of the bean shall exceed the
stud edge.
Effective penetration length lef,1 in ledger beam is
t1t1 5151mmmm
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ef,1==𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙g,1
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ef,1 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙g,1== −−l l == −−17 17mm mm==55 55mm
mm
sin 45° u u sin
sin45° sin45°45°
l_(ef,1)=l_(g,1)=t_1/sin⁡〖45°〗 -l_u=(51 mm)/(sin 45°)-17 mm=55 mm
𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡1𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡1 5151
mmmm
Penetrationlength
Penetration
Penetration lengthin
length ininwall
wallstud
wall studl_(g,2)=l-t_1/sin⁡〖45°〗
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙g,2==𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 −
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙g,2 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 −sinsin ==140140mm
mm−−
=140 mm-(51 ==68
68mm
mm
45° 45° sin45° mm)/(sin45°)=68 mm
sin45°
For the beam the angles in the connections are: α = 45°, β = 45° and ε = 90° and for the stud they are:
α = 45°,0,9 β0,9= 0° and ε = 45°.
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅
k k==𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅
T,k T,k(cos
(cos𝜀𝜀𝜀𝜀 𝜀𝜀𝜀𝜀++𝜇𝜇𝜇𝜇 𝜇𝜇𝜇𝜇sin
sin𝜀𝜀𝜀𝜀)𝜀𝜀𝜀𝜀) (5.33)
(5.33)
𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌 𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌 0,8

22 kk
0,8
max
⎧⎧max�𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓�𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
ax,90,1,k
ax,90,1,k 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙
g,1 ; 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓;head,k
g,1 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓head,k 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑h𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑h�𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌�𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌� � � �
a a
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅
T,k =
T,k =min
min 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓ax,ε,2,k
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓ax,ε,2,k 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 (5.31)
(5.31)
⎨⎨ g,2 g,2
⎩⎩ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓tens,k
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓tens,k
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌 𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌 0,8

0,8
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓ax,ε,k== axax2 2ax,90,k
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓ax,ε,k ax,90,k
�𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌�k𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌�k�
2 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽2 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽 (5.32)
(5.32)
1,5
1,5
cos
cos𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽
++ sin
sin a a
Connection capacity
The characteristic load-carrying capacity of the tension screw connection, see Figure 5.11(b), is cal-
culated by the equation:
Rk=n0,9 RT,k (cos α+μ sin α) (5.33)
LVL_09.indd 201 5.9.2019 9:30:14

t1 51 mm
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ef,1 = 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙g,1 = t1 − lu = 51 mm − 17 mm = 55 mm
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ef,1 = 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙g,1 = sin 45° − l = sin 45° − 17 mm = 55 mm
sin 45° u sin 45° 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 51 mm
Penetration length in wall stud 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙g,2 = 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 − sin𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡1145° = 140 mm − 51 mm = 68 mm
Penetration length in wall stud 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙g,2 = 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 − sin 45° = 140 mm − sin45° = 68 mm
sin45°

𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅k = 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡0,9 𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅T,k (cos 𝜀𝜀𝜀𝜀 + 𝜇𝜇𝜇𝜇 sin 𝜀𝜀𝜀𝜀) (5.33)
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅k = 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡0,9 𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅T,k (cos 𝜀𝜀𝜀𝜀 + 𝜇𝜇𝜇𝜇 sin 𝜀𝜀𝜀𝜀) (5.33)
Since the screwing direction ε in the beam is 90° to the grain direction, it is not allowed to add the tension
capacity of the head to the withdrawal capacity of the treaded part in the beam. Therefore the character-
istic withdrawal capacity RT,k of the screw is calculated by the equation:
⎧max �𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓ax,90,1,k 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙g,1 ; 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓head,k
R_(T,k)=min{█(max(f_(ax,90,1,k) 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑2 �𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌k�0,8 � d_h^2
dl_(g,1);f_(head,k)
⎧max �𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓ax,90,1,k 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙g,1 ; 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓head,k 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑hh2 �𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌ka � �
(tens,k) )┤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅T,k = min (5.31) (5.31)
ax,ε,2,k 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙g,2
a
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅T,k = min ⎨ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓ax,ε,2,k 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙g,2 (5.31)
⎨
⎩ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓tens,k
⎩ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓tens,k
The withdrawal strength fax,ε,k is determined by testing according to EN 14592 and according to EN 1382
or it can be determined at angle ε to the grain as follows:
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌 0,8
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓ax,ε,k = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘ax
ax ∙2𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
ax,90,k
2 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽 �𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌
k
�0,8 236 (253)
(5.32)
236 (253)
f_(ax,ε,k)=〖k_ax
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓ax,ε,k = 1,5 cos 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽ax,90,k
+∙ sin
f〗_(ax,90,k)/(1,5
𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌k (5.32)
cos^2 β + sin^2 β) (ρ_k/ρ_a )^0,8 (5.32)
2 � �
a
2
1,5 cos 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽 + sin 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽 𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌a
The characteristic density ρk is 480 kg/m3 for LVL 48 P and 410 kg/m3 for LVL 32 P.
ffax,90,k
ax,90,k is
is the the characteristic
characteristic withdrawal withdrawal strength strength parameter parameter for
for aa screw
screw
fax,90,k is theperpendicular characteristic withdrawal to the grain strength
direction parameter
[N/mm 2for
]. a screw
For perpendicular
screws in to the grain direction
in LVL,
LVL, the
2
perpendicular to the grain direction [N/mm ]. For screws the
[N/mm characteristic withdrawal parameter may be assumed as fax,90,k =15 assumed as
characteristic 2]. For screws in
withdrawal LVL, the characteristic
parameter may withdrawal
be assumed parameter
as f may
ax,90,k =15 be
N/mm²
fax,90,kN/mm² = 15 N/mm² for ρ
for ρaa = =for 500
500 ρa = kg/m³
500 kg/m³
kg/m³ and screws
and screws
and screws 6 mm≤
6 mm≤ 6 mm≤d≤
d ≤ 1212 mm
d ≤mm
12 mmin softwood
in softwood
in softwood LVL/GLVL.
LVL/GLVL.
LVL/GLVL. 0,8
3 0,8
2
480 kg/m23 480 kg/m 3 0,8
0,8
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓ax,90°,1,k = 15𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓N/mm
ax,90°,1,k ∙
= � 15 N/mm 2 �∙ 480
�
480 = kg/m
14,5
kg/m 3N/mm� = 2
14,5 N/mm 2
2 ))^0,8=14,5 N/mm^2
𝑓𝑓 f_(ax,90°,1,k)=15
𝑓𝑓ax,90°,1,k = 15
= 15500 N/mm
N/mm N/mm^2∙((480
kg/m 2 ∙(
∙
3 ( 500 kg/m kg/m^3)/(500
3 )
)
3 = 14,5
= 14,5 N/mm kg/m^3
N/mm 2
ax,90°,1,k 500
500 kg/m kg/m3
When ε = 45°,When kax = ε1 =and 45°, when kax =β1=and 0°, when β = 0°,
When
Whenεε ε=
When ==45°, 45°,kkkax
45°, ax =
ax ==1 11and
andandwhen when β
when β= 0°,
= 0°,
0°,
2 2 3 0,8 0,8
f_(ax,45°,2,k)=(1∙15 N/mm^2)/(1,5〖∙cos〗^2 1 ∙ 15 N/mm 2 1 ∙ 15 410kg/m
N/mm 3 0,8410kg/m
0°+sin^2 0°) 3(( 410kg/m^3)/(500kg/m^3 ))^0,8=8,5 N/
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓ax,45°,2,k = 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓1 ∙ 15 N/mm = 2 � 410kg/m 3 �0,8� = 8,5 N/mm � 2
= 8,5 N/mm2
mm^2
𝑓𝑓ax,45°,2,k =
𝑓𝑓 = 1,5 1 ∙ ∙ 152 0°
ax,45°,2,k
cos 2
N/mm + 1,5
sin 2∙ 0°
2 cos (
(
410kg/m
2500kg/m
0° + sin 230°
3 )
) =
500kg/m
= 8,5
8,5 N/mm
N/mm
3 2
2
ax,45°,2,k 1,5
1,5 ∙∙ cos cos2 0° 0° + + sinsin2 0° 0° 500kg/m
500kg/m3
TheThe different
different
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓ax,α,1,k 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙conditions
conditions
∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ∙ conditions 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓ax,α,1,k
= 14,5 ∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 of∙N
of the
the 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙g,1 ∙equation
equation
6,0
= 14,5 mm ∙(5.31)
N
(5.31)
552mm ∙ 6,0give
give
=mm a4,8 characteristic
a characteristic
∙ characteristic
kN
55 mm = 4,8 capacity
capacity
kN RT,k R: :
The different g,1 of
mm the 2 equation mm (5.31) give a capacity T,k :
RT,k
1〖∶ f〗_(ax,90°,1,k)∙ 0,8 d∙ l_(g,1)=14,5 𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌k 0,8N
N 2 N/mm^2 ∙6,0 mm∙55 3 0,8 kN
mm=4,8 480 kg/m3
0,8
1
1
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 ∶∶ 𝑓𝑓
𝑓𝑓 ∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
ax,90°,1,k 2
∙ � ∙∙𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓k𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑
� ∙∙ 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙g,1
=∙ =
=
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 14,5
14,5
13,0N/mm
∙ � � = ∙ (12
∙ 6,0
6,0
13,0N/mm mm
mm
mm) ∙∙ 255
55∙ � ∙
480=kg/m
2 mm
mm (12 = 4,8
4,8
mm) kN
2
kN�∙ � = 2,4 kN � = 2,4 kN
2∶ f_(head,k)
head,k ax,90°,1,k h
𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌a〖∙d〗_h^2∙(ρ_k/ρ_a
head,k g,1 h mm2 )^0,8=13,0〖N/mm〗^2∙(12
𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌amm
2
350 kg/m3 350 mm)^2∙((480
kg/m3 kg/m^3)/(350 kg/m^3
))^0,8=2,4 kN 𝜌𝜌k 0,8 0,8 480 3 0,8
0,8
2
3∶ ∙ 𝑑𝑑h22 ∙∙ ((𝜌𝜌k )) N=
∶∶ f_(ax,45°,2,k)∙d∙l_(g,2)=8,5
𝑓𝑓 13,0N/mm N/mm^2 N22 ∙∙∙6,0
(12 mm)
mm∙68 2
2
480 kg/m
∙∙mm=3,5
( kg/m
kN 3 )
3
= 2,4 kN
2 𝑓𝑓head,k
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓ax,α,2,khead,k ∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ∙∙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑑𝑑g,2h𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓ax,α,2,k= 𝜌𝜌 8,5 ∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 =
∙ 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 13,0N/mm
∙ 6,0 = mm
8,5 ∙ 68 (12
mm
∙ 6,0 mm)
= mm 3,5 ∙ kN (350
68 mm kg/m
= 3,53)kN = 2,4 kN
4∶ f_(tens,k)=10kN mm 𝜌𝜌 a
a 2 g,2
mm 2 350 kg/m
R_(T,k)=min{█(max(4,8 kN;2,4 N kN)@3,5 kN@10 kN)┤=3,5 kN
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓tens,k
3
3 ∶∶ 𝑓𝑓 = 10kN∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑑𝑑tens,k
𝑓𝑓ax,45°,2,k ∙ 𝑙𝑙 == 8,5 N 2 ∙∙ 6,0
10kN 6,0 mm mm ∙∙ 68 68 mm mm = = 3,5 kN
ax,45°,2,k ∙ 𝑑𝑑 ∙ 𝑙𝑙g,2 g,2 = 8,5 mm2 3,5 kN
mm
max(4,8 kN; 2,4 max(4,8 kN) kN; 2,4 kN)
4
4 ∶∶ 𝑓𝑓
𝑓𝑓= min=
tens,k =� 10kN 10kN min = 3,5
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅T,k tens,k 𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅T,k = 3,5 kN� 3,5 kNkN = 3,5 kN
max(4,8 10 kN 10 kN
max(4,8 kN; kN; 2,4 2,4 kN) kN)
𝑅𝑅T,k =
𝑅𝑅 = min min {{ 3,5
3,5 kN kN = 3,5
= 3,5 kN kN
T,k
10 kN
10 kN
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod 0,9 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod 0,9
Design
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅d = resistance
Design
Design resistance
resistance ∙ 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅d ∙= of
of the
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅T,k
the
the (cos connection: sin (cos
∙ 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼 +∙ 𝜇𝜇𝜇𝜇𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅T,k
connection: 𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼) 𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼 + 𝜇𝜇𝜇𝜇 sin 𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼)
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M connection:
𝑘𝑘
0,8 0,8 0,9
= 𝑘𝑘mod
mod
𝑅𝑅
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅dd =
𝑅𝑅 𝑛𝑛0,9
∙ 2∙∙0,9
𝑛𝑛 𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅∙ d3,5
0,9
∙∙=𝑅𝑅T,k
𝑅𝑅 kN (cos(cos
∙∙(cos45°
2 𝛼𝛼 𝛼𝛼∙+ +3,5 𝜇𝜇+sin
𝜇𝜇 sin
kN0,26𝛼𝛼)
∙ (cos45°
𝛼𝛼) ∙ sin45°) + 0,26
= 3,6∙ sin45°)
kN = 3,6 kN
1,3𝛾𝛾
𝛾𝛾M T,k
1,3
M
0,8 0,9
𝑅𝑅
𝑅𝑅 = 0,8
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS ≤ 𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 →𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸∙∙OK
∙ 2d0,9 3,5 kN
kN≤ ∙∙𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅(cos45°
d → OK+
(cos45° + 0,26
0,26 ∙∙ sin45°)
sin45°) =
= 3,6
3,6 kN
kN
d = 1,3 ∙ 2 3,5
d d,ULS
R_d=k_mod/γ_M
1,3 ∙n^0,9 〖 ∙R〗_(T,k) (cos α+μ sin⁡α )
R_d=0,8/1,3∙2^0,9∙3,5 kN∙(cos45°+0,26∙sin45°)=3,6 kN
𝐸𝐸 d,ULS ≤
𝐸𝐸d,ULS ≤ 𝑅𝑅
𝑅𝑅dd →
→ OK OK
E_(d,ULS)≤R_d→OK
The
The canopy
canopy can
can be
be supported
supported on on a
a 51x200
51x200 mm mm LVL
LVL 48P
48P ledger
ledger beam
beam which
which is
is connected
connected to to
51 The32P
canopy can be supported on a 51x200 mm LVL 48P ledger beam which At
is connected to 51 mm LVL 32P
51 mm LVL 32P wall studs with 2pcs 6,0x140 mm full threaded inclined screws. At the
mm LVL wall studs with 2pcs 6,0x140 mm full threaded inclined screws. the ends
ends
the wall
the ledger studs
ledger beam with
beam shall 2pcs
shall exceed 6,0x140
exceed the mm
the studs full
studs edges threaded
edges atat least inclined
least 6060 mm screws.
mm -- 25,5 At
25,5 mm the
mm = ends
= 34,5 the
34,5 mm.
mm. ledger beam shall exceed the
studs edges at least 60 mm - 25,5 mm = 34,5 mm.
9.8
9.8 Laterally loaded
Laterally loaded nail
nail connection
connection
A
A canopy
canopy over
over the
the entrance
entrance of of a
a one
one family
family house
house is
is supported
supported to
to the
the external
external wall
wall by
by a
a
51x300 mm
51x300 mm LVL LVL 4848 PP ledger
ledger beam.
beam. The
The beam
beam is
is nailed
nailed to
to the
the edges
edges of
of 45
45 mm
mm thick
thick LVL
LVL 32
32
P
P wall
202
wall studs
studs which have
have spacing
whichEurope
LVL Handbook spacing s s== 600
600 mm.
mm. Line
Line load
load from
from own
own weight gkk is
weight g is 0,3
0,3 kN/m
kN/m and
and
imposed
imposed load
load from
from snow
snow q qkk is
is 3
3 kN/m.
kN/m.
LVL_09.indd 202 5.9.2019 9:30:15

9.8 LATERALLY LOADED NAIL CONNECTION

A canopy over the entrance of a one family house is supported to the external wall by a 51x300 mm LVL 48
P ledger beam. The beam is nailed to the edges of 45 mm thick LVL 32 P wall studs which have spacing s =
600 mm. Line load from own weight gk is 0,3 kN/m and imposed load from snow qk is 3 kN/m. Service class
SC2.
The most critical ultimate limit state (ULS) load combination for each connection between the beam and
stud:
Ed,ULS = s ∙ (γG∙gk + γQ∙qk)
Ed,ULS = 0,6m ∙ (1,15∙0,3 kN/m + 1,5∙3 kN/m) = 2,91 kN
Note: Safety factors γG and γQ are according to Finnish national annex of eurocode 0.
Nail properties
Size: 3,1x90 mm round nails
Tensile strength fu = 600 N/mm2
Material safety factor γM for connections (default value in EC5) = 1,3
LVL_09.indd 203 5.9.2019 9:30:15

Geometry conditions, Chapter 5, Table 5.1, Figures 5.4 and 5.5.

Ledger beam thickness t1 = 51 mm = 16,4d >7d, so no predrilling is required.
Pointside penetration length t2 = 90 mm - 51mm = 39 mm = 12,6d, OK
Note: Usually it is recommended to have ≥12d penetration length t2.
Minimum distance to unloaded edge a4,c in stud ≥ 7d = 7∙3,1 mm = 21,7 mm. Stud thickness 45 mm/2 =
22,5 mm → Nail size 3,1x90 mm is OK for the stud.
Min. nail spacing a1 in stud ≥ [(7 + 8(cos α)] ∙ d = 15d = 46,5 mm
Min. distance to unloaded edge of the beam a4,c ≥ 5d = 15,5 mm
Min. distance to loaded edge of the beam a4,t ≥ (5 + 2∙sinα) ∙ d = 7d = 21,7 mm
Maximum number of nails in the connection:
1+((h –min a_(4,c)–min a_(4,t)))/(min a_1 ) =1+((300mm-15,5mm-21,7mm))/46,5mm=6,65
(ℎ – min 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎4,c – min 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎4,t ) (300mm − 15,5mm − 21,7mm)
1+ =1+ = 6,65
min 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎1 46,5mm
→ 6 nails are chosen for the connection, so that the edge distance a4,c and a4,t at the beam are 25mm and
the nail spacing a1 in the stud (which is a2 in the beam) is 50 mm.
Connection capacity
The embedment strength of 3,1x90 mm round nail in LVL 48P and LVL 32P
fh,LVL 48P,k = 0,082 ∙ ρk ∙ d - 0,3 = 0,082 ∙ 480 ∙ 2,5 - 0,3 = 28,0 N/mm2
fh,LVL32P,k = 0,082 ∙ ρk ∙ d - 0,3 = 0,082 ∙ 410 ∙ 2,5 - 0,3 = 23,9 N/mm2
Note: the angle β = 0° for the beam and 90° for the stud, so the simpler equation of embedment strength can be
used.
When the nails are produced from wire with tensile strength fu = 600 N/mm2, the characteristic value of
the yield moment My,k for round nails is
My,k = 0,3 ∙ fu ∙ d2,6 = 0,3 ∙ 600 ∙ (2,5)2,6 = 3410 Nmm
LVL_09.indd 204 5.9.2019 9:30:15

Note: My,k value should be checked from the DoP of the nail supplier.
The influence of rope effect based on the axial withdrawal capacity Fax,k of round nails is negligible. With
these properties FV,nail,Rk is (𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎)
4,43 as the minimum of EN 1995-1-1, equation 8.6 failure modes (a)-(f)
⎧ (𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏)
2,89 (𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎)
4,43
⎪
⎧4,43 (𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎)
(𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐)
1,55 (𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏)
2,89
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹V,nail,Rk = min ⎧
⎪2,89 (𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏) = 0,85 kN
1,55 (𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑)
⎪1,58
⎨ (𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐)
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹V,nail,Rk = min 1,55 (𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐) = 0,85 kN
F_(V,nail,Rk)=min{█(4,43
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹V,nail,Rk = min ⎪
⎨ 1,13
1,58 (𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒)
(𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑)
(a)@2,89 (b)@1,55
= 0,85 kN (c)@1,58 (d)@1,13 (e)@0,85 (f))┤=0,85 kN
⎩1,58
⎨ 0,85 (𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑)
⎪ 1,13 (𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)
(𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒)
⎪
⎩0,85 (𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒)
1,13 (𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)
⎩0,85 (𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)
Design resistance
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod of the connection:
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡ef ∙ 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹V,nail.Rk
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾mod M
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod ∙ 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡ef ∙ 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹V,nail.Rk
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 d = 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾efM ∙ 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡ef ∙ 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹V,nail.Rk
𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡R_d
ef = = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾k_mod/γ_M
M ∙n_ef∙F_(V,nail.Rk)
𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡ef = 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘ef
𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡n_ef=n^(k_ef
ef = 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 ef )
kef = 1, when a nail row staggered perpendicular to grain by at least 1d. Without staggering in LVL edge
face
1 50mm
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘ef = min � = 1 − 0,03 �20 − 50mm � = 0,88
1 −
k_ef=min{█(1@1-0,03(20-a_1/d) 0,03(20 1 − 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎1 /𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑) 3,1mm
)┤=1-0,03(20-50mm/3,1mm)=0,88
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘ef = min � 1 − 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 /𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑) = 1 − 0,03 �20 − 50mm � = 0,88
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘Nailing
ef = min �1 − 0,03(20
without staggering: 1 = 1 − 0,03 �20 − 3,1mm� = 0,88
1 − 0,03(20 − 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎1 /𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑) 3,1mm
R_d
mod
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅d == 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘k_mod/γ_M
∙ 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡ef ∙ 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹V,nail,Rk =0,8 ∙ 60,88 ∙ 0,85 kN = 0,62 ∙ 4,84 ∙kN=0,62∙4,84∙0,85
∙n_ef∙F_(V,nail,Rk)=0,8/1,3∙6^0,88∙0,85
0,88
0,85 kN = 2,55 kNkN=2,55 kN
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅d = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾mod ef ∙ 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹V,nail,Rk =1,3 ∙ 6
M ∙ 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 1,3 ∙ 0,85 kN = 0,62 ∙ 4,84 ∙ 0,85 kN = 2,55 kN
E_(d,ULS)>R_d→Not OK
M
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS > 𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅d → Not OK
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS > 𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅d → Not OK
Nailing with staggering:

𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod ∙ 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡ef ∙ 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹V,nail,Rk =0,8 ∙ 6 ∙ 0,85 kN = 3,1 kN
𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅d = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾mod M ∙ 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
ef ∙ 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹V,nail,Rk =1,3 ∙ 6 ∙ 0,85 kN = 3,1 kN
R_d = k_mod/γ_M ∙n_ef∙F_(V,nail,Rk)=0,8/1,3∙6∙0,85 kN=3,1 kN
Ed,ULS ≤ Rd → OK, staggering is required
The canopy can be supported on a 51x300 mm LVL 48P ledger beam which is connected to 45 mm LVL 32P
wall studs with 6pcs 3,1x90 mm round nails when the nail row is staggered perpendicular to grain by 1d.
Discussion:
The inclined screws connection has 16% higher capacity than the laterally loaded nailed connection in the
example 9.6 and the leger beam depth is 100 mm smaller. However, the LVL 32P stud needs to be thicker due
to the edge distance requirement a2,CG ≥4d of the screws. A laterally loaded screws connection would not be
possible for the combination of screw size and LVL beam stud thickness, since the edge distance a4,c ≥ 7d at
the LVL edge would not be fulfilled.
LVL_09.indd 205 5.9.2019 9:30:16

9.9 HOLE IN LVL BEAM

A residential floor joist of the example 9.1 needs a 60x140 mm rectangular hole for service installations locat-
ed at the centreline of the cross-section of the joists 300 mm from the edge of the support. The hole corners
have r = 20 mm rounding’s.
Geometry requirements:
Product type lv lA hro and hru a hd

300 mm+45 mm 300 mm+45 mm/2 (240 mm-60 mm)/2 60 mm > 0,15h,
LVL-P 140 mm ≤ 2,5hd, OK
≥ h, OK ≥ 0,5h, OK ≥ 0,35h, OK Not OK
300 mm+45 mm 300 mm+45 mm/2 (240 mm-60 mm)/2 60 mm ≤ 0,4h,
LVL-C 140 mm ≤ 2,5hd, OK
≥ h, OK ≥ 0,5h, OK ≥ 0,25h, OK OK
Corner roundings r = 20 mm > 15 mm, OK
→LVL-C type joist is needed to fulfil the requirement of the maximum hole depth hd.
LVL_09.indd 206 5.9.2019 9:30:16

Properties of a LVL 36C joist:

Tension in perpendicular to grain strength edgewise ft,90,edge,k = 5 N/mm2
Tension
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎t,90,dstress
= 0,5∙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙perpendicular
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹t,90,d to the grain is verified by the equation
≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓t,90,d (4.57)
∙𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
t,90 t,90
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹t,90,d
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
σt,90,d =
t,90,d
t,90,d = 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹t,90,d
=F_(t,90,d)/(0,5∙l_(t,90)∙b∙k_(t,90)≤≤𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓t,90,d
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓t,90,d )≤f_(t,90,d) (4.57)
(4.57)
0,5∙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙
0,5∙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 t,90
t,90
∙𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
∙𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 t,90
t,90
(4.57)
where 1
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘t,90 = min � 450 0,5 = 1,0 (4.58)
� ℎ11�
kt,90
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
t,90 =min{█(1@(450/h)^0,5
t,90== min�� 450
min 0,5 = 1,0 )=1,0┤
450 0,5 = 1,0 (4.58)
(4.58)
��ℎℎ��
(4.58)
σt,90,d
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙t,90 = =0,5design
∙ (ℎd value
+ ℎ) = of tension
0,5 ∙ (60stress
mm perpendicular
+ 240 mm) = to
150themm
grain [N/mm2] (4.61)
lt,90 = 0,5 ∙ (hd + h) = 0,5 ∙ (60 mm + 240 mm) = 150 mm (4.61)
Ft,90,d === 0,5
0,5design(ℎddvalue
∙ ∙(ℎ ++ℎ)ℎ)= =tension
of 0,5 (60
0,5∙ ∙(60 mmperpendicular
mm
force ++240
240mm)
mm)==to150
150 mm
themm
grain [N] (4.61)
(4.61)
ft,90,d =
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓t,90,d =k_mod/γ_M ∙f_(t,90,edge,k)=0,8/1,2∙5
∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓t,90,edge,k = ∙5 2
N/mm2 =3,3 N/mm^2
= 3,3 N/mm^2
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 M 1,2
0,8 mmN
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹t,90,d
mod 0,8 N
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎t,90,d = == mod
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓t,90,d ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓t,90,d== ∙ ∙55
∙ ∙𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓t,90,edge,k
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓t,90,edge,k ==3,3 N/mm2 2
3,3N/mm (4.57)
0,5∙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾
t,90𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾MM∙𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘t,90 1,2 mm
1,2 mm2 2
1
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘t,90 = min � 450 0,5 = 1,0 (4.58)
�ℎ �
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙t,90 = 0,5 ∙ (ℎd + ℎ) = 0,5 ∙ (60 mm + 240 mm) = 150 mm (4.61)
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓t,90,d = ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓t,90,edge,k = ∙5 = 3,3 N/mm2
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d ∙ℎd ℎd 2 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹t,90,d = ∙ �3 − � � � + 0,008 ∙ ℎ d (4.59)
4∙ℎ ℎ r
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 d ∙ℎ ℎℎ 22 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
d ∙ℎ dd ∙ d d� dd (4.59)
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹
t,90,d
t,90,d ==
4∙ℎ 4∙ℎ ∙ �3
�3 −−��
ℎℎ
� � �
+ + 0,008
0,008 ∙ ∙
ℎℎ
(4.59)
rr
ℎr = 90 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 (4.60)
ℎℎr r==90
90𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 (4.60)
(4.60)
Tension in perpendicular to grain force Ft,90,d depends on the shear force Vd and bending moment Md at the
edge of the hole:
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 ∙ℎ ℎ 2 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
F_(t,90,d)=(V_d∙h_d)/(4∙h)∙[3-(h_d/h)^2
d d d
t,90,d = 4∙ℎ ∙ �3 − � ℎ � � + 0,008 ∙ ℎ
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 d
]+0,008∙M_d/h_r (4.59)
r
(4.59)
where
ℎ = 90
hrr=90 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
mm (4.60) (4.60)
LVL_09.indd 207 5.9.2019 9:30:16

V_(d,(x=323mm))=0,4 m∙4,03 kNkN/m^2 0,3 m + 0,045

∙(1-(0,3 m+0,045 m/2m/2)/(4,5 m))=3,13 kN
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d,(x=323mm) = 0,4 m ∙ 4,03 kN ∙ �1 − 0,3 m + 0,045 � = 3,13 kN
M_(d,(x=323mm))=(0,4
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d,(x=323mm) = 0,4 m ∙ m∙4,03
4,03
kN kN/m^2
m 2
∙ �1 −
0,3∙(0,3
m +4,5 m m/2
0,045
m+0,045 m/2
m/2))/2∙(4,5
�� = m-(0,3 m+(0,045 m)/2))
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 = 0,4 m ∙ 4,03 ∙ �1 − = 3,13
3,13 kN
kN
d,(x=323mm)
M_(d,(x=323mm))=1,1 kNmm kN22
m 0,3 m +4,5 m
0,045
4,5 m m/2
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d,(x=323mm) = 0,4 m ∙ 4,03 kN ∙ �1 −
2 ∙ (0,3 m + 0,045
� = 3,13 kN
F_(t,90,d)=(3,13 0,4 kN∙0,06 m ∙ 4,03 m
m)/(4∙0,24
kN
m 2
kN ∙ (0,3 m)∙[3-((0,06 4,5 mm/2)
m)/0,24m)^2 ]+0,008∙(1,1 0,045 m
kNm)/(0,09 m)=0,57 kN+0,10
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d,(x=323mm) = 0,4 0,4 m
m ∙
∙ 4,03
4,03 ∙ (0,3 m
m +
+ 0,045
0,045 m/2)
m/2) ∙ �4,5 m − �0,3 m + 0,045 m��
kN=0,67 kN m
m
2
2 2 0,045
2 m
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d,(x=323mm)
d,(x=323mm) = 0,4 m ∙ 4,03
= kN (0,3 ∙∙ �4,5
�4,5 m m− − �0,3
�0,3 m
m+ + ��
��
∙ 2 m + 0,045 m/2)kN)/(0,5∙0,15
σ_(t,90,d)=F_(t,90,d)/(0,5∙l_(t,90)∙b∙k_(t,90)
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 = m2 2 )=(0,67
∙ �4,5 m −
m∙0,045
�0,3 m +
2
m∙1,0)=0,20
0,045
2 m
��
N/mm^2 ≤f_
(t,90,d)→OK
d,(x=323mm) = 1,1 kNm 2 2
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
d,(x=323mm) = 1,1 kNm
= 1,1 kNm
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 d,(x=323mm)
3,13 kN = 1,1 ∙ 0,06 kNm m 0,06 m 2 1,1 kNm
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹t,90,d = 3,13 kN ∙∙ 0,06 m ∙ �3 − � 0,06 m �2 � + 0,008 ∙ 1,1 kNm = 0,57 kN + 0,10 kN = 0,67 kN
3,13 4 kN
∙ 0,24 0,06 m m 0,06
0,24m m 2 1,1 kNm
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹t,90,d
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 =
t,90,d = 3,13 ∙∙ �3
�3 −− �� 2 �� + 0,008 ∙∙ 0,09 m =
+ 0,008 = 0,57
0,57 kN
kN +
+ 0,10
0,10 kN
kN =
= 0,67
0,67 kN
kN
4 ∙
kN
4 ∙ 0,24 m 0,24 ∙ 0,06 m m 0,24m
0,06
0,24m m 0,09
1,1
0,09 kNm m
m
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎t,90,d = 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 t,90,d ∙ �3 −
0,67� kN � � + 0,008 N ∙ = 0,57 kN + 0,10 kN = 0,67 kN
t,90,d = 0,5∙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙4 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹
0,24 m= 0,5∙0,150,67
∙ ∙𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 0,24m
m∙0,045
kN m∙1,0
= 0,20
mmN
≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓t,90,d
2 0,09 m → OK
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹
t,90 t,90,d t,90 0,67 kN N
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎t,90,d =
t,90,d = 0,5∙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙
t,90,d =
= 0,5∙0,15 m∙0,045 m∙1,0 = = 0,20
0,20 mm22 ≤ ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓t,90,d → OK
t,90,d → OK
t,90 ∙𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
0,5∙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 ∙𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘t,90 0,5∙0,150,67
m∙0,045
t,90 t,90,d t,90 kN m∙1,0 mmN
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎t,90,d = = = 0,20 ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓t,90,d → OK
0,5∙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙t,90 ∙𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘t,90 0,5∙0,15 m∙0,045 m∙1,0 mm2
The verification of shear stress concentration at the hole edge shall fulfil the condition:
1,5∙𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘τ ∙ )
≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,d (4.62)
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙(ℎ−ℎ
1,5∙𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉
1,5∙𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏dd = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙ dd ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 (4.62)
τ_d=k_τ∙(1,5∙V_d)/(b∙(h-h_d
= 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘τ ∙ 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙(ℎ−ℎd)) ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,d
τ v,d ) )≤f_(v,d) (4.62) (4.62)
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙(ℎ−ℎ
1,5∙𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉dd
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘τ ∙ ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,d (4.62)
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙(ℎ−ℎd )
Where
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 ℎ 0,2 0,14 m 0,06 m 0,2
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘τ = 1,85 ∙ �1 + ℎ� ∙ � ℎd �0,2 0,2
= 1,85 ∙ �1 + �∙� �0,2 = 2,22 (4.63)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘ττ =
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 ℎ
ℎ d 0,24
0,14 m 0,24
0,14 m� ∙ �0,06 m�0,2 = 2,22
0,06 m (4.63)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 1,85
1,85 ∙∙ �1 �1 +
k_τ=1,85∙(1+a/h)∙(h_d/h)^0,2=1,85∙(1+(0,14 + ℎ�� ∙∙ �� ℎℎd �� = = 1,85
1,85 ∙∙ �1�1 ++ 0,24m)/(0,24
m � ∙ � m))∙((0,06
0,24 �
m 0,2 = m)/(0,24
2,22 m) (4.63) (4.63)
ℎ
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 ℎd 0,2 ) )=2,22∙(1,5∙3,13 0,24
0,14 m 0,24
0,06 m
mkN)/(45 m
τ_d=k_τ∙(1,5∙V_d)/(b∙(h-h_d 1,5 ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘τ = 1,85 ∙ �1 + ℎd� ∙ � ℎ � = 1,85 ∙ �1 + 0,24 m� ∙ �0,24 m� = 2,22 1,5 ∙ 3,13 kN mm∙(240 N
mm-60 mm) )= (4.63)
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘τ ∙ 1,5 ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 = 2,22 ∙ 1,5 ∙∙ 3,13 kN = 1,3 N 2
f_(v,0,edge,d)=k_mod/γ_M 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙1,5
(ℎ ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉ℎ
− d
d ) ∙f_(v,0,edge,k)=0,8/1,2∙4,5
45 mm ∙ 1,5
(240 3,13
mm kN
− 60 N/mm^2
mm) =3,0
mmNN/mm^2
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏dd == 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘ττ ∙∙
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 (ℎ
d = 2,22 ∙
) = 2,22 ∙ 45 (240
=
= 1,3
1,3 mm22
τ_d≤f_(v,0,edge,d)→OK 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙∙1,5
(ℎ − ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉ℎ
− ℎ
dd d) 45 mm mm ∙∙1,5(240 mm
∙ 3,13
mmkN −
− 60
60 mm)
mm) mmN
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘τ ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod = 2,22 ∙ 0,8 N 2 = 1,3 mm2
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,d 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏=∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 (ℎ − ℎ∙ d𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,k ) =45 mm∙ ∙
4,5 (240 mm = −
3,0 60
N/mmmm)
0,8 N2
N
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,d = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾mod
v,0,edge,d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾
M ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,k
v,0,edge,k = 0,8
= 1,2 ∙∙ 4,54,5 mm2 = = 3,0
3,0 N/mm
N/mm2
2
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾mod
M 1,2
1,2 mm
mm N 2
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,d
d ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,d= M→ OK ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,k = ∙ 4,5 = 3,0 N/mm2
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏dd ≤≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,d
v,0,edge,d → OK
→ OK
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏d ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,d → OK
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀o,d 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀u,d
Bending
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊
+
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊o
stress at the
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊
location
+
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊u
of a rectangular hole is verified by the equations:
o,d ≤ 1 and 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d u,d ≤ 1 (4.64 and 4.65)
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 n 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 n 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀dd𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓+ 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀o,d 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀u,d
+ d +
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓+
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 m,d 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 m,d 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀o,d ≤
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊nn 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊o o
≤ 1
1 and
and 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀u,d ≤
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊nn 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊u u
≤ 1
1 (4.64
(4.64 and
and 4.65)
4.65)
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓+
m,d 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓+
m,d
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊n m,d 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊n m,d
(M_d/W_n
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊o
≤ 1 and
+M_(o,d)/W_o
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊u
≤ 1
)/f_(m,d) ≤1 and (M_d/W_n +M_(u, (4.64 and 4.65) (4.64 and 4.65)
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d
2
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙�ℎ 2 −ℎd � 45 mm∙�(240 mm)2 −(60 mm)2 � 5 3
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊n =
Where 26−ℎ2 = 6 22 −(60 2 = 4,05 ∙ 10 mm (4.66)
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙�ℎ 2
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙�ℎ −ℎd 2� 45
45 mm∙�(240
mm∙�(240 mm) mm) −(60 mm) mm)2 ��
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 d� 5
5 mm3 (4.66)
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊nn = = 26
6−ℎ2 �
=
= 6
6 2 −(60 mm)
=
= 4,05
4,05 ∙
∙ 10
10 mm3
(4.66)
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙�ℎ𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 45𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 mm∙�(240 mm)
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙ℎro 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 2 � 5 3 ))/6=4,0
W_n=(b∙(h^2-h_d^2
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 o d
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊no,d== 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 6+𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉=d ∙ 2 = 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙ℎ +𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙ℎ ))/6=(45 6
mm∙((240
∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d ∙ mm)^2 〖-(60
= 4,05 ∙ 10 mmmm)〗^2 (4.66)
(4.67) (4.66)
u𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴o 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙ℎ 2
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 = o o ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 ∙ 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 = 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙ℎro
ro ro ru ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 ∙ 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 (4.67)
M_(o,d)=A_o/(A_u+A_o
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀o,d
o,d = 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉dd ∙ 2 = 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙ℎ )∙V_d∙a/2=(b∙h_ro)/(b∙h_ro+b∙h_ru
∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉dd ∙ 2 )∙V_d∙a/2 (4.67)
u +𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴u ro +𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙ℎ
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴+𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴o
o 2
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙ℎro +𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙ℎru
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙ℎ ru 2
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀o,d = o ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d45
(4.67) ∙ mm = ∙ 90 ro mm ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d ∙ 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 140 mm (4.67)
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀o,d = 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴u +𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴o 45 2
mm 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙ℎro +𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙ℎru
∙∙ 90 mm 2 ∙ 3,13 kN ∙ 140 mm = 0,11 kNm
M_(o,d)=(45 45 mm mm∙90
∙ 45mm
90 mmmm)/(45
+ 9045 mm
mmmm∙90 ∙ 90 mm+45
mm mm∙90140 mm)∙3,13
2mm kN∙(140 mm
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀o,d =
o,d = 45 mm ∙ 90
∙∙ 3,13
3,13 kN ∙∙
kNmm^3 =
= 0,11
0,11 kNm
kNm
W_o=(b∙h_ro^2)/6=(45
45 2 mm 45mm
∙mm∙(90
90 mmmm+ + ∙ 9045
mm∙(90
2 mm
45 mm ∙∙ 90
90 mm
mmmm)^2)/6=60750 mm 14022mm
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊oo,d== 45
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙ℎ ro 45
= ∙ 90 mm
mm)
=mm 60750 3 ∙ 3,13 kN ∙ = 0,11 kNm (4.69)
6ro
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙ℎ 2 mm
2 45 mm∙(90 6 mm) + 45 2
2 ∙ 90mm mm 2
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 = 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙ℎ ro = 45 mm∙(90 mm) = 60750 mm3 3 (4.69)
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊oo = 6 = 6 = 60750 mm (4.69)
62 6 2
(4.69)
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 =
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙ℎ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
romod45 mm∙(90 mm) 0,8
= = 60750 mm 3 N
2 (4.69)
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,d =6𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
o ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘h ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓6m,0,k = 0,8 ∙ 1,03 ∙ 32 N 2 = 22,1 N/mm
f_(m,0,d)=k_mod/γ_M 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾mod
mod 0,8
1,2 ∙ 1,03 ∙ 32 mm
∙k_h∙f_(m,0,k)=0,8/1,2∙1,03∙32 N N/mm^2 2 =22,1 N/mm^2
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 =
m,0,d = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,d M ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘hh ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,k
m,0,k = 0,8
= ∙ 1,03 ∙ 32 mm22 = 22,1 N/mm= 22,1 N/mm 2
(M_d/W_n 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾mod
M+M_(o,d)/W_o )/f_(m,d)
M 1,2
1,2 =((1,1 mm NkNm)/(4,05∙〖10〗^5 mm^3 )+(0,
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀m,0,d
d 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
= o,d ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙
1,1
h 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
kNm
m,0,k = ∙ 1,03
0,11 ∙kNm 32 2 = 22,1 N/mm2
(22,1N/mm^2 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M )=(4,5N/mm^2)/(22,1N/mm^2 1,2+ )=0,20≤1→OK
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊ndd + 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊o,d
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 o 4,051,1 ∙ 10
1,1 kNm
kNm5 mm3 0,11
0,11 kNm
60750 mmmm
kNm
3 4,5N/mm2
+
+ o,d = +
+ = 4,5N/mm222 = 0,20 ≤ 1 → OK
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊nnd 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 o = 4,05
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊o,d
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 o 4,051,1 ∙∙ 1010kNm
5
5 mm
22,1N/mm
mm
3
3 60750
2
60750
0,11 kNm mm 3
mm = 22,1N/mm
3 4,5N/mm
= + 22 = =
= 0,20
0,20 ≤≤11→→ OK
OK
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓+
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊n 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 m,d𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊o
m,d 4,05 ∙ 10522,1N/mm 22,1N/mm
mm3 60750 mm3 22,1N/mm 4,5N/mm222
22,1N/mm
= = = 0,20 ≤ 1 → OK
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d 22,1N/mm2 22,1N/mm2
Since the hole is at the centre line of the cross section, only one of the equations (4.64 and 4.65) needs to be
verified. The 140x60 mm hole 300 mm from the support edge fulfils the requirements in LVL 36 C joist.
LVL_09.indd 208 5.9.2019 9:30:18

9.10 BRACING OF A STUD WALL

Define the maximum value of the horizontal force FV,Ed from instantaneous wind load when LVL 36 C panel
27 mm x 1200 mm x 2500 mm is used for wall diaphragm. The panel is nailed to the LVL 48P wall studs, sole
plate and top binder with 2,5x60mm round nails. The studs are 51 x 150 mm in spacing bnet = 600 mm. The
nail spacing is a constant 100 mm at the perimeters and 200 mm at the centre stud. Service class SC1.
LVL 36 C 27 x 1200 x 2500 mm

panel for wall diaphragm.
LVL 48 P 51 x 150 mm studs,
sole plate and top binder.
The design load-carrying capacity FV,Rd (design racking resistance) under a horizontal force FV,Ed from wind
load acting at the top of a cantilever panel secured against uplift is determined using the simplified method A
of Eurocode 5 in section 9.2.4.2.
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹f,Rd ∙ 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙ 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐

F_(V,Rd)=(F_(f,Rd)∙b∙c)/s
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹V,Rd
V,Rd= =𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹f,Rd ∙ 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙ 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
where
b = panels width 1200 mm
bb ==panels panelswidth width1200
1200mm mm
c = {█(1,when 1,1,whenwhen𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏≥ ≥ℎ/2
ℎ/2
b≥h/2@b/(h/2),when b<h/2)┤→c=(2500 mm)/(1200 mm)=0,96
2500mm
mm
𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 2500
𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = � � 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 , when b < ℎ/2
→ 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 =
→ 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 1200 mm==0,96 0,96
s = nail ℎ/2 , whenin
spacing b< ℎ/2
perimeters = 1200
100 mmmm
ℎ/2
Fsf,Rd ==lateralnail
design capacity
spacingininperimeters
of an individual
perimeters==100 100mm
mm
fastener FV,nail,Rd multiplied by 1,2 (EC5 9.2.4.2 (5).
s = nail
FV,nail,Rd spacing is the minimum of failure modes (a) –(f) calculated from EC5 8.2.2, equation (8.6).
f,Rd = lateral design capacity of an individual fastener FV,nail,Rd multiplied by 1,2
FFf,Rd = lateral design capacity of an individual fastener FV,nail,Rd multiplied by 1,2
Geometry (EC5 (EC59.2.4.2
requirements 9.2.4.2of (5).
(5).
nail V,nail,Rd is the minimum of failure modes (a) –(f)
FFV,nail,Rd is the minimum of failure modes (a) –(f)
connections:
calculated
calculated from EC5 8.2.2, from EC5 8.2.2,equation
equation(8.6).
(8.6).
Pointside penetration length t2 should be at least 8d= 8∙2,5 mm = 20 mm. Nail length l = 60 mm – panels
thickness 27 mm = 33 mm > 20 mm → OK.
The penetration length t1 in LVL-C panel thickness should be at least 4d = 4∙2,5 mm = 10 mm → OK.
The unloaded edge distance a4,C should be at least 3d = 3∙2,5 mm = 8 mm in the face side of LVL-C panel
and 7d = 7∙2,5 mm =18 mm in the LVL-P edge face. The minimum stud thickness is 2∙7d = 36 mm for a
perimeter stud and 2∙(7d+3d) + 1 mm = 51 mm when the panel joint is at a stud location, see Table 5.5
of panel joints.
LVL_09.indd 209 5.9.2019 9:30:18

The embedment strength of 2,5x60 mm round nail in LVL 36 C and LVL 48P
fh,k = 0,082∙ρk∙d-0,3 = 0,082∙480∙2,5-0,3 = 29,9 N/mm2
When the nails are produced from wire with tensile strength fu = 600 N/mm2, the characteristic value of the
yield moment My,k for round nails is
My,k = 0,3∙fu∙d2,6 = 0,3∙600∙(2,5)2,6 = 1949 Nmm
The influence of rope effect based on the axial withdrawal capacity Fax,k of round nails is negligible. With these
properties FV,nail,Rk is as the minimum of failure modes (a)-(f)
⎧ 2,02 (𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎)
2,02
2,02 (𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎)
(𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎)
⎧
⎧ 2,02
2,47 (𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎)
(𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏)
(𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏)
⎪
⎧ 2,47
2,47 (𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏)
⎪
⎪2,47 0,94 (𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏)
(𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐)
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 = min ⎪ 0,94
0,94 (𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐)
(𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐) = 0,62 kN
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹V,nail,Rk = min
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹V,nail,Rk = min ⎨0,78 (𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑)
V,nail,Rk 0,94
0,78 (𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐) =
(𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑) = 0,62
0,62 kNkN
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹V,nail,Rk = min ⎨ ⎨ 0,78 (𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑) = 0,62 kN
⎪
⎨ 0,78
0,92
0,92 (𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑)
(𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒)
(𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒)
⎪
⎪0,620,92 (𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒)
⎩
⎪ 0,92 (𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) (𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒)
⎩0,62
⎩ 0,62 (𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) (𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ⎩ 0,62 (𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓) 1,1
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod
mod ∙∙ 1,2 ∙∙ 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 = 1,1
1,1 1,2 ∙∙ 0,62
1,1 ∙∙∙ 1,2 kN = 0,63 kN
mod
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹f,Rd =
= 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾
F_(V,nail,Rk)=min{█(2,02
f,Rd mod ∙ 1,2
1,2 ∙ 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹
V,nail,Rk
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹
V,nail,Rk =
= 1,3
(a)@2,47 1,2 ∙ 0,62 kN
kN =
= 0,63
0,62 (c)@0,78
(b)@0,94 0,63 kN
kN
(d)@0,92 (e)@0,62 (f))┤=0,62 kN
f,Rd
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹f,Rd = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M V,nail,Rk 1,3
M ∙ 1,2 ∙ 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹V,nail,Rk = 1,3 ∙ 1,2 ∙ 0,62 kN = 0,63 kN
F_(f,Rd)=k_mod/γ_M 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M 1,3
∙1,2∙F_(V,nail,Rk)=1,1/1,3∙1,2∙0,62 kN=0,63 kN
kmod = 1,1 for instantaneous load (wind load) in service class 1
γM = 1,3 for connections (default value in EC5)
F_(V,Rd)=(F_(f,Rd)∙b∙c)/s=(0,63 kN∙1200mm ∙∙mm∙0,96)/(100 mm)=7,3 kN
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 =
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹f,Rd
∙∙ 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙∙ 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 0,63
f,Rd ∙ 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙ 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 =
f,Rd 0,63
0,63 kN
kN ∙∙ 1200
kN ∙ 1200
1200 mm
0,96
mm ∙ 0,96
0,96 = 7,3 kN
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹V,Rd
V,Rd =
= 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹f,Rd ∙
𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙ 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 =
= 0,63 kN ∙ 1200
100 mm mm ∙ 0,96 =
= 7,3
7,3 kN
kN
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹V,Rd
V,Rd =
𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 100
100 mm mm = 7,3 kN
𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 100 mm
Shear buckling of the panel may be disregarded, when the stud spacing bnet / t ≤ 100.
b_net/t=(600 mm)/(27 mm)=22 ≤100 →OK
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏
net = 600
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏net 600 mm mm = = 22 22 ≤ 100 100 → OK OK
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏net
𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 =
net = 600
27 mm =
mm 22 ≤ ≤ 100 → → OK
𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = 27
27 mm mm = 22 ≤ 100 → OK
𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 27 mm
In order to with stand a horizontal force FV,Ed = 7,3 kN, the diaphragm panel shall be anchored at the bottom
corners for the external forces
245 (255)
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹
V,Rd ∙∙ ℎ
ℎ 7,3kN
7,3kN ∙∙∙ 2500
2500 mmmm = 15,2
F_(t,Ed)=F_(c,Ed)=
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 = 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 = 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹
V,Rd
V,Rd (F_(V,Rd)∙h)/b=(7,3kN∙2500
∙ ℎ = 7,3kN 2500 mm mm)/(1200
kN mm)=15,2 kN
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹t,Ed
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹t,Ed =
= 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 c,Ed
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,Ed = 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 ∙ ℎ =
c,Ed = V,Rd
= 7,3kN ∙ 2500 mm =
1200 = 15,2
15,2 kN
kN
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹t,Ed
t,Ed = 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,Ed =
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 1200 mm
1200 mm
mm = 15,2 kN
The contactThearea
contact between perimeter
area between stud and
perimeter studthe
andend
the of
endthe
of horizontal solesole
the horizontal plate shall
plate shallbebe verified for compres-
verified for compression perpendicular
sion perpendicular to the grain. to the grain.
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d ≤
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,d
𝜎𝜎 ≤
c,90,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑘𝑘 c,90 ∙∙ 𝑓𝑓
c,90 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
c,90,d
c,90,d
c,90,d 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90
c,90 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,d
c,90,d
σ_(c,90,d)≤k_(c,90)𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d
𝐹𝐹 〖∙f〗_(c,90,d)
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d
𝐹𝐹 c,90,d 15,2kN
15,2kN 2
𝜎𝜎 c,90,d = = c,90,d = = =
= = 1,3N/mm
1,3N/mm 2
σ_(c,90,d)=F_(c,90,d)/A_ef
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
𝐴𝐴efef 𝑙𝑙 ∙ (𝑏𝑏 + 30 mm) 150 mm ∙ mm))=15,2kN/(150
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 ∙ (𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 30 =F_(c,90,d)/(l∙(b+30
mm) 150 mm ∙ (51
(51 mm +
mm + 30 mm) = mm
30 mm) ∙ (51 mm+30 mm) )=1,3N/
mm^2
kkc,90 is 1,4
is
c,90 is
c,90
1,4for
1,4 forLVL-P
for LVL-Pflatwise
LVL-P flatwise
flatwise and
and
and ffc,90,k
fc,90,k is 2,2
is
is 2,2
c,90,k 2,2 N/mm
N/mm
N/mm 2. 22..
γM =1,2 (default
Material safety factor value in MEC5)
γ1,1 (defaultNvalue in EC5) = 1,2
k_(c,90)∙f_(c,90,flat,d)=1,4∙1,1/1,2∙2,2 N/mm^2 2 N/mm^2>σ_(c,90,d)→OK
=2,8
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑘𝑘
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,flat,d
mod
= 1,4 ∙ ∙ 2,2
1,1 2 = 2,8
N N/mm > 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d → OK
𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ ∙ 𝑓𝑓c,90,flat,k =1,2 1,4 ∙ mm ∙ 2,2 = 2,8 N/mm 2
> 𝜎𝜎c,90,d → OK
𝛾𝛾M 1,2 mm2
AnchoringAnchoring
can be done with
can be e.g.with
done Rothoblaas WHT340
e.g. Rothoblaas brackets
WHT340 for tension
brackets loadsloads
for tension and and
Titan
Titan TFC200 brackets
TFC200 brackets for shear
for shear loads. loads.
9.11 Main beam of roof structure in 30min fire exposure

Single-span main beam of a flat roof structure is GLVL 48 P beam 133x400 mm. Span length
is L = 4000 mm, width of the loading area 8000 mm and roof purlins are on the top of the
beam. Support length is 100 mm. Snow load sk is 2,5 kN/m2, own weight of the roof structure
is 1,0 kN/m2 and own weigh of the beam is 0,2 kN/m. The structure fulfils the ULS and SLS
requirements in normal temperature where wnet,fi ≤ L/300 has been the most critical
requirement. The fire resistance R30 of the beam needs to be verified for fire exposure on all
sides210
of the beam.
LVL Handbook Europe
LVL_09.indd 210 5.9.2019 9:30:19

9.11 MAIN BEAM OF ROOF STRUCTURE IN 30MIN FIRE EXPOSURE

Single-span main beam of a flat roof structure is GLVL 48 P beam 133x400 mm. Span length is L = 4000 mm,
width of the loading 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d area 8000 mm and roof purlins are
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d on the top of the beam. Support length is 100 mm.
15,2kN 2
Snow𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d
load = sk is𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 2,5 = kN/m
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 ∙
2, own weight
(𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 30 mm)
= of the roof structure is 1,0 kN/m
150 mm ∙ (51 mm + 30 mm)
= 21,3N/mm
and own weigh of the beam is
ef
0,2 kN/m. The structure fulfils the ULS and SLS requirements in normal temperature where wnet,fi ≤ L/300 has
beenkthe is 1,4critical
c,90 most for LVL-P flatwise and
requirement. The ffire is 2,2 N/mm
c,90,kresistance . the beam needs to be verified for fire exposure
R302of
on all sides of the beam.
1,1 N
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,flat,d = 1,4 ∙ ∙ 2,2 = 2,8 N/mm2 > 𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d → OK
1,2 mm2
Effective cross section size after 30 minutes fire exposure on all sides:
mm
d_ef=β_n∙t+k_0∙d_0=0,70 mm/min∙30min+1,0∙7mm=28mm
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑ef = 𝛽𝛽𝛽𝛽n ∙ 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘0 ∙ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑0 = 0,70 ∙ 30min + 1,0 ∙ 7mm = 28mm
Size of the effective cross section: min
Width b: 133 mm - 2∙28 mm = 77 mm
Height h: 400 mm - 2∙28 mm = 344 mm
Beam properties of the effective cross section after 30min fire exposure:
Area of cross section A =b∙h = 26488 mm2
Section modulus Wy = b∙h /6 2 = 1,52∙106 mm3
3 = 2,61∙107 mm4
3 = 1,31∙107 mm4
Torsion moment of inertia Itor = 0,3∙h∙b 3 = 4,71∙107 mm4
Modification factor kmod,fi = 1,0
Modification factor kfi = 1,1
Material safety factor γM,fi (default value in EC5) = 1,0
LVL_09.indd 211 5.9.2019 9:30:20

Snow load at roof level qk = μ1 ∙ Ce ∙ sk. Form factor μ1 = 0,8, when roof angle is less than 30° and in normal
conditions Ce = 1,0 → qk = 0,8 ∙ 1,0∙2,5 N/m2 = 2,0 kN/m2.
Accidental load combination of fire in the ultimate limit state (ULS):
Ed,ULS,fi = γG ∙ (g1,k + g2,k) + ψ1 ∙ γQ ∙ qk
Ed,ULS,fi =1,0 ∙ (8m ∙ 1,0 kN/m2 + 0,2 kN/m ) + 0,4 ∙ 1,0 ∙ 8m ∙ 2,0 kN/m2
Ed,ULS,fi = 14,6 kN/m
Note: Safety factors γG, ψ1 and γQ are according to Finnish National annex of Eurocode 0.
ULS design
M_d
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 = E_(d,ULS,fi)∙s∙L2/8 = 14,6 kN/m∙(4m)^2/8 2
d = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS,fi ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿2/8 = 14,6 kN/m ∙ (4m)2 /8 = 29,2 kNm
= 29,2 kNm
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 ∙ 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿2/8
σ_(m,d)=M_d/W=(29,2 kNm)/(1,52〖∙10〗^6 〖 mm〗^3
d d,ULS,fi = 14,6 kN/m ∙ (4m) /8 = 29,2 kNm
)=19,2 N/mm^2
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
f_(m,d,fi)=(k_(mod,fi)
d 29,2 kNm
〖∙k〗_fi∙k_h)/γ_(M,fi)2∙f_(m,edge,k)
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d = 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀d = 29,2 kNm 6 3
= 19,2 N/mm2
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d = 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 = 1,52 ∙ 106 mm3 = 19,2 N/mm
f_(m,d,fi)=(1,0∙1,1∙(300mm/344mm)^0,15)/1,0∙44 N/mm^2 =47,4 N/mm^2
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 1,52 ∙ 10 mm
σ_(m,d)≤f_(m,d,fi) →OK
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod,fi ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘fi ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘h
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d,fi = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod,fi ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘fi ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘h ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,edge,k
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d,fi = 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M,fi ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,edge,k
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M,fi
300mm 0,15
1,0 ∙ 1,1 ∙ �300mm�0,15 N N
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d,fi = 1,0 ∙ 1,1 ∙ �344mm
344mm
� ∙ 44 N 2 = 47,4 N 2
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d,fi = 1,0 ∙ 44 mm2 = 47,4 mm2
1,0 mm mm
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d,fi → OK
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d,fi → OK
The beam is loaded on the top side and the purlins won’t act as supports against lateral torsional buckling
for 30min fire exposure. Therefore according to Table 4.9 and EN1995-1-2, clause 4.3.2 (1) and the effec-
tive length Lef of the beam is
𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿ef = 0,9 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 + 2 ∙ ℎ = 0,9 ∙ 4000mm + 2 ∙ 344mm = 4288mm.
ef = 0,9 ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿+ +
𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿L_ef=0,9∙L 2∙h2=∙ ℎ 0,9=∙ 4000mm 0,9 ∙ 4000mm + 2 ∙=344mm
+ 2 ∙ 344mm 4288mm.= 4288mm.
σ_(m,crit)=M_(y,crit)/W_y
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,crit = 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊
y,crit 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 � 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸0,05 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼
𝑧𝑧𝑧𝑧 𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺 =(π√(E_0,05 I_z G_0,05 I_tor ))/(l_ef W_y (4.42)
0,05 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼
tor )
y,crit = 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋�𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸0,05 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ef𝑧𝑧𝑧𝑧𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊y0,05 tor
m,crit = 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊y = (4.42)
y 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ef 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊y
σ_(m,crit)= (π√(10600 N/mm^2∙1,31∙〖10〗^7 〖 mm〗^4∙400N/mm^
π�10600 N/mm 2 7 4 2 ∙ 107 ∙ mm4
〖1,52∙10〗^6 〖 mm〗^3 ) 2 ∙ 1,31 ∙ 107 mm4 ∙ 400N/mm2 ∙∙ 4,71 4,71 ∙ 107 ∙ mm4
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 m,crit = π�10600 N/mm ∙ 1,31 ∙ 10 mm ∙ 400N/mm 6 3
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 m,crit =
σ_(m,crit)= 25,8 N/mm^2 4288 mm ∙ 1,52 ∙ 10 mm
4288 mm ∙ 1,52 ∙ 106 mm3
λ_rel=√(f_(m,k)/σ_(m,crit) )=√((44 N/mm^2)/(25,8 N/mm^2 ))= 1,36
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,crit = 25,8 N/mm22
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,crit = 25,8 N/mm
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 2
44 N/mm
(4.41)
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel = � m,k = � = 1,36 (4.41)
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,crit 25,8 N/mm2
when 0,75<λ_(rel,m)≤1,4 ,k_crit=1,56-0,75∙λ_(rel,m)=1,56-0,75∙1,36=0,58
k_crit∙
when 0,75 f_(m,d,fi)=0,58
< 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m ≤ ∙47,4
1,4 , 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘N/mm^2=27,5 N/mm^2
crit = 1,56 − 0,75 ∙ 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m = 1,56 − 0,75 ∙ 1,36 = 0,58
σ_(m,d)=19,2 N/mm^2≤k_crit∙ f_(m,d)→OK
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d,fi = 0,58 ∙ 47,4 N/mm2 = 27,5 N/mm2
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎m,d = 19,2 N/mm2 ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d → OK

(4.38) (4.38)
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS,fi ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿/2 = 14,6 kN/m ∙ 4,0m/2 = 29,2 kN
3 ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d 3 ∙ 29,2 kN
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏v,d = = = 1,7 N/mm2
2 ∙ 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 2 ∙ 26488 mm2
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod,fi ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘fi 1,0 ∙ 1,1 N
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,d,fi = ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,k = ∙ 4,2 = 4,6 N/mm2
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M,fi 1,0 mm2
212 𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏 ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓

m,d Europev,d,fi
LVL Handbook
→ OK
LVL_09.indd 212 5.9.2019 9:30:21

𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d,fi = 0,58 ∙ 47,4 N/mm2 = 27,5 N/mm2
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 m,k 44 N/mm2
𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎rel
m,d==�19,2
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎
N/mm 2
= �25,8 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit2∙ =𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d
≤N/mm 1,36
→ OK (4.41)
(4.38)
m,crit
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS,fi ∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿/2 = 14,6 kN/m ∙ 4,0m/2 =9.29,2 kN
CALCULATION EXAMPLES OF LVL STRUCTURES
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d,fi = 0,58 ∙ 47,4 N/mm2 = 27,5 N/mm 2
3 ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d 32∙ 29,2 kN

v,d = 19,2 N/mm
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏m,d = ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d
=→ 1,7OKN/mm2 (4.38)
2 ∙ 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 2 ∙ 26488 mm2
Shear resistance
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod,fi ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘fi 1,0 ∙ 1,1 N
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,d,fi = ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,k = ∙ 4,2 2
= 4,6 N/mm2
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸d,ULS,fiM,fi 1,0
∙ 𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿/2 = 14,6 kN/m ∙ 4,0m/2 = 29,2 kN mm
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏m,d ≤3𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓∙v,d,fi
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓d → OK
3 ∙ 44
29,2 kN2
N/mm
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆v,d
rel = 1,7 N/mm2
= �𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎 m,k= = �25,8 N/mm2 2==1,36 (4.41)
2 ∙ 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
m,crit 2 ∙ 26488 mm
V_d = E_(d,ULS,fi)∙L/2=
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod,fi ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘fi ≤ 1,4 14,6 kN/m∙4,0m/2
1,0 = 29,2
∙ 1,1− 0,75 kN
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓when 0,75 < 𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m , 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit= = 1,56 ∙N𝜆𝜆𝜆𝜆rel,m = 1,56 − 0,75
2 ∙ 1,36 = 0,58
v,d,fi =
τ_(v,d)=〖3∙V〗_d/(2∙A)=(3∙29,2 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,k kN)/(2 ∙ 4,2 mm^2 = )=1,7
4,6 N/mm
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M,fi 1,0 ∙26488 mm 2 N/mm^2
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘f_(v,d,fi)=(k_(mod,fi)∙k_fi)/γ_(M,fi)
crit ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,d,fi = 0,58 ∙ 47,4 N/mm = 27,5 N/mm
2 ∙f_(v,0,edge,k)=(1,0∙1,1)/1,0∙4,2
2 N/mm^2 =4,6 N/mm^2
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏τ_(m,d)≤f_(v,d,fi)
m,d ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,d,fi → OK →OK mm
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙support,fi = 100mm2 − 0,70 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 ∙ 30min
m,d = 19,2 N/mm ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘crit min m,d → OK
+ 1,0 ∙ 7mm = 72mm (4.38)
Compression perpendicular to grain
When the𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d main beam is 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹supported on a wooden column which has the notional charring rate
𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 = 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸
=d,ULS,fi ∙=𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿/2the = 14,6 c,90,dkN/m ∙ 4,0m/2 = 29,2 kN
(4.14)
β𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎dnc,90,d
= 0,70mm/min, 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴ef support
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙�𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙support,fi +15length
mm� becomes
3 ∙= 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d100mm 3 ∙− 29,2 mm
kN ∙ 30min + 1,02 ∙ 7mm = 72mm
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏support,fi 0,70
v,d =
l_(support,fi)=100mm-0,70 = 29,2kN min = 1,7 N/mm
mm/min∙30min+1,0∙7mm=72mm
2
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d = 2 ∙ 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 2 ∙ 26488 mm = 4,4 N/mm2
77mm
F_(c,90,d) = V_d = 29,2 kN ∙ (72mm + 15mm)
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹c,90,d =𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉d = ∙ 29,2 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁
mod,fi 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘fi
σ_(c,90,d)=F_(c,90,d)/A_ef 1,0 ∙ 1,1 N
=F_(c,90,d)/(b∙(l_(support,fi)+15 mm)
2 )
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 v,d,fi = 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,0,edge,k
∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod,fi ∙=𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘fi 1,0 ∙ 4,2 mm2 = 4,6 N/mm
(4.14)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾
c,90,d = M,fi
c,90 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 c,90,d ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d = 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙�𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M,fi+15 mm�
c,90 c,90,d,fi c,90,edge,k (4.14)
σ_(c,90,d)=29,2kN/(77mm∙(72mm+15mm))=4,4
ef support,fi N/mm^2
𝜏𝜏𝜏𝜏m,d ≤ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓v,d,fi → OK
k_(c,90)∙f_(c,90,d,fi)=(k_(c,90)∙k_(mod,fi)∙k_fi)/γ_(M,fi)
1,0 ∙ 1,0 ∙ 1,1 ∙f_
29,2kN 2 2
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90,d
c,90 ∙ =
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,d,fi =
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎k_(c,90)∙f_(c,90,d,fi)=(1,0∙1,0∙1,1)/1,0∙6 ∙ 6 N/mm = = 6,6 N/mm
N/mm^2=6,6
4,4 N/mm 2 N/mm^2
77mm ∙ (72mm 1,0 + 15mm)
σ_(c,90,d)≤k_(c,90)∙f_(m,0,d,fi) →OK
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 → OK
c,90 ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod,fi ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘fi
m,0,d,fi (4.13)
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,d,fi = ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,k
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾M,fi
mm
𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙support,fi = 100mm 1,0 ∙ − 1,00,70 ∙ 1,1 ∙ 30min2 + 1,0 ∙ 7mm = 72mm
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,d,fi = ∙ 6 N/mm = 6,6 N/mm2
min
1,0
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,d,fi → OK (4.13)
𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹
c,90,d 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹
c,90,d
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d = 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
(4.13) = 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏∙�𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 (4.14)
ef +15 mm�
support,fi
29,2kN 2
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d =
Discussion = 4,4 N/mm
77mm ∙ (72mm + 15mm)
According to EN1995-1-2:2004, clause 4.3.1 it is not necessary to verify compression perpendicular to the grain
and 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
shear∙ resistance 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90
of ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘mod,fi
a beam ∙ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘fistructural fire design. In this example they didn’t become critical, but
in the
c,90 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,d,fi = ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,edge,k
𝛾𝛾𝛾𝛾
in the detailing it shall be verified that the beam is securely supported also when the support length becomes
M,fi
smaller due to charring of the supports.
1,0 ∙ 1,0 ∙ 1,1
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓c,90,d,fi = ∙ 6 N/mm2 = 6,6 N/mm2
1,0
𝜎𝜎𝜎𝜎c,90,d ≤ 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘c,90 ∙ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓m,0,d,fi → OK (4.13)
LVL_09.indd 213 5.9.2019 9:30:21

10. References
Reference Documents
1. Kerto LVL® S beam, Kerto LVL® Q Panel, Kerto LVL® T 11. Kerto Manual, Visual Properties, Metsä Wood, February
Stud and Kerto LVL® L Panel datasheets, Metsä Wood, 2017, available: https://www.metsawood.com/global/
available: https://www.metsawood.com/global/tools/ Tools/kerto-manual/Pages/Kerto-manual.aspx
materialarchive
12. REGULATION (EU) No 305/2011 OF THE EUROPEAN
2. LVL by Stora Enso Technical Brochure, Stora Enso Wood PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 9 March
Product Oy, 3/2018, available: https://www.storaenso. 2011 laying down harmonised conditions for the
com/en/products/wood-products/massive-wood- marketing of construction products and repealing
construction/lvl Council Directive 89/106/EEC amended with
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 568/2014.
3. Environmental Product Declaration Kerto® LVL
Laminated veneer lumber, Metsä Wood, 5/2015, Section 13. Open Source Wood Initiative, available: https://
5.4., available: https://www.metsawood.com/global/Tools/ opensourcewood.com/pages/default.aspx
MaterialArchive/MaterialArchive/Kerto-Environmental-
declaration.pdf 14. ProdLib Product libraries for architects and structural
engineers, available: https://www.prodlib.com/
4. Wood-based panel industry, Finnish Woodworking about?lang=en
Engineering Association, 2018, chapter 3 LVL,
available: https://holvi.com/shop/puuteollisuuskirjat/ 15. Laminated veneer lumber (LVL) bulletin, New European
product/3effe177d74fbae2fa3b7ed0d0166c46/ strength classes, Federation of the Finnish Woodworking
Industries & Studiegemeinschaft für Holzleimbau e.V.,
5. Raute Oyj, Business intelligence 2019, not published. 2019
6. EU Regulation No 995/2010 of the European Parliament 16. Reliability analysis of timber structures, Ranta-Maunus et
and of the Council of 20 October 2010 laying down the al., VTT Research notes 2103, VTT, Finland, 2001, ISBN
obligations of operators who place timber and timber 951-38-5908-8
products on the market, available:https://eur-lex.europa.
eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32010R0995 17. Metsä Wood structural spruce plywood, Declaration of
performance MW/PW/421-001/CPR/DOP, 11.8.2018
7. Environmental product declaration of Steico LVL
Furnierschichtholz, 2019, available: https://ibu-epd.com/ 18. Kerto Manual, Moisture Behavior, Metsä Wood, May
en/published-epds/ 2015
8. Environmental product declaration for LVL by 19. M1 classification criteria and the use of classified
Stora Enso, Stora Enso, 2019, available: https://www. products, Finnish Building Information Foundation RTS,
environdec.com/ 2019, Available: https://m1.rts.fi/en/m1-criteria-and-the-
use-of-classified-products-2d03887d-aa6a-4a66-ad3c-
9. Ruuska, A., Häkkinen, T., Vares, S. (2012) Puurakenteiden ce25a512cf38
ympäristövaikutukset. Laskentatuloksia valittujen
rakenteiden osalta. Asiakasraportti (in Finnish) 20. Candidate List of substances of very high concern for
Authorisation, European chemical Agency, available:
10. Vares, S., Häkkinen, T., Vainio, T. (2017) Rakentamisen https://echa.europa.eu/candidate-list-table
hiilivarasto. Asiakasraportti: VTT-CR-04958-17/
25.9.2017 (in Finnish)
LVL_10.indd 214 5.9.2019 10:07:44

10. REFERENCES
21. Kerto Manual, Surface treatment, Metsä Wood, June 2015 36. Puun hiiltymä (Charring of wood), Esko Mikkola, VTT
Research report 689, 1990
22. ETA 07/0029 Metsä Wood Kerto Ripa Elements,
21.8.2017 37. Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2017/2293 of 3
August 2017 on the conditions for classification, without
23. ETA 18/1132 LVL Rib Panels by Stora Enso, 18.1.2019 testing, of cross laminated timber products covered by
the harmonised standard EN 16351 and laminated veneer
24. Kerto Manual, Kerto-Q, Metsä Wood, June 2016 lumber products covered by the harmonised standard EN
14374 with regard to their reaction to fire
25. Kerto Manual, Columns and studs (FI & Eng versions),
Metsä Wood, September 2014 38. COMMISSION DELEGATED REGULATION (EU)
…/... on the conditions for classification, without testing,
26. City Above the City campaign, Metsä Wood, 2017, of cross laminated timber products covered by the
available: https://www.metsawood.com/global/ harmonised standard EN 16351 and laminated veneer
Campaigns/planb/building-extensions/all-entries/Pages/ lumber products covered by the harmonised standard
Tammelan-Kruunu.aspx EN 14374 with regard to their fire protection ability,
European Commission, EC Ref. Ares(2017)2463446 -
27. Kerto Manual, Transport, Handling and Storage, Metsä 15/05/2017
Wood, February 2017
39. One-dimensional charring of solid timber, glued
28. VTT Certificate 184/03: Kerto-S and Kerto-Q Structural laminated timber, LVL and CLT, test report VTT-04746-
laminated veneer lumber, Chapters 7, 8, 9 and 11, 16, VTT Expert Services Ltd, Finland, 25.11.2016
17.5.2016
40. Fire safety in timber buildings, Technical guideline for
29. KL-Trähandbok, Chapter 3.1, Svensk Trä, 2017, Europe, SP Report 2010:19, 2010, ISBN 978-91-86319-
available: https://www.svenskttra.se/siteassets/6-om-oss/ 60-1
publikationer/pdfer/svt-kl-trahandbok-2017.pdf
41. 100 years’ service life of wood in service class 1 and 2 –
30. Scandinavian Glulam Handbook Volume II, Chapters 2 dry and moderately humid conditions, Hannu Viitanen,
and 7.1, Arbio AB (Sveriges Skogsindustrier ja Svenskt VTT, Research report VTT-R-04689-14, 2014
Trä) Ruotsista, Norske Limtreprodusenters Forening
Norjasta ja Puuinfo Oy (Puuinfo Oy ja Suomen 42. Kerto Manual, Biological and Chemical Durability, Metsä
Liimapuuyhdistys ry), 2015, Available: https://www. Wood, June 2015
puuinfo.fi/suunnitteluohjeet/liimapuukasikirja
43. Kerto Manual, Surface Treatment, Metsä Wood, June
31. RIL 205-1-2017 Design guide line of timber structure 2015
according to Eurocode 1995-1-1, Section 6.1.7, Finnish
Association of Civil Engineers, 2017 44. Kerto Manual, Kerto-Q Kyllästetty (Pressure Treatment in
Finnish), Metsä Wood, January 2014
32. CEN/TC 250/SC 5/N 764, Design rules for LVL to
Eurocode 5, Proposal for discussion in CEN/TC250/ 45. Equilibrium moisture content of wood-based panels
SC5, Prof. Dr.-Ing. H.J. Blaβ and Dr. –Ing.M.Flaig, Blaβ & (in Finnish Puulevyjen tasapainokosteus ), Helsinki
Eberhart GmbH , 30.6.2017 University of Technology (Aalto University), Laboratory
of structural engineering and building physics, Report 60,
33. Nationale Festlegungen zur Umsetzung der ÖNORM Finland, 1997
EN 1995-1-1, nationale Erläuterungen und nationale
Ergänzungen, Chapter 7.3 and Annex F, Austrian 46. Kerto Manual, Thermal properties, Metsä Wood, June
Standards Institute,15.6.2015 2015
34. Kerto Manual, Screwed Connections, Metsä Wood, April

2013
35. Kerto Manual, Nailed Connections, Metsä Wood, April

2013
LVL_10.indd 215 5.9.2019 10:07:44

10. REFERENCES
Standards
• EN 301:2017, Adhesives, phenolic and aminoplastic, • EN 15425:2017, Adhesives – One component polyurethane
for load-bearing timber structures – Classification and (PUR) for load-bearing timber structures – Classification
performance requirements and performance requirements
• EN 322:1993, Wood-based panels – Determination of • EN 15804:2012 + A1:2013. Sustainability of construction
moisture content works - Environmental product declarations - Core rules
• EN 335:2013, Durability of wood and wood-based for the product category of construction products
products – Use classes: definitions, application to solid • EN 15978:2011. Sustainability of construction works -
wood and wood-based products Assessment of environmental performance of buildings -
• EN 338:2016, Structural timber. Strength classes Calculation method
• EN 350:2016, Durability of wood and wood-based • EN 16485 (2014) Round and sawn timber. Environmental
products – Testing and classification of the durability to Product Declarations. Product category rules for wood and
biological agents of wood and wood-based materials wood-based products for use in construction.
• EN 408:2012, Timber structures – Structural timber and • EN ISO 10456:2007/AC:2009, Building materials and
glued laminated timber – Determination of some physical products. Hygrothermal properties -Tabulated design
and mechanical properties values and procedures for determining declared and design
• EN 717-1: 2004, Wood-based panels. Determination of thermal values (ISO 10456:2007)
formaldehyde release. Part 1: Formaldehyde emission by • EN ISO 12460-3:2015, Wood-based panels. Determination
the chamber method of formaldehyde release. Part 3: Gas analysis method
• EN 789:2004, Timber structures. Test methods. • EN ISO 14044:2006. Environmental management – life
Determination of mechanical properties of wood based cycle assessment – Requirements and guidelines
panels • CEN/TS 1099:2007, Plywood - Biological durability -
• EN 1990:2002+A1:2005+AC:2008, Eurocode 0. Basis of Guidance for the assessment of plywood for use in different
structural design use classes
• EN 1991, Eurocode 1. Actions on structures • ISO 14040: 2006. Environmental management – life cycle
• EN 1993:2005, Eurocode 3. Design of steel structures assessment – principles and framework.
• EN 1995-1-1:2004-A1:2008+A2:2014+AC:2006, Design of
timber structures, part 1-1: General, Common rules and
ruler for buildings
• EN1995-1-2:2004+AC:2009, Design of timber structures,
part 1-2: General. Structural fire design
• EN1998-1:2004 Eurocode 8, Design of structures for
earthquake resistance. Part 1: General rules, seismic actions
and rules for buildings
• EN 12512:2001+A1:2005, Timber structures. Test methods.
Cyclic testing of joints made with mechanical fasteners
• EN 13501-1:2019, Fire classification of construction
products and building elements. Part 1: Classification using
data from reaction to fire tests
• EN 13986:2015, Wood-based panels for use in construction
– Characteristics, evaluation of conformity and marking
• EN 14374:2004, Timber structures. Structural laminated
veneer lumber. Requirements
• FprEN 14374:2018, Timber structures. Laminated veneer
lumber. Requirements
LVL_10.indd 216 5.9.2019 10:07:44

10. REFERENCES
References of Figures
Figures which are not listed below are prepared by Tero Lahtela, Engineering office Lahtela Oy and Jouni
Hakkarainen, Eurofins Expert Services Oy. Names of the designer and photographer are mentioned, when
the information has been available.
Cover page. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Puuviikki, Helsinki, Finland, Metsä Wood, architect: Jari Viherkoski
..................................................................photographer: Hans Koistinen
Figure 1.1. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wood City, Helsinki, Finland, architect: Anttinen-Oiva Arkitehdit,
..................................................................photographer Tiina Nykänen
Figure 1.2. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVL roof rafters, Kerto LVL QP-beams, Metsä Wood,
..................................................................photographer: Hans Koistinen.
Figure 1.3. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVL S beams by Stora Enso; Kerto LVL Q-panel, Metsä Wood,
..................................................................photographer: Tomi Aho
Figure 1.4. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVL–C roof panels, Kerto LVL Q-panels, Metsä Wood, Rauma,
..................................................................Finland
Figure 1.5. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVL–C panels, Kerto LVL Q-panels, Metsä Wood
Figure 1.11. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Off-site produced wooden volumetric elements, BoKlok, Vantaa,
..................................................................Finland, Stora Enso, photographer: Kuvatoimisto Kuvio Oy/
..................................................................Anders Portman & Martin
Figure 1.12. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-storey houses, Honkasuo, Helsinki, Finland, Puuinfo,
..................................................................photographer: Kimmo Räisänen
Figure 1.13. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVL-P beam and LVL–C panels, Kerto LVL S and Kerto LVL Q,
..................................................................Metsä Wood
Figure 1.17. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Life cycle approach of building product assessment,
..................................................................design: Sirpa Outinen, Mainostoimisto Queens Oy and
..................................................................Anu Huovinen, Metsä Wood
Figures 1.21.-1.23. and 1.25.-1.45. . . . . . . LVL manufacturing process, Raute Oy
Figure 1.24. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timber harvesting, Stora Enso, photographer: Lotta Forssell
Figure 1.46. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVL veneer surfaces, Kerto LVL, Metsä Wood
Figure 1.48. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Holes in LVL panels, LVL by Stora Enso,
..................................................................photographer: Maria Mattelmäki
Figure 1.49. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kerto LVL S-beams with special shape, Metsä Wood,
Figure 1.50. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hole in an LVL beam, LVL by Stora Enso,
..................................................................photographer: Per Kristiansen
Figure 1.52. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kerto LVL Q-panels with edge profiling, Metsä Wood
Figure 1.53. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Moisture protection treatment of LVL-P beams, Kerto LVL,
..................................................................WeatherGuard® Metsä Wood, photographer: Hans Koistinen
Figure 1.54. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Moisture protection treatment of LVL-P beams; LVL by Stora Enso,
..................................................................photographer: Jussi Levonen
Figure 1.57. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manufacture of structurally glued LVL roof elements, Kerto Ripa®,
..................................................................Metsä Wood, photographer: Hans Koistinen
Figure 1.58. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVL-C panel, Kerto LVL Q-panel, Metsä Wood
Figure 1.59. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVL-P walls studs, Kerto LVL T-stud, Metsä Wood,
LVL_10.indd 217 5.9.2019 10:07:44

10. REFERENCES
Figure 1.60. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVL by Stora Enso, photographer: Mattias Södermark

Figure 1.61. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FprEN 14374:2018 (E), Figure 1 and Figure G.1
Figure 1.62. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Package label, Kerto LVL, Metsä Wood, photographer: Anu Huovinen;
..................................................................Product label, LVL by Stora Enso, photographer: Jussi Levonen
Figure 1.63. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calculatis, Stora Enso; Finnwood, Metsä Wood; ProdLib
..................................................................https://www.prodlib.com/about?lang=en
Figure 1.65. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVL veneer surfaces, Kerto LVL, Metsä Wood
Figure 1.66. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coated LVL surfaces, LVL by Stora Enso
Figure 2.1. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aika Stage, Aalto University, Finland, Stora Enso,
..................................................................photographer: Vesa Loikas
Figures 2.2. and 2.3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVL-P joist floor structures, Eurofins Expert Services Oy,
..................................................................photographer: Jouni Hakkarainen
Figure 2.9. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVL joist floors, Open Source Wood, Metsä Wood
..................................................................https://opensourcewood.com/pages/Reviewed.aspx
Figure 2.13. and 2.15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wood City, Helsinki, Finland, LVL by Stora Enso,
..................................................................photographer: Tiina Nykänen
Figure 2.20.-2.21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kerto Ripa® floor elements for multi-storey buildings, Puuviikki,
..................................................................Helsinki, Finland, Metsä Wood, photographer: Hans Koistinen
Figure 2.27. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kerto LVL S-beams for roofs, Metsä Wood,
Figure 2.28. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kerto LVL S-beams for roofs, Metsä Wood
Figure 2.31. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kerto LVL S-beams, special shape with notched rafter ends,
..................................................................Metsä Wood, photographer: Hans Koistinen
Figure 2.38. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3D visualization of wooden hall construction, Metsä Wood
Figure 2.39. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3D visualisation of roof element, LapWall Oy,
..................................................................Available: https://www.lapwall.fi/leko-tuotteet/kattoelementti
..................................................................and 2D section drawing, Metsä Wood
Figure 2.40. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation of LVL roof elements, Metsä Wood,
..................................................................photographers: Sappo Samuli and Hans Koistinen
Figure 2.41. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3D visualization of Ripa roof element, LapWall Oy,
..................................................................Available: https://www.lapwall.fi/leko-tuotteet/kattoelementti
..................................................................and 2D section drawing, Metsä Wood
Figure 2.45. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kerto LVL Q-panels for roof, Metsä Wood
Figure 2.46. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kerto LVL Q-panels for roof, Metsä Wood
Figure 2.47. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kerto LVL Q-panels for roof overhangs, Metsä Wood
Figure 2.48. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kerto LVL Q-panels for roof overhangs, Metsä Wood,
..................................................................photographer: Björn Dinger
Figure 2.54. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Large Kerto LVL Maxi I-beams, Metsä Wood
Figure 2.55. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kerto LVL S-beams in attic renovation, Metsä Wood
Figure 2.56. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVL-P non-loadbearing wall studs, Kerto LVL T-studs, Metsä Wood
Figure 2.57. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVL-P non-loadbearing wall studs, LVL by Stora Enso,
..................................................................photographer: Mikko Ala-Peijari
Figure 2.58. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loadbearing LVL-P exterior wall studs, Kerto LVL T-studs,
..................................................................Metsä Wood
Figure 2.59. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiple-glued GLVL columns, Metsä Wood,
..................................................................photographer: Sami Karppinen
Figure 2.63. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kerto LVL S-beams for lintels, Metsä Wood
Figure 2.69. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kerto LVL Q-boards for window installation, Metsä Wood,
..................................................................photographer: Bas Meeuwissen
Figure 2.71. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiple glued Kerto LVL Q-panels for bracing, Metsä Wood,
Figure 2.72. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kerto LVL Q-panels for bracing, Metsä Wood,
Figure 2.74. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modified from Kerto LVL Q-panels for bracing, Kerto Manual,
..................................................................Kerto-Q, Metsä Wood, 2016
LVL_10.indd 218 5.9.2019 10:07:44

10. REFERENCES
Figure 2.75. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiple-glued LVL X wall panels, LVL by Stora Enso,

..................................................................photographer: Tiina Nykänen
Figure 2.78. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kerto LVL S-beams for truss chords, Keminmaan Puurakenne Oy,
..................................................................photographer: Risto Kivilahti
Figure 2.80. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kerto LVL trusses for roofs: Queen post truss, Fupicsa, Span,
..................................................................photographer: David Rifa and Manese Wassström, Tammisaari,
..................................................................Finland, Metsä Wood, photographer: Seppo Saarinen
Figure 2.81. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVL roof trusses, LVL by Stora Enso, photographer: Guillaume M.
Figure 2.83. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVL 3-pin frames; LVL by Stora Enso, photographer: Guillaume M.
..................................................................and Kerto LVL, Metsä Wood
Figure 2.84. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kerto LVL L-panels for doors, Open Source Wood, Metsä Wood
Figure 2.86. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kerto LVL Q-panels for staircase, Metsä Wood,
..................................................................photographer: Bas Meeuwissen
Figure 2.87. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kerto LVL in building extension, Poissy, France, Metsä Wood
Figure 2.88. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Competition work Tammelan Kruunu Lisa Voigtländer &
..................................................................Sung Bok Song, 1st prize in ’City Above the City’ architectural design
..................................................................competition, Metsä Wood City Above the City campaign,
..................................................................Metsä Wood, 2017, Available: https://www.metsawood.com/global/
..................................................................Campaigns/planb/building-extensions/all-entries/Pages/
..................................................................Tammelan-Kruunu.aspx
Figure 2.91. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVL-C in arch structures, Kerto LVL Q, Metsä Wood
Figure 2.92. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVL-C panels in pedestrian bridge deck, Espoo, Finland,
..................................................................Kerto LVL Q-panel, designer: WSP Finland, Atte Mikkonen,
..................................................................photographer: Jouni Hakkarainen
Figure 2.94. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Finnjoist I-joists, Metsä Wood
Figure 2.95. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Master Plank for scaffolding planks, Metsä Wood
Figure 3.1. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handling of LVL beams, LVL by Stora Enso,
..................................................................photographer: Mattias Södermark
Figure 3.2. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loading of Kerto LVL packages, Metsä Wood
Figure 3.3. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forklift handling of LVL packages, LVL by Stora Enso,
Figure 3.4. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Storage of LVL packages, LVL by Stora Enso,
..................................................................photographer: Sami Saarenheimo
Figure 3.5. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handling of LVL beams, LVL by Stora Enso,
Figure 3.6. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Prosessing of LVL components, LVL by Stora Enso,
Figure 4.1. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Rajamarket, Utsjoki, Finland, Metsä Wood,
..................................................................photographer: Pertti Turunen
Figures 4.4., 4.7., 4.8., 4.10. and 4.11. . Laminated veneer lumber (LVL) bulletin, New European strength
..................................................................classes, Federation of the Finnish Woodworking Industries &
..................................................................Studiegemeinschaft für Holzleimbau e.V., 2019
Figure 4.6. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RIL 205-1-2017 Design guide line of timber structure according to
..................................................................Eurocode 1995-1-1, Finnish Association of Civil Engineers, 2017
Figure 4.9. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modified from EN 1995-1-1:2004, Figure 8.1
Figure 4.12. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN 1995-1-1:2004, Figure 6.2
Figure 4.13. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eurofins Expert Services Oy
Figure 4.19. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kerto LVL S-beams, Metsä Wood, photographer: Juhana Savela
Figure 4.20. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN 1995-1-1:2004, Figures 6.10 and 6.11
Figures 4.23. and 4.24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scandinavian Glulam Handbook Volume II, Chapter 7.1,
..................................................................Arbio AB (Sveriges Skogsindustrier ja Svenskt Trä) Ruotsista,
..................................................................Norske Limtreprodusenters Forening Norjasta ja Puuinfo Oy
..................................................................(Puuinfo Oy ja Suomen Liimapuuyhdistys ry), 2015,
..................................................................Available: https://www.puuinfo.fi/suunnitteluohjeet/liimapuukasikirja
LVL_10.indd 219 5.9.2019 10:07:45

10. REFERENCES
Figures 4.25. and 4.26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nationale Festlegungen zur Umsetzung der ÖNORM EN 1995-1-1,
..................................................................nationale Erläuterungen und nationale Ergänzungen, Annex F,
..................................................................Austrian Standards Institute,15.6.2015
Figure 4.28. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN 1995-1-1:2004, Figure 7.2
Figure 4.31. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Right side: EN 1995-1-1:2004, Figure 9.1
Figure 4.33. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN 1995-1-1:2004, Figure 9.2
Figure 5.1. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVL connections, Aika Stage, Aalto University, Finland, Stora Enso,
..................................................................photographer: Vesa Loikas
Figures 5.2.-5.4. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kerto Manual, Screwed connections, Metsä Wood, April 2013
Figure 5.5. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN 1995-1-1:2004, Figure 8.7
Figure 5.7. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CEN/TC 250/SC 5/N 764, Design rules for LVL to Eurocode 5,
..................................................................Proposal for discussion in CEN/TC250/SC5, Prof. Dr.-Ing. H.J. Blaβ
..................................................................and Dr. –Ing.M.Flaig, Blaβ & Eberhart GmbH , 30.6.2017
Figure 5.8. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modified from EN 1995-1-1:2004, Figure 8.11a
Figure 5.9. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modified from EN 1995-1-1:2004, Figure 8.1
Figure 5.11. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RIL 205-1-2017 Design guide line of timber structure according to
..................................................................Eurocode 1995-1-1, Finnish Association of Civil Engineers, 2017,
..................................................................Figure 8.3
Figure 6.1. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charring of wood, Fire safety in timber buildings - Technical guideline
..................................................................for Europe, 2010, SP Trätek
Figure 6.2. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schaffer, FPL, US 1967 and Brandsäkra trähus 3, SP Trä, Sweden 2012
..................................................................and Puun hiiltymä, Charring of wood, VTT Research reports 689,
..................................................................Esko Mikkola, 1990
Figure 6.3. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN1995-1-2:2004, Figures B.4 and B.5
Figure 6.4. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN1995-1-2:2004, Figures 3.1 and 3.2
Figure 6.5. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN1995-1-2:2004, Figure 4.1
Figure 6.6. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN1995-1-2:2004, Figure 4.2
Figure 6.7. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . One-dimensional charring of solid timber, glued laminated timber,
..................................................................LVL and CLT, test report VTT-04746-16, VTT Expert Services Ltd,
..................................................................Finland, 25.11.2016
Figure 7.1. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wooden pedestrian bridge, Matinpuro, Espoo, Finland, designer: WPS
..................................................................Finland Oy, Atte Mikkonen, photographer: Jouni Hakkarainen
Figure 7.3. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WeatherGuard® treatment on Kerto LVL, Metsä Wood,
Figure 7.4. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pressure treated Kerto LVL Q-beams, Metsä Wood
Figure 8.1. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Roof overhang protects the building against weather exposure and
..................................................................solar radiation, Kindergarten Vekara, Pukkila, Finland, Puuinfo,
..................................................................architect: Klemetti & Räty, photographer: Kimmo Räisänen.
Figure 8.2. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Prepared based on the report Equilibrium moisture content of
..................................................................wood-based panels (in Finnish Puulevyjen tasapainokosteus ),
..................................................................Helsinki University of Technology (Aalto University), Laboratory of
..................................................................structural engineering and building physics, Report 60, Finland, 1997
Figure 9.1. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wooden multi-storey building Lighthouse, Joensuu, Finland,
..................................................................Stora Enso, architect: Arcadia Oy Arkkitehtitoimisto, Samuli Sallinen,
..................................................................photographer: Tiina Tuomainen
LVL_10.indd 220 5.9.2019 10:07:45

10. REFERENCES
Authors
Content (excluding Sections 1.5 and 1.6)
Jouni Hakkarainen, Eurofins Expert Services Oy
Section 1.5 Sustainable building with LVL

Lauri Linkosalmi, Stora Enso
Anu Huovinen, Metsä Wood
Sirje Vares, VTT
Tarja Häkkinen, VTT
Section 1.6 Production of LVL

Marika Veikkola, Raute Oyj
Technical drawings
Tero Lahtela, Engineering office Lahtela Oy
Project Steering Group

Jussi Björman, Metsä Wood
Tero Lahtela, Engineering Office Lahtela Oy
Jussi Levonen, Stora Enso Wood Products Oy
Matti Mikkola, Federation of the Finnish Woodworking Industries
Hannu Sinko, Raute Oyj
Tomi Toratti, Federation of the Finnish Woodworking Industries
Marika Veikkola, Raute Oyj
LVL_10.indd 221 5.9.2019 10:07:45

Disclaimer
This Handbook, its content and any information provided as part of it are solely intend-
ed to provide general information on the subjects discussed. As such, it should only
be used as a general guide and not as the ultimate source of information or as advice.
All final structural designs should always be prepared and calculated by structural en-
gineers. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the publisher and the contributors
to the Handbook are not responsible for, and do not accept any liability for, any loss,
damage or injury, financial or otherwise, suffered by any person acting or relying on
information contained in or omitted from the Handbook.
The content of this Handbook is protected by copyright.
LVL_10.indd 222 5.9.2019 10:07:45

NOTES
LVL_10.indd 223 5.9.2019 10:07:45

NOTES
LVL_10.indd 224 5.9.2019 10:07:45

LVL_Takakansi.indd 225 5.9.2019 13:17:48
LVL Handbook
EUROPE
This European LVL Handbook serves as a guide for architects,
structural engineers, technical wholesalers,
off-site element manufacturers, contractors, carpenters
and other construction professionals, and as an educational
resource. The handbook has been prepared by the
Federation of the Finnish Woodworking Industries during
2018-19. The project was financed by
Metsä Wood (Metsäliitto Cooperative),
Stora Enso Wood Products Oy and Raute Oyj.
LVL_Takakansi.indd 226 5.9.2019 13:17:49

LVL Handbook - Europe PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

LVL Handbook - Europe PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

LVL_Kansi_epaper.indd 225 5.9.2019 13:27:53

LVL_alkusivut.indd 1 5.9.2019 9:33:22

ISBN 978-952-94-2346-0 (nid.)

Copyright Federation of the Finnish Woodworking Industries

LVL_alkusivut.indd 2 5.9.2019 9:33:22

Espoo, 4 September 2019

European LVL Handbook 3

LVL_alkusivut.indd 3 5.9.2019 9:33:22

4 LVL Handbook Europe

LVL_alkusivut.indd 4 5.9.2019 9:33:22

2.2.3.....Rim boards and rim beams��������������������������������������������������������������� 58

LVL Handbook Europe 5

LVL_alkusivut.indd 5 5.9.2019 9:33:23

6 LVL Handbook Europe

LVL_alkusivut.indd 6 5.9.2019 9:33:23

7.2.1.....Durability of adhesive bonding strength of structural LVL�������� 169

LVL Handbook Europe 7

LVL_alkusivut.indd 7 5.9.2019 9:33:23

Figure 1.1 Wooden multi-storey building, Wood City, Helsinki, Finland.

8 LVL Handbook Europe

LVL_01.indd 8 5.9.2019 9:10:19

Features and Benefits

LVL Handbook Europe 9

LVL_01.indd 9 5.9.2019 9:10:21

1.1.1 LVL-P beams and columns

Table 1.1. Applications of LVL-P.

Beams Features and benefits

10 LVL Handbook Europe

LVL_01.indd 10 5.9.2019 9:10:24

1.1.2 LVL-C with cross-bonded veneers

for robust structural panels

Figure 1.4 LVL-C roof panels. Figure 1.5 LVL-C panels.

Table 1.2. Applications for LVL-C.

Panel applications Features and benefits

LVL Handbook Europe 11

LVL_01.indd 11 5.9.2019 9:10:27

1.2 WHERE CAN YOU USE LVL

Figure 1.6 Applications of LVL in a timber frame house.

12 LVL Handbook Europe

LVL_01.indd 12 5.9.2019 9:10:29

Figure 1.7 Applications of LVL in a wooden multi-storey building.

LVL Handbook Europe 13

LVL_01.indd 13 5.9.2019 9:10:31

1. LVL wall elements: fast installation ->

14 LVL Handbook Europe

LVL_01.indd 14 5.9.2019 9:10:35

Figure 1.9 LVL applications in hall constructions.

LVL Handbook Europe 15

LVL_01.indd 15 5.9.2019 9:10:36

1.3 ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL

DESIGNER APPRAISALS OF LVL

Architect’s view of LVL,

From the designer’s point of view, wooden constructions give

16 LVL Handbook Europe

LVL_01.indd 16 5.9.2019 9:10:40

Figure 1.12 Honkasuo multi-storey houses, Helsinki, Finland.

LVL Handbook Europe 17

LVL_01.indd 17 5.9.2019 9:10:42

1.4 HISTORY, VOLUMES AND RAW

1.4.1 History of the globally used

Figure 1.13 LVL-P beam and LVL-C panels.

18 LVL Handbook Europe

2.2.3.....Rim boards and rim beams�� 58

7.2.1.....Durability of adhesive bonding strength of structural LVL�� 169